Example: tourism industry

PUBLICATIONS PROGRAMS SERVICES 2018 - api.org

2018 Publications Programs and Services Table of Contents Exploration and Production 1 – General: Oil Field Equipment and Materials 1 – Offshore Structures 3

Information

Domain:

Source:

Link to this page:

Please notify us if you found a problem with this document:

Other abuse

Text of PUBLICATIONS PROGRAMS SERVICES 2018 - api.org

PUBLICATIONSPROGRAMSSERVICES2018CERTIFIC ATION. STANDARDS. SAFETY. EVENTS. TRAINING. (Toll-free & Canada) | + (Local & International) | | ALL STARTS WITH OFFSHORE. EVERY matter where you go around the world, the oil and natural gas industry relies on API Certification, API Training, API Events, API Standards, API Statistics, and API Safety. Show the world your commitment to quality. Start from a place of safety. Start with API. 2018 API, all rights reserved. API, the API logo, and the It All Starts with API tagline are either trademarks or registered trademarks of API in the United States and/or other from a place of the oil and natural gas industry with informationAPI is pleased to present its 2018 publications programs and services catalog. The 2018 edition lists API standards, recommended practices, equipment specifications, other technicaldocuments, and reports and studies to help the oil and natural gas industry safely, efficiently, and responsiblysupply energy to billions of people around the world. Each year API distributes more than 300,000 copies of its publications. For upstream, API publications cover offshore structures and floating production systems, tubular goods, valvesand wellhead equipment, and drilling and production equipment. In the downstream arena, API publicationsaddress marketing and pipeline operations and refinery equipment, including storage tanks, pressure-relievingsystems, compressors, turbines, and pumps. API also has publications that cut across industry sectors, coveringfire and safety protection and petroleum measurement. API information technology standards cover EDI,eBusiness, telecommunications, and information technology applications for the oil and natural gas industry. Other API publications cataloged here include economic analysis, toxicological test results, opinion researchreports, and educational materials that provide basic information about the oil and natural gas industry and howtechnology is transforming publications in the catalog are intended for all segments of the oil and natural gas industry. Please direct questions about the catalog to the API Standards Department at ,Lakshmy A. MahonDirector, Global Industry ServicesAPI2018 Publications Programs and ServicesTable of ContentsExploration and Production1 General: Oil Field Equipment and Materials1 Offshore Structures3 Derricks and Masts7 Tubular Goods7 Valves and Wellhead Equipment12 Drilling Equipment15 Hoisting Tools17 Wire Rope18 Oil Well Cements18 Production Equipment21 Lease Production Vessels23 Drilling Fluid Materials25 Offshore Safety and Antipollution27 Fiberglass and Plastic Pipe28 Drilling Well Control Equipment and Systems29 Subsea Production Systems31 Completion Equipment36 Supply Chain Management39 Drilling and Production Operations 40 Training43 Community Engagement44 Voluntary Operating Agreements and Bulletins44 Health, Environment, and Safety Exploration and Production Safety Standards44 General46 Naturally Occurring Radioactive Materials47 Waste47 Security47Petroleum Measurement49 Manual of Petroleum Measurement Standards49Marketing73 General73 Aviation73 Marketing Operations74 Used Oil75 Tank Truck Operations75 Motor Oils and Lubricants76 Diesel Fuel76 Health, Environment, and Safety General76 Waste77 Water77 Soil and Groundwater77 Security77Transportation79 Rail Transportation79 Pipeline Public Education and Awareness79 Pipeline Operations Publications79 Pipeline Maintenance Welding84 Tank Truck Operations85 Security85Refining87 Inspection of Refinery Equipment87 Mechanical Equipment Standards for Refinery Service90 Equipment Datasheets93 Storage Tanks94 Pressure-Relieving Systems for Refinery Service97 Piping Component and Valve Standards98 Electrical Installations and Equipment101 Heat Transfer Equipment Standards for Refinery Service102 Instrumentation and Control Systems104 Technical Data Book Petroleum Refining105 Related Items105 Characterization and Thermodynamics105 Materials Engineering Publications106 Petroleum Products and Petroleum Product Surveys111 Process Safety Standards112 Health, Environment, and Safety General113 Soil and Groundwater114 Security114Safety and Fire Protection115 Upstream Safety Standards115 Multi-Segment Publications116 Storage Tank Safety Standards122Health and Environmental Issues123 Air Research123 Emissions: General123 Emissions: Exploration and Production125 Emissions: Marketing126 Emissions: Refining126 Emissions: Vehicles127 Exposure: Assessment and Monitoring128 Modeling129 Ozone129 Environment and Safety Data129 Human Health Related Research130 Natural Resource Damage Assessment132 Pollution Prevention132 Soil and Groundwater Research134 Contaminant Fate and Transport135 Remedial Technologies136 Site Characterization137 Environmental Stewardship Program Publications139 Storage Tank Research140 Surface Water Research141 Biomonitoring143 Effluents: Exploration and Production144 Effluents: Marketing144 Effluents: Refining145 Oil Spills145 Oil Spills: MSRC Reports149 Biennial Oil Spill Conference Proceedings151 Sediments152 Waste Research1522018 Publications Programs and ServicesTable of ContentsAPI Data Products155 API Data155Policy and Economic Studies157 Discussion Papers157 Research Studies157 Other Publications158 Papers on Specific Issues158Communications and Education Outreach159Translated Publications161 Chinese161 Kazakh164 Portuguese165 Russian165 Spanish168Historical Publications171 MPMS Chapter 1980171 Withdrawn in 2017172 Withdrawn Publications172Publications by Number187Title Listing for Unnumbered Publications213Meetings, Conferences, Workshops, and Training Courses215Ordering InformationMail OrdersPhone OrdersAPI Publications+1 800 854 7179IHS(Toll-free: and Canada)15 Inverness Way EastM/S C303B+1 303 397 7956Englewood, CO 80112-5776(Local and International)USAFax OrdersOnline +1 800 624 3974 (Toll-free: and Canada)+1 303 792 2181 (Local and International)API provides the public with online access to nearly 200 key industry standards via our IBR (Incorporated by Reference) Reading Room. These standards cover all aspects of the oil and gas industry, including process safety, refinery and chemical plant operations and equipment, offshore drilling, hydraulic fracturing and well construction, and pipeline safety on welding, and public awareness programs. API s goal is to provide the public with access to these standards, particularly those related to safety or that have been incorporated into federal view the read-only publications at (Internet Explorer is the recommended browser for viewing the documents.)The standards are available for review only. Print and PDF versions continue to be available for purchase at the API Publications Store at Petroleum Institute | 1220 L Street, NW | Washington, DC 20005-4070 | prices and discounts in this catalog are effective January 1, 2018 API, all rights reser ved. API, API Data, the API logo, and the API Monogram logo are either trademarks or registered trademarks of API in the United States and/or other countries. Adobe, the Adobe logo, Acrobat, the Acrobat logo, and PostScript are either trademarks or registered trademarks of Adobe Systems Incorporated in the United States and/or other countries. Microsoft, Windows, Windows 95, and Windows NT are either trademarks or registered trademarks of Microsoft Corporation in the United States and/or other countries. All other trademarks are the property of their respective and Production This publication is a new entry in this catalog. This publication is related to an API licensing, certification, or accreditation you have any questions or comments regarding API standards, please visit publications with an asterisk are subject to a $ handling charge for each total order, plus actual shipping charges. GENERAL: OIL FIELD EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS The API Composite List This is a directory of companies licensed to use the API Monogram and APIQR Registration Mark. This directory also lists the companies who have registered Perforator Designs with API. It provides an alphabetical list of approximately 1,400 manufacturers licensed (at the time of publication) to mark their products with the API Monogram. It also contains a classified listing (by specific API specification) of these licensed manufacturers, as well as over 200 APIQR ISO 9000 registered firms. This directory was developed to assist those individuals desiring to purchase products and services meeting API specifications from companies whose quality systems and capabilities are verified by API s Quality Programs. It is updated and published quarterly. A searchable on-line version of the composite list is updated weekly and can be found at Free* Spec Q1 Specification for Quality Management System Requirements for Manufacturing Organizations for the Petroleum and Natural Gas Industry(includes Errata 1 dated February 2014, Errata 2 dated March 2014, and Addendum 1 dated June 2016)Establishes the minimum quality management system requirements for organizations that manufacture products or provide manufacturing-related processes under a product specification for use in the petroleum and natural gas industry. This specification specifies requirements of a quality management system for an organization to demonstrate its ability to consistently provide reliable products and manufacturing-related processes that meet customer and legal requirements. This specification specifies requirements of a quality management system for an organization to demonstrate its ability to consistently provide reliable products and manufacturing-related processes that meet customer and legal requirements. The quality management system requirements specified in this specification are in alignment with the clause requirements and format of document used for the provision of services and use of service-related product (API Q2). Pages: 47 9th Edition | June 2013 | Effective Date: June 1, 2014 Product Number: G0Q109 | Price: $ Q1 *Specification for Quality Management System Requirements for Manufacturing Organizations for the Petroleum and Natural Gas Industry Chinese Chinese translation of Spec Q1. 9th Edition | June 2013 | Product Number: G0Q109C | Price: $ Q1 *Specification for Quality Management System Requirements for Manufacturing Organizations for the Petroleum and Natural Gas Industry Portuguese Portuguese translation of Spec Q1. 9th Edition | June 2013 | Product Number: G0Q109P | Price: $ Q1 *Specification for Quality Management System Requirements for Manufacturing Organizations for the Petroleum and Natural Gas Industry RussianRussian translation of Spec Edition | June 2013 | Product Number: G0Q109R | Price: $ Q1 *Specification for Quality Management System Requirements for Manufacturing Organizations for the Petroleum and Natural Gas Industry Spanish Spanish translation of Q1. 9th Edition | June 2013 | Product Number: G0Q109SP | Price: $ Spec Q2 Specification for Quality Management System Requirements for Service Supply Organizations for the Petroleum and Natural Gas Industries(includes Addendum 1 dated June 2016)Defines the quality management system requirements for service supply organizations for the petroleum and natural gas industries. It is intended to apply to the provision of services during exploration, development, and production in the oil and gas industry. This includes activities involved in upstream oil and gas well construction, production, and abandonment. It is intended to apply when specified by the operator to the service provided. This document specifies requirements of a quality management system to demonstrate an organization s ability to consistently provide services that meet customer and applicable statutory and regulatory requirements, including processes for continual improvement of the system and the assurance of conformity to customer and applicable and regulatory requirements. Pages: 211st Edition | December 2011 | 2-Year Extension: August 2016 Product Number: G0Q201 | Price: $ Q2 *Specification for Quality Management System Requirements for Service Supply Organizations for the Petroleum and Natural Gas Industries ChineseChinese translation of Spec Edition | December 2011 | Product Number: G0Q201C | Price: $ Q2 *Specification for Quality Management System Requirements for Service Supply Organization for the Petroleum and Natural Gas Industries PortuguesePortuguese translation of Spec Q2. 1st Edition | December 2011 | Product Number: G0Q201P | Price: $ Spec Q2 *Specification for Quality Management System Requirements for Service Supply Organization for the Petroleum and Natural Gas Industries RussianRussian translation of Spec Edition | December 2011 | Product Number: G0Q201R | Price: $ *These translated versions are provided for the convenience of our customers and are not officially endorsed by API. The translated versions shall neither replace nor supersede the English-language versions, which remain the official standards. API shall not be responsible for any discrepancies or interpretations of these translations. Translations may not include any Addenda or Errata to the document. Please check the English-language versions for any updates to the and ProductionPhone Orders: +1 800 854 7179 (Toll-free: and Canada)Phone Orders: +1 303 397 7956 (Local and International) This publication is a new entry in this catalog. This publication is related to an API licensing, certification, or accreditation Q2 *Specification for Quality Management System Requirements for Service Supply Organization for the Petroleum and Natural Gas Industries Spanish Spanish translation of Q2. 1st Edition | December 2011 | Product Number: G0Q201SP | Price: $ 1FSCFacilities Systems Completion Planning and ExecutionApplies to a wide variety of projects within the oil and gas industry excluding subsurface. Although intended for oil and gas industry, the process described in this document can be applied to other industries as well. It is intended that the processes and practices established herein can be adapted and applied from a single piece of tagged equipment to a complex petrochemical facility. The process described is intended to be applied at a system level. The systems completion process is the sequential activities within a project that verify and prove the construction, installation, integration, testing, and preparation of systems have been completed as designed, and thus, the facility is ready for start-up and operations. The systems completion process is designed to help prepare and manage the transfer of care, custody, and control of facilities under construction through appropriate certification and documentation, such that the details of progress are evident. Pages: 111st Edition | July 2013 | Product Number: G1FSC01 | Price: $ 1PER15K-1Protocol for Verification and Validation of High-Pressure High-Temperature EquipmentFocuses on an evaluation process for HPHT equipment in the petroleum and natural gas industries that includes design verification analysis, design validation, material selection considerations, and manufacturing process controls necessary to ensure the equipment is fit-for-service in the applicable HPHT environment where HPHT environments are intended to mean one or more of the following well conditions exist: the completion of the well requires completion equipment or well control equipment assigned a pressure rating greater than 15,000 psig or a temperature rating greater than 350 F; the maximum anticipated surface pressure or shut-in tubing pressure is greater than 15,000 psig on the seafloor for a well with a subsea wellhead or at the surface for a well with a surface wellhead; or the flowing temperature is greater than 350 F on the seafloor for a well with a subsea wellhead or on the surface for a well with a surface wellhead. The design verification and validation protocols in this report should be used as a guide by the various API standards committees to develop future documents on equipment specifications for HPHT service. This report is not intended to replace existing API equipment specifications, but to supplement them by illustrating accepted practices and principles that may be considered in order to maintain the safety and integrity of the equipment. This report is intended to apply to the following equipment: wellheads, tubing heads, tubulars, packers, connections, seals, seal assemblies, production trees, chokes, and well control equipment. It may be used for other equipment in HPHT service. Pages: 901st Edition | March 2013 | Product Number: G1PER15K11 | Price: $ 18LCM Product Life Cycle Management System Requirements for the Petroleum and Natural Gas IndustriesDefines the requirements of a management system for service providers performing lifecycle management of products for organizations in the petroleum and natural gas industry. The document identifies requirements for service providers of lifecycle management and the activities required to perform product lifecycle management including determination of product lifecycle management status, actions required to maintain a status, and development of the lifecycle management products used together as part of a system application may be included in the scope of this document, but only as individual products. This document was developed for upstream activities application. This document is intended for pressure-containing and/or pressure-controlling products for wellbore fluids but may also be applied to other equipment that is specified by the product owner or customer. While this document and/or portions thereof could be applicable to other industry segments, it is recommended that other segments carefully review these requirements in order to determine their applicability and, if necessary, to develop an applicable annex identifying any segment-specific document does not include technical requirements for products and does not include requirements for determination of fitness-for-service for a particular product. In addition, this document does not include requirements for original design and manufacture of product. Pages: 141st Edition | April 2017 | Product Number: G18LCM1 | Price: $ 18TR1 Guidance on Changes to API Q1, Ninth EditionWritten for experienced quality professionals seeking to implement the new requirements of API Q1, 9th Edition and to gain a deeper understanding of the requirements with an overall view to improving their quality management system (QMS) and conformance to API Q1, 9th Edition. While API Q1, 9th Edition was created independently of ISO 9001:2008, the specification continues to satisfy those requirements and the supplemental requirements in API Q1, 8th Edition. The formatting of API Q1, 9th Edition was revised to align with API Q2, 1st Edition and to follow a chronological order in the production and delivery of the product. Pages: 221st Edition | June 2015 | Product Number: G18TR101 | Price: $ 18TR2 Guidance to API Specification Q2Provides guidance on the intent and use of API Q2. This document is not intended to provide training on the development and implementation of a quality management system. This document will not provide guidance to each section of the API Q2. Pages: 131st Edition | December 2017 | Product Number: G18TR201 | Price: $ 18TR4 Evaluation of Welding Requirements as Applicable to API Product Specifications A result of an evaluation of the consistency of welding requirements between API Product Specifications that are primarily used in exploration and production. The intent of the evaluation was to identify a means to standardize welding requirements across API Product Specifications. Pages: 1171st Edition | December 2017 Product Number: G18TR401 | Price: $ *These translated versions are provided for the convenience of our customers and are not officially endorsed by API. The translated versions shall neither replace nor supersede the English-language versions, which remain the official standards. API shall not be responsible for any discrepancies or interpretations of these translations. Translations may not include any Addenda or Errata to the document. Please check the English-language versions for any updates to the and ProductionFax Orders: +1 303 397 2740Online Orders: This publication is a new entry in this catalog. This publication is related to an API licensing, certification, or accreditation STRUCTURES API OSRCProceedings of the 2014 Offshore Structural Reliability ConferenceThe 2014 Offshore Structural Reliability Conference was hosted by API for the same purposes as similar past events such as the DIRT (Design Inspect Redundancy Triangle) Conference in 1983, the series of Civil Engineering in the Oceans conferences by the American Society of Civil Engineers (ASCE), and the Reliability of Offshore Structures Workshop by the Association of Oil & Gas Producers (OGP) in 2012 [now the International Association of Oil & Gas Producers (IOGP)].Practitioners and end-users of structural reliability methods were brought together for the purpose of sharing the collective knowledge of applying reliability theories and operating experiences in order to address the offshore design and operational challenges facing the industry. These proceedings contain the material presented at this conference that included alternating sessions of instruction and topical papers starting with the history of offshore reliability studies, progressed to current activities, and then finally outlined issues for future resolution. This event was of interest for operators, engineers, regulators, academics, and anyone else involved in the design and operations of offshore structures. Pages: 6021st Edition | December 2015 | Product Number: GOSRC01 | Price: Free* RP 2A-WSDPlanning, Designing, and Constructing Fixed Offshore Platforms Working Stress Design Contains requirements for the design and construction of new fixed offshore platforms and for the relocation of existing platforms used for drilling, development, and storage of hydrocarbons in offshore areas. In addition, this document should be used in conjunction with RP 2SIM for the assessment of existing platforms in the event that it becomes necessary to make a determination of the fitness-for-purpose of the structure. Pages: 31022nd Edition | November 2014 Product Number: G2AWSD22 | Price: $ 2B Specification for the Fabrication of Structural Steel Pipe Covers the fabrication of structural steel pipe formed from plate steel with longitudinal and circumferential butt-welded seams. Pipe is typically in sizes of 14 in. outside diameter and greater, with a wall thickness 3/8 in. and greater (up to a nominal 40 ft in length), and is suitable for use in construction of welded offshore structures. The use of the ERW process or spiral welded pipe is not included in this specification. Pipe fabricated under this specification is intended to be used primarily in piling and main structural members, including tubular truss connections, where internal stiffeners are not usually required. Pages: 86th Edition | July 2001 | Reaffirmed: January 2012 Product Number: G02B06 | Price: $ 2B *Specification for the Fabrication of Structural Steel Pipe ChineseChinese translation of Spec Edition | July 2001 | Product Number: G02B06C | Price: $ 2C Offshore Pedestal-Mounted Cranes(includes Errata 1 dated March 2013)Provides requirements for design, construction, and testing of offshore pedestal mounted cranes. Offshore cranes are defined in this specification as pedestal mounted elevating and rotating lift devices for transfer of materials or personnel to or from marine vessels and structures. Offshore cranes are typically mounted on a fixed (bottom supported) or floating platform structure used in drilling and production operations. Spec 2C is not intended to be used for the design, fabrication, and testing of davits and/or emergency escape devices. Spec 2C is also not intended to be used for shipboard cranes or heavy lift cranes. Pages: 1247th Edition | March 2012 | Effective Date: October 1, 2012 Product Number: G02C07 | Price: $ Spec 2C *Offshore Pedestal-Mounted Cranes ChineseChinese translation of Spec Edition | March 2012 | Product Number: G02C07C | Price: $ 2DOperation and Maintenance of Offshore Cranes (includes Errata 1 dated August 2015)Intended to serve as a guide to crane owners and operators in developing operating and maintenance practices and procedures for use in the safe operation of pedestal-mounted revolving cranes on fixed or floating offshore platforms, jackup drilling rigs, semi-submersible drilling rigs and other types of mobile offshore drilling units (MODUs). Guidelines are also given for the pre-use inspection and testing of temporary cranes (also called self-erecting, leapfrog or bootstrap cranes) that are erected offshore. Equipment ( davits, launch frames) used only for launching life-saving appliances (life boats or life rafts) are not included in the scope of this document. Pages: 1207th Edition | December 2014 | Product Number: G02D07 | Price: $ 2EQ/ISO 19901-2:2004Seismic Design Procedures and Criteria for Offshore StructuresContains requirements for defining the seismic design procedures and criteria for offshore structures and is a modified adoption of ISO 19901-2. The intent of the modification is to map the requirements of ISO 19901-2 to the United States offshore continental shelf ( OCS). The requirements are applicable to fixed steel structures and fixed concrete structures. The effects of seismic events on floating structures and partially buoyant structures are also briefly discussed. The site-specific assessment of jack-ups in elevated condition is only covered to the extent that the requirements are applicable. This document defines the seismic requirements for new construction of structures in accordance with RP 2A-WSD, 22nd Edition and later. Earlier editions of RP 2A-WSD are not applicable. Only earthquake-induced ground motions are addressed in detail. Other geologically induced hazards such as liquefaction, slope instability, faults, tsunamis, mud volcanoes, and shock waves are mentioned and briefly discussed. The requirements are intended to reduce risks to persons, the environment, and assets to the lowest levels that are reasonably practicable. This edition of RP 2EQ is the modified national adoption of ISO 19901-2:2004. Pages: 541st Edition | November 2014 | Product Number: GG2EQ01 | Price: $ 2F Specification for Mooring ChainCovers flash-welded chain and forged center connecting links used for mooring of offshore floating vessels such as drilling vessels, pipe lay barges, derrick barges, and storage tankers. Pages: 166th Edition | June 1997 | Reaffirmed: June 2015 Product Number: G02F06 | Price: $ 2F *Specification for Mooring Chain ChineseChinese translation of Spec Edition | June 1997 | Product Number: G02F06C | Price: $ *These translated versions are provided for the convenience of our customers and are not officially endorsed by API. The translated versions shall neither replace nor supersede the English-language versions, which remain the official standards. API shall not be responsible for any discrepancies or interpretations of these translations. Translations may not include any Addenda or Errata to the document. Please check the English-language versions for any updates to the and ProductionPhone Orders: +1 800 854 7179 (Toll-free: and Canada)Phone Orders: +1 303 397 7956 (Local and International) This publication is a new entry in this catalog. This publication is related to an API licensing, certification, or accreditation 2FB Recommended Practice for Design of Offshore Facilities Against Fire and Blast Loading Provides an assessment process for the consideration of fire and blast in the design of offshore structures and includes guidance and examples for setting performance criteria. This document complements the contents of the Section 18 of RP 2A-WSD, 21st Edition with more comprehensive guidance in design of both fixed and floating offshore structures against fire and blast loading. Guidance on the implementation of safety and environmental management practices and hazard identification, event definition and risk assessment can be found in RP 75 and the RP 14 series. The interface with these documents is identified and emphasized throughout, as structural engineers need to work closely with facilities engineers experienced in performing hazard analysis as described in RP 14J, and with the operator's safety management system as described in RP 75. Pages: 631st Edition | April 2006 | Reaffirmed: January 2012 Product Number: G2FB01 | Price: $ 2FPSPlanning, Designing, and Constructing Floating Production SystemsProvides guidelines for design, fabrication, installation, inspection, and operation of floating production systems (FPSs). A FPS may be designed with the capability of one or more stages of hydrocarbon processing, as well as drilling, well workover, product storage, and export. This document addresses only floating systems where a buoyant hull of some form supports the deck, production, and other systems. Bottom-fixed components, such as self-supporting risers, and station keeping systems, such as turret mooring, catenary anchor leg mooring (CALM), single anchor leg mooring (SALM), etc. are considered as ancillary components and are addressed in more detail in other API recommended practices. Pages: 1912nd Edition | October 2011 | Product Number: G2FPS02 | Price: $ 2GEO/ISO 19901-4:2003Geotechnical and Foundation Design Considerations(includes Addendum 1 dated October 2014)Contains requirements and recommendations for those aspects of geoscience and foundation engineering that are applicable to a broad range of offshore structures, rather than to a particular structure type. Such aspects are site characterization, soil and rock characterization, design and installation of foundations supported by the seabed (shallow foundations), identification of hazards, and design of pile of soil mechanics and foundation engineering that apply equally to offshore and onshore structures are not addressed. The user of this document is expected to be familiar with such aspects. This edition of RP 2GEO is the modified national adoption of ISO 19901-4:2003. Pages: 1031st Edition | April 2011 | Product Number: GG2GEO01 | Price: $ Spec 2H Specification for Carbon Manganese Steel Plate for Offshore StructuresCovers two grades of intermediate strength steel plates up to 4 in. thick for use in welded construction of offshore structures, in selected critical portions that must resist impact, plastic fatigue loading, and lamellar tearing. These steels are intended for fabrication primarily by cold forming and welding as per Spec 2B. The welding procedure is of fundamental importance and it is presumed that procedures will be suitable for the steels and their intended service. Conversely, the steels should be amenable to fabrication and welding under shipyard and offshore conditions. Pages: 249th Edition | July 2006 | Effective Date: February 1, 2007 Reaffirmed: January 2012 | Product Number: G02H09 | Price: $ 2HINS Guidance for Post-Hurricane Structural Inspection of Offshore StructuresProvides guidance for above- and below-water post-hurricane structural inspections of fixed and floating structures in the Gulf of Mexico. The goal of these special inspections is to determine if a structure sustained hurricane-induced damage that affects the safety of personnel, the primary structural integrity of the asset, or its ability to perform the purpose for which it was intended. This document should be used in conjunction with the applicable API recommended practices for the structure as well as any structure specific owner or regulatory requirements. Pages: 161st Edition | May 2009 | Product Number: G2HINS01 | Price: $ 2I In-Service Inspection of Mooring Hardware for Floating StructuresProvides guidelines for inspecting mooring components of mobile offshore drilling units (MODUs) and permanent floating installations. This edition includes: inspection guidelines for steel permanent moorings on permanent floating installations are added; inspection guidelines for fiber ropes used for permanent and MODU moorings are included; special guidance for MODU mooring inspection in the areas of tropical cyclone is provided. Although this recommended practice was developed for the primary moorings of MODUs and permanent floating installations, some of the guidelines may be applicable to moorings of other floating vessels such as pipe-laying barges and construction vessels. Also some of the guidelines may be applicable to secondary or emergency moorings such as mooring for jack-up units, shuttle tanker mooring, and dynamic positioning (DP) vessel harbor mooring. The applicability of this document to other floating vessels and moorings is left to the discretion of the user. Pages: 733rd Edition | April 2008 | Reaffirmed: June 2015 Product Number: G02I03 | Price: $ 2MET/ISO 19901-1:2006Deprivation of Metocean Design and Operating ConditionsContains general requirements for the determination and use of meteorological and oceanographic (metocean) conditions for the design, construction, and operation of offshore structures in the petroleum and natural gas requirements are divided into two broad types: those that relate to the determination of environmental conditions in general, together with the metocean parameters that are required to adequately describe them; those that relate to the characterization and use of metocean parameters for the design, the construction activities or the operation of offshore environmental conditions and metocean parameters discussed in this document comprise the following: extreme and abnormal values of metocean parameters that recur with given return periods that are considerably longer than the design service life of the structure, long-term distributions of metocean parameters, in the form of cumulative, conditional, marginal, or joint statistics of metocean parameters, and normal environmental conditions that are expected to occur frequently during the design service life of the parameters are applicable to the determination of actions and action effects for the design of new structures, the determination of actions and action effects for the assessment of existing structures, the site-specific assessment of mobile offshore units,Exploration and ProductionFax Orders: +1 303 397 2740Online Orders: This publication is a new entry in this catalog. This publication is related to an API licensing, certification, or accreditation the determination of limiting environmental conditions, weather windows,actions and action effects for pre-service and post-service situations ( , transportation, and installation or decommissioning andremoval of a structure), and the operation of the platform, where appropriate. This edition of RP 2MET is the modified national adoption of ISO 19901-1:2006. Pages: 1681st Edition | November 2014 Product Number: GG2MET01 | Price: $ 2MOP/ISO 19901-6:2009 Marine Operations(includes Errata 1 dated April 2015)Provides requirements and guidance for the planning and engineering of marine operations, encompassing the design and analysis of the components, systems, equipment, and procedures required to perform marine operations, as well as the methods or procedures developed to carry them out safely. This document is also applicable to modifications of existing structures, installation of additional topsides edition of RP 2MOP is the identical national adoption of ISO 19901-6:2009. Pages: 1681st Edition | July 2010 | Reaffirmed: April 2015 Product Number: GG2M0P1 | Price: $ 2MT1 Specification for Carbon Manganese Steel Plate with Improved Toughness for Offshore StructuresCovers one grade of intermediate strength steel plates for use in welded construction of offshore structures. These steels are intended for fabrication primarily by cold forming and welding as per Spec 2B. The primary use of these steels is for Class B applications as defined in RP 2A. Specs 2H, 2W, and 2Y cover other steels providing improved mechanical properties and toughness for Class A applications and should be used where substantial z-direction stresses are expected Pages: 62nd Edition | September 2001 | Effective Date: March 1, 2002 Reaffirmed: January 2012 | Product Number: G2MT12 | Price: $ 2MT2 Rolled Shapes with Improved Notch Toughness Covers rolled shapes (wide flange shapes, angles, etc.), having a specified minimum yield strength of 50 ksi (345 Mpa), intended for use in offshore structures. Commonly available Class A, Class B, and Class C beams refer to degrees of fracture criticality as described in RP 2A-WSD, with Class C being for the least critical applications. For special critical applications, Class AAZ shapes may be specified, by agreement, using Supplement S101. Pages: 81st Edition | June 2002 | Effective Date: December 1, 2002 Reaffirmed: June 2015 | Product Number: G2MT21 | Price: $ 2N/ISO 19906:2010Planning, Designing, and Constructing Structures and Pipelines for Arctic ConditionsSpecifies requirements and provides recommendations and guidance for the design, construction, transportation, installation, and removal of offshore structures, related to the activities of the petroleum and natural gas industries in arctic and cold regions. Reference to arctic and cold regions includes both the Arctic and other cold regions that are subject to similar sea ice, iceberg, and icing conditions. The objective of this standard is to ensure that offshore structures in arctic and cold regions provide an appropriate level of reliability with respect to personnel safety, environmental protection, and asset value to the owner, to the industry, and to society in standard does not contain requirements for the operation, maintenance, service-life inspection, or repair of arctic and cold region offshore structures, except where the design strategy imposes specific requirements. While this standard does not apply specifically to mobile offshore drilling units, the procedures relating to ice actions and ice management contained herein are applicable to the assessment of such units. This standard does not apply to mechanical, process, and electrical equipment or any specialized process equipment associated with arctic and cold region offshore operations except in so far as it is necessary for the structure to sustain safely the actions imposed by the installation, housing, and operation of such equipment. This edition of RP 2N is the modified national adoption of ISO 19906:2010. Pages: 4583rd Edition | April 2015 | Product Number: G02N03 | Price: $ 2RDDynamic Risers for Floating Production SystemsAddresses structural analysis procedures, design guidelines, component selection criteria, and typical designs for all new riser systems used on FPSs. Guidance is also given for developing load information for the equipment attached to the ends of the risers. The recommended practice for structural design of risers, as reflected in this document, is generally based on the principles of limiting stresses in the risers and related components under normal, extreme, and accidental conditions. This document assumes that the risers will be made of steel or titanium pipe or unbonded flexible pipe. However, other materials, such as aluminum, are not excluded if risers built using these materials can be shown to be fit for purpose. Design considerations for unbonded flexible pipe are included primarily by reference to RP 17B and Spec 17J. Pages: 812nd Edition | September 2013 | Product Number: G2RD02 | Price: $ 2S Design of Windlass Wildcats for Floating Offshore Structures Covers the design of windlass wildcats to ensure proper fit and function between wildcat and mooring chain. Wildcats are of the five-whelp type for use with studlink anchor chain conforming to the classification society Grades 1, 2, and 3, ORQ and Grade 4 chain. Wildcat dimensions are provided for chains in integral 1/8 in. (3 mm) steps, ranging in size from 2 in. to 4 in. (51 mm to 102 mm). Wildcat dimensions for chain in intermediate 1/16 in. ( mm) steps are not provided, but wildcats in these sizes are permitted within the scope of this publication. Pages: 72nd Edition | November 1995 | Reaffirmed: January 2001 Product Number: G02S02 | Price: $ 2SC Manufacture of Structural Steel Castings for Primary Offshore ApplicationsCastings manufactured to this specification are intended for use in the fabrication of offshore structures, manufacture of critical marine or mechanical or other system components intended for application on permanent offshore structures, or for components used in the construction of offshore tendons, risers and pipelines. This specification is based on the experience acquired during the design, construction, operation, and maintenance of offshore processing units and permanent facilities, as supplemented with the experience of operating companies with topsides, fixed platforms, floating structures ( TLPs and spars), and their tendons and risers. Castings in these applications tend to be limited production components, with relatively few replications, and receive more intense scrutiny than routine mass production runs. Pages: 291st Edition | September 2009 | Effective Date: March 1, 2010 Reaffirmed: June 2015 | Product Number: G2SC01 | Price: $ Exploration and ProductionPhone Orders: +1 800 854 7179 (Toll-free: and Canada)Phone Orders: +1 303 397 7956 (Local and International) This publication is a new entry in this catalog. This publication is related to an API licensing, certification, or accreditation 2SF Manufacture of Structural Steel Forgings for Primary Offshore ApplicationsForgings manufactured to this specification are intended for use in the fabrication of offshore structures, marine risers, TLP tendons and pipelines, or other system components intended for application on permanent offshore structures. This specification defines the minimum requirements for manufacture, testing, and inspection of carbon and low-alloy steel forgings, including extrusions and heavy-wall seamless tubular product, grades 345 N/mm2 to 586 N/mm2 (50 ksi to 85 ksi) for use in primary steel applications. Service categories A, B, and C (SCA, SCB, and SCC) reflect forging geometry and method of incorporation into the overall system, rather than levels of criticality. They may also be designated by the user (purchaser) to reflect moderately different but standardized levels of performance. Pages: 261st Edition | August 2013 | Product Number: G2SF01 | Price: $ RP 2SIMStructural Integrity Management of Fixed Offshore StructuresServes as a guide for the structural integrity management of fixed offshore structures used for the drilling, development, production, and storage of hydrocarbons in offshore areas. Specific guidance is provided for the evaluation of structural damage, above and below water structural inspection, fitness-for-purpose assessment, risk reduction, and mitigation planning, and the process of decommissioning. The SIM process provided in this recommended practice is applicable to platforms installed at any location worldwide. However, this recommended practice also provides specific metocean criteria, which are only applicable for use in fitness-for-purpose assessments of platforms located in the Gulf of Mexico and the West Coast. Pages: 971st Edition | November 2014 | Product Number: G2SIM01 | Price: $ 2SK Design and Analysis of Stationkeeping Systems for Floating Structures (includes Addendum 1 dated May 2008)Presents a rational method for analyzing, designing, or evaluating mooring systems used with floating units. This method provides a uniform analysis tool that, when combined with an understanding of the environment at a particular location, the characteristics of the unit being moored, and other factors, can be used to determine the adequacy and safety of the mooring system. Some design guidelines for dynamic positioning systems are also included. Appendix K of 2SK replaces RP 95F. Pages: 1813rd Edition | October 2005 | Reaffirmed: June 2015 Product Number: G2SK03 | Price: $ 2SMDesign, Manufacture, Installation, and Maintenance of Synthetic Fiber Ropes for Offshore MooringCovers the design, manufacture, and installation of synthetic fiber ropes to include the design and analysis considerations of mooring systems, design criteria for mooring components, rope design and testing, quality assurance, and in-service maintenance and document applies to synthetic fiber ropes used in the form of taut leg or catenary moorings for both permanent and temporary offshore installations such as: monohull-based floating production, storage, and offloading units (FPSOs); monohull-based floating storage units (FSOs, FSUs); monohull or semi-submersible based floating production units (FPUs, FPSs); mobile offshore drilling units (MODUs); spar platforms; catenary anchor leg mooring (CALM) buoys; mobile offshore units. Pages: 108 2nd Edition | July 2014 | Product Number: G2SM02 | Price: $ 2T Planning, Designing and Constructing Tension Leg Platforms Contains a guide to the designer in organizing an efficient approach to the design of a tension leg platform (TLP). Emphasis is placed on participation of all engineering disciplines during each stage of planning, development, design, construction, installation, and inspection. This publication contains guidelines developed from the latest practices in designing tension leg platforms and are adapted from successful techniques employed for related structural systems in the offshore and marine industries. Pages: 2543rd Edition | July 2010 | Reaffirmed: June 2015 Product Number: G02T03 | Price: $ 2TD Guidelines for Tie-Downs on Offshore Production Facilities for Hurricane Season Addresses the need to evaluate the tie-downs in use on offshore production facilities for drilling rigs, permanent equipment, and facilities such as quarters, helidecks, etc. The information contained in this document is presented as recommendations to improve tie-down performance during hurricanes. Bull 2TD also addresses situations where failure of a drilling or workover rig would result in significant damage to the platform or adjacent infrastructure. Pages: 31st Edition | June 2006 | Product Number: G2TD01 | Price: $ 2U Bulletin on Stability Design of Cylindrical Shells Contains semi-empirical formulations for evaluating buckling strength of stiffened and unstiffened cylindrical shells. Pages: 1463rd Edition | June 2004 | Product Number: G02U03 | Price: $ 2V Design of Flat Plate Structures (includes Errata 1 dated March 2008)Provides guidance for the design of steel flat plate structures. Pages: 139 3rd Edition | June 2004 | Product Number: G02V03 | Price: $ 2W Specification for Steel Plates for Offshore Structures, Produced by Thermo-Mechanical Control Processing (TMCP) Covers two grades of high strength steel plates for use in welded construction of offshore structures, in selected critical portions that must resist impact, plastic fatigue loading, and lamellar tearing. Grade 50 is covered in thicknesses up to 6 in. (150 mm) inclusive, and Grade 60 is covered in thicknesses up to 4 in. (100 mm) inclusive. Pages: 155th Edition | December 2006 | Effective Date: June 1, 2007 Reaffirmed: January 2012 | Product Number: G02W05 | Price: $ 2W *Specification for Steel Plates for Offshore Structures, Produced by Thermo-Mechanical Control Processing (TMCP) RussianRussian translation of Spec Edition | December 2006 | Product Number: G02W05R | Price: $ *These translated versions are provided for the convenience of our customers and are not officially endorsed by API. The translated versions shall neither replace nor supersede the English-language versions, which remain the official standards. API shall not be responsible for any discrepancies or interpretations of these translations. Translations may not include any Addenda or Errata to the document. Please check the English-language versions for any updates to the and ProductionFax Orders: +1 303 397 2740Online Orders: This publication is a new entry in this catalog. This publication is related to an API licensing, certification, or accreditation 2X Recommended Practice for Ultrasonic and Magnetic Examination of Offshore Structural Fabrication and Guidelines for Qualification of TechniciansContains guidance on commonly used NDE methods such as visual (VT), penetrant (PT), magnetic particle (MT), radiography (RT), and ultrasonic (UT) examinations, which are routinely used in offshore structural fabrication. This recommended practice primarily addresses the MT and UT methods. Guidance on VT, PT, and RT is incorporated by reference to AWS Further recommendations are offered for determining the qualifications of personnel using MT and UT techniques. Recommendations are also offered for the integration of these techniques into a general quality control program. The interrelationship between joint design, the significance of defects in welds, and the ability of NDE personnel to detect critical-size defects is also discussed. Pages: 774th Edition | May 2004 | Reaffirmed: June 2015 Product Number: G02X04 | Price: $ 2Y Specification for Steel Plates, Quenched-and-Tempered, for Offshore Structures Covers two grades of high strength steel plate for use in welded construction of offshore structures, in selected critical portions that must resist impact, plastic fatigue loading, and lamellar tearing. Grade 50 is covered in thicknesses up to 6 in. (150 mm) inclusive, and Grade 60 is covered in thicknesses up to 4 in. (100 mm) inclusive. Pages: 135th Edition | December 2006 | Effective Date: June 1, 2007 Reaffirmed: January 2012 | Product Number: G02Y05 | Price: $ 2Z Recommendation Practice for Preproduction Qualification for Steel Plates for Offshore Structures Covers requirements for preproduction qualification, by special welding and mechanical testing, of specific steelmaking and processing procedures for the manufacture of steel of a specified chemical composition range by a specific steel producer. This is a recommended practice for material selection and qualification, but not for the performance of production weld joints. This recommended practice was developed in conjunction with, and is intended primarily for use with, Specs 2W and 2Y. However, it may be sued as a supplement to other material specifications ( Spec 2H) if so desired. Pages: 194th Edition | September 2005 | Reaffirmed: June 2015 Product Number: G02Z04 | Price: $ 95J Gulf of Mexico Jackup Operations for Hurricane SeasonPresents an interim approach to siting jackup mobile offshore drilling units (MODUs) and to recommend certain operational procedures to enhance jackup survivability and stationkeeping during hurricane season in the Gulf of Mexico during drilling and workover and while stacked (idled) at a non-sheltered location. This RP provides guidance and processes, and when combined with an understanding of the environment at a particular location, the characteristics of the unit being utilized, and other factors, it may be used to enhance operational integrity. This RP was developed through a cooperative arrangement with the International Association of Drilling Contractors' (IADC) Jackup Rig Committee. Specifically, this RP provides guidance in the following areas: site including location-specific, geotechnical, and metocean; preloading process; air gap recommendations; unit preparations and evacuation; post storm recovery; and post storm inspections. Pages: 15 1st Edition | June 2006 | Reaffirmed: April 2013 Product Number: G95J01 | Price: $ AND MASTS Spec 4F Specification for Drilling and Well Servicing Structures(includes Addendum 1 dated December 2016)Covers the design, manufacture, and use of steel derricks, portable masts, crown block assemblies, and substructures suitable for drilling and well-servicing operations in the petroleum industry. It includes requirements for marking, inspection, a uniform method of rating, and design loading for the equipment. This specification provides two product specification levels (PSLs) that define two levels of technical and quality requirements. Pages: 524th Edition | January 2013 | Effective Date: August 1, 2013 Product Number: G04F04 | Price: $ 4F *Specification for Drilling and Well Servicing Structures ChineseChinese translation of Spec Edition | January 2013 | Product Number: G04F04C | Price: $ 4GOperation, Inspection, Maintenance, and Repair of Drilling and Well Servicing Structures(includes Addendum 1 dated August 2016)Provides guidelines and establishes recommended procedures for inspection, maintenance, and repair of items for drilling and well servicing structures to maintain the serviceability of this equipment. These recommendations should be considered as supplemental to, and not as a substitute for, the manufacturer s instructions and the recommendations in RP 54. Items of drilling and well servicing structures covered are masts/derricks, substructures, and their accessories. Pages: 574th Edition | April 2012 | 2-Year Extension: July 2016 Product Number: G04G04 | Price: $ 4G *Operation, Inspection, Maintenance, and Repair of Drilling and Well Servicing Structures ChineseChinese translation of RP Edition | April 2012 | Product Number: G04G04C | Price: $ GOODS RP 5A3/ISO 13678:2010Recommended Practice on Thread Compounds for Casing, Tubing, Line Pipe, and Drill Stem Elements(includes Errata 1 dated April 2011)Provides requirements, recommendations, and methods for the testing of thread compounds intended for use on threaded casing, tubing, and line pipe connections and for thread compounds intended for use on rotary shouldered connections. The tests outlined are used to evaluate the critical performance properties and physical and chemical characteristics of thread compounds under laboratory conditions. This edition of RP 5A3 is the identical national adoption of ISO 13678:2010. Pages: 47 3rd Edition | November 2009 | Reaffirmed: April 2015 Product Number: GX5A303 | Price: $ *These translated versions are provided for the convenience of our customers and are not officially endorsed by API. The translated versions shall neither replace nor supersede the English-language versions, which remain the official standards. API shall not be responsible for any discrepancies or interpretations of these translations. Translations may not include any Addenda or Errata to the document. Please check the English-language versions for any updates to the and ProductionPhone Orders: +1 800 854 7179 (Toll-free: and Canada)Phone Orders: +1 303 397 7956 (Local and International) This publication is a new entry in this catalog. This publication is related to an API licensing, certification, or accreditation 5A5/ISO 15463:2003 Field Inspection of New Casing, Tubing, and Plain-End Drill Pipe (includes Errata 1 dated December 2009)Specifies requirements and gives recommendations for field inspection and testing of oil country tubular goods (OCTG). This International Standard covers the practices and technology commonly used in field inspection; however, certain practices may also be suitable for mill inspections. Covers the qualification of inspection personnel, a description of inspection methods and apparatus calibration and standardization procedures for various inspection methods. The evaluation of imperfections and marking of inspected OCTG are included. Applicable to field inspection of OCTG and is not applicable for use as a basis for acceptance or edition of RP 5A5 is the identical national adoption of ISO 15463:2003. Pages: 118 7th Edition | June 2005 | Reaffirmed: April 2015 Product Number: GX5A507 | Price: $ 5A5/ISO 15463:2003 *Field Inspection of New Casing, Tubing, and Plain-End Drill Pipe Chinese Chinese translation of RP Edition | June 2005 | Product Number: GX5A507C | Price: $ 5B Threading, Gauging, and Inspection of Casing, Tubing, and Line Pipe ThreadsCovers dimensions, tolerances, and marking requirements for API threads and the gauges that control the acceptance criteria for the threads. Thread element gauges, instruments, and requirements for the inspection of threads for line pipe, round thread casing, round thread tubing, and buttress casing connections are included. Pages: 116 16th Edition | December 2017 | Product Number: G5B016 | Price: $ 5B1 Gauging and Inspection of Casing, Tubing and Line Pipe Threads(includes Addendum 1 dated September 2004) Covers threading, gauging, gauging practice, and inspection of threads for casing, tubing, and line pipe made under Specs 5CT, 5DP, and 5L. Also covers gauge specifications and certification for casing, tubing, and line pipe gauges. Pages: 485th Edition | August 1999 | Reaffirmed: May 2015 Product Number: G05B105 | Price: $ 5B1 *Gauging and Inspection of Casing, Tubing and Line Pipe Threads KazakhKazakh translation of RP 5B1. 5th Edition | August 1999 | Product Number: G05B15K | Price: $ 5B1 *Gauging and Inspection of Casing, Tubing and Pipe Line Threads RussianRussian translation of RP Edition | October 1999 | Product Number: G05B15R | Price: $ 5C1 Recommended Practice for Care and Use of Casing and TubingCovers use, transportation, storage, handling, and reconditioning of casing and tubing. Pages: 3118th Edition | May 1999 | Reaffirmed: May 2015 Product Number: G05C18 | Price: $ 5C1 *Recommended Practice for Care and Use of Casing and Tubing ChineseChinese translation of RP Edition | May 1999 | Product Number: G05C18C | Price: $ 5C3/ISO 10400:2007Technical Report on Equations and Calculations for Casing, Tubing, and Line Pipe used as Casing or Tubing; and Performance Properties Tables for Casing and Tubing(includes Addendum 1 dated October 2015)Illustrates the equations and templates necessary to calculate the various pipe properties given in International Standards, including: pipe performance properties, such as axial strength, internal pressure resistance and collapse resistance, minimum physical properties, product assembly force (torque), product test pressures, critical product dimensions related to testing criteria, critical dimensions of testing equipment, and critical dimensions of test samples. This edition of TR 5C3 is the identical national adoption of ISO 10400:2007 and supersedes Bull 5C2 and Bull 5C3. Pages: 378 1st Edition | December 2008 | Product Number: G5C301 | Price: $ 5C5 Procedures for Testing Casing and Tubing ConnectionsDefines tests to perform to determine the galling tendency, sealing performance, and structural integrity of threaded casing and tubing connections. The words casing and tubing apply to the service application and not to the diameter of the pipe. This recommended practice addresses the primary loads to which casing and tubing strings are subjected: fluid pressure (internal and/or external), axial force (tension and/or compression), bending (buckling and/or wellbore deviation), and temperature variations. Pages: 1974h Edition | January 2017 | Product Number: GX5C504 | Price: $ 5C6 Welding Connections to Pipe Created to provide a standard industry practice for the shop or field welding of connectors to pipe. The technical content provides requirements for welding procedure qualification, welder performance qualification, materials, testing, production welding, and inspection. Additionally, suggestions for ordering are included. Pages: 72nd Edition | March 2006 | Reaffirmed: September 2012 Product Number: G05C62 | Price: $ 5C6 *Welding Connections to Pipe ChineseChinese translation of RP Edition | March 2006 | Product Number: G05C62C | Price: $ 5C8 Care, Maintenance, and Inspection of Coiled TubingCovers the care, maintenance, and inspection of used low alloy carbon steel coiled tubing. Commonly manufactured coiled tubing outside diameters range from mm ( in.) to mm ( in.). Pages: 1221st Edition | January 2017 | Product Number: G05C801 | Price: $ *These translated versions are provided for the convenience of our customers and are not officially endorsed by API. The translated versions shall neither replace nor supersede the English-language versions, which remain the official standards. API shall not be responsible for any discrepancies or interpretations of these translations. Translations may not include any Addenda or Errata to the document. Please check the English-language versions for any updates to the and ProductionFax Orders: +1 303 397 2740Online Orders: This publication is a new entry in this catalog. This publication is related to an API licensing, certification, or accreditation 5CRA/ISO 13680:2008 Specification for Corrosion Resistant Alloy Seamless Tubes for Use as Casing, Tubing and Coupling Stock(includes Errata 1 dated August 2011)Specifies the technical delivery conditions for corrosion-resistant alloy seamless tubulars for casing, tubing, and coupling stock for two product specification edition of Spec 5CRA is the identical national adoption of ISO 13680:2010. Pages: 871st Edition | February 2010 | Effective Date: August 1, 2010 Reaffirmed: April 2015 | Product Number: GG5CRA01 | Price: $ 5CT Specification for Casing and Tubing(includes Errata 1 dated September 2012 and Errata 2 dated October 2016)Specifies the technical delivery conditions for steel pipes (casing, tubing, plain end casing liners, and pup joints) and accessories. This standard is applicable to the following connections in accordance with Spec 5B: short round thread casing (STC); long round thread casing (LC); buttress thread casing (BC); extreme-line casing (XC); non-upset tubing (NU); external upset tubing (EU); integral joint tubing (IJ).This standard specifies the technical delivery conditions for steel pipes (casing, tubing, and pup joints), coupling stock, coupling material, and accessory material and establishes requirements for three Product Specification Levels (PSL-1, PSL-2, PSL-3). The requirements for PSL-1 are the basis of this standard. The requirements that define different levels of standard technical requirements for PSL-2 and PSL-3, for all grades except H-40, L-80 9Cr, and C110, are contained in Annex H. This standard can also be applied to tubulars with connections not covered by API standards. This standard is not applicable to threading requirements. This standard is based on the 8th Edition of Spec 5CT. Pages: 2699th Edition | July 2011 | Effective Date: January 1, 2012 2-Year Extension: July 2016 | Product Number: G5CT09 | Price: $ 5CT *Specification for Casing and Tubing ChineseChinese translation of Spec Edition | July 2011 | Product Number: G5CT09C | Price: $ 5CT *Specification for Casing and Tubing PortuguesePortuguese translation of Spec Edition | July 2011 | Product Number: G5CT09P | Price: $ 5CT *Specification for Casing and Tubing RussianRussian translation of Spec Edition | July 2011 | Product Number: G5CT09R | Price: $ 5CT *Specification for Casing and Tubing SpanishSpanish translation of Spec Edition | July 2011 | Product Number: G5CT09SP | Price: $ 5DP/ISO 11961:2008 Specification for Drill Pipe Specifies the technical delivery conditions for steel drill-pipes with upset pipe-body ends and weld-on tool joints for use in drilling and production operations in petroleum and natural gas industries for three product specification levels (PSL-1, PSL-2, and PSL-3). This International Standard covers the following grades of drill-pipe: grade E drill-pipe; high-strength grades of drill-pipe, grades X, G, and S. This International Standard can also be used for drill-pipe with tool joints not specified by ISO or API standards. This International Standard is based on Spec 5D and Spec edition of Spec 5DP is the identical national adoption of ISO 11961:2008. Pages: 112 1st Edition | August 2009 | Effective Date: August 1, 2010 Reaffirmed: April 2015 | Product Number: GX5DP01 | Price: $ 5DP/ISO 11961:2008 *Specification for Drill Pipe ChineseChinese translation of Spec Edition | August 2009 | Product Number: GX5DP01C | Price: $ 5L Specification for Line Pipe(includes Errata 1 dated April 2015)Specifies requirements for the manufacture of two product specification levels (PSL 1 and PSL 2) of seamless and welded steel pipes for use in pipeline transportation systems in the petroleum and natural gas industries. Pages: 18045th Edition | December 2012 | Effective Date: July 1, 2013 Product Number: G05L45 | Price: $ 5L *Specification for Line Pipe ChineseChinese translation of Spec Edition | December 2012 Product Number: G05L45C | Price: $ 5L *Specification for Line Pipe PortuguesePortuguese translation of Spec Edition | December 2012 Product Number: G05L45P | Price: $ 5L *Specification for Line Pipe RussianRussian translation of Spec Edition | December 2012 Product Number: G05L45R | Price: $ 5L *Specification for Line Pipe SpanishSpanish translation of Spec Edition | December 2012 Product Number: G05L45SP | Price: $ *These translated versions are provided for the convenience of our customers and are not officially endorsed by API. The translated versions shall neither replace nor supersede the English-language versions, which remain the official standards. API shall not be responsible for any discrepancies or interpretations of these translations. Translations may not include any Addenda or Errata to the document. Please check the English-language versions for any updates to the and ProductionPhone Orders: +1 800 854 7179 (Toll-free: and Canada)Phone Orders: +1 303 397 7956 (Local and International) This publication is a new entry in this catalog. This publication is related to an API licensing, certification, or accreditation 5L1Recommended Practice for Railroad Transportation of Line Pipe Applies to the transportation on railcars of Spec 5L steel line pipe in sizes 23/8 and larger in lengths longer than single random. These recommendations cover coated or uncoated pipe, but they do not encompass loading practices designed to protect pipe coating from damage. Pages: 57th Edition | September 2009 | Reaffirmed: May 2015 Product Number: G5L107 | Price: $ 5L1 * Recommended Practice for Railroad Transportation of Line Pipe RussianRussian translation of RP Edition | September 2009 | Product Number: G5L107R | Price: $ 5L2 Recommended Practice for Internal Coating of Line Pipe for Non-Corrosive Gas Transmission ServiceProvides for the internal coating of line pipe used for non-corrosive natural gas service. It is limited to the application of internal coatings on new pipe prior to installation. Pages: 214th Edition | July 2002 | Reaffirmed: May 2015 Product Number: G5L204 | Price: $ 5L2 *Recommended Practice for Internal Coating of Line Pipe for Non-Corrosive Gas Transmission Service ChineseChinese translation of RP Edition | July 2002 | Product Number: G5L204C | Price: $ 5L2 *Recommended Practice for Internal Coating of Line Pipe for Non-Corrosive Gas Transmission Service KazakhKazakh translation of RP Edition | July 2002 | Product Number: G5L204K | Price: $ 5L2 *Recommended Practice for Internal Coating of Line Pipe for Non-Corrosive Gas Transmission Service RussianRussian translation of RP Edition | July 2002 | Product Number: G5L204R | Price: $ 5L3Drop-Weight Tear Tests on Line Pipe Describes procedures for a recommended method for conducting drop-weight tear tests to measure the fracture appearance or fracture ductility of line pipe as referenced in Spec 5L. Pages: 114th Edition | August 2014 | Product Number: G5L304 | Price: $ 5L3 * Drop-Weight Tear Tests on Line Pipe RussianRussian translation of RP Edition | August 2014 | Product Number: G5L304R | Price: $ 5L7 Recommended Practice for Unprimed Internal Fusion Bonded Epoxy Coating of Line Pipe Provides recommendations for materials, application, testing, and inspection of internal fusion bonded epoxy coatings on line pipe. Pages: 252nd Edition | June 1988 | Reaffirmed: May 2015 Product Number: G02906 | Price: $ 5L7 *Recommended Practice for Unprimed Internal Fusion Bonded Epoxy Coating of Line Pipe Russian Russian translation of RP Edition | June 1988 | Product Number: G02906R | Price: $ 5L8 Recommended Practice for Field Inspection of New Line Pipe Covers the qualification of inspection personnel, a description of inspection methods, and apparatus calibration and standardization procedures for various inspection methods. The evaluation of imperfections and marking of inspected new line pipe are included. Also included are recommended procedures for field inspection and testing of new plain-end line pipe. This document was prepared specifically to address the practices and technology used in field inspection of line pipe, and certain parts are not suitable or appropriate for mill inspections. Pages: 392nd Edition | December 1996 | Reaffirmed: May 2015 Product Number: G05L82 | Price: $ 5L8 *Recommended Practice for Field Inspection of New Line Pipe KazakhKazakh translation of RP 5L8. 2nd Edition | December 1996 | Product Number: G05L82K | Price: $ 5L8 *Recommended Practice for Field Inspection of New Line Pipe RussianRussian translation of RP Edition | December 1996 | Product Number: G05L82R | Price: $ 5L9 External Fusion Bonded Epoxy Coating of Line PipeProvides standards for pipe suitable for use in conveying gas, water, and oil in both the oil and natural gas industries. Covers seamless and welded steel line pipe, including standard-weight and extra-strong threaded line pipe, and standard-weight plain-end, regular-weight plain-end, special plain-end, extra-strong plain-end, and double-extra-strong plain-end pipe, as well as bell and spigot and through-flowing (TFL) pipe. Pages: 351st Edition | December 2001 | Reaffirmed: May 2015 Product Number: G5L901 | Price: $ 5L9 *External Fusion Bonded Epoxy Coating of Line Pipe KazakhKazakh translation of RP Edition | December 2001 | Product Number: G5L901K | Price: $ *These translated versions are provided for the convenience of our customers and are not officially endorsed by API. The translated versions shall neither replace nor supersede the English-language versions, which remain the official standards. API shall not be responsible for any discrepancies or interpretations of these translations. Translations may not include any Addenda or Errata to the document. Please check the English-language versions for any updates to the and ProductionFax Orders: +1 303 397 2740Online Orders: This publication is a new entry in this catalog. This publication is related to an API licensing, certification, or accreditation 5L9 *External Fusion Bonded Epoxy Coating of Line Pipe RussianRussian translation of RP Edition | December 2001 | Product Number: G5L901R | Price: $ 5LC CRA Line Pipe (includes Errata 1 dated October 2015)Covers seamless, centrifugal cast, and welded corrosion resistant alloy line pipe as well as austenitic stainless, martensitic stainless, duplex stainless, and Ni-base alloys. Also includes standard weight, regular weight, special, extra strong, and double extra strong plain end line pipe as well as processes of manufacturer, chemical and physical requirements, and methods of testing. Pages: 1104th Edition | March 2015 | Effective Date: September 3, 2015 Product Number: G5LC04 | Price: $ 5LCP Specification on Coiled Line Pipe (includes Errata 1 dated July 2007) Provides standards for pipe suitable for use in conveying gas, water, and oil in both the oil and natural gas industries. Covers welded steel continuously milled coiled line pipe in the size range in. ( mm) to in. ( mm). Pipe that is pipe-to-pipe welded outside the confines of the manufacturing plant is not included within this document. Pages: 42 2nd Edition | October 2006 | Effective Date: April 18, 2007 Reaffirmed: November 2012 | Product Number: G5LCP2 | Price: $ 5LCP *Specification on Coiled Line Pipe ChineseChinese translation of Spec Edition | October 2006 | Product Number: G5LCP2C | Price: $ 5LD CRA Clad or Lined Steel Pipe (includes Errata 1 dated June 2017)Covers seamless, centrifugal cast, and welded clad steel line pipe, and lined steel pipe with improved corrosion-resistant properties. The clad and lined steel line pipe specified in this document shall be composed of a base metal outside and CRA layer inside the pipe. The base material shall conform to Spec 5L, except as modified in the 5LC document. Provides standards for pipe with improved corrosion resistance suitable for use in conveying gas, water, and oil in both the oil and natural gas industries. Pages: 384th Edition | March 2015 | Effective Date: September 3, 2015 Product Number: G5LD04 | Price: $ 5LTRecommended Practice for Truck Transportation of Line PipeApplies to the transportation on railcars of Spec 5L steel line pipe in sizes 23/8 and larger in lengths longer than single random. These recommendations cover coated or uncoated pipe, but they do not encompass loading practices designed to protect pipe coating from damage. Pages: 61st Edition | March 2012 | Product Number: G5LT01 | Price: $ RP 5LT *Recommended Practice for Truck Transportation of Line Pipe Chinese Chinese translation of RP Edition | March 2012 | Product Number: G5LT01C | Price: $ RP 5LT * Recommended Practice for Truck Transportation of Line Pipe Russian Russian translation of RP Edition | March 2012 | Product Number: G5LT01R | Price: $ RP 5LWRecommended Practice for Transportation of Line Pipe on Barges and Marine Vessels Applies to the transportation of Spec 5L steel line pipe by ship or barge. Covers both inland and marine waterways except in cases where the specific requirement of a paragraph references only marine or only inland-waterway transport. Pages: 53rd Edition | September 2009 | Reaffirmed: May 2015 Product Number: G5LW03 | Price: $ 5LW * Recommended Practice for Transportation of Line Pipe on Barges and Marine Vessels Russian Russian translation of RP Edition | September 2009 | Product Number: G5LW03R | Price: $ 5SI Recommended Practice for Purchaser Representative Surveillance and/or Inspection at the SupplierEstablishes a set of general guidelines addressing the protocol between purchasers, suppliers, and the purchaser representative for surveillance and/or inspection by the purchaser representative. It is a general document for use at the request of the purchaser of API products and is intended to provide only general guidance to the industry. Addresses the relationship and responsibility of the purchaser, suppliers, and purchaser representatives regarding surveillance and/or inspection of products from placement of the order or the pre-production meeting, as appropriate, through the point of title transfer from suppliers to purchasers. Pages: 71st Edition | January 2006 | Reaffirmed: September 2012 Product Number: G5SI01 | Price: $ 5ST Specification for Coiled Tubing Customary and SI UnitsCovers the manufacturing, inspection, and testing of all carbon and low alloy steel coiled tubing in Grades CT70, CT80, CT90, CT100, and CT110, in the designations and wall thicknesses given in Table , that can be used as work strings, completion strings, and static installations in oil and gas wells. Coiled tubing may be ordered to this specification. Coiled tubing is manufactured using the continuously milled process. This specification does not cover the joining of seamless or welded tubing segments in lengths less than 200 ft (61 m). Pages: 681st Edition | April 2010 | Reaffirmed: May 2015 Product Number: G5ST01 | Price: $ *These translated versions are provided for the convenience of our customers and are not officially endorsed by API. The translated versions shall neither replace nor supersede the English-language versions, which remain the official standards. API shall not be responsible for any discrepancies or interpretations of these translations. Translations may not include any Addenda or Errata to the document. Please check the English-language versions for any updates to the and ProductionPhone Orders: +1 800 854 7179 (Toll-free: and Canada)Phone Orders: +1 303 397 7956 (Local and International) This publication is a new entry in this catalog. This publication is related to an API licensing, certification, or accreditation 5ST *Specification for Coiled Tubing Customary and SI Units ChineseChinese translation of Spec Edition | April 2010 | Product Number: G5ST01C | Price: $ 5T1 Imperfection and Defect Terminology Provides terms and definitions and example figures of imperfections and defects that occur in manufacturing steel tubulars. The words imperfection and defect refer to metallurgical and other features of steel tubular products, which may or may not affect the performance of the products. Inspection requirements and acceptance criteria are not defined in this document, and are found instead in the respective product specification. Pages: 6511th Edition | October 2017 | Product Number: G05T111 | Price: $ 5TPTorque-Position Assembly Guidelines for API Casing and Tubing ConnectionsProvides alternative connection assembly procedures to those found in Spec 5B (power turns) and those found in RP 5C1 (optimum torque). The procedures set forth are referred to as torque-position because the make-up torque and final position are used as acceptance criteria for the assembly operation. The connections are threaded in accordance with Spec 5B. The torque-position assembly parameters have been developed for most SC (short round thread casing), LC (long round thread casing), BC (buttress thread casing), and EU (external upset tubing) connections. Torque-position is a precision assembly method that relies on a controlled process for successful implementation. When defined threading and assembly procedures are followed, the performance of the resulting assembled connection is optimized. Pages: 301st Edition | December 2013 | Product Number: G5TP01 | Price: $ 5TRSR22 Technical Report in SR22 Supplementary Requirements for Enhanced Leak Resistance LTC Covers the supplemental requirements for Enhanced Leak Resistance LTC (SC22) connections and the changes in Spec 5CT, Std 5B, 5B1, and RP 5C1 needed to produce and inspect these connections. By agreement between the purchaser and manufacturer, the supplemental requirements for SR22 shall apply to connections manufactured in accordance with Spec 5CT. Pages: 241st Edition | June 2002 | Product Number: GSR221 | Price: $ 5UE Recommended Practice for Ultrasonic Evaluation of Pipe Imperfections(includes Addendum 1 dated April 2009) Describes procedures that may be used to prove-up the depth or size of imperfections. Included in this practice are the recommended procedures for ultrasonic prove-up inspection of new pipe using the Amplitude Comparison Technique and the Amplitude-Distance Differential Technique for evaluation of surface breaking imperfections in the body of pipe, and surface breaking and subsurface imperfections in the weld area of electric resistance, electric induction or laser welded pipe, and surface breaking and subsurface imperfections in the weld area of arc welded pipe. Pages: 222nd Edition | June 2005 | Reaffirmed: May 2015 Product Number: G5UE02 | Price: $ AND WELLHEAD EQUIPMENT Spec 6A/ISO 10423:2009 Specification for Wellhead and Christmas Tree Equipment(includes Errata 1 dated January 2011, Addendum 1 and Errata 2 dated November 2011, Addendum 2 dated November 2012, Addendum 3 dated March 2013, Errata 4 dated August 2013, Errata 5 dated November 2013, Errata 6 dated March 2014, Errata 7 dated December 2014, Errata 8 dated February 2016, Addendum 4 and Errata 9 dated June 2016, and Errata 10 dated August 2016)Specifies requirements and gives recommendations for the performance, dimensional and functional interchangeability, design, materials, testing, inspection, welding, marking, handling, storing, shipment, purchasing, repair, and remanufacture of wellhead and christmas tree equipment for use in the petroleum and natural gas industries. This document does not apply to field use, field testing, or field repair of wellhead and christmas tree equipment. This document is applicable to the following specific equipment: wellhead equipment (casing head housings, casing head spools, tubing head spools, cross-over spools, multi-stage head housings and spools); connectors and fittings (cross-over connectors, tubing head adapters, top connectors, tees and crosses, fluid-sampling devices, adapter and spacer spools); casing and tubing hangers (mandrel hangers, slip hangers); valves and chokes (single valves, multiple valves, actuated valves, valves prepared for actuators, check valves, chokes, surface and underwater safety valves and actuators, back-pressure valves); loose connectors (weld neck connectors, blind connectors, threaded connectors, adapter and spacer connectors, bullplugs, valve-removal plugs); and other equipment (actuators, hubs, pressure boundary penetrations, ring gaskets, running and testing tools, wear bushings). This document defines service conditions, in terms of pressure, temperature, and material class for the well-bore constituents, and operating conditions. This International Standard establishes requirements for five product specification levels (PSLs). These five PSL designations define different levels of technical quality requirements. This edition of Spec 6A is the modified national adoption of ISO 10423:2009. Pages: 436 20th Edition | October 2010 | Effective Date: April 1, 2011 Reaffirmed: January 2018 | 2-Year Extension: October 2012 Product Number: GX06A20 | Price: $ 6A/ISO 10423:2009 *Specification for Wellhead and Christmas Tree Equipment ChineseChinese translation of Spec Edition | October 2010 | Product Number: GX06A20C | Price: $ 6ACRA Age-Hardened Nickel-Based Alloys for Oil and Gas Drilling and Production Equipment(includes Errata 1 dated October 2015 and Addendum 1 dated September 2017)Provides requirements for age-hardened nickel-base alloys that are intended to supplement the existing requirements of Spec 6A. For downhole applications, refer to Spec additional requirements include detailed process control requirements and detailed testing requirements. The purpose of these additional requirements is to ensure that the age-hardened nickel-base alloys used in the manufacture of Spec 6A pressure-containing and pressure-controlling components are not embrittled by the presence of an excessive level of deleterious phases and meet the minimum metallurgical quality standard is intended to apply to pressure-containing and pressure-controlling components as defined in Spec 6A. Requirements of this standard may be applied by voluntary conformance by a manufacturer, normative reference in Spec 6A or other product specification(s), or by contractual document expands the scope of Std 6A718. With its issuance, it replaces Std 6A718, 2nd Edition in its entirety. Pages: 331st Edition | August 2015 | Product Number: G6ACRA1 | $ *These translated versions are provided for the convenience of our customers and are not officially endorsed by API. The translated versions shall neither replace nor supersede the English-language versions, which remain the official standards. API shall not be responsible for any discrepancies or interpretations of these translations. Translations may not include any Addenda or Errata to the document. Please check the English-language versions for any updates to the and ProductionFax Orders: +1 303 397 2740Online Orders: This publication is a new entry in this catalog. This publication is related to an API licensing, certification, or accreditation 6AF Technical Report on Capabilities of API Flanges Under Combinations of Load(includes Errata 1 dated March 2017)Presents the results of analysis work done in to establish the load capacity of all flanges give in the April 1986 editions of Spec 6A and Spec 6AB. A total of 69 different geometries were analyzed initially. The various loads considered were bolt makeup (preload), internal pressure, tension, and bending moment. All flanges were analyzed with an axisymmetric finite model for each of the four load cases. A post-processor program was written to calculate the maximum moment capacity for various levels of pressure and tension, based on linear superposition of results. Three different criteria were used to establish the maximum moment: ASME Section VIII, Division 2 allowable stress categories for the flange with the basic membrane stress allowable established by API; allowable bolt stresses as established by API; and loss of preload on the ring joint. The results of this post-processing are presented in plots of pressure vs. allowable moment for various tension levels. Limitations to this work include: the effects of transverse shear or torsion were not considered in the analysis; dynamic, fatigue, or fretting phenomena were not considered in these results; and thermal stresses or elevated temperature effects were not considered. The charts are intended to be used only as general guidelines for design. These charts are not intended to replace a critical evaluation of any particular connection in an application where the charts show the flange to be marginal. Pages: 79 3rd Edition | September 2008 | Product Number: G6AF03 | Price: $ 6AF1 Technical Report on Temperature Derating of API Flanges Under Combination of Loading Continuation to the report on the capabilities of flanges under combined loadings (PRAC 86-21) that resulted in the publication of Bull 6AF. Included in this technical report is an in-depth look into the effect of elevated temperatures of API flanges. The results in this report are analytical and assume a temperature gradient across the flange as stated in this report. Pages: 2562nd Edition | November 1998 | Product Number: G06AF1 | Price: $ 6AF2Technical Report on Capabilities of API Integral Flanges Under Combination of Loading Phase IIResult of the evaluation of the load carrying capacity of Spec 6A integral flanges, including the end tension and bending moment in addition to the conventional rated pressure and makeup forces. The effect of a temperature difference corresponding to 250 F on the inside and 30 F on the outside is also evaluated. Three-dimensional finite element meshes are generated for the Type 6B and Type 6BX flanges. The computer program SESAM is used to obtain the stresses at selected critical flange and hub sections and to determine the gasket reaction due to each of the four unit load cases and the temperature difference load case. The leakage criterion is defined as the load combination with reduces the initial makeup compressive forces in the gasket to zero. The stresses in each defined section are linearized in accordance with the ASME Section VIII, Division 2 procedure to determine the membrane and membrane-plus-bending stress intensities. The stress intensities are checked against the allowable conditions specified in Spec 6A. Pages: 1195th Edition | April 2013 | Product Number: G6AF25 | Price: $ 6AM Technical Report on Material ToughnessIncludes CVN toughness requirement that can be used as a quality assurance measure in Spec 6A equipment to screen materials with poor notch toughness. Pages: 122nd Edition | September 1995 | Product Number: G06AM2 | Price: $ 6AV1 Specification for Validation of Wellhead Surface Safety Valves and Underwater Safety Valves for Offshore ServiceEstablishes design validation requirements for Spec 6A surface safety valves/underwater safety valves (SSV/USV) and associated valve bore sealing mechanism(s) for Class II and Class III. These classes are intended for use if substances such as sand can be expected to cause an SSV/USV valve failure. Class III adds requirements for the validation of the valve bonnet assembly inclusive of stem seals and may be selected by the user/purchaser. Validation to Class III also validates the same SSV/USV for Class II in accordance with scaling limitations specified in the document. The validation requirements in this specification are not represented as duplicating actual well conditions. Previous editions of this document included reference to and requirements for verification to PR1, standard service (Class I). Pages: 252nd Edition | February 2013 | Product Number: G6AV102 | Price: $ 6AV1 *Specification for Validation of Wellhead Surface Safety Valves and Underwater Safety Valves for Offshore Service RussianRussian translation of Spec Edition | February 2013 | Product Number: G6AV102R | Price: $ Std 6AV2Installation, Maintenance and Repair of Surface Safety Valves and Underwater Safety Valves Offshore(includes Errata 1 dated August 2014)Provides requirements for installing and maintaining surface safety valves (SSV) and underwater safety valves (USV). Included are requirements for receiving inspection, installation and maintenance, field and offsite repair, testing procedures with acceptance criteria, failure reporting, and documentation. Power and control systems for SSV/USVs are not included. This document is applicable to SSVs/USVs used or intended to be used as part of a safety system, as defined by documents such as API 14C. This standard is the revision of and supersedes RP 14H, 5th Edition. Pages: 291st Edition | March 2014 | Product Number: G6AV201 | Price: $ 6D Specification for Pipeline and Piping Valves (includes Errata 1 dated October 2014, Errata 2 dated December 2014, Errata 3 dated February 2015, Addendum 1 dated March 2015, Errata 4 dated June 2015, Errata 5 dated July 2015, Errata 6 dated September 2015, Addendum 2 dated June 2016, Errata 7 dated June 2016, Errata 8 dated August 2016, and Errata 9 dated March 2017)Specifies requirements and provides recommendations for the design, manufacturing, testing, and documentation of ball, check, gate, and plug valves for application in pipeline systems meeting ISO 13623 or similar requirements for the petroleum and natural gas industries. This specification is not applicable to subsea pipeline valves, as they are covered by a separate specification (Spec 6DSS). This specification is not for application to valves for pressure ratings exceeding PN 420 (Class 2500). Pages: 10824th Edition | August 2014 | Effective Date: August 1, 2015 Product Number: G6D024 | Price: $ *These translated versions are provided for the convenience of our customers and are not officially endorsed by API. The translated versions shall neither replace nor supersede the English-language versions, which remain the official standards. API shall not be responsible for any discrepancies or interpretations of these translations. Translations may not include any Addenda or Errata to the document. Please check the English-language versions for any updates to the and ProductionPhone Orders: +1 800 854 7179 (Toll-free: and Canada)Phone Orders: +1 303 397 7956 (Local and International) This publication is a new entry in this catalog. This publication is related to an API licensing, certification, or accreditation 6D *Specification for Pipeline and Piping Valves Chinese Chinese translation of Spec Edition | August 2014 | Product Number: G6D024C | Price: $ 6D *Specification for Pipeline and Piping Valves RussianRussian translation of Spec Edition | August 2014 | Product Number: G6D024R | Price: $ 6DRRecommended Practice for the Repair and Remanufacture of Pipeline ValvesProvides guidelines for the repair and remanufacture of steel ball, check, gate, and plug valves normally used in pipeline applications, as defined by Spec 6D. This RP covers repair or remanufacturing of end user s (owner s) valves for continued service in the owner s production applications. Repaired or remanufactured valves may not meet API and/or the OEM standard requirements for new valves. The owner is responsible for the correct application of valves repaired or remanufactured per this document. It does not cover repair or remanufacture of used or surplus valves intended for resale. Furthermore, field repair is outside the scope of this document. Pages: 11 2nd Edition | May 2012 | Product Number: G06DR2 | Price: $ 6DR *Recommended Practice for the Repair and Remanufacture of Pipeline Valves RussianRussian translation of Spec RP Edition | May 2012 | Product Number: G06DR2R | Price: $ 6DSS Specification for Subsea Pipeline Valves Defines the requirements for the design, manufacturing, quality control, assembly, testing, and documentation of ball, check, gate, plug, and axial on-off valves for application in subsea pipeline systems for the petroleum and natural gas industries. The document contains requirements for both full-opening and reduced-opening valves. Valves covered by this specification include one of the following pressure classes: Class 150, Class 300, Class 600, Class 900, Class 1500, or Class 2500. This specification is not applicable to valves for pressure ratings exceeding Class 2500. Pages: 1303rd Edition | August 2017 | Product Number: G6DSS3 | Price: $ 6DX/ISO 12490:2011Standard for Actuator Sizing and Mounting Kits for Pipeline ValvesDefines the requirements for mechanical integrity and sizing of actuators used on valves manufactured under Spec 6D. It is applicable to all types of electric, pneumatic, and hydraulic actuators, inclusive of mounting kit, installed on pipeline valves. This document is not applicable to actuators installed on control valves, valves being used for regulation, valves in sub-sea service, handheld powered devices, stand-alone manually operated gearboxes, instrument tubing and associated fittings, and actuator control edition of Std 6DX is the identical national adoption of ISO 12490:2011. Pages: 511st Edition | October 2012 | Product Number: GG6DX01 | Price: $ 6F1 Technical Report on Performance of API and ANSI End Connections in a Fire Test According to API Specification 6FASummarizes the results of four projects to test the performance of API and ANSI end connections in a fire test according to Spec 6FA. The appendixes present the analytical procedures used to generate performance prediction. Pages: 29 3rd Edition | April 1999 | Product Number: G06F13 | Price: $ 6F2 Technical Report on Fire Resistance Improvements for API Flanges Establishes recommended methods for improving the performance of standard API flanges when subjected to the adverse effects of external high temperatures induced by exposure to fires. This publication does not cover fire prevention, suppression, or firefighting practices. Pages: 193rd Edition | April 1999 | Product Number: G06F23 | Price: $ 6FA Specification for Fire Test for Valves (includes Errata 1 dated December 2006 and Errata 2 dated December 2008)Establishes the requirements for testing and evaluating the pressure-containing performance of Spec 6A and Spec 6D valves when exposed to fire. The performance requirements of this document are intended to establish standard limits of acceptability regardless of size or pressure rating. This document establishes acceptable levels for leakage through the test valve and also external leakage after exposure to a fire for a 30 minute time period. The burn period has been established on the basis that it represents the maximum time required to extinguish most fires. Fires of greater duration are considered to be of a major magnitude with consequences greater than those anticipated in this test. This standard covers the requirements for testing and evaluating the performance of Spec 6A and Spec 6D valves when exposed to specifically defined fire conditions. However, this standard is not intended to cover check valves or end connections. Pages: 73rd Edition | April 1999 | Reaffirmed: September 2011 2-Year Extension: July 2016 | Product Number: G06FA3 | Price: $ 6FA *Specification for Fire Test for Valves Russian Russian translation of Spec 6FA. 3rd Edition | April 1999 | Product Number: G06FA3R | Price: $ 6FB Specification for Fire Test for End Connections (includes Errata/Supplement dated December 2008)Establishes procedures for testing and evaluating the pressure-containing performance of API end connections when exposed to fire. Valves, wellhead seals, or other related equipment are not included in the scope of this document. The procedures are presented in two parts: Part I represents conditions in an onshore or open offshore location and Part II represents conditions in an offshore platform well bay. Background information on fire-resistance of API end connections is contained in Bull 6F1. Further background on fire-resistance improvements of API flanges is contained in Bull 6F2. This specification covers Spec 6A end connections, which include: API flanged end and outlet connections (6B, 6BX, and segmented), API threaded end and outlet connections, and other end connections (OECs). Pages: 20 3rd Edition | May 1998 | Effective Date: November 30, 1998 Reaffirmed: September 2011 | 2-Year Extension: July 2016 Product Number: G06FB3 | Price: $ *These translated versions are provided for the convenience of our customers and are not officially endorsed by API. The translated versions shall neither replace nor supersede the English-language versions, which remain the official standards. API shall not be responsible for any discrepancies or interpretations of these translations. Translations may not include any Addenda or Errata to the document. Please check the English-language versions for any updates to the and ProductionFax Orders: +1 303 397 2740Online Orders: This publication is a new entry in this catalog. This publication is related to an API licensing, certification, or accreditation 6FD Specification for Fire Test for Check ValvesEstablishes the requirements for testing and evaluating the pressure containing performance of Spec 6A and Spec 6D check valves when exposed to fire. The performance requirements of this document are intended to establish standard limits of acceptability regardless of size or pressure rating. This document establishes acceptable levels of leakage through the test valve and also external leakage after exposure to a fire for a 30-minute time period. The burn period has been established on the basis that it represents the maximum time required to extinguish most fires. Fires of greater duration are considered to be of a major magnitude with consequences greater than those anticipated in this test. Pages: 91st Edition | February 1995 | Reaffirmed: October 2013 Product Number: G06FD1 | Price: $ 6FD *Specification for Fire Test for Check Valves Russian Russian translation of Spec 6FD. 1st Edition | February 1995 | Product Number: G06FD1R | Price: $ 6HTHeat Treatment and Testing of Carbon and Low Alloy Steel Large Cross Section and Critical Section ComponentsSupplements the heat treatment and testing requirements found in the API 6A equipment specification and not to replace them altogether. Heat treatment is a critical process that must be appropriate and controlled in order to produce parts that comply with design requirements. The specified mechanical properties may not necessarily be required or achieved through the entire section thickness of the production part(s). These procedures are intended to provide the manufacturer and end user with a means of ensuring that the qualification test coupon (QTC) is more representative of the mechanical properties in a large cross section component than can be expected with a standard API equipment specification QTC. Furthermore, these procedures are intended to provide to optimize the heat treatment and heat treatment response of large cross section components, thereby insuring that the component has the required mechanical properties at the depth below the surface established by the manufacture at all critical locations. The recommend practice described herein suggests the requirements for batch-type bath quench and water spray quench-type heat treating practices. Pages: 92nd Edition | June 2013 | Product Number: G6HT02 | Price: $ 6J Bulletin on Testing of Oilfield Elastomers A TutorialContains a tutorial for the evaluation of elastomer test samples of actual elastomeric seal members intended for use in the oil and gas industry. It is also a review of the testing criteria, environments, evaluation procedures, guidelines for comparisons, and effects of other considerations on the evaluation of elastomeric seal materials and members. Pages: 151st Edition | February 1992 | Product Number: G03230 | Price: $ TR 6J1 Elastomer Life Estimation Testing ProceduresThe proposed procedure discussed in this publication outlines a technique based on the Arrhenius principle of chemical reaction rates, which permits the life of an elastomeric material to be estimated when exposed to a severe service environment. This is a companion document to Bull 6J, 2nd Edition. Pages: 141st Edition | August 2000 | Product Number: G06J11 | Price: $ TR 6MET Metallic Material Limits for Wellhead Equipment Used in High Temperature for API 6A and 17D ApplicationsExamines mechanical properties of metallic materials used for Spec 6A and Spec 17D wellhead equipment for service above 250 F. A total of 11 different alloys meeting Spec 6A, PSL 3 conditions were supplied in condition by a variety of suppliers. Materials in this test program included alloys common to the oil and gas industry. The alloys tested included low alloy steels, martensitic, precipitation hardened and duplex stainless steels, and nickel alloys. Yield strength reduction ratios at temperatures of 300, 350, 400, and 450 F are reported. As a result of testing, yield strength reduction ratios at 300 F to 450 F ranged from 92 % to 87 % for the low alloy steels, 92 % to 88 % for the martensitic stainless steels, 81 % to 73 % for super duplex, 99 % to 89 % for the precipitation hardened stainless steel, and 94 % to 89 % for the nickel alloys. The reported results represent an average over the different heats for each type of material. These results are intended to expand the data shown in Spec 6A, Appendix G. Pages: 321st Edition | October 2010 | Product Number: G6MET1 | Price: $ 6XDesign Calculations for Pressure-Containing Equipment(includes Errata 1 dated May 2014)Describes the design analysis methodology used in the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, 2004 with 2005 and 2006 addenda, Section VIII, Pressure Vessels, Division 2, Alternative Methods, Appendix 4. Methods are included for both elastic and elastic-plastic analysis, and for closed-form as well as finite-element analysis methods of calculation, in accordance with the rules of Appendix 4 of the 2004 Code, Section VIII Division 2. API has adopted slightly different stress limits from the 2004 ASME Code. The criteria used assume defect-free, tough, and ductile material behavior. Pages: 81st Edition | March 2014 | Product Number: G06X01 | Price: $ EQUIPMENT Spec 7-1/ISO 10424-1:2004 Specification for Rotary Drill Stem Elements(includes Addendum 1 dated March 2007, Addendum 2 dated August 2009, and Addendum 3 dated April 2011) Replaces, in part, Spec 7, 40th Edition. Spec 7, Addendum 2 removes the following products now covered by this standard. upper and lower kelly valves, square and hexagon kellys, drill stem subs, drill collars, drilling and coring bits. Tool joints, rotary shouldered connections, and gauging will remain in Spec 7 until they are moved into ISO documents in the future. This edition of Spec 7-1 is the identical national adoption of ISO 10424-1:2004. Pages: 871st Edition | February 2006 | Effective Date: September 1, 2006 Reaffirmed: April 2015 | Product Number: GX7101 | Price: $ 7-1/ISO 10424-1:2004 *Specification for Rotary Drill Stem Elements ChineseChinese translation of Spec Edition | February 2006 | Product Number: GX7101C | Price: $ 7-1/ISO 10424-1:2004 *Specification for Rotary Drill Stem Elements SpanishSpanish translation of Spec Edition | February 2006 | Product Number: GX7101SP | Price: $ *These translated versions are provided for the convenience of our customers and are not officially endorsed by API. The translated versions shall neither replace nor supersede the English-language versions, which remain the official standards. API shall not be responsible for any discrepancies or interpretations of these translations. Translations may not include any Addenda or Errata to the document. Please check the English-language versions for any updates to the and ProductionPhone Orders: +1 800 854 7179 (Toll-free: and Canada)Phone Orders: +1 303 397 7956 (Local and International) This publication is a new entry in this catalog. This publication is related to an API licensing, certification, or accreditation 7-2 Threading and Gauging of Rotary Shouldered Connections(includes Errata 1 dated August 2017)Specifies requirements on rotary shouldered connections for use in petroleum and natural gas industries, including dimensional requirements on threads and thread gauges, stipulations on gauging practice and gauge specifications, as well as instruments and methods for inspection of thread connections. These connections are intended primarily for use in drill-string supplementary specifications can be agreed between interested parties for special tolerance requirements, qualification, testing, inspection, and finishing. This standard applies both to newly manufactured connections and connections that are recut after service. It should be realized that recut connections are subject to additional inspection and testing the user is referred to API 7G-2 for such information. This standard is applicable to the following preferred rotary shouldered connection designs. These are traceable to an internationally supported system of gauges and calibration that can be described as number (NC) style, regular (REG) style, or full-hole (FH) style. Pages: 1142nd Edition | January 2017 | Product Number: GX70202 | Price: $ 7-2 * Threading and Gauging of Rotary Shouldered Connections RussianRussian translation of Spec Edition | January 2017 | Product Number: GX70202R | Price: $ 7CW Casing Wear TestsProvides a method by which results will be reproducible, under a specified set of conditions, for conducting tests that determine casing wear due to rotation of drill stem standard is intended to be used in a laboratory environment and is not intended for use in the field during operations. The testing requirements in this standard are not represented at well conditions. This standard is divided into four major areas: machine apparatus, procedures, materials, and standard will not address the significance of specific data values. It is the responsibility of the user of this standard to establish the appropriate test data values that are acceptable based on their respective application, operational limitations, and safety practices. Pages: 181st Edition | June 2015 | Product Number: G7CW01 | Price: $ 7F Oil Field Chain and Sprockets (includes Errata 1 dated May 2013)Covers the manufacture of the components for, and the assembly and packaging of, single and multiple strand, numbers 40 through 240, standard and heavy series roller chains for oil field applications, including chain designation, chain length tolerance, tensile strength specifications, pin and bushing press-out specifications, and dynamic test requirements. For informational purposes, Annex A provides recommendations for installation, lubrication, and maintenance of oil field chain drives, and Annex B includes a basic description of roller chain sprockets. Pages: 298th Edition | November 2010 | Effective Date: May 1, 2011 Reaffirmed: April 2016 | Product Number: G7F008 | Price: $ 7F *Oil Field Chain and Sprockets ChineseChinese translation of Spec Edition | November 2010 | Product Number: G7F008C | Price: $ 7G Recommended Practice for Drill Stem Design and Operating Limits(includes Errata 1 dated May 2000, Addendum 1 dated November 2003, and Addendum 2 dated August 2009) Covers recommendations for the design and selection of drill string members and includes considerations of hole angle control, drilling fluids, weight, and rotary speed. Tables and graphs are included that present dimensional, mechanical, and performance properties of new and used drill pipe; new tool joints used with new and used drill pipe; drill collars; and kellys. Recommended standards for inspection of used drill pipe, used tubing work strings, and used tool joints are included. Pages: 15416th Edition | August 1998 | Effective Date: December 1, 1998 Reaffirmed: May 2015 | Product Number: G07G6A | Price: $ 7G *Recommended Practice for Drill Stem Design and Operating Limits Kazakh Kazakh translation of RP Edition | August 1998 | Product Number: G07G6AK | Price: $ 7G *Recommended Practice for Drill Stem Design and Operating Limits Russian Russian translation of RP Edition | August 1998 | Product Number: G07G6AR | Price: $ 7G-2/ISO 10407-2:2008Recommended Practice for Inspection and Classification of Drill Stem Element Inspection (includes Errata 1 dated October 2009) Specifies the requirements for each level of inspection and procedures for the inspection and testing of used drill stem elements. This document has been prepared to address the practices and technology commonly used in inspection. This document also specifies the qualification of inspection personnel, a description of inspection methods, and apparatus calibration and standardization procedures for various inspection methods. The evaluation of imperfections and the marking of inspected drill stem elements is included. This edition of RP 7G-2 is the identical national adoption of ISO 10407-2:2008. Pages: 2131st Edition | August 2009 | Reaffirmed: April 2015 Product Number: GX7G201 | Price: $ 7G-2/ISO 10407-2:2008 *Recommended Practice for Inspection and Classification of Drill Stem Element Inspection Spanish Spanish translation of RP Edition | August 2009 | Product Number: GX7G201SP | Price: $ 7HU1 Safe Use of 2-Inch Hammer Unions for Oilfield Applications (includes Errata 1 dated February 2014)Sets forth procedural recommendations as well as an engineering solution to the mismatching of a female 2-in. Figure 402, a female 2-in. Figure 602, or a female 2-in. Figure 1002 hammer union component (sub) with a male 2-in. Figure 1502 hammer union component (wing nut) as described in The procedural recommendations described in this recommended practice should be implemented to reduce further incidents. The engineering solution, which makes impossible the mating of female 2-in. Figure 402, 2-in. Figure 602, and/or 2-in. Figure 1002 subs with the wing nut of the 2-in. Figure 1502 hammer union, applies to the manufacture of new hammer union components and should not be applied in the modification of existing hammer union components due to unknown factors caused by field wear. Pages: 121st Edition | May 2009 | Reaffirmed: April 2014 Product Number: H7HU11 | Price: $ *These translated versions are provided for the convenience of our customers and are not officially endorsed by API. The translated versions shall neither replace nor supersede the English-language versions, which remain the official standards. API shall not be responsible for any discrepancies or interpretations of these translations. Translations may not include any Addenda or Errata to the document. Please check the English-language versions for any updates to the and ProductionFax Orders: +1 303 397 2740Online Orders: This publication is a new entry in this catalog. This publication is related to an API licensing, certification, or accreditation 7K Drilling and Well Servicing Equipment (includes Errata 1 dated May 2016, Errata 2 dated August 2016, and Errata 3 dated October 2017)Provides general principles and specifies requirements for design, manufacture, and testing of new drilling and well-servicing equipment and of replacement primary load-carrying components manufactured subsequent to the publication of this specification. This specification is applicable to the following equipment: rotary tables; rotary bushings; high-pressure mud and cement hoses; piston mud-pump components; drawworks components; manual tongs; safety clamps not used as hoisting devices; blowout preventer (BOP) handling systems; pressure-relieving devices for high-pressure drilling fluid circulating systems; snub-lines for manual and power tongs; rotary slips, both manual and powered; slip bowls; and spiders, both manual and powered. Pages: 1306th Edition | December 2015 | Product Number: G07K06 | Price: $ 7L Procedures for Inspection, Maintenance, Repair, and Remanufacture of Drilling Equipment(includes Addendum 1 dated February 2006 and Addendum 2 dated March 2006) Provides owners and users of drilling equipment with guidelines for inspection, maintenance, repair, and remanufacture procedures that may be utilized to maintain serviceability of the drilling equipment. Covers the following drilling equipment: rotary tables; rotary bushings; rotary slips; rotary hoses; slush pump connectors; drawworks components; spiders not used as elevators; manual tongs; and safety clamps not used as hoisting devices. Pages: 261st Edition | December 1995 | Effective Date: April 1, 1996 Reaffirmed: August 2012 | 2-Year Extension: July 2016 Product Number: G07L01 | Price: $ 7NRV Specification for Drill String Non-Return ValvesProvides the minimum acceptable requirements for drill string non-return valve (NRV) equipment. It covers drill string non-return valves, non-return valve subs, non-return valve landing nipples, non-return valve equalizing heads, and all components that establish tolerances and/or clearances that may affect performance or interchangeability of the NRV equipment. Non-return valve subs, non-return valve landing nipples, non-return valve equalizing heads, and NRVs manufactured by different facilities or manufacturers may be supplied as separate items. Pages: 191st Edition | July 2006 | Reaffirmed: December 2012 Product Number: G7NRV01 | Price: $ 7NRV *Specification for Drill String Non-Return Valves ChineseChinese translation of Spec Edition | July 2006 | Product Number: G7NRV01C | Price: $ TOOLS RP 8B Recommended Practice for Procedures for Inspection, Maintenance, Repair, and Remanufacture of Hoisting Equipment Provides guidelines and establishes requirements for inspection, maintenance, repair, and remanufacture of items of hoisting equipment manufactured according to Spec 8A, Spec 8C, or ISO 13535 used in drilling and production operations, in order to maintain the serviceability of this equipment. Items of drilling and production hoisting equipment covered are: crown-block sheaves and bearings; traveling blocks and hook blocks; block-to-hook adapters; connectors and link adapters; drilling hooks; tubing hooks and sucker-rod hooks; elevator links; casing elevators, tubing elevators, drill-pipe elevators, and drill-collar elevators; sucker-rod elevators; rotary swivel-bail adapters; rotary swivels; power swivels; power subs; spiders, if capable of being used as elevators; dead-line tie-down/wireline anchors; drill-string motion compensators; kelly spinners, if capable of being used as hoisting equipment; riser-running tool components, if capable of being used as hoisting equipment; wellhead-running tool components, if capable of being used as hoisting equipment; safety clamps, capable of being used as hoisting equipment; top drives; casing running tools. Pages: 168th Edition | May 2014 | Product Number: G08B08 | Price: $ 8C Drilling and Production Hoisting Equipment (PSL 1 and PSL 2)(includes Errata dated May 2014)Provides requirements for the design, manufacture, and testing of hoisting equipment suitable for use in drilling and production operations. This specification is applicable to numerous drilling and production hoisting equipment, some of which include: hoisting sheaves, traveling and hook blocks; elevator links, casing elevators, sucker rod elevators, rotary and power swivels, drilling hooks, wireline anchors, drill string motion compensators, and safety clamps. Pages: 535th Edition | April 2012 | Effective Date: October 1, 2012 Product Number: GX08C05 | Price: $ 8C *Drilling and Production Hoisting Equipment (PSL 1 and PSL 2) ChineseChinese translation of Spec Edition | April 2012 | Product Number: GX08C05C | Price: $ *These translated versions are provided for the convenience of our customers and are not officially endorsed by API. The translated versions shall neither replace nor supersede the English-language versions, which remain the official standards. API shall not be responsible for any discrepancies or interpretations of these translations. Translations may not include any Addenda or Errata to the document. Please check the English-language versions for any updates to the and ProductionPhone Orders: +1 800 854 7179 (Toll-free: and Canada)Phone Orders: +1 303 397 7956 (Local and International) This publication is a new entry in this catalog. This publication is related to an API licensing, certification, or accreditation ROPE Spec 9A Specification for Wire Rope (includes Errata 1 dated October 2012 and Addendum 1 dated November 2016)Specifies the minimum requirements and terms of acceptance for the manufacture and testing of steel wire ropes not exceeding rope grade 2160 for the petroleum and natural gas industries. The following products are covered by this specification: wire rope, bright- or drawn-galvanized wire rope, well-measuring wire, and well-measuring strand. Typical applications include tubing lines, rod hanger lines, sand lines, cable-tool drilling and clean out lines, cable tool casing lines, rotary drilling lines, winch lines, horse head pumping unit lines, torpedo lines, mast raising lines, guideline tensioner lines, riser tensioner lines, and mooring and anchor lines. Ropes for lifting slings and cranes, and wire for well-measuring and strand for well-servicing, are also included. The minimum breaking forces for the more common sizes, grades, and constructions of stranded rope are given in tables. However, this standard does not restrict itself to the classes covered by those tables. Other types, such as ropes with compacted strands and compacted (swaged) ropes, may also conform with its requirements. The minimum breaking force values for these ropes are provided by the manufacturer. For information only, other tables present the minimum breaking forces for large diameter stranded and spiral ropes ( spiral strand and locked coil), while approximate nominal length masses for the more common stranded rope constructions and large diameter stranded and spiral ropes are also given. Pages: 5726th Edition | May 2011 | Effective Date: November 1, 2011 Reaffirmed: April 2016 | Product Number: G9A026 | Price: $ 9A *Specification for Wire Rope ChineseChinese translation of Spec Edition | May 2011 | Product Number: G9A026C | Price: $ 9BApplication, Care, and Use of Wire Ropes for Oil Field Service Covers typical wire rope applications for the oil and gas industry. Typical practices in the application of wire rope to oil field service are indicated in Table 1, which shows the sizes and constructions commonly used. Because of the variety of equipment designs, the selection of other constructions than those shown is oilfield service, wire rope is often referred to as wire line or cable. For the purpose of clarity, these various expressions are incorporated in this recommended practice. Pages: 4414th Edition | October 2015 | Product Number: G9B014 | Price: $ WELL CEMENTS Spec 10A/ISO 10426-1:2009 Specification for Cements and Materials for Well Cementing Specifies requirements and gives recommendations for six classes of well cements, including their chemical and physical requirements and procedures for physical testing. This specification is applicable to well cement classes A, B, C, and D, which are the products obtained by grinding Portland cement clinker and, if needed, calcium sulfate as an interground additive. Processing additives can be used in the manufacture of cement of these classes. Suitable set-modifying agents can be interground or blended during manufacture of class D cement. This specification is also applicable to well cement classes G and H, which are the products obtained by grinding clinker with no additives other than one or more forms of calcium sulfate, water or chemical additives as required for chromium (VI) reduction. This edition of Spec 10A is the identical national adoption of ISO 10426-1:2009 (includes ISO errata). Pages: 3824th Edition | December 2010 | Reaffirmed: April 2015 Product Number: GX10A24 | Price: $ 10B-2Recommended Practice for Testing Well Cements (includes Errata 1 dated June 2006 and Errata 2 dated January 2007) (supersedes RP 10B) Specifies methods and gives recommendations for the testing of cement slurries and related materials under simulated well conditions. Pages: 1112nd Edition | April 2013 | Product Number: G10B202 | Price: $ 10B-3Testing of Well Cements Used in Deepwater Well ConstructionProvides procedures for testing well cement slurries and cement blends for use in a deepwater environment or wells drilled in areas with a low seafloor temperature or areas where low well temperatures exist. For the purposes of this document the term deepwater includes areas where low seafloor temperatures exist, independent of water procedures contained in this document serve as guidance for the testing of well cement slurries used in deepwater well construction. Additionally, testing methods contained in this document (most notably at mudline conditions) may also be used in those circumstances where low seafloor temperatures are found at shallow water depths. These conditions are found in areas including the North Sea, Norwegian Sea, Barents Sea, Kara Sea, Beaufort Sea, Chukchi Sea, Caspian Sea, and Black test methods contained in this recommended practice, though generally based on API 10B-2, take into account the specialized testing requirements and unique wellbore temperature profiles found in deepwater wells or wells in areas with low seafloor temperatures. This document does not address the mitigation of shallow water flow zones in deepwater wells, which is addressed in RP 65. Pages: 322nd Edition | January 2016 | Product Number: G10B32 | Price: $ 10B-4Preparation and Testing of Foamed Cement Formulations at Atmospheric PressureDefines the test methods including the generation of unfoamed base and their corresponding foamed cement slurries at atmospheric pressure. These procedures are developed for foaming cement slurries with air, at atmospheric conditions, which could mimic a foam quality experienced with nitrogen at downhole conditions; they may be modified to accommodate other gases such as nitrogen. Slurries that are foamed with nitrogen, and their properties, will also be discussed within this standard as they are relevant to the scope of the standard does not address testing at pressures above atmospheric conditions nor does this standard include or consider the effects of nitrogen solubility in the nitrogen fraction calculations. Pages: 402nd Edition | October 2015 | Product Number: G10B402 | Price: $ *These translated versions are provided for the convenience of our customers and are not officially endorsed by API. The translated versions shall neither replace nor supersede the English-language versions, which remain the official standards. API shall not be responsible for any discrepancies or interpretations of these translations. Translations may not include any Addenda or Errata to the document. Please check the English-language versions for any updates to the and ProductionFax Orders: +1 303 397 2740Online Orders: This publication is a new entry in this catalog. This publication is related to an API licensing, certification, or accreditation 10B-5/ISO 10426-5:2004 Recommended Practice on Determination of Shrinkage and Expansion of Well Cement Formulations at Atmospheric PressureProvides the methods for the testing of well cement formulations to determine the dimension changes during the curing process (cement hydration) at atmospheric pressure only. This is a base document, because under real well cementing conditions shrinkage and expansion take place under pressure and different boundary conditions. This edition of RP 10B-5 is the identical national adoption of ISO 10426-5:2004. Pages: 13 1st Edition | April 2005 | Reaffirmed: April 2015 Product Number: GX10B501 | Price: $ 10B-6/ISO 10426-6:2008Recommended Practice on Determining the Static Gel Strength of Cement FormulationsThis document specifies requirements and provides test methods for the determination of static gel strength (SGS) of the cement slurries and related materials under simulated well conditions. This edition of RP 10B-6 is the modified national adoption of ISO 10426-6:2008. Pages: 71st Edition | August 2010 | Reaffirmed: April 2015 Product Number: GG10B601 | Price: $ 10D/ISO 10427-1:2001 Specification for Bow-Spring Casing CentralizersProvides minimum performance requirements, test procedures, and marking requirements for bow-spring casing centralizers for the petroleum and natural gas industries. The procedures provide verification testing for the manufacturer s design, materials, and process specifications and periodic testing to confirm the consistency of product performance. Spec 10D is not applicable to rigid or positive centralizers. This edition of Spec 10D is the identical national adoption of ISO 10427-1:2001. Pages: 12 6th Edition | March 2002 | Effective Date: September 1, 2002 Reaffirmed: April 2015 | Product Number: GX10D06 | Price: $ 10D/ISO 10427-1:2001 *Specification for Bow-Spring Casing Centralizers ChineseChinese translation of Spec Edition | March 2002 | Product Number: GX10D06C | Price: $ 10D-2/ISO 10427-2:2004 Recommended Practice for Centralizer Placement and Stop Collar Testing Provides calculations for determining centralizer spacing, based on centralizer performance and desired standoff, in deviated and dogleg holes in wells for the petroleum and natural gas industries. It also provides a procedure for testing stop collars and reporting test edition of RP 10D-2 is the identical national adoption of ISO 10427-2:2004. Pages: 14 1st Edition | August 2004 | Reaffirmed: April 2015 Product Number: GG10D21 | Price: $ 10F/ISO 10427-3:2003 Recommended Practice for Performance Testing of Cementing Float Equipment(includes Errata 1 dated September 2003) Describes testing practices to evaluate the performance of cementing float equipment for the petroleum and natural gas industries. This recommended practice is applicable to float equipment that will be in contact with water-based fluids used for drilling and cementing wells. It is not applicable to float equipment performance in non-water-based fluids. This edition of RP 10F is the identical national adoption of ISO 10427:2003. Pages: 12 3rd Edition | April 2002 | Reaffirmed: April 2015 Product Number: GX10F03 | Price: $ 10TR1 Cement Sheath Evaluation Provides the current principles and practices regarding the evaluation and repair of primary cementations of casing strings in oil and gas wells. Cement bond logs, compensated logging tools, ultrasonic cement logging tools, and borehole fluid-compensated logging tools are covered. Pages: 1242nd Edition | September 2008 Product Number: G10TR12 | Price: $ 10TR1 *Cement Sheath Evaluation Kazakh Kazakh translation of TR Edition | September 2008 Product Number: G10TR12K | Price: $ 10TR1 *Cement Sheath Evaluation Russian Russian translation of TR Edition | September 2008 Product Number: G10TR12R | Price: $ 10TR2 Shrinkage and Expansion in Oilwell CementsPresents the results of research into shrinkage and expansion of oilwell cements in the wellbore as well as a series of test methods and procedures developed to measure these phenomena. Pages: 571st Edition | July 1997 | Reaffirmed: September 2002 Product Number: G10TR2 | Price: $ 10TR2 *Shrinkage and Expansion in Oilwell Cements Russian Russian translation of TR Edition | July 1997 | Product Number: G10TR2R | Price: $ 10TR3 Technical Report on Temperatures for API Cement Operating Thickening Time Tests Summarizes work performed by the 1984-91 API Task Group on Cementing Temperature Schedules to update the temperatures in API well-simulation test schedules found in RP 10B. The Task Group reviewed the largest set of temperature data available to the industry to date, resulting in significant improvements to the temperatures in the well-simulation test schedules. Pages: 971st Edition | May 1999 | Reaffirmed: May 2005 Product Number: G10TR3 | Price: $ *These translated versions are provided for the convenience of our customers and are not officially endorsed by API. The translated versions shall neither replace nor supersede the English-language versions, which remain the official standards. API shall not be responsible for any discrepancies or interpretations of these translations. Translations may not include any Addenda or Errata to the document. Please check the English-language versions for any updates to the and ProductionPhone Orders: +1 800 854 7179 (Toll-free: and Canada)Phone Orders: +1 303 397 7956 (Local and International) This publication is a new entry in this catalog. This publication is related to an API licensing, certification, or accreditation 10TR3 *Technical Report on Temperatures for API Cement Operating Thickening Time Tests Russian Russian translation of TR Edition | May 1999 | Product Number: G10TR3R | Price: $ 10TR4 Selection of Centralizers for Primary Cementing OperationsProvides the petroleum industry with information for three types of centralizers, their selection and application, and their advantages and limitations. Pages: 231st Edition | May 2008 | Product Number: G10TR40 | Price: $ 10TR4 *Selection of Centralizers for Primary Cementing Operations Kazakh Kazakh translation of TR Edition | May 2008 | Product Number: G10TR40K | Price: $ 10TR4 *Selection of Centralizers for Primary Cementing Operations Russian Russian translation of TR Edition | May 2008 | Product Number: G10TR40R | Price: $ 10TR5 Methods for Testing of Solid and Rigid CentralizersProvides the industry with methods for testing rigid and solid centralizers. Pages: 161st Edition | May 2008 | Product Number: G10TR50 | Price: $ 10TR5 *Methods for Testing of Solid and Rigid Centralizers Kazakh Kazakh translation of TR Edition | May 2008 | Product Number: G10TR50K | Price: $ 10TR5 *Methods for Testing of Solid and Rigid Centralizers Russian Russian translation of TR Edition | May 2008 | Product Number: G10TR50R | Price: $ 10TR6Evaluation and Testing of Mechanical Cement Wiper PlugsProvides recommended testing, evaluation, and performance requirements for mechanical cement wiper cementing wiper plugs are used in most application including casing, liners, drill pipe, and tubing for primary and remedial cementing operations where they serve multiple functions in well operations, such as the following: separation of fluids inside of pipe, wiping of materials from the inner surface of pipe, operation of a downhole tool, surface indication of a downhole event, and formation of a temporary pressure barrier. Pages: 461st Edition | July 2015 | Product Number: G10TR601 | Price: $ 10TR7 Mechanical Behavior of CementProvides the necessary cement property data for use in cement sheath integrity simulations. The compressive strength tests and nondestructive sonic determination of compressive strength of cement defined in API 10B-2 do not provide suitable data for cement sheath integrity simulations. The methods of API 10B-2 provide information on the strength of cement to ensure that the cement is suitable for general well construction applications and to determine when sufficient strength is developed to allow well operations to continue. Pages: 631st Edition | December 2017 | Product Number: G10TR71 | Price: $ 65-1 Cementing Shallow Water Flow Zones in Deepwater Wells (includes Errata 1 dated August 2003)Contains a compilation of technology and practices used by many operators drilling wells in deep water. It is meant to highlight key parameters for increasing the chance of successfully drilling and cementing casings where there is a risk of shallow water flow and to discuss options that are available. Pages: 44 1st Edition | September 2002 | Reaffirmed: August 2017 Product Number: G56001 | Price: $ 65-1 *Cementing Shallow Water Flow Zones in Deepwater Wells Kazakh Kazakh translation of RP 65-1. 1st Edition | September 2002 | Product Number: G56001K | Price: $ 65-1 *Cementing Shallow Water Flow Zones in Deepwater Wells Russian Russian translation of RP 65-1. 1st Edition | September 2002 | Product Number: G56001R | Price: $ 65-2 Isolating Potential Flow Zones During Well ConstructionContains best practices for zone isolation in wells to prevent annular pressure and/or flow through or past pressure-containment barriers that are installed and verified during well construction. Well construction practices that may affect barrier sealing performance are mentioned along with methods to help ensure positive effects or to minimize any negative ones. The objectives of this guideline are two-fold. The first is to help prevent and/or control flows just prior to, during, and after primary cementing operations to install or set casing and liner pipe strings in wells. The second objective is to help prevent sustained casing pressure (SCP). The guidance from this document covers recommendations for pressure-containment barrier design and installation and well construction practices that affect the zone isolation process to prevent or mitigate annular fluid flow or pressure. Pages: 832nd Edition | December 2010 | Reaffirmed: November 2016 Product Number: G65202 | Price: $ may download a PDF of this document from 11AR Recommended Practice for Care and Use of Subsurface Pumps (includes Errata dated December 2013)Provides information on the proper selection, operation, and maintenance of subsurface pumps so the best economical life can be obtained. Pages: 504th Edition | June 2000 | Reaffirmed: January 2014 Product Number: G11AR4 | Price: $ *These translated versions are provided for the convenience of our customers and are not officially endorsed by API. The translated versions shall neither replace nor supersede the English-language versions, which remain the official standards. API shall not be responsible for any discrepancies or interpretations of these translations. Translations may not include any Addenda or Errata to the document. Please check the English-language versions for any updates to the and ProductionFax Orders: +1 303 397 2740Online Orders: This publication is a new entry in this catalog. This publication is related to an API licensing, certification, or accreditation 11AX Specification for Subsurface Sucker Rod Pump Assemblies, Components, and Fittings Provides the requirements and guidelines for the design of subsurface sucker rod pumps and their components as defined herein for use in the sucker rod lift method for the petroleum and natural gas industry. The specification covers subsurface sucker rod pump assemblies (including insert and tubing), components, and fittings in commonly used bore sizes for the sucker rod lift method. Sufficient dimensional and material requirements are provided to assure interchangeability and standardization of all component parts. The specification does not cover specialty subsurface sucker rod pump accessories or special design components. Also, installation, operation, and maintenance of these products are not included in this specification; however, recommendations can be found in RP 11AR. Pages: 10713th Edition | May 2015 | Effective Date: November 4, 2015 Product Number: G11AX13 | Price: $ 11AX * Specification for Subsurface Sucker Rod Pump Assemblies, Components, and Fittings RussianRussian translation of Spec Edition | May 2015 | Product Number: G11AX13R | Price: $ 11B Specification for Sucker Rods, Polished Rods and Liners, Couplings, Sinker Bars, Polished Rod Clamps, Stuffing Boxes, and Pumping Tees(includes Errata 1 dated October 2010 and Errata 2 dated February 2011)Provides the requirements and guidelines for the design and rating of steel sucker rods and pony rods, polished rods, polished rod liners, couplings and sub-couplings, fiber reinforced plastic (FRP) sucker rods, sinker bars, polished rod clamps, stuffing boxes, and pumping tees as defined herein for use in the sucker rod lift method for the petroleum and natural gas industry. Annexes A through H provide the requirements for specific products. Annex I includes the requirements for thread gauges, Annex J illustrates the components of a sucker rod lift system, and Annex K shows examples of sucker rod discontinuities. This specification does not cover sucker rod guides, sucker rod rotators, shear tools, on-off tools, stabilizer bars, sealing elements used in stuffing boxes, or interface connections for stuffing boxes and pumping tees. Also, installation, operation, and maintenance of these products are not included in this specification. Pages: 9127th Edition | May 2010 | Effective Date: November 1, 2010 2-Year Extension: February 2015 Product Number: G11B27 | Price: $ 11B *Specification for Sucker Rods, Polished Rods and Liners, Couplings, Sinker Bars, Polished Rod Clamps, Stuffing Boxes, and Pumping Tees ChineseChinese translation of Spec Edition | May 2010 | Product Number: G11B27C | Price: $ 11B * Specification for Sucker Rods, Polished Rods and Liners, Couplings, Sinker Bars, Polished Rod Clamps, Stuffing Boxes, and Pumping Tees RussianRussian translation of Spec Edition | May 2010 | Product Number: G11B27R | Price: $ 11BRRecommended Practice for the Care and Handling of Sucker Rods Covers the care and handling of steel sucker rods, including guidelines on selection, allowable stress, proper joint makeup, corrosion control, and used rod inspection. Pages: 289th Edition | August 2008 | Reaffirmed: April 2015 Product Number: G11BR09 | Price: $ 11BR *Recommended Practice for the Care and Handling of Sucker Rods ChineseChinese translation of RP Edition | August 2008 | Product Number: G11BR09C | Price: $ 11D3/ISO 15136-2:2006 Progressing Cavity Pump Systems for Artificial Lift Surface-Drive Systems Provides requirements for the design, design verification and validation, manufacturing and data control, performance ratings, and repair of progressing cavity pump surface-drive systems for use in the petroleum and natural gas industry. This standard is applicable to those products meeting the definition of surface-drive systems. Additionally, informative annexes provide information on brake system selection, installation, and operation and sucker rod selection and use. Equipment not covered by this standard, unless integral by design, includes bottom drive systems, sucker rods, polished rod clamps, stuffing boxes, electrical controls, instrumentation, external power transmission devices, auxiliary equipment, such as belts, sheaves, and equipment edition of Std 11D3 is the identical national adoption of ISO 15136-2:2006. Pages: 99 1st Edition | June 2008 | Reaffirmed: March 2015 Product Number: G11D301 | Price: $ 11E Specification for Pumping Units (includes Errata 1 dated August 2015)Provides the requirements and guidelines for the design and rating of beam pumping units for use in the petroleum and natural gas industry. Included are all components between the carrier bar and the speed reducer input shaft. This includes the beam pump structure, the pumping unit gear reducer, and the pumping unit chain reducer. Only loads imposed on the structure and/or gear reducer by the polished rod load are considered in this specification. Also included are the requirements for the design and rating of enclosed speed reducers wherein the involute gear tooth designs include helical and herringbone gearing. The rating methods and influences identified in this specification are limited to single and multiple stage designs applied to beam pumping units in which the pitch-line velocity of any stage does not exceed 5,000 ft/min and the speed of any shaft does not exceed 3,600 r/min. This standard does not cover chemical properties of materials, installation and maintenance of the equipment, beam type counterbalance units, prime movers and power transmission devices outside the gear reducer, or control systems. Pages: 10419th Edition | November 2013 | Effective Date: May 1, 2014 Product Number: G11E019 | Price: $ 11E *Specification for Pumping Units Chinese Chinese translation of Spec Edition | November 2013 Product Number: G11E019C | Price: $ *These translated versions are provided for the convenience of our customers and are not officially endorsed by API. The translated versions shall neither replace nor supersede the English-language versions, which remain the official standards. API shall not be responsible for any discrepancies or interpretations of these translations. Translations may not include any Addenda or Errata to the document. Please check the English-language versions for any updates to the and ProductionPhone Orders: +1 800 854 7179 (Toll-free: and Canada)Phone Orders: +1 303 397 7956 (Local and International) This publication is a new entry in this catalog. This publication is related to an API licensing, certification, or accreditation 11E * Specification for Pumping Units Russian Russian translation of Spec Edition | November 2013 Product Number: G11E019R | Price: $ 11ERRecommended Practice for Guarding of Pumping Units Provides a reference or guide for the design, manufacture, and installation of guards for oil well pumping units. It is based on practices that experience has shown to be functionally safe and practical. This recommended practice is intended to provide safeguards for all persons who are required to work around or on oil well pumping units. Pages: 173rd Edition | November 2009 | Reaffirmed: March 2015 Product Number: G11ER03 | Price: $ 11GRecommended Practice for Installation, Maintenance and Lubrication of Pumping UnitsProvides guidance related to the proper installation, care, and maintenance of surface mounted beam pumping units, varieties of which are described in Spec 11E. Information provided in this document is of a general nature and is not intended to replace specific instruction provided by the pumping unit manufacturer. This document further establishes certain minimum requirements intended to promote the safe installation, operation, and servicing of pumping unit equipment. Pages: 265th Edition | November 2013 | Product Number: G11G05 | Price: $ 11L Design Calculations for Sucker Rod Pumping Systems (Conventional Units) Covers recommendations for design calculations for conventional unit sucker rod pumping systems based on test data submitted to API by Sucker Rod Pumping Research, Inc. The topics include vibration characteristics of sucker rod strings, physical characteristics of sucker rods, and dimensional analysis of sucker rod pumping systems. The calculations apply to the broad category of average, normal pumping wells fitting the assumed conditions defined therein. Unusual or out-of-the-ordinary conditions will cause deviations from calculated performance. Pages: 245th Edition | June 2008 | Product Number: G11L05 | Price: $ 11L2 Bulletin on Catalog of Analog Computer Dynamometer Cards Contains over 1100 polished rod dynamometer cards taken with the electronic analog simulator and arranged in convenient form for comparison with field tests. Pages: 771st Edition | December 1969 | Reaffirmed: September 1999 Product Number: G05700 | Price: $ 11L3 Sucker Rod Pumping System Design Book(includes Errata 1 dated November 1973 and Supplement 1 dated February 1977)Contains print-out tables of computer calculated values for selecting sucker rod systems. Values are included for depths of 200 ft to 12,000 ft in increments of 500 feet, and production rates of 100 barrels per day to over 1,500 barrels per day in varying increments. Various rod string pump stroke, pump size, and pumping speed combinations that will do the job within the limiting parameters are listed. Pages: 5741st Edition | May 1970 | Product Number: G05800 | Price: $ 11L6 Technical Report on Electric Motor Prime Mover for Beam Pumping Unit Service Covers polyphase, squirrel-cage, induction motors for use as the prime mover for beam pumping units (size range of 200 hp and below). Motors to be operated from solid-state or other types of variable frequency/variable voltage power supplies for adjustable speed applications will require individual consideration to provide satisfactory performance and are beyond the scope of this document. Motors conforming to this document are suitable for operation in accordance with their full load rating under ambient temperature at a maximum altitude of 1000 m (3300 ft) above sea level with outdoor sever duty application, including blowing dust or snow, corrosive atmospheres, high humidity, and cyclic loading. Pages: 132nd Edition | May 2008 | Product Number: G11L602 | Price: $ 11L6 *Technical Report on Electric Motor Prime Mover for Beam Pumping Unit Service ChineseChinese translation of TR Edition | May 2008 | Product Number: G11L602C | Price: $ 11S Recommended Practice for the Operation, Maintenance and Troubleshooting of Electric Submersible Pump InstallationsCovers all of the major components that comprise a standard electric submersible pumping system, their operation, maintenance, and troubleshooting. It is specifically prepared for installations in oil and water producing wells where the equipment is installed on tubing. It is not prepared for equipment selection or application. Pages: 18 3rd Edition | November 1994 | Reaffirmed: October 2013 Product Number: G11S03 | Price: $ 11S1 Recommended Practice for Electrical Submersible Pump Teardown Report Covers a recommended electrical submersible pump teardown report form. It also includes equipment schematic drawings that may provide assistance in identifying equipment components. These schematics are for generic equipment components, and there may be differences between manufacturers on the exact description or configuration of the assemblies. Pages: 363rd Edition | September 1997 | Effective Date: December 15, 1997 Reaffirmed: October 2013 | Product Number: G11S13 | Price: $ 11S2 Recommended Practice for Electric Submersible Pump TestingProvides guidelines and procedures covering electric submersible pump performance testing intended to establish product consistency. These practices are generally considered appropriate for the majority of pump applications. This document covers the acceptance testing of electric submersible pumps (sold as new) by manufacturers, vendors, or users to the prescribed minimum specifications. Pages: 122nd Edition | August 1997 | Effective Date: October 1, 1997 Reaffirmed: October 2013 | Product Number: G11S22 | Price: $ 11S2 *Recommended Practice for Electric Submersible Pump Testing Russian Russian translation of RP Edition | August 1997 | Product Number: G11S22R | Price: $ *These translated versions are provided for the convenience of our customers and are not officially endorsed by API. The translated versions shall neither replace nor supersede the English-language versions, which remain the official standards. API shall not be responsible for any discrepancies or interpretations of these translations. Translations may not include any Addenda or Errata to the document. Please check the English-language versions for any updates to the and ProductionFax Orders: +1 303 397 2740Online Orders: This publication is a new entry in this catalog. This publication is related to an API licensing, certification, or accreditation 11S3 Recommended Practice for Electrical Submersible Pump InstallationsAddresses the installation and replacement of all major components comprising an electrical submersible pumping system. Specifically, it addresses equipment installation on tubing in oil and gas production operations. Pages: 112nd Edition | March 1999 | Reaffirmed: October 2013 Product Number: G11S32 | Price: $ 11S3 *Recommended Practice for Electrical Submersible Pump Installations Russian Russian translation of RP Edition | March 1999 | Product Number: G11S32R | Price: $ 11S4 Recommended Practice for Sizing and Selection of Electric Submersible Pump InstallationsDiscusses in some detail each component of the ESP system (pump, motor, intake, seal or protector, cable, switchboard, etc.) as far as what must be considered for the best selection at a desired rate and well conditions. Examples are given to illustrate the basic design procedure and illustrate how PVT correlations, multiphase flow correlations, and inflow performance relationships are used. Summary designs and computer examples using the detailed design principles are presented that show how design considerations fit together and how tools such as computer programs allow faster solutions resulting in easier trial and error calculations for optimization of designs and study of existing installations. Topics such as PVT correlations, multiphase flow correlations, and inflow performance relationships are discussed in the appendices. Pages: 313rd Edition | July 2002 | Reaffirmed: October 2013 Product Number: G11S43 | Price: $ 11S5 Recommended Practice for the Application of Electrical Submersible Cable Systems Covers the application (size and configuration) of electrical submersible cable systems by manufacturers, vendors, or users. The document addresses the varies uses of different cable insulation systems, including jackets, braids, armor, and related coverings, as well as auxiliary cable components for cable conductors. The document also addresses splicing and terminating cables including splicing, lengthening, and repairs. Pages: 382nd Edition | April 2008 | Reaffirmed: October 2013 Product Number: G11S52 | Price: $ 11S6 Recommended Practice for Testing of Electric Submersible Pump Cable SystemsCovers field testing of electric submersible pump cable systems. This document is organized into three major topic categories. The first category provides general definitions and an overview of terms, safety considerations, and cable system preparation guidelines. The second category identifies various situations under which testing is performed. The third category identifies test methods and procedures. Pages: 181st Edition | December 1995 | Reaffirmed: October 2013 Product Number: G11S61 | Price: $ 11S7 Recommended Practice on Application and Testing of Electric Submersible Pump Seal Chamber SectionsApplies to the seal chamber section used in support of an electric submersible motor. The recommended practice contains tutorial, testing, and failure evaluation information on the seal chamber section used in support of an electric submersible motor. The document provides a general understanding of construction and functioning of seal chamber sections, identification of well conditions, system requirements, and characteristics that influence component section and application. Pages: 28 1st Edition | July 1993 | Reaffirmed: October 2013 Product Number: G05947 | Price: $ 11S8Recommended Practice on Electric Submersible System Vibrations Provides guidelines to establish consistency in the control and analysis of electric submersible pump (ESP) system vibrations. This document is considered appropriate for the testing of ESP systems and subsystems for the majority of ESP applications. This RP covers the vibration limits, testing, and analysis of ESP systems and subsystems. Pages: 182nd Edition | October 2012 | Product Number: G11S802 | Price: $ PRODUCTION VESSELS Spec 12B Specification for Bolted Tanks for Storage of Production LiquidsCovers material, design, fabrication, and testing requirements for vertical, cylindrical, aboveground, closed and open top, bolted steel storage tanks in various standard sizes and capacities for internal pressures approximately atmospheric. This specification is designed to provide the oil production industry with safe and economical bolted tanks of adequate safety and reasonable economy for use in the storage of crude petroleum and other liquids commonly handled and stored by the production segment of the industry. This specification is for the convenience of purchasers and manufacturers in ordering and fabricating tanks. Pages: 3116th Edition | November 2014 Product Number: G12B156 | Price: $ 12D Specification for Field-Welded Tanks for Storage of Production Liquids Covers material, design, fabrication, and testing requirements for vertical, cylindrical, aboveground, closed top, welded steel storage tanks with internal pressures approximately atmospheric at various sizes and capacities ranging from 500 to 10,000 barrels. This specification is designed to provide the oil production industry with tanks of adequate safety and reasonable economy for use in the storage of crude petroleum and other liquids commonly handled and stored by the production segment of the industry. This specification is for the convenience of purchasers and manufacturers in ordering and fabricating tanks. Pages: 2912th Edition | June 2017 | Effective Date: December 1, 2017 Product Number: G12D12 | Price: $ 12F Specification for Shop Welded Tanks for Storage of Production Liquids Covers material, design, fabrication, and testing requirements for shop-fabricated vertical, cylindrical, aboveground, closed top, welded steel storage tanks with internal pressures approximately atmospheric at various sizes and capacities ranging from 90 to 750 barrels. Tanks covered by this specification have been designed using established engineering calculations to determine minimum metal thickness and bolting specifications for each size tank filled with water. This specification is designed to provide the oil *These translated versions are provided for the convenience of our customers and are not officially endorsed by API. The translated versions shall neither replace nor supersede the English-language versions, which remain the official standards. API shall not be responsible for any discrepancies or interpretations of these translations. Translations may not include any Addenda or Errata to the document. Please check the English-language versions for any updates to the and ProductionPhone Orders: +1 800 854 7179 (Toll-free: and Canada)Phone Orders: +1 303 397 7956 (Local and International) This publication is a new entry in this catalog. This publication is related to an API licensing, certification, or accreditation industry with tanks of adequate safety and reasonable economy for use in the storage of crude petroleum and other liquids commonly handled and stored by the production segment of the industry. Pages: 2512th Edition | October 2008 | Effective Date: April 1, 2009 2-Year Extension: November 2015 Product Number: G12F12 | Price: $ 12F *Specification for Shop Welded Tanks for Storage of Production Liquids Chinese Chinese translation of Spec Edition | October 2008 | Product Number: G12F12C | Price: $ 12J Specification for Oil and Gas Separators Covers minimum requirements for the design, fabrication, and plant testing of oil and gas separators and oil-gas-water separators that are used in the production of oil and gas and are located at some point on the producing flow line between the wellhead and pipeline. Separators covered by this specification may be vertical, spherical, or single or double barrel horizontal. Unless otherwise agreed upon between the purchaser and the manufacturer, the jurisdiction of this specification terminates with the pressure vessel as defined in Section VII, Division 1 of the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code. Pressure vessels covered by this specification are normally classified as natural resource vessels. Separators outside the scope of this specification include centrifugal separators, filter separators, and desanding separators. Pages: 258th Edition | October 2008 | Effective Date: April 1, 2009 Product Number: G12J08 | Price: $ 12J * Specification for Oil and Gas Separators ChineseChinese translation of Spec Edition | October 2008 | Product Number: G12J08C | Price: $ 12J * Specification for Oil and Gas Separators RussianRussian translation of Spec Edition | October 2008 | Product Number: G12J08R | Price: $ 12K Specification for Indirect Type Oilfield Heaters Covers minimum requirements for the design, fabrication, and shop testing of oilfield indirect type fired heaters that are used in the production of oil, gas, and associated fluid. The heaters are located at some point on the producing flowline between the wellhead and pipeline. Heater components covered by this specification include the pressurized coils, the shell, heater bath, firetube, and the firing system. For purposes of this specification, the termination of a heater coil is at the first bevel when coils are furnished beveled for welding, or the face of the first fitting when fittings are furnished as the inlet or outlet connection to the coil. All fittings and valves between the inlet and outlet of the coil are to be considered within the coil limit. Heaters outside the scope of this specification include steam and other vapor generators, reboilers, indirect heaters employing heat media other than water solutions, all types of direct fired heaters, shell-and-tube bundles or electrical heating elements, and coils operating at temperatures less than 20 F. Pages: 358th Edition | October 2008 | Effective Date: April 1, 2009 Product Number: G12K08 | Price: $ 12K * Specification for Indirect Type Oilfield Heaters Chinese Chinese translation of Spec Edition | October 2008 | Product Number: G12K08C | Price: $ 12L Specification for Vertical and Horizontal Emulsion Treaters Covers minimum requirements for material, design, fabrication, and testing of vertical and horizontal emulsion treaters. Emulsion treating is normally conducted on crude oil immediately after it is separated from its associated gas in a vessel referred to as a treater or sometimes as a heater treater. High gas-oil ratio wells or those produced by gas lift may require the installation of an oil and gas separator upstream of the treater to remove most of the associated gas before the emulsion enters the treater. Where the water to oil ratio is high, freewater knockouts may be required upstream of the treater. The jurisdiction of this specification terminates with each pressure vessel as applicable: the emulsion treater with firetube(s) and, if used, the heat exchanger(s) and water siphon. Pressure vessels covered by this specification are classified as natural resource vessels. An emulsion treater is a pressure vessel used in the oil producing industry for separating oil-water emulsions and gas and for breaking or resolving emulsified well streams into water and saleable clean oil components. Emulsion treaters are usually equipped with one or more removable firetubes or heat exchange elements through which heat is applied to the water and/or emulsion to aid the emulsion breaking process. Pages: 395th Edition | October 2008 | Effective Date: April 1, 2009 Product Number: G12L05 | Price: $ 12N Recommended Practice for the Operation, Maintenance and Testing of Firebox Flame ArrestorsCovers practices that should be considered in the installation, maintenance, and testing of firebox flame arrestors installed on the air intake of oilfield production equipment. Pages: 62nd Edition | November 1994 | Reaffirmed: April 2008 Product Number: G12N02 | Price: $ 12P Specification for Fiberglass Reinforced Plastic Tanks Covers material, design, fabrication, and testing requirements for fiberglass reinforced plastic (FRP) tanks. Only shop-fabricated, vertical, cylindrical tanks are covered. Tanks covered by this specification are intended for above ground and atmospheric pressure service. This specification applies to new tanks. The requirements may be applied to existing tanks at the discretion of the specification is designed to provide the petroleum industry with various standard sizes of FRP tanks. Because of the versatility of FRP tanks, the user shall be responsible for determining the suitability of FRP tanks for the intended service. Unsupported cone bottom tanks are outside the scope of this specification. Pages: 274th Edition | February 2016 | Effective Date: August 1, 2016 Product Number: G12P04 | Price: $ 12R1 Recommended Practice for Setting, Maintenance, Inspection, Operation, and Repair of Tanks in Production Service(includes Addendum 1 dated December 2017)For use as a guide for new tank installations and maintenance of existing tanks, Spec 12R1 contains recommendations for good practices in the collection of well or lease production; gauging; delivery to pipeline carriers for transportation; and other production storage and treatment operations. This recommended practice is intended primarily for application to tanks *These translated versions are provided for the convenience of our customers and are not officially endorsed by API. The translated versions shall neither replace nor supersede the English-language versions, which remain the official standards. API shall not be responsible for any discrepancies or interpretations of these translations. Translations may not include any Addenda or Errata to the document. Please check the English-language versions for any updates to the and ProductionFax Orders: +1 303 397 2740Online Orders: This publication is a new entry in this catalog. This publication is related to an API licensing, certification, or accreditation to Specs 12F, 12D, 12F, and 12P when employed in on-land production service, but its basic principles are applicable to atmospheric tanks of other dimensions and specifications when they are employed in similar oil and gas production, treating, and processing services. It is not applicable to refineries, petrochemical plants, marketing bulk stations, or pipeline storage facilities operated by carriers. Pages: 635th Edition | August 1997 | Reaffirmed: April 2008 2-Year Extension: November 2015 | Product Number: G12R15 Price: $ 13A/ISO 13500:2009 Specification for Drilling Fluid Materials (includes Errata 1 dated August 2014, Errata 2 dated May 2015, Errata 3 dated July 2015, and Errata 4 dated October 2016)Covers physical properties and test procedures for materials manufactured for use in oil- and gas-well drilling fluids. The materials covered are barite, haematite, bentonite, nontreated bentonite, OCMA-grade bentonite, attapulgite, sepiolite, technical-grade low-viscosity carboxymethylcellulose (CMC LVT), technical-grade high-viscosity carboxymethylcellulose (CMC-HVT), starch, low-viscosity polyanionic cellulose (PAC-LV), high-viscosity polyanionic cellulose (PAC-HV), drilling-grade Xanthan gum, and barite 4,1. This International Standard is intended for the use of manufacturers of named products. This edition of Spec 13A is the identical national adoption of ISO 13500:2009. Pages: 109 18th Edition | February 2010 | Reaffirmed: July 2015 Effective Date: August 1, 2010 Product Number: GX13A018 | Price: $ 13A/ISO 13500:2009 * Specification for Drilling Fluid Materials ChineseChinese translation of Spec Edition | February 2010 Product Number: GX13A018C | Price: $ 13B-1/ISO 10414-1:2008Recommended Practice for Field Testing Water-Based Drilling Fluids(includes Errata 1 dated August 2014)Provides standard procedures for determining the following characteristics of water-based drilling fluids: drilling fluid density (mud weight); viscosity and gel strength; filtration; water, oil, and solids contents; sand content; methylene blue capacity; pH; alkalinity and lime content; chloride content; total hardness as calcium. Annexes A through K provide additional test methods. This edition of API 13B-1 is the identical national adoption of ISO 10414-1:2008. Pages: 91 4th Edition | March 2009 | Reaffirmed: March 2016 Product Number: GX13B14 | Price: $ 13B-2Recommended Practice for Field Testing Oil-Based Drilling Fluids(includes Errata 1 dated August 2014)Provides standard procedures for determining the following characteristics of oil-based drilling fluids: drilling fluid density (mud weight); viscosity and gel strength; filtration; oil, water, and solids concentrations; alkalinity, chloride concentration, and calcium concentration; electrical stability; lime and calcium concentrations, calcium chloride, and sodium chloride concentrations; low-gravity solids and weighting material concentrations. The annexes provide additional test methods or examples that can optionally be used for the determination of: shear strength (Annex A); oil and water concentrations from cuttings (Annex B); drilling fluid activity (Annex C); aniline point (Annex D); lime, salinity, and solids concentration (Annex E); sampling, inspection, and rejection (Annex F); rig-site sampling (Annex G); cuttings activity (Annex H); active sulfide (Annex I); calibration and verification of glassware, thermometers, viscometers, retort kit cups, and drilling fluid balances (Annex J); high-temperature/high-pressure filtration using the permeability-plugging apparatus (PPA) (Annex K); elastomer compatibility (Annex L); sand content of oil-based fluid (Annex M); identification and monitoring of weight-material sag (Annex N); oil-based drilling fluid test report form (Annex O). Pages: 1415th Edition | April 2014 | Product Number: G13B205 | Price: $ 13CRecommended Practice on Drilling Fluid Processing Systems Evaluation Specifies a standard procedure for assessing and modifying the performance of solids control equipment systems commonly used in the field in petroleum and natural gas drilling fluids processing. The procedure described in this standard is not intended for the comparison of similar types of individual pieces of equipment. Pages: 605th Edition | October 2014 | Product Number: G13C05 | Price: $ *These translated versions are provided for the convenience of our customers and are not officially endorsed by API. The translated versions shall neither replace nor supersede the English-language versions, which remain the official standards. API shall not be responsible for any discrepancies or interpretations of these translations. Translations may not include any Addenda or Errata to the document. Please check the English-language versions for any updates to the and ProductionPhone Orders: +1 800 854 7179 (Toll-free: and Canada)Phone Orders: +1 303 397 7956 (Local and International) This publication is a new entry in this catalog. This publication is related to an API licensing, certification, or accreditation 13D Rheology and Hydraulics of Oil-Well Drilling FluidsProvides a basic understanding of and guidance about drilling fluid rheology and hydraulics, and their application to drilling operations. For this recommended practice, rheology is the study of flow characteristics of a drilling fluid and how these characteristics affect movement of the fluid. Specific measurements are made on a fluid to determine rheological parameters under a variety of conditions. From this information the circulating system can be designed or evaluated regarding how it will accomplish certain desired objectives. Pages: 987th Edition | September 2017 | Product Number: G13D07 | Price: $ 13I/ISO 10416:2008 Recommended Practice for Laboratory Testing of Drilling FluidsProvides procedures for the laboratory testing of the physical, chemical, and performance properties of both drilling fluid materials and drilling fluid. It is applicable to both water- and oil-based drilling fluids, as well as the base or make-up fluid. It is not applicable as a detailed manual on drilling fluid control procedures. Recommendations regarding agitation and testing temperature are presented because the agitation history and temperature have a profound effect on drilling fluid properties. This edition of RP 13I is the identical national adoption of ISO 10416:2008. Pages: 108 8th Edition | March 2009 | Reaffirmed: March 2016 Product Number: GX13I8 | Price: $ 13JTesting of Heavy Brines Covers the physical properties, potential contaminants, and test procedures for heavy brine fluids manufactured for use in oil and gas well drilling, completion, fracturing, and workover fluids. RP 13J provides methods for assessing the performance and physical characteristics of heavy brines for use in field operations. It includes procedures for evaluating the density or specific gravity, the clarity or amount of particulate matter carried in the brines, the crystallization point or the temperature (both ambient and under pressure) at which the brines make the transition between liquid and solid, the pH, and iron contamination. It also contains a discussion of gas hydrate formation and mitigation, brine viscosity, corrosion testing, buffering capacity, and a standardized reporting form. RP 13J is intended for the use of manufacturers, service companies, and end users of heavy brines. Pages: 765th Edition | October 2014 | Product Number: G13J05 | Price: $ 13KRecommended Practice for Chemical Analysis of Barite Barite is used to increase the density of oil well drilling fluids. It is a mined product that can contain significant quantities of minerals other than its main component, barium sulfate. It is the objective of this publication to provide a comprehensive, detailed description of the chemical analytical procedures for quantitatively determining the mineral and chemical constituents of barite. These procedures are quite elaborate and will normally be carried out in a well-equipped laboratory. Pages: 513rd Edition | May 2011 | Reaffirmed: May 2016 Product Number: G13K03 | Price: $ 13K *Recommended Practice for Chemical Analysis of Barite Kazakh Kazakh translation of RP Edition | May 2011 | Product Number: G13K03K | Price: $ 13K *Recommended Practice for Chemical Analysis of Barite Russian Russian translation of RP Edition | May 2011 | Product Number: G13K03R | Price: $ 13L Training and Qualification of Drilling Fluid Technologists Seeks to formalize the specific knowledge base, professional skills, and application skills needed to ensure the competency and professionalism of individuals working in the drilling fluids industry. Drilling fluid technologists should use this recommended practice (RP) as an outline to self-determine any gaps in learning and seek to improve their skills. A company contracting the service of a drilling fluid technologist should use this RP as a checklist of knowledge that a technologist should be able to demonstrate proficiency in applying. Pages: 362nd Edition | November 2017 | Product Number: G13L02 | Price: $ 13M/ISO 13503-1:2003 Recommended Practice for the Measurement of Viscous Properties of Completion Fluids (RP 13M replaces RP 39) Provides consistent methodology for determining the viscosity of completion fluids used in the petroleum and natural gas industries. For certain cases, methods are also provided to determine the rheological properties of a fluid. This edition of RP 13M is the identical national adoption of ISO 13503-1:2003. Pages: 21 1st Edition | July 2004 | Reaffirmed: October 2010 2-Year Extension: June 2015 | Product Number: GX13M01 | Price: $ 13M-4/ISO 13503-4:2006 Recommended Practice for Measuring Stimulation and Gravel-Pack Fluid Leakoff Under Static ConditionsProvides for consistent methodology to measure fluid loss of stimulation and gravel-pack fluid under static conditions. However, the procedure in this recommended practice excludes fluids that react with porous media. This edition of RP 13M-4 is the identical national adoption of ISO 13503-4:2006. Pages: 14 1st Edition | December 2006 | Reaffirmed: July 2015 Product Number: GG13M41 | Price: $ 13TR1 Stress Corrosion Cracking of Corrosion Resistant Alloys in Halide Brines Exposed to Acidic Production GasEvaluates the stress corrosion cracking (SCC) risks of a range of corrosion resistant alloys (CRAs) in various halide brine compositions for the case of exposure to acidic production gas (CO2+H2S). Also evaluated are SCC risks due to air exposure. However, the testing became focused on a group of martensitic stainless steels alloyed with Ni and Mo, which are collectively referred to as modified 13Cr martensitic stainless steel (SS) or alternatively in some publications as super (S13Cr) martensitic SSs. Most tests evaluated the as-received brine, excluding proprietary additives such as corrosion inhibitor or oxygen scavengers. For completeness and comparison, test results provided by member companies in the API program or in the publications are cited; these test protocols may be different from those in the API test protocols hence, where that occurs, significant differences are noted. Pages: 391st Edition | November 2017 | Product Number: G13TR11 | Price: $ *These translated versions are provided for the convenience of our customers and are not officially endorsed by API. The translated versions shall neither replace nor supersede the English-language versions, which remain the official standards. API shall not be responsible for any discrepancies or interpretations of these translations. Translations may not include any Addenda or Errata to the document. Please check the English-language versions for any updates to the and ProductionFax Orders: +1 303 397 2740Online Orders: This publication is a new entry in this catalog. This publication is related to an API licensing, certification, or accreditation SAFETY AND ANTIPOLLUTION Std 2CCU Offshore Cargo Carrying UnitsDefines the design, material, manufacture, inspection, repair, maintenance, and marking requirements for offshore cargo carrying units (CCU) and lifting sets to include dry goods boxes, baskets, and other skids designed to move equipment and goods offshore with maximum gross weight up to 70,000 kg (154,323 lb). Pages: 571st Edition | August 2017 | Product Number: G2CCU01 | Price: $ 14A Specification for Subsurface Safety Valve Equipment(includes Errata 1 dated July 2015 and Addendum 1 dated June 2017)Provides the requirements for subsurface safety valves (SSSVs), and the secondary tools as defined herein necessary to operate the features included within them, including all components that establish tolerances and/or clearances that may affect performance or interchangeability of the SSSV components. It includes repair operations and the interface connections to control conduits and/or other equipment, but does not cover the connections to the primary well conduit. Pages: 14012th Edition | January 2015 | Effective Date: January 15, 2016 Product Number: G14A12 | Price: $ 14B Design, Installation, Operation, Test, and Redress of Subsurface Safety Valve SystemsEstablishes requirements and provides guidelines for subsurface safety valve (SSSV) system equipment. This includes requirements for SSSV system design, installation, operation, testing, redress, support activities, documentation, and failure reporting. SSSV system equipment addressed by this document includes control systems, control lines, SSSVs, and secondary tools as defined herein. SSSV types including surface controlled (SCSSV), sub-surface controlled (SSCSV), and sub-surface injection safety valves (SSISV) are included. Requirements for testing of SSSVs including frequency and acceptance criteria are included. Alternate technology SSSV equipment and systems are included in these document is not applicable to design, qualification, or repair activities for SSSVs. This document does not specify when a SSSV is required. Pages: 37NOTE Spec 14A provides requirements for SSSV equipment design, qualification, and repair. 6th Edition | September 2015 | Product Number: G14B06 | Price: $ 14C Analysis, Design, Installation, and Testing of Safety Systems for Offshore Production FacilitiesIllustrates how system analysis methods can be used to determine safety requirements to protect common process components. This document also includes: a method to document and verify process safety system functions ( SAFE chart); design guidance for ancillary systems such as pneumatic supply systems and liquid containment systems; a uniform method of identifying and symbolizing safety devices; procedures for testing common safety devices with recommendations for test data and acceptable test tolerances. Pages: 1328th Edition | February 2017 | Product Number: G14C08 | Price: $ 14E Recommended Practice for Design and Installation of Offshore Production Platform Piping Systems Recommends minimum requirements and guidelines for the design and installation of new piping systems on offshore production platforms. Includes general recommendations on design and application of pipe, valves, and fittings for typical processes; general information on installation, quality control, and items related to piping systems such as insulation; and specific recommendations for the design of particular piping systems. Pages: 615th Edition | October 1991 | Reaffirmed: January 2013 Product Number: G07185 | Price: $ 14E *Recommended Practice for Design and Installation of Offshore Production Platform Piping Systems Chinese Chinese translation of RP 14E. 5th Edition | October 1991 Product Number: 811-07185 CN940 | Price: $ 14F Design, Installation, and Maintenance of Electrical Systems for Fixed and Floating Offshore Petroleum Facilities for Unclassified and Class I, Division 1, and Division 2 LocationsRecommends minimum requirements and guidelines for the design, installation, and maintenance of electrical systems on fixed and floating petroleum facilities located offshore. For facilities classified as Zone 0, Zone 1, or Zone 2, reference RP 14FZ. These facilities include drilling, producing, and pipeline transportation facilities associated with oil and gas exploration and production. This recommended practice (RP) is not applicable to Mobile Offshore Drilling Units (MODUs) without production facilities. This document is intended to bring together in one place a brief description of basic desirable electrical practices for offshore electrical systems. The recommended practices contained herein recognize that special electrical considerations exist for offshore petroleum facilities. Pages: 1505th Edition | July 2008 | Reaffirmed: April 2013 Product Number: G14F05 | Price: $ 14FZRecommended Practice for Design, Installation, and Maintenance of Electrical Systems for Fixed and Floating Offshore Petroleum Facilities for Unclassified and Class I, Zone 0, Zone 1, and Zone 2 LocationsRecommends minimum requirements and guidelines for the design, installation, and maintenance of electrical systems on fixed and floating petroleum facilities located offshore. For facilities classified as Division 1 or Division 2, reference RP 14F. These facilities include drilling, producing, and pipeline transportation facilities associated with oil and gas exploration and production. This recommended practice (RP) is not applicable to Mobile Offshore Drilling Units (MODUs) without production facilities. This document is intended to bring together in one place a brief description of basic desirable electrical practices for offshore electrical systems. The recommended practices contained herein recognize that special electrical considerations exist for offshore petroleum facilities. These include: inherent electrical shock possibility presented by the marine environment and steel decks; space limitations that require that equipment be installed in or near hazardous (classified) locations; corrosive marine environment; motion and buoyancy concerns associated with floating facilities. Pages: 1772nd Edition | May 2013 | Product Number: G14FZ02 | Price: $ *These translated versions are provided for the convenience of our customers and are not officially endorsed by API. The translated versions shall neither replace nor supersede the English-language versions, which remain the official standards. API shall not be responsible for any discrepancies or interpretations of these translations. Translations may not include any Addenda or Errata to the document. Please check the English-language versions for any updates to the and ProductionPhone Orders: +1 800 854 7179 (Toll-free: and Canada)Phone Orders: +1 303 397 7956 (Local and International) This publication is a new entry in this catalog. This publication is related to an API licensing, certification, or accreditation 14G Recommended Practice for Fire Prevention and Control on Fixed Open-Type Offshore Production Platforms Presents recommendations for minimizing the likelihood of an accidental fire, and for designing, inspecting, and maintaining fire control systems. It emphasizes the need to train personnel in firefighting, to conduct routine drills, and to establish methods and procedures for safe evacuation. The fire control systems discussed are intended to provide an early response to incipient fires and prevent their growth. Applicable to fixed open-type offshore production platforms that are generally installed in moderate climates and that have sufficient natural ventilation to minimize the accumulation of vapors. Enclosed areas, such as quarters, buildings, and equipment enclosures, normally installed on this type platform, are addressed. Pages: 384th Edition | April 2007 | Reaffirmed: January 2013 Product Number: G14G04 | Price: $ 14J Recommended Practice for Design and Hazards Analysis for Offshore Production Facilities Provides useful procedures and guidelines for planning, designing, and arranging offshore production facilities and performing a hazards analysis on open-type offshore production facilities. Discusses several procedures that can be used to perform a hazards analysis, and presents minimum requirements for process safety information and hazards analysis that can be used for satisfying RP 75. Pages: 752nd Edition | May 2001 | Reaffirmed: January 2013 Product Number: G14J02 | Price: $ 14L/ISO 16070:2005 Specification for Lock Mandrels and Landing Nipples Provides the requirements for lock mandrels and landing nipples within the production/injection conduit for the installation of flow control or other equipment used in the petroleum and natural gas industries. It includes the interface connections to the flow control or other equipment, but does not cover the connections to the well conduit. This edition of Spec 14L is the identical national adoption of ISO 16070:2005. Pages: 25 2nd Edition | July 2007 | Reaffirmed: August 2012 Product Number: GG14L02 | Price: $ 14L/ISO 16070:2005 *Specification for Lock Mandrels and Landing Nipples ChineseChinese translation of Spec Edition | July 2007 | Product Number: GX14L02C | Price: $ 91 Planning and Conducting Surface Preparation and Coating Operations for Oil and Natural Gas Drilling and Production Facilities in a Marine EnvironmentWorldwide, marine exploration, production, development, and decommissioning operations are conducted from a variety of structures. These installments must be inspected periodically and maintained in order to assure structural integrity and minimize pollution risks. Maintenance of an offshore structure, regardless of its classification, necessarily includes blasting and coating activities. The purpose of this publication is to establish practices and procedures that should be followed to minimize the discharge of spent blast abrasive, and paint overspray to the surrounding waters during these activities. Pages: 16 1st Edition | June 2007 | Product Number: G09101 | Price: $ AND PLASTIC PIPE RP 15CLT Recommended Practice for Composite Lined Steel Tubular Goods Provides guidelines for the design, manufacturing, qualification, and application of composite lined carbon steel downhole tubing in the handling and transport of multiphase fluids, hydrocarbon gases, hydrocarbon liquids, and water. The principles outlined in this RP also apply to line pipe applications. Composite lined tubing typically consists of a fiber reinforced polymer liner within the steel host, providing protection of that steel host from corrosive attack. Both API and premium connections can be employed, typically using corrosive barrier rings to maintain corrosion resistance between ends of adjacent liners. This document contains recommendations on material selection, product qualification, and definition of safety and design factors. Quality control tests, minimum performance requirements are included. The RP applies to composite lined carbon steel for systems up to 10 in. (250 mm) diameter, operating at pressures up to 10,000 psi (69 MPa) and maximum temperatures of 300 F (150 C). The principles described in this document can easily be extended to apply to products being developed by manufacturers for application outside this range. Pages: 131st Edition | September 2007 | Reaffirmed: October 2013 Product Number: G15CLT1 | Price: $ 15HR High-Pressure Fiberglass Line Pipe(includes Errata 1 dated August 2016) Formulated to provide for the availability of safe, dimensionally, and functionally inter-changeable high-pressure fiberglass line pipe with a pressure rating from 500 to 5000 ( MPa to MPa), inclusive, in 250 ( MPa) increments for pipes than NPS 12 in. and 100 ( MPa) increments for pipes > than NPS 12 in. This specification is limited to mechanical connections and the technical content provides requirements for performance, design, materials, tests and inspection, marking, handling, storing, and shipping. Critical components are items of equipment having requirements specified in this document. This specification is applicable to rigid pipe components made from thermosetting resins and reinforced with glass fibers. Typical thermosetting resins are epoxy, polyester, vinyl ester, and phenolic. Thermoplastic resins are excluded from the scope of this specification. Any internal liners applied shall be made also from thermosetting resins. Fiberglass line pipe for use in low-pressure systems are covered in Spec 15LR. This specification covers fiberglass pipe utilized for the production of oil and gas. Specific equipment covered by this specification is high-pressure line pipe and couplings, fittings, flanges, reducers, and adapters. Pages: 424th Edition | February 2016 | Effective Date: August 1, 2016 Product Number: G15HR4 | Price: $ 15LE Specification for Polyethylene Line Pipe (PE)Provides standards for polyethylene (PE) line pipe suitable for use in conveying oil, gas, and non-potable water in underground, aboveground, and reliner applications for the oil and gas producing industries. The technical content of this document provides requirements and guidelines for performance, design, materials inspection, dimensions and tolerances, marking, handling, storing, and shipping. Pages: 38 4th Edition | January 2008 | Effective Date: July 1, 2008 Reaffirmed: October 2013 | Product Number: G15LE4 | Price: $ 15LE *Specification for Polyethylene Line Pipe (PE) Chinese Chinese translation of Spec Edition | January 2008 | Product Number: G15LE4C | Price: $ *These translated versions are provided for the convenience of our customers and are not officially endorsed by API. The translated versions shall neither replace nor supersede the English-language versions, which remain the official standards. API shall not be responsible for any discrepancies or interpretations of these translations. Translations may not include any Addenda or Errata to the document. Please check the English-language versions for any updates to the and ProductionFax Orders: +1 303 397 2740Online Orders: This publication is a new entry in this catalog. This publication is related to an API licensing, certification, or accreditation 15LR Specification for Low Pressure Fiberglass Line PipeCovers filament wound (FW) and centrifugally cast (CC) fiberglass line pipe and fittings for pipe in diameters up to and including 24 in. in diameter and up to and including 1000 psig cyclic operating pressures. In addition, at the manufacturer s option, the pipe may also be rated for static operating pressures up to 1000 psig. It is recommended that the pipe and fittings be purchased by cyclic pressure rating. The standard pressure ratings range from 150 psig to 300 psig in 50 psig increments, and from 300 psig to 1000 psig in 100 psig increments, based on either cyclic pressure or static pressure. Pages: 257th Edition | August 2001 | Effective Date: February 1, 2002 Reaffirmed: October 2013 | Product Number: G15LR7 | Price: $ 15LR * Specification for Low Pressure Fiberglass Line Pipe ChineseChinese translation of Spec Edition | August 2001 | Product Number: G15LR7C | Price: $ 15SSpoolable Reinforced Plastic Line Pipe (includes Errata 1 dated July 2016)Provides requirements for the manufacture and qualification of spoolable reinforced plastic line pipe in oilfield and energy applications including transport of multiphase fluids, hydrocarbon gases, hydrocarbon liquids, oilfield production chemicals, and nonpotable water. Also included are performance requirements for materials, pipe, and fittings. These products consist of a liner with helically wrapped steel or nonmetallic reinforcing elements and an outer cover. The helical reinforcing elements shall be a single material. Additional nonhelical reinforcing elements are acceptable. The spoolable reinforced line pipe under this specification is capable of being spooled for storage, transport, and installation. For offshore use, additional requirements may apply and are not within the scope of this document. This specification is confined to pipe, end-fittings, and couplings and does not relate to other system components and appurtenances. Where other system components ( elbows, tees, valves) are of conventional construction, they will be governed by other applicable codes and practices. Pages: 622nd Edition | March 2016 | Effective Date: September 1, 2016 Product Number: G15S02 | Price: $ 15TL4 Recommended Practice for Care and Use of Fiberglass Tubulars Provides information on the transporting, handling, installing, and reconditioning of fiberglass tubulars in oilfield usage. Appendices are also included to cover adhesive bonding, repair procedures, and inspection practices. Pages: 202nd Edition | March 1999 | Reaffirmed: October 2013 Product Number: G15TL4 | Price: $ WELL CONTROL EQUIPMENT AND SYSTEMS Spec 16A Specification for Drill-Through Equipment (includes Errata 1 dated August 2017, Addendum 1 dated October 2017, and Errata 2 dated November 2017)Defines the requirements for performance, design, materials, testing and inspection, welding, marking, handling, storing, and shipping of drill-through equipment used for drilling for oil and gas. Specifically, this document applies to the manufacture and testing of ram blowout preventers; ram blocks, packers, and top seals; annular blowout preventers; annular packing units; and associated connectors. It also defines service conditions in terms of pressure, temperature, and wellbore fluids for which the equipment is designed. Repair and remanufacture of 16A equipment is now covered in Std 16AR. This specification does not apply to field use or field. Pages: 122 4th Edition | April 2017 | Product Number: G16A04 | Price: $ 16AR Standard for Repair and Remanufacture of Drill-Through Equipment(includes Errata 1 dated August 2017)Specifies requirements for repair and remanufacture of drill-through equipment built under API 16A. This standard also applies to repair and remanufacture of drill-through equipment manufactured to API 6A requirements and produced prior to the existence of API standard also covers the testing, inspection, welding, marking, certification, handling, storing, and shipping of equipment repaired or remanufactured per this standard. Pages: 1041st Edition | April 2017 | Product Number: G16AR01 | Price: $ 16C Choke and Kill Equipment(includes Errata 1 dated July 2015, Errata 2 dated November 2015, Errata 3 dated February 2016, and Addendum 1 and Errata 4 dated July 2016)Establishes the minimum requirements for the design and manufacture of following types of new equipment: articulated choke and kill lines; choke and kill manifold buffer chamber; choke and kill manifold assembly; drilling choke actuators; drilling choke controls; drilling chokes; flexible choke and kill lines; union connections used in choke and kill assemblies; rigid choke and kill lines; swivel unions used in choke and kill requirements were formulated to provide for safe and functionally interchangeable surface and subsea choke and kill system equipment utilized for drilling oil and gas wells. Technical content provides the minimum requirements for performance, design, materials, welding, testing, inspection, storing, and shipping. Pages: 1142nd Edition | March 2015 | Product Number: G16C02 | Price: $ 16D Specification for Control Systems for Drilling Well Control Equipment and Control Systems for Diverter EquipmentEstablishes design standards for systems used to control blowout preventers (BOPs) and associated valves that control well pressure during drilling operations. The design standards applicable to subsystems and components do not include material selection and manufacturing process details but may serve as an aid to the purchaser. Although diverters are not considered well control devices, their controls are often incorporated as part of the BOP control system and therefore are included in this specification. The requirements provided in this specification apply to the following control system categories: control systems for surface mounted BOP stacks; control systems for subsea BOP stacks (common elements); discrete hydraulic control systems for subsea BOP stacks; electro-hydraulic/multiplex control systems for subsea BOP stacks; control systems for diverter equipment; auxiliary equipment control systems and interfaces;*These translated versions are provided for the convenience of our customers and are not officially endorsed by API. The translated versions shall neither replace nor supersede the English-language versions, which remain the official standards. API shall not be responsible for any discrepancies or interpretations of these translations. Translations may not include any Addenda or Errata to the document. Please check the English-language versions for any updates to the and ProductionPhone Orders: +1 800 854 7179 (Toll-free: and Canada)Phone Orders: +1 303 397 7956 (Local and International) This publication is a new entry in this catalog. This publication is related to an API licensing, certification, or accreditation emergency disconnect sequenced systems; backup systems; special deepwater/harsh environment features. Pages: 972nd Edition | July 2004 | Effective Date: January 1, 2005 Reaffirmed: August 2013 | Under Revision Product Number: G16D02 | Price: $ 16D *Specification for Control Systems for Drilling Well Control Equipment and Control Systems for Diverter Equipment ChineseChinese translation of Spec Edition | July 2004 | Product Number: G16D02C | Price: $ 16D *Specification for Control Systems for Drilling Well Control Equipment and Control Systems for Diverter Equipment Kazakh Kazakh translation of Spec 16D. 2nd Edition | July 2004 | Product Number: G16D02K | Price: $ 16D *Specification for Control Systems for Drilling Well Control Equipment and Control Systems for Diverter Equipment Russian Russian translation of Spec Edition | July 2004 | Product Number: G16D02R | Price: $ 16F Specification for Marine Drilling Riser Equipment Establishes standards of performance and quality for the design, manufacture, and fabrication of marine drilling riser equipment used in conjunction with a subsea blowout preventer (BOP) stack. This specification applies to all riser system components that are in the primary load path during operation, running, and retrieval, including but not limited to riser couplings, riser main tube, riser adapters, riser external lines when used for load sharing, riser tensioner rings, telescopic joints, flex/ball joints, and special riser joints. Pages: 1202nd Edition | November 2017 | Product Number: G16F02 | Price: $ 16Q Design, Selection, Operation and Maintenance of Marine Drilling Riser SystemsPertains to the design, selection, operation, and maintenance of marine riser systems for floating drilling operations. Its purpose is to serve as a reference for designers, for those who select system components, and for those who use and maintain this equipment. For the purposes of this standard, a marine drilling riser system includes the tensioner system and all equipment between the top connection of the upper flex/ball joint and the bottom connection of the lower flex/ball joint. It specifically excludes the diverter, LMRP, BOP stack, and hydraulic connectors. Pages: 902nd Edition | April 2017 | Product Number: G16Q02 | Price: $ 16RCD Specification for Rotating Control Devices Formulated to provide for the availability of safe and functionally interchangeable rotating control devices (RCDs) utilized in air drilling, drilling operations for oil and gas, and geothermal drilling operations. Technical content provides requirements for design, performance, materials, tests and inspection, welding, marking, handling, storing, and shipping. This specification does not apply to field use or fieldtesting of RCDs. Critical components are those parts having requirements specified in this document. Pages: 522nd Edition | September 2015 | Effective Date: March 10, 2016 Product Number: G16RCD02 | Price: $ 16ST Coiled Tubing Well Control Equipment Systems Addresses coiled tubing well control equipment assembly and operation as it relates to well control practices. Industry practices for performing well control operations using fluids for hydrostatic pressure balance are not addressed in this recommended practice. This document covers well control equipment assembly and operation used in coiled tubing intervention and coiled tubing drilling applications performed through: christmas trees constructed to standards stipulated in Spec 6A and/or Spec 11IW; a surface flow head or surface test tree constructed to standards stipulated in Spec 6A; drill pipe or workstrings with connections manufactured in accordance with Spec 7 and/or Spec 5CT. Pages: 751st Edition | March 2009 | Reaffirmed: December 2014 Product Number: G16ST01 | Price: $ 53Blowout Prevention Equipment Systems for Drilling Wells(includes Addendum 1 dated July 2016)Provides requirements on the installation and testing of blowout prevention equipment systems on land and marine drilling rigs (barge, platform, bottom-supported, and floating). Blowout preventer equipment systems are comprised of a combination of various components. The following components are required for operation under varying rig and well conditions: blowout preventers (BOPs); choke and kill lines; choke manifolds; control systems; auxiliary equipment. The primary functions of these systems are to confine well fluids to the wellbore, provide means to add fluid to the wellbore, and allow controlled volumes to be withdrawn from the wellbore. Diverter and rotating head systems (rotating control devices) are not addressed in this standard (see RP 64 and Spec 16RCD, respectively); their primary purpose is to safely divert or direct flow rather than to confine fluids to the wellbore. Procedures and techniques for well control are not included in this standard. Pages: 1124th Edition | November 2012 | Product Number: G05304 | Price: $ 53 *Blowout Prevention Equipment Systems for Drilling Wells Kazakh Kazakh translation of Std 53. 4th Edition | November 2012 | Product Number: G05304K | Price: $ 59 Recommended Practice for Well Control OperationsProvides information that can serve as a voluntary industry guide for safe well control operations. This publication is designed to serve as a direct field aid in well control and as a technical source for teaching well control principles. This publication establishes recommended operations to retain pressure control of the well under pre-kick conditions and recommended practices to be utilized during a kick. It serves as a companion to RP 53 and RP 64. Pages: 922nd Edition | May 2006 | Reaffirmed: January 2012 Product Number: G59002 | Price: $ *These translated versions are provided for the convenience of our customers and are not officially endorsed by API. The translated versions shall neither replace nor supersede the English-language versions, which remain the official standards. API shall not be responsible for any discrepancies or interpretations of these translations. Translations may not include any Addenda or Errata to the document. Please check the English-language versions for any updates to the and ProductionFax Orders: +1 303 397 2740Online Orders: This publication is a new entry in this catalog. This publication is related to an API licensing, certification, or accreditation 59 *Recommended Practice for Well Control Operations Kazakh Kazakh translation of RP 59. 2nd Edition | May 2006 | Product Number: G59002K | Price: $ 59 *Recommended Practice for Well Control Operations Russian Russian translation of RP 59. 2nd Edition | May 2006 | Product Number: G59002R | Price: $ 64 Diverter Equipment SystemsProvides information on the design, manufacture, quality control, installation, maintenance, and testing of the diverter system, and associated components. The diverter system provides a flow control system to direct controlled or uncontrolled wellbore fluids away from the immediate drilling area for the safety of personnel and equipment. Pages: 713rd Edition | August 2017 | Product Number: G64003 | Price: $ PRODUCTION SYSTEMS RP 17A Design and Operation of Subsea Production Systems General Requirements and RecommendationsProvides guidelines for the design, installation, operation, repair, and decommissioning of subsea production systems. The elements of subsea production systems included are wellheads (both subsea and mudline casing suspension systems) and trees; pipelines and end connections; controls, control lines, and control fluids; templates and manifolds; and production riser (both rigid and flexible). Other sections cover operations, quality assurance, materials, and corrosion. This is intended as an umbrella document to govern other parts of the subsea document suite of standards dealing with more detailed requirements for the subsystems that typically form part of a subsea production system. However, in some areas ( system design, structures, manifolds, lifting devices, and color and marking) more detailed requirements are included herein, as these subjects are not covered in a subsystem complete subsea production system comprises several subsystems necessary to produce hydrocarbons from one or more subsea wells and transfer them to a given processing facility located offshore (fixed, floating, or subsea) or onshore, or to inject water/gas through subsea wells. Specialized equipment, such as split trees and trees and manifolds in atmospheric chambers, are not specifically discussed because of their limited use. However, the information presented is applicable to those types of equipment. Pages: 555th Edition | May 2017 | Product Number: GX17A05 | Price: $ 17BRecommended Practice for Flexible PipeProvides guidelines for the design, analysis, manufacture, testing, installation, and operation of flexible pipes and flexible pipe systems for onshore, subsea, and marine applications. This recommended practice (RP) supplements Specs 17J and 17K, which specify minimum requirements for the design, material selection, manufacture, testing, marking, and packaging of unbonded and bonded flexible pipe, respectively. This RP applies to flexible pipe assemblies, consisting of segments of flexible pipe body with end fittings attached to both ends. Both bonded and unbonded pipe types are covered. In addition, this RP applies to flexible pipe systems, including ancillary components. The applications covered by this RP are sweet- and sour-service production, including export and injection applications. This RP applies to both static and dynamic flexible pipe systems used as flowlines, risers, and jumpers. This RP does cover, in general terms, the use of flexible pipes for offshore loading systems. This RP does not cover flexible pipes for use in choke and kill lines or umbilical and control lines. Pages: 2685th Edition | May 2014 | Product Number: G017B05 | Price: $ 17D/ISO 13628-4 Design and Operation of Subsea Production Systems Subsea Wellhead and Tree Equipment (includes Errata 1 dated September 2011, Errata 2 dated January 2012, Errata 3 dated June 2013, Errata 4 dated July 2013, Errata 5 dated October 2013, Errata 6 dated August 2015, Addendum 1 dated September 2015, and Errata 7 dated October 2015)Provides specifications for subsea wellheads, mudline wellheads, drill-through mudline wellheads, and both vertical and horizontal subsea trees. It specifies the associated tooling necessary to handle, test, and install the equipment. It also specifies the areas of design, material, welding, quality control (including factory acceptance testing), marking, storing, and shipping for both individual sub-assemblies (used to build complete subsea tree assemblies) and complete subsea tree assemblies. The user is responsible for ensuring subsea equipment meets any additional requirements of governmental regulations for the country in which it is installed. This is outside the scope of this document. Where applicable, this document can also be used for equipment on satellite, cluster arrangements and multiple well template applications. This document includes equipment definitions, an explanation of equipment use and function, an explanation of service conditions and product specification levels, and a description of critical components. This document is not applicable to the rework and repair of used equipment. Pages: 2542nd Edition | May 2011 | Effective Dates: February 1, 2013 [for Valve and Actuator Design Validation (Test Requirements) Only] and November 1, 2011 [for All Other Requirements] 2-Year Extension: July 2016 | Product Number: GX17D02 | Price: $ 17D/ISO 13628-4 * Design and Operation of Subsea Production Systems Subsea Wellhead and Tree Equipment Chinese Chinese translation of Spec 17D. 2nd Edition | May 2011 | Product Number: GX17D02C | Price: $ 17E Specification for Subsea UmbilicalsSpecifies requirements and gives recommendations for the design, material selection, manufacture, design verification, testing, installation, and operation of subsea control systems, chemical injection, gas lift, utility and service umbilicals, and associated ancillary equipment for the petroleum and natural gas industries. This also applies to umbilicals containing electrical conductors, optical fibers, thermoplastic hoses, and metallic tubes, either alone or in combination, and applies to umbilicals that are for static or dynamic service, and with routings of surface-surface, surface-subsea, and subsea-subsea. Pages: 1785th Edition | July 2017 | Product Number: G17E05 | Price: $ 17F Standard for Subsea Production Control SystemsApplies to design, fabrication, testing, installation, and operation of subsea production control systems. Covers surface control system equipment, subsea-installed control system equipment, and control fluids. This equipment is utilized to control subsea production of oil and gas and for subsea water and gas injection services. Where applicable, this standard may be used for equipment on multiple-well applications. This document establishes design standards for systems, subsystems, components, and operating fluids in order to provide for the safe and functional control of subsea production equipment. It contains various types of information related to subsea production control systems that includes: informative data that provide an overview of the architecture and general functionality of control systems for the purpose of introduction and information; basic prescriptive data that shall be adhered to by all types of control systems; selective prescriptive data that are control-system-type sensitive and shall be *These translated versions are provided for the convenience of our customers and are not officially endorsed by API. The translated versions shall neither replace nor supersede the English-language versions, which remain the official standards. API shall not be responsible for any discrepancies or interpretations of these translations. Translations may not include any Addenda or Errata to the document. Please check the English-language versions for any updates to the and ProductionPhone Orders: +1 800 854 7179 (Toll-free: and Canada)Phone Orders: +1 303 397 7956 (Local and International) This publication is a new entry in this catalog. This publication is related to an API licensing, certification, or accreditation to only when they are relevant; and optional data or requirements that need be adopted only when considered necessary either by the purchaser or the vendor. Rework and repair of used equipment are beyond the scope of this standard. Pages: 2394th Edition | November 2017 | Product Number: G017F04 | Price: $ 17G/ISO 13628-7:2005 Recommended Practice for Completion/Workover RiserGives requirements and recommendations for the design, analysis, materials, fabrication, testing, and operation of subsea completion/workover (C/WO) riser systems run from a floating vessel. This document is intended to serve as a common reference for designers, manufacturers, and operators/users, thereby reducing the need for company specifications. This recommended practice is limited to risers, manufactured from low alloy carbon steels. Risers fabricated from special materials such as titanium, composite materials, and flexible pipes are beyond the scope of this document. Specific equipment covered is listed as follows: riser joints; connectors; workover control systems; surface flow trees; surface tree tension frames; lower workover riser packages; lubricator valves; retainer valves; subsea test trees; shear subs; tubing hanger orientation systems; swivels; annulus circulation hoses; riser spiders; umbilical clamps; handling and test tools; and tree cap running tools. Associated equipment not covered includes: tubing hangers; internal and external tree caps; tubing hanger running tools; surface coiled tubing units; surface wireline units; and surface tree kill and production jumpers. This edition of RP 17G is the identical national adoption of ISO 13628-7:2005. Pages: 242 2nd Edition | July 2006 | Reaffirmed: April 2011 and September 2016 Product Number: GX17G02 | Price: $ 17H Remotely Operated Tools and Interfaces on Subsea Production Systems(includes Errata 1 dated January 2014)Provides recommendations for development and design of remotely operated subsea tools and interfaces on subsea production systems in order to maximize the potential of standardizing equipment and design principles. This document does not cover manned intervention, internal wellbore intervention, internal flowline inspection, tree running, and tree running equipment. However, all the related subsea remotely operated vehicle/remotely operated tool (ROV/ROT) interfaces are covered by this standard. It is applicable to the selection, design, and operation of ROTs and ROVs including ROV tooling, hereafter defined in a common term as subsea intervention systems. This document was written to include the information from RP 17M, 1st Edition (2004). With the release of RP 17H, 2nd Edition (2013), RP 17M is withdrawn. Pages: 832nd Edition | June 2013 | Product Number: G17H02 | Price: $ 17J Specification for Unbonded Flexible Pipe(includes Errata 1 dated September 2016, Errata 2 dated May 2017, and Addendum 1 dated October 2017)Defines the technical requirements for safe, dimensionally and functionally interchangeable flexible pipes that are designed and manufactured to uniform standards and criteria. Minimum requirements are specified for the design, material selection, manufacture, testing, marking, and packaging of flexible pipes, with reference to existing codes and standards where applicable. See RP 17B for guidelines on the use of flexible pipes and ancillary components. This specification applies to unbonded flexible pipe assemblies, consisting of segments of flexible pipe body with end fittings attached to both ends. This specification does not cover flexible pipes of bonded structure. This specification does not apply to flexible pipe ancillary components. Guidelines for bend stiffeners and bend restrictors are given in Annex B. This specification does not apply to flexible pipes that include non-metallic tensile armour wires. Pipes of such construction are considered as prototype products subject to qualification testing. The applications addressed by this document are sweet and sour service production, including export and injection applications. Production products include oil, gas, water, and injection chemicals. This specification applies to both static and dynamic flexible pipes used as flowlines, risers, and jumpers. This specification does not apply to flexible pipes for use in choke-and-kill line applications. Pages: 904th Edition | May 2014 | Effective Date: November 1, 2014 Product Number: G017J04 | Price: $ 17K Specification for Bonded Flexible Pipe Defines the technical requirements for safe, dimensionally and functionally interchangeable bonded flexible pipes that are designed and manufactured to uniform standards and criteria. Minimum requirements are specified for the design, material selection, manufacture, testing, marking, and packaging of bonded flexible pipes, with reference to existing codes and standards where applicable. This document applies to bonded flexible pipe assemblies, consisting of segments of flexible pipe body with end fittings attached to both ends. It does not cover flexible pipes of unbonded structure or to flexible pipe ancillary components. This document can be applied to flexible pipes that include non-metallic reinforcing layers, though no effort was made to address the specific and unique technological aspects of this product. Pages: 963rd Edition | August 2017 | Product Number: G17K03 | Price: $ 17L1Specification for Flexible Pipe Ancillary Equipment(includes Errata 1 dated January 2015 and Errata 2 dated November 2015)Defines the technical requirements for safe, dimensionally and functionally interchangeable flexible pipe ancillary equipment that is designed and manufactured to uniform standards and criteria. Minimum requirements are specified for the design, material selection, manufacture, testing, documentation, marking, and packaging of flexible pipe ancillary equipment, with reference to existing codes and standards where applicable. The applicability relating to a specific item of ancillary equipment is stated at the beginning of the particular clause for the ancillary equipment in question. This document applies to the following flexible pipe ancillary equipment: bend stiffeners; bend restrictors; bellmouths; buoyancy modules and ballast modules; subsea buoys; tethers for subsea buoys and tether clamps; riser and tether bases; clamping devices; piggy-back clamps; repair clamps; I/J-tube seals; pull-in heads/installation aids; connectors; load-transfer devices; mechanical protection; and fire protection. This document may be used for bonded flexible pipe ancillary equipment, though any requirements specific to these applications are not addressed. This document does not cover flexible pipe ancillary equipment beyond the connector, with the exception of riser bases and load-transfer devices. Therefore, this document does not cover turret structures or I-tubes and J-tubes, for example. In addition, this document does not cover flexible pipe storage devices such as reels, for example. This specification is intended to cover ancillary equipment made from several material types, including metallic, polymer and composite materials. It may also refer to material types for particular ancillary components that are not commonly used for such components currently, but may be adopted more frequently in the future. Pages: 3401st Edition | March 2013 | Product Number: G17L101 | Price: $ 17L2Recommended Practice for Flexible Pipe Ancillary EquipmentProvides guidelines for the design, materials selection, analysis, testing, manufacture, handling, transportation, installation, and integrity management of flexible pipe ancillary equipment. It presents the current best practice for design and procurement of ancillary equipment and gives guidance on the implementation of the specification for standard flexible pipe products. In addition, this document presents guidelines on the qualification of prototype products. The applicability relating to a specific item of ancillary equipment within this recommended practice is stated at the beginning of the clause dedicated to that item of ancillary equipment. This document applies to the following flexible pipe ancillary equipment: bend stiffeners; bend restrictors; bellmouths; buoyancy modules and ballast modules; subsea buoys; tethers for subsea buoys and tether clamps; riser Exploration and ProductionFax Orders: +1 303 397 2740Online Orders: This publication is a new entry in this catalog. This publication is related to an API licensing, certification, or accreditation tether bases; clamping devices; piggy-back clamps; repair clamps; I/J-tube seals; pull-in heads/installation aids; connectors; load-transfer devices; mechanical protection; and fire protection. This document may be used for bonded flexible pipe ancillary equipment, though any requirements specific to these applications are not addressed. Where relevant, the applicability of recommendations to umbilicals is indicated in the Applicability subclause for the ancillary equipment in question. This document does not cover flexible pipe ancillary equipment beyond the connector, with the exception of riser bases and load-transfer devices. Therefore, this document does not cover turret structures or I-tubes and J-tubes, for example. In addition, it does not cover flexible pipe storage devices, for example reels. This recommended practice is intended to cover ancillary equipment made from several material types, including metallic, polymer, and composite materials. It may also refer to material types for particular ancillary components that are not commonly used for such components currently, but may be adopted in the future. Pages: 2751st Edition | March 2013 | Product Number: G17L201 | Price: $ 17N Recommended Practice on Subsea Production System Reliability, Technical Risk, and Integrity ManagementProvides a structured approach that organizations can adopt to manage uncertainty throughout the life of a project. This may range from the management of general project risk through to the identification and removal of potential failure modes in particular recommended practice aims to provide operators, contractors, and suppliers with guidance in the application of reliability techniques to subsea projects within their scope of work and supply only. It is applicable to standard and nonstandard equipment, and all phases of projects, from feasibility studies to does not prescribe the use of any specific equipment or limit the use of any existing installed equipment or recommend any action, beyond good engineering practice, where current reliability is judged to be acceptable. It is also not intended to replace individual company processes, procedures, document nomenclature, or numbering; it is a guide. However, this recommended practice may be used to enhance existing processes, if deemed organizations will find much that is familiar and recognized as good practice. Some annex sections may only be of interest to a reliability specialist. The basic approach, however, is simple and consistent, and when applied correctly, has the potential to greatly reduce the financial risk of designing, manufacturing, installing, and operating subsea equipment. Pages: 1782nd Edition | June 2017 | Product Number: G17N02 | Price: $ 17ORecommended Practice for Subsea High Integrity Pressure Protection Systems (HIPPS)Addresses the requirements for the use of high integrity pressure protection systems (HIPPS) for subsea applications. RP 14C, IEC 61508, and IEC 61511 specify the requirements for onshore, topsides, and subsea safety instrumented systems (SIS) and are applicable to HIPPS, which are designed to autonomously isolate downstream facilities from overpressure situations. This document integrates these requirements to address the specific needs of subsea production. These requirements cover the HIPPS pressure sensors, logic solver, shutdown valves, and ancillary devices including testing, communications, and monitoring subsystems. Pages: 452nd Edition | July 2014 | Product Number: G17O02 | Price: $ 17P/ISO 13628-15:2011Design and Operation of Subsea Production Systems Subsea Structures and ManifoldsAddresses specific requirements and recommendations for subsea structures and manifolds, within the frameworks set forth by recognized and accepted industry specifications and standards. As such, it does not supersede or eliminate any requirement imposed by any other industry recommended practice covers subsea manifolds and templates utilized for pressure control in both subsea production of oil and gas, and subsea injection services. Equipment within the scope of this recommended practice is listed as follows: production and injection manifolds; modular and integrated single satellite and multiwell templates; subsea processing and subsea boosting stations; flowline riser bases and export riser bases (FRB, ERB); pipeline end manifolds (PLEM); pipeline end terminations (PLET); T- and Y-connections; subsea isolation valve structures (SSIV); subsea controls and distribution structures; and associated protection structures. This edition of Spec 17P is the identical national adoption of ISO 13628-15:2011. Pages: 691st Edition | January 2013 | Product Number: GG17P01 | Price: $ RP 17QSubsea Equipment Qualification Standardized Process for DocumentationProvides guidance on relevant qualification methods that may be applied to facilitate subsea project execution. Qualification of subsea equipment is based on a breakdown of individual subsea components and categorization of those individual components based on classes of equipment and component functionality. A comprehensive component-level breakdown can cater to wide flexibility for field-specific configurations. The qualification process presented in this recommended practice is governed by component-level evaluation and referencing using two separate forms of documentation: failure mode assessments (FMAs) and product qualification sheets (PQSs). Detailed documentation resources related to the proactive qualification methodology presented in this recommended practice are provided in the annexes. These resources include an index of components and individual PQS documents. Documents relating to manufacturing inspection and Factory Acceptance Testing are outside the scope of this templates in Annex B (FMA Templates) and Annex C (PQS Templates) may be purchased separately in a Microsoft Excel format for $ Single User, or $ Intranet Licensing. Pages: 651st Edition | June 2010 | 2-Year Extension: June 2012 Product Number: G17Q01 | Price: $ 17R Recommended Practice for Flowline Connectors and JumpersAddresses specific requirements and recommendations for subsea flowline connectors and jumpers within the frameworks set forth by recognized and accepted industry specifications and standards. As such, it does not supersede or eliminate any requirement imposed by any other industry document covers subsea flowline connectors and jumpers used for pressure containment in both subsea production of oil and gas, and subsea injection services. Equipment within the scope of this document are listed used to make the following subsea connections are included: pipeline end terminations to manifolds, pipeline end terminations to trees, pipeline end terminations to riser bases, manifolds to trees, pipeline inline sleds to other subsea following connection components and systems are included: jumper assemblies, monobore connectors systems, multibore connectors systems, pressure and flooding caps, connector actuation tools. Pages: 521st Edition | March 2015 | Product Number: G17R01 | Price: $ and ProductionPhone Orders: +1 800 854 7179 (Toll-free: and Canada)Phone Orders: +1 303 397 7956 (Local and International) This publication is a new entry in this catalog. This publication is related to an API licensing, certification, or accreditation 17SRecommended Practice for the Design, Testing, and Operation of Subsea Multiphase Flow MetersProvides recommendations for the sizing, specification, system integration, and testing of subsea flow meters [referred to as multiphase flow meters (MPFMs)] for measurement of full stream, multiphase flow. In subsea applications, MPFMs are normally used in well testing, allocation measurement, fiscal measurement, well management, and/or flow assurance applications. The categorization of MPFM application is important since it can be used to determine the required level of factory testing, independent verification, field maintenance, and ongoing verification required during operation. This document includes wet gas flow meters as a subset of MPFMs. In-line MPFMs are typically used in subsea applications and are the focus of this document. These recommendations and guidelines are intended for use by the engineer responsible for the delivery of the MPFM. Pages: 321st Edition | June 2015 | Product Number: G17S01 | Price: $ 17TR1 Evaluation Standard for Internal Pressure Sheath Polymers for High Temperature Flexible PipesDefines the methodology and test procedures necessary for the evaluation of polymeric materials suitable for use as the internal pressure sheath of an unbonded flexible pipes in high temperature applications. It describes the processes by which the critical material properties, both static and dynamic, can be measured and evaluated against relevant performance document relates primarily to the properties necessary for an internal pressure sheath required for oil and gas production. These are most relevant to high temperature applications. Only thermoplastic materials are considered for the internal pressure sheath. Elastomeric materials, which are used in bonded flexible pipes, are not considered in this document. Pages: 471st Edition | March 2003 | Product Number: G17TR11 | Price: $ 17TR2 The Aging of PA-11 In Flexible PipesProvides comprehensive guidance on materials and pipe issues regarding the use and operation of PA-11 in flexible pipe applications and concentrates on the use of PA-11 in the internal sheath of flexible pipes. The collective goal of this document is to prevent failure of the internal pressure sheath, as a result of aging and associated loss of mechanical properties, by determining and disseminating the necessary scientific and practical information. Pages: 311st Edition | June 2003 | Product Number: G17TR21 | Price: $ 17TR3 An Evaluation of the Risks and Benefits of Penetrations in Subsea Wellheads Below the BOP StackProvides an evaluation of the risks and benefits of allowing penetrations in subsea wellheads below the blowout preventer (BOP) stack so annuli other than the production tubing (commonly referred to as the A annulus) could be monitored. Current industry standards (Spec 17D and ISO 13628-4) for the design of subsea wellheads prohibit penetrations below the (BOP) stack. In contrast, regulations (30 CFR ) require that all annuli be monitored for sustained casing pressure and that every occurrence of sustained casing pressure be reported immediately. The study concludes that the risks outweigh the benefits since the risk of maintaining the pressure barrier using a wellhead with penetrations is approximately times that of a system without scope of this study is limited to completed subsea wells in the Gulf of Mexico (GOM). The risks were evaluated using fault tree analysis for three systems: wellhead system without penetrations, wellhead system with one penetration, and wellhead system with two penetrations. Pages: 1231st Edition | November 2004 | Product Number: G17TR31 | Price: $ 17TR4 Subsea Equipment Pressure Ratings The impact of operation in deep water on the pressure rating of equipment is a special concern. The objective of this document is to foster a better understanding of the effects of simultaneous internal and external pressures on the internal pressure rating of well control equipment. Pages: 122nd Edition | May 2016 | Product Number: G17TR402 | Price: $ 17TR5Avoidance of Blockages in Subsea Production Control and Chemical Injection SystemsAddresses the avoidance of blockages in subsea production control and chemical injection systems (CISs). It includes requirements and gives recommendations for the design and operation of subsea production systems (SPSs) with the aim of preventing blockages in control and production chemical fluid (PCF) conduits and associated connectors/fittings. In the context of design, this covers not only installed subsea hardware (trees, manifolds, etc.) and the connecting linkages (jumper arrangements, umbilical systems, etc.) but also the fluids to be conveyed, initially from the fluid manufacturers facilities through to bunkering at the host facility and, ultimately, injection or usage at remote subsea document also addresses the issues of topside equipment that provide the control and chemical injection (CI) services necessary for the operation and performance of a SPS. Pages: 441st Edition | March 2012 | Product Number: G17TR501 | Price: $ TR 17TR6Attributes of Production Chemicals in Subsea Production SystemsIdentifies and specifies the essential attributes of production chemicals intended to be introduced to subsea oil and gas production systems. The document is intended for use by chemical suppliers to facilitate the provision of chemicals compatible with existing and intended subsea production systems (SPS) although it is envisaged that use of the document for specification purposes by the operators of such processes will assist in ensuring the completeness of requests to document specifies parameters that address manufacture, storage, and transportation of the production chemical, as well as its deployment using the SPS chemical injection system. The document provides for two approaches, requiring that parameters be either: measured and reconciled with SPS design and operation, or meet, or exceed, acceptance criteria specified, either in this document or by manufacturers of production chemicals or equipment used to deliver production document is intended to be applicable to all subsea developments, irrespective of whether the development is in shallow or deep water. Pages: 421st Edition | March 2012 | Product Number: G17TR601 | Price: $ TR 17TR7 Verification and Validation of Subsea ConnectorsProvides requirements and recommendations for the verification and validation of subsea connectors. It is intended to serve as a common reference for designers, manufacturers, and users to improve the performance assessment of subsea connectors and to improve the reliability and integrity of subsea technical report is applicable to subsea connectors along the vertical centerline of subsea hardware ( tree, tubing head, tree cap, tree running tool, well control package connectors, and EDP connectors), the subsea wellhead, and the completion/workover riser. The methodology provided herein may also be used in other connector designs. Connectors outboard of the vertical centerline are addressed in API 17R. Pages: 251st Edition | April 2017 | Product Number: G17TR71 | Price: $ Exploration and ProductionFax Orders: +1 303 397 2740Online Orders: This publication is a new entry in this catalog. This publication is related to an API licensing, certification, or accreditation 17TR8High-Pressure High-Temperature Design GuidelinesProvides design guidelines for oil and gas subsea equipment utilized in high-pressure high-temperature (HPHT) environments. For the purpose of the technical report, HPHT environments are intended to be one or a combination of the following well conditions. the completion of the well requires completion equipment or well control equipment assigned a pressure rating greater than 15,000 psia (15 ksi, MPa) or a temperature rating greater than 350 F (177 C); the maximum anticipated surface pressure including shut-in tubing pressure is greater than 15,000 psia (15 ksi, MPa) on the seafloor for a well with a subsea wellhead or tied back to the surface and terminated with surface operated equipment; or the flowing temperature is greater than 350 F (177 C) on the seafloor for a well with a subsea wellhead or tied back to the surface and terminated with surface operated temperature ratings above 550 F (288 C) are outside the scope of this technical technical report is intended to serve as a general design guideline for HPHT application. Other subsea task groups and subcommittees may elect to adopt a portion or all of the presented guidelines for HPHT application, subject to their component hardware and application-related design constraints. Pages: 741st Edition | February 2015 | Product Number: G17TR81 | Price: $ 17TR9 Umbilical Termination Assembly (UTA) Selection and Sizing Recommendationsidentifies and describes: technical, commercial, and installation risks associated with high-functionality umbilicals and umbilical terminations [resulting in large and heavy umbilical termination assemblies (UTAs)], especially with respect to installation; implications of decisions made early in the umbilical and subsea umbilical termination (SUT) planning, selection, and design phases, to ease the manufacturing, handling, and final umbilical/UTA installation; guidance on specification and sizing of umbilical terminations, including overall size, weight, and handling document acts as a reference guide during the early field development planning stage to ensure that due consideration is given to the implications of the size of UTAs and possible consequences during installation. It is intended to be used as a reference guide by end users and operators, UTA and umbilical manufacturers, installers, and front-end engineering design (FEED) companies. The intention is that the document will enable the currently inherent installation difficulties to be addressed up front by the UTA designers, prior to commencing SUT design and functionality definition. It is also intended to be used as a reference document to enable reviews to be undertaken to ensure that installation risk has been properly considered as part of SUT design and operations reviews on a case-by-case basis. Pages: 531st Edition | August 2017 | Product Number: G17TR91 | Price: $ TR 17TR10Subsea Umbilical Termination (SUT) Design RecommendationsProvides best practice technical guidance for subsea umbilical design (SUT) design, in order to aid in making informed choices during the design document was generated in response to the increasing difficulties in installation of high-functionality SUTs, due to their increasing document is intended to be used as a reference guide by operators, umbilical termination assembly (UTA) and umbilical specifiers, installers, and front-end engineering design (FEED) companies. It is also intended to be used as a reference document to enable reviews to be undertaken to ensure that installation risk has been properly considered as part of SUT design and operation , the document has been designed to be educational such that persons new to the industry, or, less experienced persons within the industry, can understand the implications of UTA design on installation document aims at capturing the primary aspects impacting on the overall dimensions and weight of the UTA, and highlighting the consequences of design document excludes multibore hub connection-type (MHC) UTAs that can connect the umbilical directly to other subsea hardware. Although MHC UTAs are out of scope, many of the guidelines in this document would apply. Pages: 661st Edition | December 2015 | Product Number: G17TR101 | Price: $ 17TR11Pressure Effects on Subsea Hardware During Flowline Pressure Testing in Deep WaterProvides guidance to the industry on allowable pressure loading of subsea hardware components that can occur during hydrotesting of subsea flowlines and risers and during pre-commissioning leak testing of these systems. There are potential problems with confusion arising from high hydrostatic pressure in deep water, partially due to the variety of applicable test specifications and partly from the inconsistent use of a variety of acronyms for pressure terminology. Pages: 111st Edition | September 2015 Product Number: G17TR111 | Price: $ 17TR12Consideration of External Pressure in the Design and Pressure Rating of Subsea EquipmentAddresses issues related to the effects of external pressure acting on subsea equipment installed in deepwater for containing or controlling wellbore fluids. External pressure at deepwater can significantly reduce the differential pressure acting on the wall of subsea equipment; therefore, this can improve its internal pressure containment capability. External pressure is typically ambient seawater pressure, but in some cases, external pressure may be due to the hydrostatic head of drilling mud, completion fluids, or other fluids contained within risers or other conduits that connect the subsea equipment to surface document provides guidance for subsea equipment designers/manufacturers to properly account for external pressure (or in some cases, differential pressure) when designing and validating subsea equipment. Additionally, this technical report provides guidance to equipment purchaser/end-user to appropriately select rated equipment for their subsea systems with consideration to the effects of external pressure in addition to internal pressure, including differential pressure across a closure mechanism, and other applied mechanical or structural loads under all potential operating scenarios and functionality is necessary that users of this technical report be aware of regulations from jurisdictional authority that may impose additional or different requirements to the consideration of external pressure or differential pressure in equipment designs. Pages: 281st Edition | March 2015 | Product Number: G17TR121 | Price: $ 17TR13 General Overview of Subsea Production SystemsSubsea production systems can range in complexity from a single satellite well with a flowline linked to a fixed platform to several wells on a template producing and transferring via subsea processing facilities to a fixed or floating facility or directly to an onshore installation. The objectives of this document are to describe typical examples of the various subsystems and components that can be combined, in a variety of ways, to form complete subsea production systems; to describe the interfaces with typical downhole and topsides equipment that are relevant to subsea production systems; and to provide some basic design guidance on various aspects of subsea production systems. Pages: 1001st Edition | March 2016 | Product Number: G17TR131 | Price: $ and ProductionPhone Orders: +1 800 854 7179 (Toll-free: and Canada)Phone Orders: +1 303 397 7956 (Local and International) This publication is a new entry in this catalog. This publication is related to an API licensing, certification, or accreditation 17TR15 API 17H Hydraulic Interfaces for Hot StabsDescribes a number of common or previously used ROV hydraulic hot stab and receptacle configurations. The intent is to ensure backward compatibility of the hot stab described in API 17H, Second Edition, June 2013, and to align API 17H with API S53, API 17D, and API 16D. This technical report defines three major categories of hot stabs and describes the geometry to maintain compatibility across all manufacturers. Pages: 171st Edition | December 2017 | Product Number: G17TR151 | Price: $ 17URecommended Practice for Wet and Dry Thermal Insulation of Subsea Flowlines and EquipmentProvides guidance for the performance, qualification, application, quality control, handling, and storage requirements of wet and dry thermal insulation for subsea applications in the petroleum and gas industries. This guideline also covers the inspection of the insulation, and the repair of insulation defects. For flowlines, the installation method is not defined and may be either S-lay, J-lay, or reel-lay. This guideline is intended to cover all three installation methods. This guideline also takes into consideration the design and structural handling of subsea trees, manifolds, pipeline end terminations (PLETs), flowline jumpers, etc., as it pertains to the placement of structure, sacrificial anodes, handling appurtenances, etc., to ensure the integrity of the insulation s recommended practice is applicable to the following systems and components: flowlines and risers; christmas tree, valve block, and piping; manifold valves and pipework; PLET piping; jumpers ( piping and bends); connectors and fittings; valves and chokes. Pages: 241st Edition | February 2015 | Product Number: G17U01 | Price: $ 17VRecommended Practice for Analysis, Design, Installation, and Testing of Safety Systems for Subsea Applications(includes Errata 1 dated July 2015)Presents recommendations for designing, installing, and testing a process safety system for subsea applications. The basic concepts of subsea safety systems are discussed and protection methods and requirements of the system are outlined. For the purposes of this document, subsea system includes all process components from the wellhead (and surface controlled subsurface safety valve [SCSSV]) to upstream of the boarding shutdown valve. For gas injection, water injection, and gas lift systems, the shutdown valve is within the scope of this document is a companion document to API 14C, which provides guidance for topsides safety systems on offshore production facilities. Some sections of this document refer to API 14C for safety system methodology and processes. This recommended practice illustrates how system analysis methods can be used to determine safety requirements to protect any process component. Actual analyses of the principal components are developed in such a manner that the requirements determined will be applicable whenever the component is used in the process. The safety requirements of the individual process components may then be integrated into a complete subsea safety system. The analysis procedures include a method to document and verify system integrity. The uniform method of identifying and symbolizing safety devices is presented in API 14C and adopted in this recommended practice. Pages: 631st Edition | February 2015 | Product Number: G17V01 | Price: $ 17WRecommended Practice for Subsea Capping StacksContains subsea capping stack recommended practices for designing, building, and using, as well as maintaining and testing during storage. The document focuses on: topics for drafting a Basis of Design (BOD) document that could be used to constructing a new subsea capping stack, topics that may drive improvements for existing subsea capping stack equipment, and topics for drafting plans for storing, transporting, maintaining, and testing a subsea capping stack. Other important elements of a complete subsea capping stack system that are addressed in this document include: minimal documentation requirements, minimal analysis and modeling that should accompany any subsea capping stack design, competencies of personnel who operate, maintain, and test subsea capping stacks, and potential unknowns/risks that may be encountered with incident wells that impact the use of a subsea capping stack and relevant contingency procedures. While it is not within the scope of this document to recommend procedures to use a subsea capping stack, this document does contain example procedures for reference only. These procedures are not presented as a recommended practice but rather to indicate to industry that the preparation and use of such procedures is a recommended practice. Pages: 651st Edition | July 2014 | Product Number: G17W01 | Price: $ EQUIPMENT Spec 11D1/ISO 14310:2008 Packers and Bridge PlugsProvides requirements and guidelines for packers and bridge plugs as defined herein for use in the petroleum and natural gas industry. This specification provides requirements for the functional specification and technical specification, including design, design verification and validation, materials, documentation and data control, repair, shipment, and storage. In addition, products covered by this specification apply only to applications within a conduit. Installation and maintenance of these products are outside the scope of this specification includes requirements for the following: HPHT environment equipment; HPHT environment operational tools; external flow edition of Spec 11D1 is the modified national adoption of ISO 14310:2008. Pages: 623rd Edition | April 2015 | Effective Date: October 9, 2015 Product Number: G11D103 | Price: $ 11D1/ISO 14310:2008 * Packers and Bridge Plugs RussianRussian translation of Spec Edition | April 2015 | Product Number: G11D103R | Price: $ *These translated versions are provided for the convenience of our customers and are not officially endorsed by API. The translated versions shall neither replace nor supersede the English-language versions, which remain the official standards. API shall not be responsible for any discrepancies or interpretations of these translations. Translations may not include any Addenda or Errata to the document. Please check the English-language versions for any updates to the and ProductionFax Orders: +1 303 397 2740Online Orders: This publication is a new entry in this catalog. This publication is related to an API licensing, certification, or accreditation 11V5 Recommended Practices for Operation, Maintenance, Surveillance, and Troubleshooting of Gas-Lift InstallationsAssists gas-lift system operators, analysts, technicians, engineers, and others in understanding how to effectively plan, operate, maintain, troubleshoot, and provide surveillance for gas-lift systems and gas-lift wells. These recommended practices discuss continuous gas-lift with injection in the casing/tubing annulus and production up the tubing. Annular flow gas-lift (injection down the tubing and production up the annulus), dual gas-lift (two tubing strings in the same casing), and intermittent gas-lift are mentioned; however, most of the discussion focuses on conventional continuous gas-lift. Pages: 1233rd Edition | June 2008 | Reaffirmed: March 2015 Product Number: G11V53 | Price: $ 11V6 Recommended Practice for Design of Continuous Flow Gas Lift Installations Using Injection Pressure Operated ValvesSets guidelines for continuous flow gas lift installation designs using injection pressure operated valves. The assumption is made that the designer is familiar with and has available data on the various factors that affect a design. Pages: 882nd Edition | July 1999 | Reaffirmed: March 2015 Product Number: G11V62 | Price: $ 11V8 Recommended Practice for Gas Lift System Design and Performance PredictionEmphasizes gas lift as a system and discusses methods used to predict its performance. Information must be gathered and models validated prior to a system design, which must precede wellbore gas lift mandrel and valve design. The subsurface and surface components of the system must be designed together to enhance the strengths of each and to minimize the constraints. Pages: 791st Edition | September 2003 | Reaffirmed: March 2015 Product Number: G11V81 | Price: $ 19AC/ISO 14998:2013 Specification for Completion Accessories Provides requirements and guidelines for completion accessories, as defined herein, for use in the petroleum and natural gas industry. This international standard provides requirements for the functional specification and technical specifications, including design, design verification and validation, materials, documentation and data control, quality requirements, redress, repair, shipment, and storage. This international standard covers the pressure-containing, nonpressure-containing, load-bearing, disconnect/reconnect, tubing-movement, and opening-a-port functionalities of completion accessories. Products covered under another API or international specification are not included. Also not included are other products such as liner/tubing hangers, downhole well test tools, inflow control devices, surface-controlled downhole chokes, downhole artificial lift equipment, control lines and fittings, and all functionalities relating to electronics or fiber optics. This international standard does not cover the connections to the well conduit. Installation, application, and operation of these products are outside the scope of this international edition of Spec 19AC is the modified national adoption of ISO 14998:2013. Pages: 631st Edition | September 2016 Product Number: G19AC01 | Price:$ 19B Recommended Practice for Evaluation of Well Perforators (formerly RP 43) (includes Addendum 1 dated April 2014 and Addendum 2 dated December 2014)Describes standard procedures for evaluating the performance of perforating equipment so that representations of this performance may be made to the industry under a standard practice. Also contains tests to gauge performance under the following conditions: ambient temperature and pressure, simulated wellbore (stressed Berea sandstone), elevated edition also introduces a procedure to quantify the amount of debris that comes out of the perforating gun during detonation. Pages: 422nd Edition | September 2006 | Reaffirmed: April 2011 Product Number: G019B2 | Price: $ 19B *Recommended Practice for Evaluation of Well Perforators Chinese(formerly RP 43)Chinese translation of RP Edition | September 2006 Product Number: G019B2C | Price: $ 19B *Recommended Practice for Evaluation of Well Perforators Kazakh (formerly RP 43)Kazakh translation of RP 19B. 2nd Edition | September 2006 Product Number: G019B2K | Price: $ 19B *Recommended Practices for Evaluation of Well Perforators Russian Russian translation of RP Edition | September 2006 Product Number: G019B2R | Price: $ 19C/ISO 13503-2:2006 Measurement of Properties of Proppants Used in Hydraulic Fracturing and Gravel-Packing OperationsProvides standard testing procedures for evaluating proppants used in hydraulic fracturing and gravel packing operations. The objective of this recommended practice is to provide a consistent methodology for testing performed on hydraulic fracturing and/or gravel packing proppants. These procedures have been developed to improve the quality of proppants delivered to the well site. They are for use in evaluating certain physical properties used in hydraulic fracturing and gravel packing operations. These tests should enable users to compare the physical characteristics of various proppants tested under the described conditions and to select materials useful for hydraulic fracturing and gravel packing edition of RP 19C is the identical national adoption of ISO 13503-2:2006 and replaces RP 56 and RP 58. Pages: 30 1st Edition | May 2008 | Reaffirmed: June 2016 Product Number: GX19C01 | Price: $ *These translated versions are provided for the convenience of our customers and are not officially endorsed by API. The translated versions shall neither replace nor supersede the English-language versions, which remain the official standards. API shall not be responsible for any discrepancies or interpretations of these translations. Translations may not include any Addenda or Errata to the document. Please check the English-language versions for any updates to the and ProductionPhone Orders: +1 800 854 7179 (Toll-free: and Canada)Phone Orders: +1 303 397 7956 (Local and International) This publication is a new entry in this catalog. This publication is related to an API licensing, certification, or accreditation 19D/ISO 13503-5:2006 Measuring the Long-Term Conductivity of Proppants (includes Errata 1 dated July 2008)Provides standard testing procedures for evaluating proppants used in hydraulic fracturing and gravel-packing operations. The proppants mentioned in this publication refer to sand, ceramic media, resin coated proppants, gravel packing media, and other materials used for hydraulic fracturing and gravel-packing operations. The objective of RP 19D is to provide consistent methodology for testing performed on hydraulic-fracturing and/or gravel-packing proppants. It is not intended for use in obtaining absolute values of proppant pack conductivities under downhole reservoir conditions. The tests and test apparatus herein have been developed to establish standard procedures and conditions for use in evaluating the long-term conductivity of various hydraulic fracture proppant materials under laboratory conditions. This procedure enables users to compare the conductivity characteristics under the specifically described test conditions. The test results can aid users in comparing proppant materials for use in hydraulic fracturing edition of RP 19D is the identical national adoption of ISO 13503-5:2006 and replaces RP 61. Pages: 24 1st Edition | May 2008 | Reaffirmed: May 2015 Product Number: GX19D01 | Price: $ 19G1/ISO 17078-1:2004 Side-Pocket Mandrels(includes Errata 1 dated December 2014)Provides requirements for side-pocket mandrels used in the petroleum and natural gas industry. This document includes specifying, selecting, designing, manufacturing, quality control, testing, and preparation for shipping of side-pocket mandrels. This specification does not address nor include requirements for end connections between the side-pocket mandrels and the well conduit. The installation and retrieval of side-pocket mandrels is outside the scope of this part of ISO 17078. Additionally, this International Standard does not include specifications for center-set mandrels, or mandrels that employ or support tubing-retrievable flow control specification does not include gas-lift or any other flow-control valves or devices, latches, and/or associated wire line equipment that may or may not be covered in other ISO side-pocket mandrels to which this specification refers are independent devices that can accept installation of flow control or other devices down-hole. This edition of Spec 19G1 is the modified national adoption of ISO 17078-1:2004. Pages: 431st Edition | May 2010 | 2-Year Extension: February 2015 Product Number: GG19G11 | Price: $ 19G1/ISO 17078-1:2004 *Side-Pocket Mandrels ChineseChinese translation of Spec 19G11st Edition | May 2010 | Product Number: GG19G101C | Price: $ 19G2/ISO 17078-2:2007 Flow-Control Devices for Side-Pocket MandrelsProvides requirements for subsurface flow-control devices used in side-pocket mandrels (hereafter called flow-control devices) intended for use in the worldwide petroleum and natural gas industry. This includes requirements for specifying, selecting, designing, manufacturing, quality-control, testing, and preparation for shipping of flow-control devices. Additionally, it includes information regarding performance testing and calibration installation and retrieval of flow-control devices is outside the scope of Spec 19G2. Additionally, Spec 19G2 is not applicable to flow-control devices used in center-set mandrels or with tubing-retrievable 19G2 does not include requirements for side-pocket mandrels, running, pulling, and kick-over tools, and latches that might or might not be covered in other API/ISO specifications. Reconditioning of used flow-control devices is outside of the scope of Spec edition of Spec 19G2 is the modified national adoption of ISO 17078-2:2007. Pages: 1321st Edition | June 2010 | 2-Year Extension: February 2015 Product Number: GX19G21 | Price: $ 19G3/ISO 17078-3:2009 Running Tools, Pulling Tools and Kick-Over Tools and Latches for Side-Pocket MandrelsProvides requirements and guidelines for running tools, pulling tools, kick-over tools, and latches used for the installation and retrieval of flow control and other devices to be installed in side-pocket mandrels for use in the petroleum and natural gas industries. This includes requirements for specifying, selecting, designing, manufacturing, quality control, testing, and preparation for shipping of these tools and latches. Additionally, it includes information regarding performance testing and calibration processes of installation, retrieval, maintenance, and reconditioning of used running, pulling, and kick-over tools and latches are outside the scope of Spec 19G3. Center-set and tubing retrievable mandrel applications are not edition of Spec 19G3 is the identical national adoption of ISO 17078-3:2009. Pages: 431st Edition | June 2011 | Reaffirmed: April 2017 Product Number: GG19G301 | Price: $ RP 19G4/ISO 17078-4:2010Practices for Side-Pocket Mandrels and Related EquipmentProvides informative documentation to assist the user/purchaser and the supplier/manufacturer in specification, design, selection, testing, calibration, reconditioning, installation, and use of side-pocket mandrels, flow-control devices, and associated latches and installation tools. The product-design and manufacturing-related requirements for these products are included within the other parts of ISO 17078. The content and coverage of several industry documents are compiled and refined within RP 19G4 (all parts).This edition of RP 19G4 is the identical national adoption of ISO 17078-4:2010. Pages: 481st Edition | June 2011 | Product Number: GG19G401 Reaffirmed: May 2017 | Price: $ 19G9Design, Operation, and Troubleshooting of Dual Gas-Lift WellsProvides recommended practices for the selection, design, operation, surveillance, optimization, automation, and troubleshooting of dual gas-lift purpose of this document is to present recommended practices, guidelines, and tools to help obtain optimum production from dual gas-lift wells. This document also contains practices that should be avoided to minimize problems, inefficiencies, and poor economics that may be associated with ineffective dual gas-lift operations. Compared to single completions, dual completions typically have a higher initial cost, have more operating problems, are more difficult and expensive to work over, and may produce less efficiently. It is not the purpose of this document to recommend the practice of dual gas-lift. In some cases, dual gas-lift is problematic and often ineffective. Often it is difficult or even impossible to effectively produce both completions in a dual well using gas-lift, over the long term. Where there are other feasible alternatives to produce dual wells, they should be considered. However, many dually completed oil wells should be artificially lifted initially, or after reservoir pressures have declined and/or water cuts have increased. In many cases, the only practical method of artificial lift for these wells is gas-lift. Therefore, every effort should be made to design and operate dual gas-lift systems as effectively as possible. Pages: 902nd Edition | April 2015 | Product Number: G19G92 | Price: $ *These translated versions are provided for the convenience of our customers and are not officially endorsed by API. The translated versions shall neither replace nor supersede the English-language versions, which remain the official standards. API shall not be responsible for any discrepancies or interpretations of these translations. Translations may not include any Addenda or Errata to the document. Please check the English-language versions for any updates to the and ProductionFax Orders: +1 303 397 2740Online Orders: This publication is a new entry in this catalog. This publication is related to an API licensing, certification, or accreditation 19TT Specification for Downhole Well Test Tools and Related Equipment Provides the requirements for downhole well test tools and related equipment as they are defined herein for use in the petroleum and natural gas industries. Included are the requirements for design, design validation, manufacturing, functional evaluation, quality, handling, storage, and service centers. Tools utilized in downhole well test operations include tester valves, circulating valves, well testing packers, safety joints, well testing safety valves, testing surface safety valves (TSSVs), slip joints, jars, work string tester valves, sampler carriers, gauge carriers, drain valves, related equipment, and tool end connections. This specification does not cover open hole well test tools, downhole gauges, samplers, surface equipment, subsea safety equipment, perforating equipment and accessories, pup joints external to well test tool assemblies, work string and its connections, conveyance or intervention systems, installation, control and monitoring conduits, and surface control systems. A downhole well test is an operation deploying a temporary completion in a well to safely acquire dynamic rates, formation pressure/temperature, and formation fluid data. Downhole well test tools are also used in operations of well perforating, well shut-ins, circulation control of fluids, and stimulation activities. This document covers the downhole tools used to perform these operations; however, the operational requirements of performing these operations are not included. Pages: 941st Edition | October 2016 | Product Number: G19TT01 | Price: $ 19V/ISO 28781:2010 Subsurface Barrier Valves and Related EquipmentProvides the requirements for subsurface barrier valves and related equipment as they are defined herein for use in the petroleum and natural gas industries. Included are the requirements for design, design validation, manufacturing, functional evaluation, repair, redress, handling, and storage. Subsurface barrier valves provide a means of isolating the formation or creating a barrier in the tubular to facilitate the performance of pre- and/or post-production/injection operational activities in the subsurface barrier valve is not designed as an emergency or fail-safe flow controlling safety International Standard does not cover installation and maintenance, control systems such as computer systems, and control conduits not integral to the barrier valve. Also not included are products covered under ISO 17078, ISO 16070, ISO 14310, ISO 10432, and ISO 10423 and the following products: downhole chokes, wellhead plugs, sliding sleeves, casing-mounted flow-control valves, injection valves, well-condition-activated valves or drill-stem test tools. This International Standard does not cover the connections to the well edition of Spec 19V is the modified national adoption of ISO 28781:2010. Pages: 581st Edition | May 2013 | Product Number: GG19V01 | Price: $ SUPPLY CHAIN MANAGEMENTSpec 20A Carbon Steel, Alloy Steel, Stainless Steel, and Nickel Base Alloy Castings for Use in the Petroleum and Natural Gas IndustryIdentifies requirements for the foundry qualification, production, design, marking, and documentation of carbon steel, alloy steel, stainless steel, and nickel-base alloy castings used in the petroleum and natural gas industries when referenced by an applicable API product standard or otherwise specified as a requirement for specification applies to castings used in the manufacture of pressure containing, pressure-controlling, and primary load-bearing components. Castings manufactured in accordance with this API standard may be produced using any industry standard casting method. This specification provides manufacturers with a fixed methodology to examine a qualification casting and to compare the results of that examination to a defined set of acceptance criteria. The results of the qualification testing by material grouping are then used to establish a baseline Casting Specification Level (CSL) for subsequently produced specification also provides manufacturers with a fixed production testing methodology to determine if subsequently produced castings conform to the minimum requirements for the intended CSL. The intent is that the production castings meet the minimum CSL requirements established during qualification testing by material grouping and/or the minimum CSL specified by the purchaser. Pages: 392nd Edition | August 2017 | Product Number: G20A02 | Price: $ 20B Open Die Shaped Forgings for Use in the Petroleum and Natural Gas Industry(includes Errata dated December 2013)Specifies requirements for the qualification and production of open die shaped forgings for use in API service components in the petroleum and natural gas industries when referenced by an applicable equipment standard or otherwise specified as a requirement for API standard is applicable to equipment used in the oil and natural gas industries where service conditions warrant the use of individually shaped open die forgings, including rolled rings. Examples include pressure containing or load bearing components. Forged bar, rolled bar, and forgings from which multiple parts are removed are beyond the scope of this API standard establishes requirements for four forging specification levels (FSL). These four FSL designations define different levels of forged product technical, quality and qualification requirements. Pages: 201st Edition | April 2013 | Product Number: G20B01 | Price: $ 20C Closed Die Forgings for Use in the Petroleum and Natural Gas IndustrySpecifies requirements and gives recommendations for the design, qualification, and production of closed-die forgings for use in API service components in the petroleum and natural gas industries when referenced by an applicable equipment standard or otherwise specified as a requirement for compliance. Spec 20C is applicable to equipment used in the oil and natural gas industries where service conditions warrant the use of closed die forgings. Examples include pressure containing or load-bearing components. This standard establishes requirements for four forging specification levels (FSL). These FSL designations define different levels of forged product technical, quality and qualification requirements. Pages: 302nd Edition | October 2015 | Effective Date: November 1, 2016 Product Number: G20C02 | Price: $ 20DNondestructive Examination Services for Equipment Used in the Petroleum and Natural Gas Industry(includes Addendum 1 dated October 2016)Specifies requirements for the design, development and qualification of nondestructive examination methods used in the manufacturer of equipment for the petroleum and natural gas industries. This is applicable to suppliers providing nondestructive examination (NDE) services for equipment used in the oil and natural gas industries. The requirements of this standard apply to magnetic particle, liquid penetrant, radiographic, and ultrasonic methods of nondestructive examination. Pages: 211st Edition | September 2013 | Product Number: G20D01 | Price: $ and ProductionPhone Orders: +1 800 854 7179 (Toll-free: and Canada)Phone Orders: +1 303 397 7956 (Local and International) This publication is a new entry in this catalog. This publication is related to an API licensing, certification, or accreditation 20E Alloy and Carbon Steel Bolting for Use in the Petroleum and Natural Gas IndustriesSpecifies requirements for the qualification, production, and documentation of alloy and carbon steel bolting used in the petroleum and natural gas industries. This standard applies when referenced by an applicable API equipment standard or otherwise specified as a requirement for compliance. This standard establishes requirements for three bolting specification levels (BSL). These three BSL designations define different levels of technical, quality and qualification requirements, BSL-1, BSL-2, and BSL-3. The BSLs are numbered in increasing levels of requirements in order to reflect increasing technical, quality, and qualification criteria. This standard covers the following finished product forms, processes, and sizes: machined studs; machined bolts, screws, and nuts; cold formed bolts, screws, and nuts with cut or cold formed threads (BSL-1 only); hot formed bolts and screws < in. ( mm) nominal diameter; hot formed bolts and screws in. ( mm) nominal diameter; roll threaded studs, bolts, and screws < in. ( mm) diameter; roll threaded studs, bolts, and screws in. ( mm) diameter; hot formed nuts < in. ( mm) nominal diameter; hot formed nuts in. ( mm) nominal diameter. Pages: 232nd Edition | February 2017 | Product Number: G20E02 | Price: $ 20F Corrosion Resistant Bolting for Use in the Petroleum and Natural Gas IndustriesEstablishes requirements for two bolting specification levels (BSLs). These two BSL designations define different levels of technical, quality, and qualification requirements. The levels are designated as BSL-2 and BSL-3. BSL-2 includes requirements in addition to those stated in the ASTM A453 and Std 6A718. BSL-3 adds technical, quality and qualification criteria to BSL-2. BSL-2 and BSL-3 are intended to be comparable to BSL-2 and BSL-3 as found in Spec 20E. BSL-1 is omitted from this specification. This specification covers the following product forms, processes, and sizes: machined studs; machined bolts, screws, and nuts; cold headed bolts, screws, and nuts; hot formed bolts and screws < in. ( mm) nominal diameter; hot formed bolts and screws in. ( mm) nominal diameter; roll threaded studs, bolts, and screws < in. ( mm) diameter; roll threaded studs, bolts, and screws in. ( mm) diameter; hot formed nuts < in. ( mm) nominal diameter; hot formed nuts in. ( mm) nominal diameter. Pages: 161st Edition | June 2015 | Product Number: G20F01 | Price: $ 20HHeat Treatment Services Batch Type for Equipment Used in the Petroleum and Natural Gas IndustrySpecifies requirements for the qualification of suppliers of heat treatment services used in the manufacture of equipment for the petroleum and natural gas standard is applicable to suppliers providing heat treatment services where API product standards require such services or otherwise specified as a requirement for conformance. The requirements of this standard apply to batch heat treatment operations that establish or affect the final mechanical properties and include stress relief operations. This standard applies to carbon steel, low-alloy steel, stainless steel, and nickel-base alloys. Case hardening, induction hardening, and flame hardening are not covered by this standard establishes the requirements for three heat treatment specification levels (HSLs). These HSL designations define different levels of heat treatment technical, quality, and qualification requirements. Pages: 241st Edition | October 2015 | Product Number: G20H01 | Price: $ 20J Qualification of Distributors of Metallic Materials for Use in the Petroleum and Natural Gas IndustriesSpecifies requirements for the qualification of distributors of metallic materials used in the petroleum and natural gas industries. This standard is applicable to distributors of metallic bar, plate, and tubular products where API product standards require such services or are otherwise specified as a requirement for compliance. For organizations that manufacture and distribute metallic material, this standard only addresses the distribution portion of their processes. Pages: 361st Edition | May 2017 | Product Number: G20J01 | Price: $ 20M Qualification of Suppliers of Machining Services for Use in the Petroleum and Natural Gas IndustriesSpecifies requirements for the qualification of suppliers of machining services where API product standards require such services or are otherwise specified as a requirement for compliance. Compliance with this standard is not required to demonstrate compliance with any other API standard or specification. This API standard establishes the requirements for three machining qualification levels (MQL 1, MQL 2, and MQL 3). These three MQL designations define different levels of quality and qualification requirements. These MQLs are numbered in increasing levels of requirements in order to reflect increasing quality and qualification criteria. Final assembly, component testing ( nondestructive examination, pressure testing) or a broker of machining services are outside the scope of this standard. This standard applies when specified by the customer or voluntarily followed by the machining services supplier. Pages: 271st Edition | October 2017 | Product Number: G20M01 | Price: $ AND PRODUCTION OPERATIONSRP 31A Standard Form for Hardcopy Presentation of Downhole Well Log DataProvides an improved standard format for hardcopy presentation of downhole well log data. Standardizing the log form and data presentation allows the user to more easily combine a broad range of log data in order to interpret well status and performance. Pages: 181st Edition | August 1997 | Reaffirmed: February 2014 Product Number: G31A01 | Price: $ 45 Recommended Practice for Analysis of Oilfield WatersProvides analysis methods for the determination of dissolved and dispersed components in oilfield waters (produced water, injected water, aqueous workover fluids, and stimulation fluids). Also includes the applications of oilfield water analyses; the proper collection, preservation, and labeling of field samples; a description of the various analytical methods available, including information regarding interferences, precision, accuracy, and detection limits; as well as the appropriate reporting formats for analytical results. Pages: 60 3rd Edition | August 1998 | Reaffirmed: February 2014 Product Number: G45003 | Price: $ and ProductionFax Orders: +1 303 397 2740Online Orders: This publication is a new entry in this catalog. This publication is related to an API licensing, certification, or accreditation 50 Natural Gas Processing Plant Practices for Protection of the EnvironmentAssists gas plant operators in understanding their environmental responsibilities. It is intended to be used primarily by environmental, engineering, and operations personnel and by management involved in building, maintaining, modifying, and operating gas processing plants. Operations within the scope of this standard include natural gas processing and associated gas compression facilities. This publication begins with initial plant planning, permitting, and construction and ends with plant closure and site restoration procedures. General guidelines are provided to be used at gas plant locations to develop site-specific environmental programs. Pages: 23 2nd Edition | December 1995 | Reaffirmed: January 2013 Product Number: G50002 | Price: $ 51 Onshore Oil and Gas Production Practices for Protection of the EnvironmentProvides environmentally sound practices to promote protection of the environment in domestic onshore oil and gas production operations. Production facilities, including produced water handling facilities, are covered. Coverage begins with design and construction of access roads and well locations and carries through to abandonment and site restoration activities. Pages: 173rd Edition | March 2001 | Reaffirmed: January 2013 Product Number: G51003 | Price: $ 51R Environmental Protection for Onshore Oil and Gas Production Operations and LeasesProvides environmentally sound practices, including reclamation guidelines, for domestic onshore oil and gas production operations. It is intended to be applicable to contractors as well as operators. Facilities within the scope of this document include all production facilities, including produced water handling facilities. Offshore and arctic areas are beyond the scope of this document. Operational coverage begins with the design and construction of access roads and well locations and includes reclamation, abandonment, and restoration operations. Gas compression for transmission purposes or production operations, such as gas lift, pressure maintenance, or enhanced oil recovery (EOR), is included. Annex A provides guidance for a company to consider as a good neighbor. Pages: 351st Edition | July 2009 | Reaffirmed: December 2015 Product Number: G51R01 | Price: $ You may download a PDF of this document from 52 Land Drilling Practices for Protection of the Environment Provides guidelines to promote the protection of the environment in land drilling operations. Pages: 402nd Edition | July 1995 | Reaffirmed: September 2010 Product Number: G52002 | Price: $ 68 Recommended Practice for Oil and Gas Well Servicing and Workover Operations Involving Hydrogen SulfideAddresses personnel training, personnel protective equipment, contingency planning, and emergency procedures. Also included are classification of locations, materials and equipment, operations, rig practices, special operations, offshore operations, characteristics of hydrogen sulfide and sulfur dioxide, and evaluation and selection of hydrogen sulfide monitoring equipment. Pages: 541st Edition | January 1998 | Reaffirmed: September 2010 Product Number: G68001 | Price: $ RP 80 Guidelines for the Definition of Onshore Gas Gathering Lines Developed by an industry coalition that included representatives from over 20 petroleum industry associations, provides a functional description of onshore gas gathering pipelines for the sole purpose of providing users with a practical guide for determining the application of the definition of gas gathering in the federal Gas Pipeline Safety Standards, 49 CFR Part 192, and state programs implementing these standards. Pages: 53 1st Edition | April 2000 | Reaffirmed: January 2013 Product Number: G80001 | Price: $ 90 Annular Casing Pressure Management for Offshore Wells Serves as a guide for managing annular casing pressure in offshore wells. This guide is meant to be used for offshore wells that exhibit annular casing pressure, including thermal casing pressure, sustained casing pressure (SCP), and operator-imposed pressure. Covers monitoring, diagnostic testing, the establishment of a maximum allowable wellhead operating pressure (MAWOP), and documentation of annular casing pressure for the various types of wells that occur offshore. Included also is a discussion of risk assessment methodologies that can be used for the evaluation of individual well situations where the annular casing pressure is not within the MAWOP guidelines. Provides guidelines in which a broad range of casing annuli that exhibit annular pressure can be managed in a routine fashion while maintaining an acceptable level of risk. Pages: 841st Edition | August 2006 | Reaffirmed: January 2012 Product Number: G09001 | Price: $ 90-2 Annular Casing Pressure Management for Onshore WellsServes as a guide to monitor and manage annular casing pressure (ACP) in onshore wells, including production, injection, observation/monitoring, and storage wells. This document applies to wells that exhibit thermally induced, operator-imposed, or sustained ACP. It includes criteria for establishing diagnostic thresholds (DTs), monitoring, diagnostic testing, and documentation of ACP for onshore wells. Also included is a discussion of risk management considerations that can be used for the evaluation of individual well situations where the annular casing pressure falls outside the established diagnostic document recognizes that an ACP outside of the established DTs can result in a risk to well integrity. The level of risk presented by ACP depends on many factors, including the design of the well, the performance of barrier systems within the well, the source of the annular casing pressure, and whether there is an indication of annular flow exists. This document provides guidelines in which a broad range of casing annuli that exhibit annular casing pressure can be managed while maintaining well integrity. Pages: 601st Edition | April 2016 | Product Number: G090201 | Price: 92LDrilling Ahead Safely with Lost Circulation in the Gulf of MexicoIdentifies items that should be considered to safely address lost circulation challenges when the equivalent circulating density (ECD) exceeds the fracture gradient. It addresses drilling margins and drilling ahead with mud losses, which are not addressed in Std 65-2. It provides guidance when lost circulation is experienced with either surface or subsea stack operations (excluding diverter operations). These practices may apply to other Outer Continental Shelf (OCS) environments such as offshore California and circulation during drilling operations, in the form of both seepage and fracture losses, is a common occurrence in the Gulf of Mexico and other OCS environments. Through extensive practical experience, operators and drilling contractors have learned that with proper information, planning, and execution, lost circulation can be safely managed to allow well construction goals to be met. The methods used to repair or manage lost circulation are based on well location, geology, pore and fracture pressures, drilling depth, well design, hydraulics, mud properties, and available contingencies. Pages: 141st Edition | August 2015 | Product Number: G92L01 | Price: $ and ProductionPhone Orders: +1 800 854 7179 (Toll-free: and Canada)Phone Orders: +1 303 397 7956 (Local and International) This publication is a new entry in this catalog. This publication is related to an API licensing, certification, or accreditation 92M Managed Pressure Drilling Operations with Surface Back-pressureProvides information for planning, installation, testing, and operation of wells drilled with surface backpressure managed pressure drilling (MPD). This document applies only to drilling rigs with surface blowout preventers (BOPs).This document considers situations where the total drilling operation is performed balanced or overbalanced, including both hydrostatically overbalanced (no supplemental surface pressure needed to control inflow) and hydrostatically underbalanced (supplemental surface pressure needed to control inflow) systems. For underbalanced operations, refer to API document does not cover MPD operations with subsea BOP stacks. Pages: 331st Edition | September 2017 | Product Number: G92M01 | Price: $ 92U Underbalanced Drilling Operations (includes Addendum 1 dated November 2015)Provides information that can serve as a guide for planning, installation, operation, and testing of underbalanced drilling equipment systems on land and offshore drilling rigs [barge, platform, bottom-supported, and floating with surface blowout preventers (BOP) installed] thereby ensuring consideration of personnel safety, public safety, integrity of the underbalanced drilling (UBD) equipment, and preservation of the environment for onshore and offshore UBD operations (including tripping of drill string). Pages: 721st Edition | November 2008 | Reaffirmed: April 2013 Product Number: G92U01 | Price: $ 96Deepwater Well Design and ConstructionProvides engineers a reference for deepwater (DW) well design as well as drilling and completion operations. This recommended practice (RP) will also be useful to support internal reviews, internal approvals, contractor engagements, and regulatory scope of this RP is to discuss DW drilling and completion activities performed on wells that are constructed using subsea blowout preventers (BOPs) with a subsea wellhead. This document addresses the following. Identifies the appropriate barrier and load case considerations to maintain well control during DW well operations (drilling, suspension, completion, production, and abandonment). Supplements barrier documentation in Std 65-2 with a more detailed description of barriers and discussion of the philosophy, number, type, testing, and management required to maintain well control. This document also supplements the barrier documentation in RP 90 in regard to annular pressure buildup. Abandonment barrier requirements are described for use when designing the well. Discusses load assumptions, resistance assumptions, and methodologies commonly used to achieve well designs with high reliability. The load case discussion includes less obvious events that can arise when unexpected circumstances are combined. Describes the risk assessment and mitigation practices commonly implemented during DW casing and equipment installation purpose of this document is to enhance safety and minimize the likelihood of loss of well control or damage to the environment. These practices are generally intended to apply to subsea wells drilled with subsea BOPs in any water depth. Some of the descriptions of rig hardware and operations, such as remotely operated vehicles, are less relevant in shallower water depths [ less than 500 ft (152 m)]. In these shallower water depths the operator may substitute alternative hardware or operations that maintain safety and system following aspects of DW well design and construction are outside the scope of this document. Detailed casing design load case definitions (does not include specific casing designs or design factors). Individual companies combine differing severities of loads and resistances or differing calculation methods to achieve designs with similar high levels of reliability. Wells drilled and/or completed with a surface BOP and high pressure riser from a floating production system; however, considerations for wells predrilled with floating rigs to be completed to a floating production system are included. Well control procedures (refer to RP 59 for well control information). Managed pressure drilling operations (including dual gradient drilling). Production operations and fluids handling downstream of the tree (subsea facilities/subsea architecture and surface facilities/offloading hydrocarbons). Intervention operations. Quality assurance programs. Pages: 1581st Edition | March 2013 | Product Number: G09601 | Price: $ 97Well Construction Interface Document GuidelinesContains the structure and contents of a well control interface document (WCID) that links the drilling contractor's safety case with the lease operator s safety management system. It includes well-specific information such as the basis of design, the well execution plan, and critical well activity risk assessment. This document exhibits how management of change and risk assessment processes will apply during well construction activities and assure personnel competency. A WCID also aligns all parties to assure their health, safety, and environment (HSE) standards are not compromised and all applicable regulatory requirements are met while undertaking shared activities. A WCID will assign or delineate specific responsibilities for the lease operator's personnel as well as provide a vehicle for the drilling contractor to intervene in the case that unsafe acts are identified. Pages: 181st Edition | December 2013 | Product Number: G09701 | Price: $ 98Personal Protective Equipment Selection for Oil Spill RespondersProvides general information and guidance for the development of oil spill responder Personal Protective Equipment (PPE) control measures. Although an extensive amount of information has been developed on the topic of PPE for emergency responders, this document focuses on the PPE selection process as well as its technical evaluation based on the hazards purpose of this recommended practice is to assist users in developing effective PPE control measures for oil spill responses using a systematic approach. This recommended practice is intended for any company, organization, or agency that oversees or responds to oil spills. It is not a comprehensive how-to guide to selecting PPE for every type of situation that may be encountered; rather, it is a guidance document that discusses how proper PPE selection may be a useful control measure for responders when engineering and administrative controls may not be feasible or effective in reducing exposure to acceptable levels. Pages: 791st Edition | August 2013 | Product Number: G09801 | Price: $ RP 99Flash Fire Risk Assessment for the Upstream Oil and Gas IndustryProvides guidance for the upstream oil and gas industry on hazard identification and risk assessment exercises to assess and mitigate the risk of human injury caused by exposure to a flash fire. The scope of this document is limited to personnel exposed to the risk of hydrocarbon based flash fires in the upstream Exploration and Production (E&P) sector of the oil and gas industry. In general, this group includes oil and gas production, drilling, well bore (well servicing) operations, and gas processing prior to interstate pipeline transportation. Pages: 301st Edition | April 2014 | Product Number: G09901 | Price: $ and ProductionFax Orders: +1 303 397 2740Online Orders: This publication is a new entry in this catalog. This publication is related to an API licensing, certification, or accreditation 100-1Hydraulic Fracturing Well Integrity and Fracture Containment Contains recommended practices for onshore well construction and fracture stimulation design and execution as it relates to well integrity and fracture containment. These practices cover the design and installation of well equipment that protects and isolates ground water aquifers, delivery, and execution of the hydraulic fracture treatment and contains and isolates the produced fluids. This document also addresses the design and execution of hydraulic fracturing treatments to contain the resulting fracture within a prescribed geologic interval. Fracture containment combines those parameters that are existing, those that can be established at installation, and those that can be controlled during execution. Pages: 291st Edition | October 2015 | Product Number: G100101 | Price: $ RP 100-2Managing Environmental Aspects Associated with Exploration and Production Operations Including Hydraulic FracturingProvides recommended practices applicable to the planning and operation of wells, and hydraulically fractured wells. Topics covered include recommendations for managing environmental aspects during planning; site selection; logistics; mobilization, rig-up, and demobilization; and stimulation operations. Also, this document includes guidance for managing environmental aspects during well construction; however, guidance for well construction and fracture stimulation design and execution for onshore wells that can be hydraulically fractured are described in RP 100-1. This document provides recommendations for the following topics: baseline groundwater sampling; source water management; material selection; transportation of materials and equipment; storage and management of fluids and chemicals; management of solid and liquid wastes; air emissions. Pages: 531st Edition | August 2015 | Product Number: G100201 | Price: $ 100-3Community Engagement GuidelinesThese guidelines outline what local communities and other key stakeholders can expect from operators. Oil and gas operators acknowledge the challenges associated with industry activities, which can include challenges important to a community. Principles of integrity, transparency and consideration for community concerns underpin responsible operations. Conscientious operators are committed to helping communities achieve positive and long-lasting local stakeholders and operators can use this guidance. It is designed to acknowledge challenges and impacts that occur during the industry s presence in a given region. It provides flexible and adaptable strategies, recognizing that application will vary from operator to operator and community to community. Many operators already apply similar guidelines or processes within their operations. These suggested guidelines are typical and reasonable and generally apply under normal operating circumstances. The use of these guidelines is at each individual operator s discretion. Operators recognize that stakeholders within the community can have different interests, issues and levels of concern. Some of these interests can be in direct conflict with one another. Working together with stakeholders to seek mutually agreeable solutions is an important aspect of community engagement. Operators can have different approaches to addressing the concerns and guidelines are intended primarily to support onshore oil and gas projects in the United States for shale developments; however, they can be adapted to any oil and gas projects in the United States. This document provides non-technical guidance only, and practices included herein cannot be applicable in all regions and/or circumstances. This document does not constitute legal advice regarding compliance with legal or contractual requirements or risk mitigation. It is not intended to be all-inclusive. The operator is responsible for determining compliance with applicable legal and regulatory Edition | July 2014 | Product Number: G100301 | Price: $ You may download a PDF of this document from the Policy & Issues/Hydraulic Fracturing section of the API website. DRILLING AND PRODUCTION OPERATIONS: TRAINING Gas Lift (Book 6 in the Vocational Training Series) Familiarizes field personnel with basic gas lift principles; operating procedures for adjusting, regulating, operating, and troubleshooting gas-lift equipment; and well conditions. Covers conventional practices and concepts. Illustrated with drawings of typical gas-lift installations and related equipment, as well as actual charts illustrating operation of and problems encountered in gas-lifted wells. Pages: 1433rd Edition | January 1994 | Reaffirmed: March 2007 Product Number: GVT063 | Price: $ to Oil and Gas Production (Book 1 in the Vocational Training Series) Serves as a primer for oil and gas operations. It covers the origins and accumulation of oil and gas, the well, well treatment and wellhead, artificial lift, well testing, separation, treatment and storage, gauging and metering, production, offshore production and structures, corrosion, enhanced recovery, production personnel, tools and equipment, pipe, valves and fittings, reports and records, state and federal regulations, environmental, health, and safety concerns, economic considerations, and future trends. Pages: 1205th Edition | June 1996 | Reaffirmed: March 2007 Product Number: GVT015 | Price: $ Salt Water Injection and Disposal (Book 3 in the Vocational Training Series) A handbook for the planning, installation, operation, and maintenance of subsurface disposal systems. Design criteria and formulas are given for gathering systems, treating plants, and injection facilities. Alternative equipment and methods are discussed and illustrated. Economic considerations are presented. Pages: 47 3rd Edition | January 1995 | Reaffirmed: March 2007 Product Number: GVT033 | Price: $ Wireline Operations and Procedures (Book 5 in the Vocational Training Series) A handbook outlining to operators of oil and gas wells what applications are possible with wireline tools and equipment. Also a guide for field personnel. Surface equipment, service tools (standard and special), and subsurface equipment (both permanent and removable) are described and illustrated. Their various applications are included. Also presented is a general discussion of special problems that wireline operations and procedures may serve to eliminate, minimize, or control, and methods by which this may be accomplished. Pages: 60 3rd Edition | January 1994 | Reaffirmed: March 2007 Product Number: GVT053 | Price: $ RP T-1Creating Orientation Programs for Personnel Going Offshore Serves as a guide to develop orientation materials for personnel and visitors prior to their first trip offshore. The scope and applicability of this document concludes after check-in at the offshore facility and receipt of the facility-specific orientation. Pages: 185th Edition | November 2016 | Product Number: GT1005 | Price: $ and ProductionPhone Orders: +1 800 854 7179 (Toll-free: and Canada)Phone Orders: +1 303 397 7956 (Local and International) This publication is a new entry in this catalog. This publication is related to an API licensing, certification, or accreditation T-2 Recommended Practice for Qualification Programs for Offshore Production Personnel Who Work with Safety DevicesProvides guidelines for the qualification of personnel engaged in installing, inspecting, testing, and routinely maintaining surface and subsurface devices that are used to insure safety and to prevent pollution during the production of oil and gas on offshore platforms. The guidelines provide expected candidate performance levels, instructional content, and recommendations for testing. The guidelines are divided into instructional and testing phases. Pages: 32nd Edition | December 2001 | Reaffirmed: January 2013 Product Number: GT2002 | Price: $ T-4 Training of Offshore Personnel in Nonoperating Emergencies Represents an industry guide for the training of workers who work offshore. It presents recommendations for training these personnel in handling nonoperating emergencies, such as fires, transportation emergencies, platform abandonment procedures, use of survival crafts, and water survival guidelines. Pages: 3 2nd Edition | October 1995 | Reaffirmed: June 2010 Product Number: GT4002 | Price: $ T-6 Recommended Practice for Training and Qualification of Personnel in Well Control Equipment and Techniques for Wireline Operations on Offshore LocationsProvides criteria for the qualification of wireline personnel in well control equipment operations and techniques. Although it does include recommendations for training wireline personnel on general rig well control equipment and theory, it should be noted that the main focus for training should be those operations using a lubricator as the primary well control mechanism. Wireline personnel classifications to which this RP is applicable are the Helper/Assistant and Operator/Supervisor. Pages: 21st Edition | October 2002 | Reaffirmed: January 2013 Product Number: GT0601 | Price: $ T-7 Training of Personnel in Rescue of Persons in WaterApplies to personnel who work offshore. It represents an industry guide for training personnel in techniques for rescuing persons from the water and using survival devices. It broadly identifies rescue devices, describes their operations, and presents recommendations for training personnel. Training recommendations are designed to develop personnel rescue proficiency while minimizing an individual's exposure to injury or loss of life. Pages: 82nd Edition | October 1995 | Reaffirmed: January 2013 Product Number: GT7002 | Price: $ ENGAGEMENTCommunity Matters: Community Outreach Guidance Manual for Exploration and Production Facilities This manual provides a model community outreach program to help oil and natural gas industry E&P facilities improve their ties to their local communities. Community Matters offers a step-by-step guide for implementing a community outreach program and provides information on how to tailor outreach efforts to meet the needs of the facility and local community. Pages: 1111st Edition | November 2000 | Product Number: G13660 | Price: $ 100-3Community Engagement GuidelinesThese guidelines outline what local communities and other key stakeholders can expect from operators. Oil and gas operators acknowledge the challenges associated with industry activities, which can include challenges important to a community. Principles of integrity, transparency and consideration for community concerns underpin responsible operations. Conscientious operators are committed to helping communities achieve positive and long-lasting local stakeholders and operators can use this guidance. It is designed to acknowledge challenges and impacts that occur during the industry s presence in a given region. It provides flexible and adaptable strategies, recognizing that application will vary from operator to operator and community to community. Many operators already apply similar guidelines or processes within their operations. These suggested guidelines are typical and reasonable and generally apply under normal operating circumstances. The use of these guidelines is at each individual operator s discretion. Operators recognize that stakeholders within the community can have different interests, issues and levels of concern. Some of these interests can be in direct conflict with one another. Working together with stakeholders to seek mutually agreeable solutions is an important aspect of community engagement. Operators can have different approaches to addressing the concerns and guidelines are intended primarily to support onshore oil and gas projects in the United States for shale developments; however, they can be adapted to any oil and gas projects in the United States. This document provides non-technical guidance only, and practices included herein cannot be applicable in all regions and/or circumstances. This document does not constitute legal advice regarding compliance with legal or contractual requirements or risk mitigation. It is not intended to be all-inclusive. The operator is responsible for determining compliance with applicable legal and regulatory Edition | July 2014 | Product Number: G100301 | Price: $ You may download a PDF of this document from OPERATING AGREEMENTS AND BULLETINS Bull D16 Suggested Procedure for Development of a Spill Prevention Control and Countermeasure PlanAssists the petroleum industry in understanding the SPCC regulation in light of the latest rule (40 CFR Part 112) and to offer guidance for developing SPCC Plans wherever they are needed. Included is a template for developing SPCC plans ( onshore excluding production; onshore oil production, oil drilling or workover; or offshore oil drilling, production, or workover) in accordance with the regulation and guidance, instruction, and clarification for completing each section of the template. The purpose of this rulemaking was to establish procedures, methods, and equipment to prevent and contain discharges of oil from non-transportation-related onshore and offshore facilities, thus preventing pollution of navigable waters of the United States. The development of this bulletin was commissioned by API and performed by O Brien s Response Management Inc. The purchase of D16 includes; Bulletin D16, the Plan Template, and a CD-ROM with the Microsoft Word version of the Plan Edition | April 2011 | Product Number: GD1605 Price: $ | Template Only: Price: $ HEALTH, ENVIRONMENT, AND SAFETY: EXPLORATION AND PRODUCTION SAFETY STANDARDSRP 49 Recommended Practice for Drilling and Well Servicing Operations Involving Hydrogen Sulfide Provides recommendations that apply to oil and gas well drilling and servicing operations involving hydrogen sulfide. These operations include well drilling, completion, servicing, workover, downhole maintenance, and plug and abandonment procedures conducted with hydrogen sulfide present in the fluids being handled. Coverage of this publication is applicable to operations confined to the original wellbore or original total depth and applies to the selection of materials for installation or use in the well and in Exploration and ProductionFax Orders: +1 303 397 2740Online Orders: This publication is a new entry in this catalog. This publication is related to an API licensing, certification, or accreditation well drilling or servicing operation(s). The presence of hydrogen sulfide in these operations also presents the possibility of exposure to sulfur dioxide from the combustion of hydrogen sulfide. Pages: 293rd Edition | May 2001 | Reaffirmed: January 2013 Product Number: G49003 | Price: $ RP 49 *Recommended Practice for Drilling and Well Servicing Operations Involving Hydrogen Sulfide Kazakh Kazakh translation of RP 49. 3rd Edition | May 2001 | Product Number: G4903K | Price: $ RP 49 *Recommended Practice for Drilling and Well Servicing Operations Involving Hydrogen Sulfide Russian Russian translation of RP 49. 3rd Edition | May 2001 | Product Number: G04903R | Price: $ 51R Environmental Protection for Onshore Oil and Gas Production Operations and LeasesProvides environmentally sound practices, including reclamation guidelines, for domestic onshore oil and gas production operations. It is intended to be applicable to contractors as well as operators. Facilities within the scope of this document include all production facilities, including produced water handling facilities. Offshore and arctic areas are beyond the scope of this document. Operational coverage begins with the design and construction of access roads and well locations and includes reclamation, abandonment, and restoration operations. Gas compression for transmission purposes or production operations, such as gas lift, pressure maintenance, or enhanced oil recovery (EOR), is included. Annex A provides guidance for a company to consider as a good neighbor. Pages: 351st Edition | July 2009 | Reaffirmed: December 2015 Product Number: G51R01 | Price: $ You may download a PDF of this document from 54 Recommended Practice for Occupational Safety for Oil and Gas Well Drilling and Servicing OperationsIncludes procedures for promotion and maintenance of safe working conditions for employees engaged in rotary drilling operations and well servicing operations, including special services. Applies to rotary drilling rigs, well servicing rigs, and special services as they relate to operations on locations. Pages: 35 3rd Edition | August 1999 | Reaffirmed: January 2013 Product Number: G54003 | Price: $ RP 54 *Recommended Practice for Occupational Safety for Oil and Gas Well Drilling and Servicing Operations Kazakh Kazakh translation of RP 54. 3rd Edition | August 1999 | Product Number: G54003K | Price: $ 54 *Recommended Practice for Occupational Safety for Oil and Gas Well Drilling and Servicing Operations Russian Russian translation of RP 54. 3rd Edition | August 1999 | Product Number: G54003R | Price: $ 55 Recommended Practice for Oil and Gas Producing and Gas Processing Plant Operations Involving Hydrogen SulfideCovers recommendations for protection of employees and the public, as well as conducting oil and gas producing and gas processing plant operations where hydrogen sulfide is present in the fluids being produced. Pages: 402nd Edition | February 1995 | Reaffirmed: January 2013 Product Number: G55002 | Price: $ 67 Recommended Practice for Oilfield Explosives Safety Applies to explosives used in oil and gas well operations, more specifically, explosives used inside the wellborne. Guidance is provided for explosives transportation, on-site explosives loading and unloading operations, electrical wireline operations, tubing conveyed operations, self-contained activating tools, setting tools, sidewall sample taker tools, select fire perforating guns, and bullet perforating guns. Recommendations are presented regarding surface equipment and downhole equipment. Recommended training and minimum qualifications are presented for personnel who participate in handling and using explosives at the well site. Pages: 18 2nd Edition | May 2007 | Reaffirmed: January 2015 Product Number: G06702 | Price: $ RP 67 *Recommended Practice for Oilfield Explosives Safety Kazakh Kazakh translation of RP 67. 2nd Edition | May 2007 | Product Number: G06702K | Price: $ RP 67 *Recommended Practice for Oilfield Explosives Safety Russian Russian translation of RP 67. 2nd Edition | May 2007 | Product Number: G06702R | Price: $ 74 Recommended Practice for Occupational Safety for Onshore Oil and Gas Production OperationRecommends practices and procedures for promoting and maintaining safe working conditions for personnel engaged in onshore oil and gas production operations, including special services. Pages: 231st Edition | October 2001 | Reaffirmed: January 2013 Product Number: G74001 | Price: $ 75 Recommended Practice for Development of a Safety and Environmental Management Program for Offshore Operations and FacilitiesProvides guidance for use in preparing safety and environmental management programs (SEMP) for oil, gas, and sulphur operations and facilities located on the outer continental shelf (OCS). These guidelines are applicable to well drilling, servicing, and production; and pipeline facilities and operations that have the potential for creating a safety or environmental hazard at OCS platform sites. Eleven major program elements are included for application to these facilities and operations. Identification and management of safety and environmental hazards are addressed in design, construction, startup, operation, inspection, and maintenance of new, existing, and modified facilities. Pages: 41 3rd Edition | May 2004 | Reaffirmed: April 2013 Product Number: G07503 | Price: $ *These translated versions are provided for the convenience of our customers and are not officially endorsed by API. The translated versions shall neither replace nor supersede the English-language versions, which remain the official standards. API shall not be responsible for any discrepancies or interpretations of these translations. Translations may not include any Addenda or Errata to the document. Please check the English-language versions for any updates to the and ProductionPhone Orders: +1 800 854 7179 (Toll-free: and Canada)Phone Orders: +1 303 397 7956 (Local and International) This publication is a new entry in this catalog. This publication is related to an API licensing, certification, or accreditation 75 *Recommended Practice for Development of a Safety and Environmental Management Program for Offshore Operations and Facilities ChineseChinese translation of RP Edition | May 2004 | Product Number: G07503C | Price: $ 75L Guidance Document for the Development of a Safety and Environmental Management System for Onshore Oil and Natural Gas Production Operations and Associated ActivitiesProvides general information and guidance for the development of a safety and environmental management system (SEMS) for onshore oil and natural gas operations, including drilling, production, and well servicing activities. Although there is an extensive amount of information that has been developed on the topic of safety and environmental management systems, this document focuses on this industry sector to help foster continuous improvement in our industry s safety and environmental performance. It is recognized that many onshore oil and natural gas companies have effective SEMS in place; however, the intent of this document is to provide an additional tool that can assist these and especially other operators in taking the next step toward implementing a complete system at a pace that complements their business plan. For those who already have a mature SEMS in place, this document can be used for continuous improvement of the system. Pages: 12 1st Edition | November 2007 | Product Number: G75L01 | Price: $ 76 Contractor Safety Management for Oil and Gas Drilling and Production Operations Intended to assist operators, contractors, and subcontractors (third parties) in the implementation of a contractor safety program and improve the overall safety performance while preserving the independent contractor relationship. It is intended for the Upstream Segment of the petroleum industry; however, since the operator requirements and the contracted work are diverse, this publication may not be applicable to all operations at each company or to all contract work performed in those operations. Many oil and gas exploration and production companies contract for equipment and personnel services for a wide range of activities, including drilling production, well servicing, equipment repair, maintenance, and construction. Certain activities of contractors have the potential to take place either contractor and/or operator personnel and/or equipment at risk. It is important that operations are carried out in a safe manner. Operators and contractors need to provide safe work places and to protect the safety of their work places and to protect the safety of their workforces and the general public. When they work together to improve safety, both benefit. Pages: 60 2nd Edition | November 2007 | Reaffirmed: January 2013 Product Number: G07602 | Price: $ HEALTH, ENVIRONMENT, AND SAFETY: GENERAL Achieving Common Sense Environmental Regulation: Oil and Gas Exploration & Production Discusses proposals to achieve a balanced approach to environmental regulation of the oil and gas exploration and production industry that protects the environment as well or better than the current system and does the job more efficiently. Pages: 36 May 1996 | Product Number: G13715 | Price: Free* Exploration and Production: Protecting the Environment Discusses work the E&P industry does to protect the environment while exploring for and producing oil and natural gas. Describes a number of innovative and socially responsible actions taken by exploration and production companies to minimize impacts to air, water, land, and wildlife. This document is only available in a PDF format. Pages: 24September 1997 | Product Number: G13650 | Price: Free* Bull E1 Generic Hazardous Chemical Category List and Inventory for the Oil and Gas Exploration and Production Industry(Superfund Amendments and Reauthorization Act of 1986, Emergency Planning and Community Right-to-Know Act) (includes Errata 1 dated September 1991) Under Sections 311 and 312 of the Superfund Amendments and Reauthorization Act of 1986, owners and operators of oil and gas exploration and production facilities must provide to state and local emergency response agencies information on hazardous chemicals they produce or use. This bulletin provides a simplified means of compliance with these regulations. Pages: 86 2nd Edition | December 1990 | Reaffirmed: June 2000 Product Number: G11000 | Price: $ E3 Well Abandonment and Inactive Well Practices for Exploration and Production Operations, Environmental Guidance DocumentAddresses the environmental concerns related to well abandonment and inactive well practices. The primary environmental concerns are protection of freshwater aquifers from fluid migration; and isolation of hydrocarbon production and water injection intervals. Additional issues in the document include protection of surface soils and surface waters, future and use, and permanent documentation of plugged and abandoned wellbore locations and conditions. Pages: 52 1st Edition | January 1993 | Reaffirmed: June 2000 Product Number: G11007 | Price: $ E4 Environmental Guidance Document: Release Reporting for the Oil and Gas Exploration and Production Industry as Required by the Clean Water Act, the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act, and the Emergency Planning and CommunityDeveloped to provide the oil and gas production industry guidance on reporting releases of hazardous substances and petroleum to water as required by the Clean Water Act (CWA) and reporting releases of hazardous substances into the environment as required by the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability Act (CERCLA) and the Emergency Planning and Community Right-to-Know Act (EPCRA). Also covers the reporting of what most in the industry consider emergency releases, which are unplanned and typically are not covered under a permit issued by a government agency. Pages: 106 2nd Edition | May 2003 | Product Number: GE4002 | Price: $ 4702 Technologies to Reduce Oil and Grease Content of Well Treatment, Well Completion, and Workover Fluids for Overboard DisposalTechnologies to reduce oil and grease content of well treatment, well completion, and workover fluids for overboard disposal. Pages: 54March 2001 | Product Number: I47020 | Price: $ *These translated versions are provided for the convenience of our customers and are not officially endorsed by API. The translated versions shall neither replace nor supersede the English-language versions, which remain the official standards. API shall not be responsible for any discrepancies or interpretations of these translations. Translations may not include any Addenda or Errata to the document. Please check the English-language versions for any updates to the and ProductionFax Orders: +1 303 397 2740Online Orders: This publication is a new entry in this catalog. This publication is related to an API licensing, certification, or accreditation , ENVIRONMENT, AND SAFETY: NATURALLY OCCURRING RADIOACTIVE MATERIALS Bull E2 Management of Naturally Occurring Radioactive Materials (NORM) in Oil and Gas ProductionNaturally occurring radioactive materials (NORM) are present in oil and gas operations at some locations and can deposit in well tubulars, surface piping, vessels, pumps, and other producing and processing equipment. The purpose of this document is to inform oil and gas operators of the possible presence of NORM and to provide relevant information on protecting workers, the public, and the environment. The objective of this document is to provide general information to users so that they have an understanding of the fundamental radiation issues associated with the management of NORM. Issues where the advice of a professional health physicist, industrial hygienist, or other technical expert may be useful are identified and guidance provided. Readers are advised to contact their state regulatory office and work very closely with that office on all NORM issues. Pages: 50 2nd Edition | March 2006 | Product Number: GE2002 | Price: $ 7100 A Naturally Occurring Radioactive Material (NORM) Disposal Cost StudyDetails the reported quantities of NORM that have accumulated over the years and the annual rate of NORM production for 1993 from oil and gas condensate production. The document also determines the 1992 cost of available NORM disposal options and the annual costs of complying with existing and proposed NORM regulations. Pages: 59 1st Edition | November 1996 | Product Number: G71001 | Price: $ 7101 A National Survey on Naturally Occurring Radioactive Material (NORM) in Petroleum Producing and Gas Processing FacilitiesDefines the general occurrence of NORM in the United States based on statistical analysis of gamma measurements taken external to certain petroleum producing and gas processing equipment. Pages: 265 October 1997 | Product Number: G71011 | Price: $ 7102 Methods for Measuring Naturally Occurring Radioactive Materials (NORM) in Petroleum Production EquipmentThe use and capabilities of common field-survey equipment are characterized for measuring NORM in sludges and scales accumulated in oil and gas production equipment. A correlation between radium concentrations in accumulated scales and sludges and measured external radiation is presented. Pages: 85 October 1997 | Product Number: G71021 | Price: $ 7103 Management and Disposal Alternatives for Naturally Occurring Radioactive Material (NORM) Wastes in Oil Production and Gas Plant EquipmentPresents radiological analyses of disposal alternatives that will protect against elevated radiation exposures and facilitate cost-effective precautions that are proportionate to any hazards posed by the NORM. Four waste forms and 12 waste disposal alternatives were analyzed. Pages: 65October 1997 | Product Number: G71031 | Price: $ 7104 Proceedings of the 1995 API and GRI Naturally Occurring Radioactive Material (NORM) Conference A compilation of 17 papers presented at the 1995 API/GRI NORM Conference. Subjects include measurement and survey; regulatory issues and activities; management and disposal; and scale prediction and control. Pages: 225October 1997 | Product Number: G71041 | Price: $ 7105 Probabilistic Estimates of Dose and Indoor Radon Concentrations Attributable to Remediated Oilfield Naturally Occurring Radioactive Material (NORM)Evaluates the concentration limit of 30 pCi/g Ra-226 in pipe scale and sludge left near the surface of remediated oilfield sites and returned to unrestricted public use. Includes an extensive bibliography of NORM research. Pages: 97October 1997 | Product Number: G71051 | Price: $ , ENVIRONMENT, AND SAFETY: WASTE Guidelines for Commercial Exploration and Production Waste Management FacilitiesProvides guidelines for the design and operations of commercial E&P waste management facilities to allow operators to identify areas where their facility could have impacts on the surrounding community and environment, and gives options for preventing/reducing those impacts. The guidelines are not meant to supersede any applicable local, state, or federal requirements. Pages: 80March 2001 | Product Number: G00004 | For a free copy of this document, please visit Livestock: Answers to Frequently Asked Questions about Livestock Exposure to Crude Oil in Oilfield OperationsDescribes ways livestock might be significantly exposed to petroleum hydrocarbons via a conceptual site model and outlines how to make a screening level determination of whether or not livestock are at risk from the exposure. 2006 | Product Number: I0PL06 | For a free copy, please visit ~/media/Files/EHS/Environmental_ E5 Environmental Guidance Document: Waste Management in Exploration and Production OperationsIncludes recommendations for the environmentally sound management of solid waste resulting from the exploration and production of oil and gas. Guidance is provided for the management of drilling fluids, produced waters, and other wastes associated with the operation of gas plants, field facilities, drilling, and workover. Pages: 842nd Edition | February 1997 | Product Number: GE5002 | Price: $ and ProductionPhone Orders: +1 800 854 7179 (Toll-free: and Canada)Phone Orders: +1 303 397 7956 (Local and International) This publication is a new entry in this catalog. This publication is related to an API licensing, certification, or accreditation API Standard for Third Party Network Connectivity Provides guidance for implementing secure third-party connections between the information technology systems and a network of two companies that have a business relationship and a common objective. The standard provides suggestions for companies to follow to establish third-party network connections, while protecting their individual systems and data from unauthorized access or manipulation. Pages: 36 1st Edition | November 2007 | Product Number: TSTP01 | Price: $ Guidelines for the Petroleum Industry API s 3rd Edition of this document is now in use at oil and gas facilities around the world to help managers decide how to deter terrorist attacks. Covering all segments of the industry (production, refining, transportation, pipeline, and marketing), this guidance builds on the existing solid foundation of design and operational regulations, standards, and recommended practices, which relate to facility design and safety, environmental protection, emergency response, and protection from theft and vandalism. Produced in close collaboration with the Department of Homeland Security and other federal agencies, these guidelines, viewed as a living document, are broadly applicable to facility security in light of September 11, 2001 and provide the starting point for developing security plans at oil and natural gas facilities and operations. Pages: 58 3rd Edition | April 2005 | Product Number: OS0002 | Price: $ Vulnerability Assessment Methodology for the Petroleum and Petrochemical IndustriesThe American Petroleum Institute and the National Petrochemical & Refiners Association jointly developed a new methodology for evaluating the likelihood and consequences of terrorist attacks against refineries and petrochemical facilities. Security Vulnerability Assessment Methodology for Petroleum and Petrochemical Facilities is designed for companies to use in assessing vulnerabilities and potential damages from different kinds of terrorist attacks. In the post September 11 era, companies have reevaluated and enhanced security at their facilities. The methodology will provide officials with a new analytical tool to determine the likelihood of an adversary successfully exploiting vulnerability and the resulting degree of damage or impact. This vulnerability assessment methodology was produced in close collaboration with the Department of Homeland Security and other federal agencies. Pages: 155 October 2004 | Product Number: OSVA02 | Price: $ 70 Security for Offshore Oil and Natural Gas OperationsIntended to assist the offshore oil and natural gas drilling and producing operators and contractors in assessing security needs during the performance of oil and natural gas operations. It includes information on security awareness, conducting security vulnerability assessments when warranted, and developing security plans for offshore facilities. Pages: 161st Edition | March 2003 | Reaffirmed: September 2010 Product Number: G07001 | Price: $ 70I Security for Worldwide Offshore Oil and Natural Gas Operations Intended to assist the offshore oil and natural gas drilling and producing operators and contractors in assessing security needs during the performance of oil and natural gas operations worldwide. Pages: 141st Edition | April 2004 | Reaffirmed: January 2012 Product Number: G70I03 | Price: $ Measurement This publication is a new entry in this catalog. This publication is related to an API licensing, certification, or accreditation you have questions or comments regarding API standards, please visit OF PETROLEUM MEASUREMENT STANDARDS API currently maintains a comprehensive Manual of Petroleum Measurement Standards (MPMS). This manual is an ongoing project, as new chapters and revisions of old chapters will be released periodically. Manual of Petroleum Measurement Standards (Complete Set) The price of the complete set is subject to change as new chapters and sub-chapters are released; an order for one complete set would not include the chapters released after the release date of this catalog (but before order receipt) and the binders to house the Chapter 11 standards, Chapter 19 standards, and Spanish translations must be ordered separately. Price: $9, | *Price subject to change (If purchased individually, a complete set would cost approximately $10, ) Chapter 1 [Historical]Vocabular y Provides terms and definitions used throughout the API Manual of Petroleum Measurement Standards (MPMS). Pages: 70 2nd Edition | July 1994 | Product Number: H01002 | Price: $ terms and definitions may be accessed through the Ch. 1 database: 1 * [Historical]Vocabular y Spanish Spanish translation of Ch. 1. 2nd Edition | July 1994 | Product Number: H010SP | Price: $ 2 Tank Calibration Procedures necessary for calibrating closed storage vessels larger than a drum, and methods for computing the volumes contained therein. The following API standards cover the subject of tank calibration and are included in the Measurement and Calibration of Upright Cylindrical Tanks by the Manual Tank Strapping MethodProcedures for calibrating upright cylindrical tanks used primarily for the storage of petroleum liquids. Ch. addresses necessary measurement procedures to determine total and incremental tank volumes and procedures for computing volumes. Both metric and customary units are included. The metric units reflect what is available in commercial equipment. The standard also provides guidelines for recalibration and computerization of capacity tables. Ch. should be used in conjunction with Ch. These two standards combined supersede the previous Std 2550. Pages: 58 1st Edition | February 1995 | Reaffirmed: August 2017 Product Number: H022A1 | Price: $ Calibration of Upright Cylindrical Tanks Using the Optical Reference Line Method Describes measurement and calculation procedures for determining the diameters of upright, welded (lap/butt) cylindrical tanks, or vertical cylindrical tanks, with a smooth outside surface and either floating or fixed roofs. The optical reference line method is an alternative to the manual tank strapping method for determining tank diameter. Ch. should be used in conjunction with Ch. Pages: 8 1st Edition | March 1989 | Reaffirmed: January 2013 Product Number: H30023 | Price: $ 7507-3:1993 Calibration of Upright Cylindrical Tanks Using the Optical-Triangulation Method (ANSI/API MPMS Ch. ) Describes the calibration of vertical cylindrical tanks by means of optical triangulation using theodolites. The method is an alternative to other methods such as strapping (Ch. ) and the optical-reference-line method (Ch. ). This edition of Ch. is the modified national adoption of ISO 7507-3:1993. Pages: 191st Edition | January 2002 | Reaffirmed: April 2013 Product Number: H022C1 | Price: $ 7507-4:1995 Calibration of Upright Cylindrical Tanks Using the Internal Electro-Optical Distance Ranging Method(ANSI/API MPMS Ch. ) Specifies a method for the calibration of upright cylindrical tanks having diameters greater than 5 m by means of internal measurements using an electro-optical distance-ranging instrument, and for the subsequent compilation of tank capacity tables. This edition of Ch. is the modified national adoption of ISO 7507-4:1995. Pages: 131st Edition | August 2003 | Reaffirmed: March 2014 Product Number: H022D1 | Price: $ 12917-1:2002 Petroleum and Liquid Petroleum Products Calibration of Horizontal Cylindrical Tanks Part 1: Manual Methods (includes Errata 1 dated November 2009) (ANSI/API MPMS Ch. ) Specifies manual methods for the calibration of nominally horizontal cylindrical tanks, installed at a fixed location. It is applicable to horizontal tanks up to 4 m (13 ft) in diameter and 30 m (100 ft) in length. The methods are applicable to insulated and non-insulated tanks, either when they are above-ground or underground. The methods are applicable to pressurized tanks, and to both knuckle-dish-end and flat-end cylindrical tanks as well as elliptical and spherical head tanks. This chapter is applicable to tanks inclined by up to 10 % from the horizontal provided a correction is applied for the measured tilt. For tanks over and above these dimensions and angle of tilt, appropriate corrections for tilt and appropriate volume computations should be based on the Coats equation. This edition of Ch. is the national adoption of ISO 12917-1:2002. Pages: 181st Edition | April 2004 | Reaffirmed: August 2014 Product Number: HX202E01 | Price: $ *These translated versions are provided for the convenience of our customers and are not officially endorsed by API. The translated versions shall neither replace nor supersede the English-language versions, which remain the official standards. API shall not be responsible for any discrepancies or interpretations of these translations. Translations may not include any addenda or errata to the document. Please check the English-language versions for any updates to the MeasurementPhone Orders: +1 800 854 7179 (Toll-free: and Canada)Phone Orders: +1 303 397 7956 (Local and International) This publication is a new entry in this catalog. This publication is related to an API licensing, certification, or accreditation 12917-2:2002 Petroleum and Liquid Petroleum Products Calibration of Horizontal Cylindrical Tanks Part 2: Internal Electro-Optical Distance-Ranging Method(ANSI/API MPMS Ch. ) Specifies a method for the calibration of horizontal cylindrical tanks having diameters greater than 2 m (6 ft) by means of internal measurements using an electro-optical distance-ranging instrument, and for the subsequent compilation of tank-capacity tables. This method is known as the internal electro-optical distance-ranging (EODR) method. This edition of Ch. is the national adoption of ISO 12917-2:2002. Pages: 141st Edition | April 2004 | Reaffirmed: October 2017 Product Number: HH202F01 | Price: $ of Upright Cylindrical Tanks Using the Total Station Reference Line MethodDescribes measurement and calculation procedures for determining the diameters of upright cylindrical tanks by taking vertical offset measurements externally using electro-optical distance ranging equipment rather than conventional ORLM plummet/trolley equipment. This standard is an alternate standard to Ch. This standard is used in conjunction with Ch. Calibration of insulated tanks is covered by Ch. Abnormally deformed tanks that are dented or have other visible signs of damage are not covered by this standard. Pages: 141st Edition | July 2014 | Product Number: H202G01 | Price: $ 2552 Measurement and Calibration of Spheres and Spheroids Describes the procedures for calibrating spheres and spheroids, which are used as liquid containers. It outlines the procedures for the measurement and calibration of spherical tanks. Pages: 17 1st Edition | October 1966 | Reaffirmed: September 2012 2-Year Extension: December 2017 Product Number: H25520 | Price: $ 2554 Measurement and Calibration of Tank CarsDescribes the procedures for calibrating tank cars. It outlines procedures for nonpressure-type tank cars and pressure-type tank cars. Pages: 411st Edition | October 1966 | Reaffirmed: September 2012 2-Year Extension: December 2017 Product Number: H25540 | Price: $ 2555 Liquid Calibration of TanksDescribes the procedure for calibrating tanks, or portions of tanks, larger than a barrel or drum by introducing or withdrawing measured quantities of liquid. Pages: 14 1st Edition | September 1966 | Reaffirmed: May 2014 Product Number: H25550 | Price: $ 2556 Correcting Gauge Tables for Incrustation Incrustation is defined in this document as any material that adheres to the internal vertical sidewall surfaces of a tank when the tank is otherwise empty. The tables given in this recommended practice show the percent of error of measurement caused by varying thicknesses of uniform incrustation in tanks of various sizes. Pages: 3 2nd Edition | August 1993 | Reaffirmed: November 2013 Product Number: H25560 | Price: $ Calibration of Barge TanksDescribes three methods for determining the total incremental volumes of liquids in barge tanks for coastal and inland waterway service that have integral hull tanks. The three methods are as follows. Liquids calibration. Calibration by linear measurement. Calibration from vessel drawings. This document and Ch. supersede the previous Std 2553. A joint API/Energy Institute (EI) standard, it also carries the EI designation Hydrocarbon Management, HM2 Section 5A. Pages: 25 1st Edition | March 1991 | Reaffirmed: January 2014 Product Number: H30044 | Price: $ Calibration of Tanks on Ships and Oceangoing Barges Three methods for determining the total and incremental volumes of liquids in tanks, oceangoing barges, and integrated tug barge units that have integral hull tanks. The three methods include liquid calibration, calibration by linear measurement, and calibration from vessel drawings. This document and Ch. supersede the previous Std 2553. A joint API/Energy Institute (EI) standard, it also carries the EI designation Hydrocarbon Management, HM2 Section 5B. Pages: 221st Edition | March 1991 | Reaffirmed: March 2012 Product Number: H30049 | Price: $ Recommended Practice for the Establishment of the Location of the Reference Gauge Point and the Gauge Height of Tanks on Marine Tank VesselsRecommended practice, for use in conjunction with Ch. and Ch. Establishes reference gauge heights during calibration of marine tank vessels. A reference gauge point is necessary for converting ullage to innage, and when determining the volume of the quantities remaining on board. A reference gauge point is also used for wedge formulas and establishing wedge tables. Pages: 26 1st Edition | September 1995 | Reaffirmed: December 2014 Product Number: H028B1 | Price: $ 3 Tank Gauging Standardized procedures for gauging liquid hydrocarbons in various types of tanks, containers, and Practice for the Manual Gauging of Petroleum and Petroleum ProductsDescribes the following: the procedures for manually gauging the liquid level of petroleum and petroleum products in non-pressure fixed-roof, floating-roof tanks and marine tank vessels, procedures for manually gauging the level of free water that may be found with the petroleum or petroleum products, methods used to verify the length of gauge tapes under field conditions and the influence of bob weights and temperature on the gauge tape length, and the influences that may affect the position of gauging reference point (either the datum plate or the reference gauge point). Throughout this standard the term petroleum is used to denote petroleum, petroleum products, or the liquids normally associated with the petroleum industry. The method used to determine the volume of tank contents determined from gauge readings is not covered in this standard. The determination of temperature, API gravity, and suspended sediment and water of the tank contents are not within the scope of this standard. Pages: 313rd Edition | August 2013 | Product Number: H301A03 | Price: $ MeasurementFax Orders: +1 303 397 2740Online Orders: This publication is a new entry in this catalog. This publication is related to an API licensing, certification, or accreditation *Standard Practice for the Manual Gauging of Petroleum and Petroleum Products SpanishSpanish translation of Ch. Edition | August 2013 | Product Number: H301A03S | Price: $ Standard Practice for Level Measurement of Liquid Hydrocarbons in Stationary Tanks by Automatic Tank GaugingCovers level measurement of liquid hydrocarbons in stationary, aboveground, atmospheric storage tanks using automatic tank gauges (ATGs). This publication discusses automatic tank gauging in general, calibration of ATGs for custody transfer and inventory control, and the requirements for data collection, transmission, and receiving. The appendices discuss the operation and installation of the most commonly used ATG equipment and of the less commonly used, electronic ATGs. Pages: 17 2nd Edition | June 2001 | Reaffirmed: February 2016 Product Number: H301B2 | Price: $ *Standard Practice for Level Measurement of Liquid Hydrocarbons in Stationary Tanks by Automatic Tank Gauging SpanishSpanish translation of Ch. Edition | June 2001 | Product Number: H301B2SP | Price: $ Standard Practice for Gauging Petroleum and Petroleum Products in Tank Car sProvides method for measuring liquids and liquefied gases in tank cars by liquid level measurement. Measurement of both vapor space and liquid level are covered. Gauging and temperature measurement equipment used in both open and closed measurement systems are described in this standard. These procedures reduce variability in the results of measurement and sampling operations when comparing loading terminal data to unloading terminal data. Pages: 20 1st Edition | August 1995 | Reaffirmed: May 2013 Product Number: H03021 | Price: $ *Standard Practice for Gauging Petroleum and Petroleum Products in Tank Cars SpanishSpanish translation of Ch. Edition | August 1995 | Product Number: H03021S | Price: $ Standard Practice for Level Measurement of Liquid Hydrocarbons in Stationary Pressurized Storage Tanks by Automatic Tank GaugingProvides guidance on the installation, calibration, and verification of automatic tank gauges used in custody transfer for measuring the level of liquid hydrocarbons having a Reid vapor pressure of 15 psi (103 kPa) or greater, stored in stationary, pressurized storage tanks. This standard also provides guidance on the requirements for data collection, transmission, and receiving. Pages: 10 1st Edition | June 1996 | Reaffirmed: March 2017 Product Number: H03031 | Price: $ *Standard Practice for Level Measurement of Liquid Hydrocarbons in Stationary Pressurized Storage Tanks by Automatic Tank Gauging SpanishSpanish translation of Ch. Edition | June 1996 | Product Number: H030316 | Price: $ Standard Practice for Level Measurement of Liquid Hydrocarbons on Marine Vessels by Automatic Tank Gauging Provides guidance on the selection, installation, calibration, and verification of automatic tank gauges for measuring the level of liquid hydrocarbons having a Reid vapor pressure less than 15 psia (103 kPa), transported aboard marine vessels (tankers and barges). This standard also provides guidance on the requirements for data collection, transmission, and receiving. This standard supersedes all applicable sections of Std 2545. Pages: 10 1st Edition | April 1995 | Reaffirmed: May 2016 Product Number: H03041 | Price: $ *Standard Practice for Level Measurement of Liquid Hydrocarbons on Marine Vessels by Automatic Tank Gauging SpanishSpanish translation of Ch. 1st Edition | April 1995 | Product Number: H03041SP | Price: $ Standard Practice for Level Measurement of Light Hydrocarbon Liquids Onboard Marine Vessels by Automatic Tank GaugingCovers the standard practice for level measurement of light hydrocarbon liquids onboard marine vessels by automatic tank gauges. This publication covers pressurized and refrigerated light hydrocarbon liquids. The light hydrocarbon liquids covered include: liquefied petroleum gas (LPG), natural gas liquid (NGL), and other petrochemical liquids where the storage and transportation requirements and the methods of measurement are similar to that for LPG and NGL gauging. This standard also covers the requirements for data collection, transmission, and receiving. Pages: 81st Edition | March 1997 | Reaffirmed: February 2013 Product Number: H03051 | Price: $ *Standard Practice for Level Measurement of Light Hydrocarbon Liquids Onboard Marine Vessels by Automatic Tank Gauging SpanishSpanish translation of Ch. Edition | March 1997 | Product Number: H03051S | Price: $ Measurement of Liquid Hydrocarbons by Hybrid Tank Measurement Systems (includes Errata 1 dated September 2005) Covers selection, installation, commissioning, calibration, and verification of hybrid tank measurement systems for the measurement of level, static mass, observed and standard volume, and observed and reference density in tanks storing petroleum and petroleum products for custody transfer and/or inventory control purposes. Pages: 261st Edition | February 2001 | Reaffirmed: January 2017 Product Number: H03061 | Price: $ *These translated versions are provided for the convenience of our customers and are not officially endorsed by API. The translated versions shall neither replace nor supersede the English-language versions, which remain the official standards. API shall not be responsible for any discrepancies or interpretations of these translations. Translations may not include any addenda or errata to the document. Please check the English-language versions for any updates to the MeasurementPhone Orders: +1 800 854 7179 (Toll-free: and Canada)Phone Orders: +1 303 397 7956 (Local and International) This publication is a new entry in this catalog. This publication is related to an API licensing, certification, or accreditation 4 Proving Systems Serves as a guide for the design, installation, calibration, and operation of meter proving Introduction General introduction to the subject of proving. The requirements in Ch. 4 are based on customary practices that evolved for crude oils and products covered by Ch. The prover and meter uncertainties should be appropriate for the measured fluids and should be agreeable to the parties involved. Pages: 43rd Edition | February 2005 | Reaffirmed: June 2014 Product Number: H04013 | Price: $ *Introduction SpanishSpanish translation of Ch. Edition | February 2005 | Product Number: H40101S | Price: $ Displacement Provers (includes Addendum 1 dated February 2015) Outlines the essential elements of provers that accumulate meter pulses as a displacing element within the prover travels between detector switches. It provides design and installation details for the types of displacement provers that are currently in use. The provers discussed are designed for proving measurement devices under dynamic operating conditions with single-phase liquid hydrocarbons. Pages: 45 3rd Edition | September 2003 | Reaffirmed: March 2011 Product Number: H04023 | Price: $ Tank Prover s Specifies the characteristics of tank provers that are in general use and the procedures for their calibration. This standard does not apply to weir-type, vapor-condensing, dual-tank water-displacement, or gas-displacement provers. Pages: 11 2nd Edition | May 1998 | Reaffirmed: May 2015 Product Number: H04042 | Price: $ Master Meter Provers Covers the use of displacement, turbine, Coriolis, and ultrasonic meters as master meters. The requirements in this standard are intended for single-phase liquid hydrocarbons. Meter proving requirements for other fluids should be appropriate for the overall custody transfer accuracy and should be agreeable to the parties involved. This document does not cover master meters to be used for the calibration of provers. For information concerning master meter calibration of provers, see Ch. Pages: 244th Edition | June 2016 | Product Number: H40504 | Price: $ Pulse Interpolation(includes Errata 1 dated April 2007) Describes how the double-chronometry method of pulse interpolation, including system operating requirements and equipment testing, is applied to meter proving. Pages: 8 2nd Edition | May 1999 | Reaffirmed: October 2013 Product Number: H04062 | Price: $ Field Standard Test Measures Details the essential elements of field standard test measures by providing descriptions, construction requirements, as well as inspection, handling, and calibration methods. Bottom-neck scale test measures and prover tanks are not addressed in this document. The scope of this standard is limited to the certification of delivered volumes of test measures. Pages: 19 3rd Edition | April 2009 | Reaffirmed: June 2014 Product Number: H40703 | Price: $ of Proving SystemsProvides information for operating meter provers on single-phase liquid hydrocarbons. It is intended for use as a reference manual for operating proving systems. The requirements of this chapter are based on customary practices for single-phase liquids. This standard is primarily written for hydrocarbons, but much of the information in this chapter may be applicable to other liquids. Specific requirements for other liquids should be agreeable to the parties involved. Pages: 40 2nd Edition | September 2013 | Product Number: H04082 | Price: $ Methods of Calibration for Displacement and Volumetric Tank Provers, Part 1 Introduction to the Determination of the Volume of Displacement and Tank ProversProvers are precision devices, defined as volumetric standards, which are used to verify the accuracy of liquid volumetric meters used for custody transfer measurement. Both displacement and tank provers are used to prove a meter in order to obtain its meter factor, which is then used to correct for meter error caused by differences between the metered volume and the true volume. The base volume of a displacement or tank prover, determined by calibration, is an essential requirement in the determination of these meter factors. The accuracy of a meter factor is limited by several considerations: equipment performance, observation errors, prover volume calibration errors, calculation errors. Pages: 281st Edition | October 2005 | Reaffirmed: April 2015 Product Number: H409011 | Price: $ Methods of Calibration for Displacement and Volumetric Tank Provers, Part 2 Determination of the Volume of Displacement and Tank Provers by the Waterdraw Method of CalibrationAll prover volumes used to calibrate meters shall be determined by calibration and not by theoretical calculation. Volumetric provers have an exact reference volume, which has been determined by a recognized method of calibration. Techniques for the determination of this reference volume include the waterdraw, master meter, and gravimetric methods of calibration. This standard describes only the waterdraw method of calibration, which is used to accurately determine the calibrated volume of both displacement and tank provers. Pages: 92 1st Edition | December 2005 | Reaffirmed: May 2015 Product Number: H409021 | Price: $ *These translated versions are provided for the convenience of our customers and are not officially endorsed by API. The translated versions shall neither replace nor supersede the English-language versions, which remain the official standards. API shall not be responsible for any discrepancies or interpretations of these translations. Translations may not include any addenda or errata to the document. Please check the English-language versions for any updates to the MeasurementFax Orders: +1 303 397 2740Online Orders: This publication is a new entry in this catalog. This publication is related to an API licensing, certification, or accreditation Methods of Calibration for Displacement and Volumetric Tank Provers, Part 3 Determination of the Volume of Displacement Provers by the Master Meter Method of CalibrationCovers the procedures required to determine the field data necessary to calculate a base prover volume (BPV) of a field displacement prover by the master meter method for calibration. This standard applies to liquids that for all practical purposes are considered to be clean, single-phase, homogeneous, and Newtonian at metering conditions. Detailed calculation procedures are not included in this standard: see Ch. Pages: 191st Edition | April 2010 | Reaffirmed: March 2015 Product Number: H409031 | Price: $ Methods of Calibration for Displacement and Volumetric Tank Provers, Part 4 Determination of the Volume of Displacement and Tank Provers by the Gravimetric Method of Calibration(includes Errata 1 dated August 2016)Covers the specific procedures, equipment, and calculations required to determine the base prover volume of both tank and displacement provers by the gravimetric method of calibration. This standard presents both USC and SI units and may be implemented in either system of units. The presentation of both units is for the convenience of the user and is not necessarily the exact conversions. The system of units to be used is typically determined by contract, regulatory requirement, the manufacturer, or the user s calibration program. Throughout this document issues of traceability are addressed by references to National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST). However, other appropriate national metrology institutes can be referenced. There is no intent to cover safety aspects of conducting the work described in this standard, and it is the duty of the user to be familiar with all applicable safe work practices. It is also the duty of the user to comply with all existing federal, state, or local regulations [ the Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA)] that govern the types of activities described in this standard, and to be familiar with all such safety and health regulations. Pages: 381st Edition | October 2010 | Reaffirmed: December 2015 Product Number: H4090401 | Price: $ 5 Metering Covers the dynamic measurement of liquid hydrocarbons, by means of meters and accessory General Considerations for Measurement by Meters (includes Errata 1 dated June 2008 and Errata 2 dated June 2011)Intended to be a guide for the proper specification, installation, and operation of meter runs designed to dynamically measure liquid hydrocarbons so that acceptable accuracy, service life, safety, reliability, and quality control can be achieved. Ch. 5 also includes information that will assist in troubleshooting and improving the performance of meters. Pages: 8 4th Edition | September 2005 | Reaffirmed: July 2016 Product Number: H05014 | Price: $ *General Considerations for Measurement by Meters SpanishSpanish translation of Ch. Edition | September 2005 | Product Number: H05014SP | Price: $ Measurement of Liquid Hydrocarbons by Displacement MetersCh. , together with the general considerations for measurement by meters found in Ch. , describes methods for obtaining accurate quantity measurement with displacement meters in liquid hydrocarbon service. It covers the unique performance characteristics of displacement meters in liquid hydrocarbon service. It does not apply to the measurement of two-phase fluids. Pages: 3 3rd Edition | October 2005 | Reaffirmed: July 2015 Product Number: H05023 | Price: $ *Measurement of Liquid Hydrocarbons by Displacement Meters Spanish Spanish translation of Ch. Edition | October 2005 | Product Number: H50203SP | Price: $ Measurement of Liquid Hydrocarbons by Turbine Meters(includes Addendum 1 dated July 2009) Defines the application criteria for turbine meters and discusses appropriate considerations regarding the liquids to be measured. Discusses the installation of a turbine metering system and the performance, operation, and maintenance of turbine meters in liquid hydrocarbon service. Includes Selecting a Meter and Accessory Equipment and information on the recommended location for prover connections. Pages: 11 5th Edition | September 2005 | Reaffirmed: August 2014 Product Number: H05035 | Price: $ *Measurement of Liquid Hydrocarbons by Turbine Meters SpanishSpanish translation of Ch. , including Addendum 1 dated July Edition | September 2005 | Product Number: H50305SP | Price: $ Chapter Accessory Equipment for Liquid Meters(includes Errata 1 dated May 2015) Describes the characteristics of accessory equipment used with displacement and turbine meters in liquid hydrocarbon service. Includes guidance on the use of electronic flow computers. Pages: 8 4th Edition | September 2005 | Reaffirmed: August 2015 Product Number: H05044 | Price: $ *Accessory Equipment for Liquid Meters Spanish Spanish translation of Ch. Edition | September 2005 | Product Number: H05044SP | Price: $ Fidelity and Security of Flow Measurement Pulsed-Data Transmission SystemsServes as a guide for the selection, operation, and maintenance of various types of pulsed-data, cabled transmission systems for fluid metering systems to provide the desired level of fidelity and security of transmitted flow pulse data. This publication does not endorse or advocate the preferential use of any specific type of equipment or systems, nor is it intended to restrict future development of such equipment. Pages: 82nd Edition | July 2005 | Reaffirmed: August 2015 Product Number: H50502 | Price: $ *These translated versions are provided for the convenience of our customers and are not officially endorsed by API. The translated versions shall neither replace nor supersede the English-language versions, which remain the official standards. API shall not be responsible for any discrepancies or interpretations of these translations. Translations may not include any addenda or errata to the document. Please check the English-language versions for any updates to the MeasurementPhone Orders: +1 800 854 7179 (Toll-free: and Canada)Phone Orders: +1 303 397 7956 (Local and International) This publication is a new entry in this catalog. This publication is related to an API licensing, certification, or accreditation *Fidelity and Security of Flow Measurement Pulsed-Data Transmission Systems SpanishSpanish translation of Ch. Edition | July 2005 | Product Number: H50502SP | Price: $ Measurement of Liquid Hydrocarbons by Coriolis Meters(ANSI/API MPMS Ch. )Describes methods for achieving custody transfer levels of accuracy when a Coriolis meter is used to measure liquid hydrocarbons. Topics covered include: applicable API standards used in the operation of Coriolis meters; proving and verification using both mass- and volume-based methods; and installation, operation, and maintenance. Both mass and volume-based calculation procedures for proving and quantity determination are included in Appendix E. Pages: 48 1st Edition | October 2002 | Reaffirmed: November 2013 Product Number: H05061 | Price: $ *Measurement of Liquid Hydrocarbons by Coriolis Meters SpanishSpanish translation of Ch. Edition | October 2002 | Product Number: H05061S | Price: $ of Liquid Hydrocarbons by Ultrasonic Flow Meters(includes Errata 1 dated February 2014)(ANSI/API MPMS Ch. )Defines the application criteria for ultrasonic flowmeters (UFMs) and addresses the appropriate considerations regarding the liquids to be measured. This document addresses the installation, operation, and maintenance of UFMs in liquid hydrocarbon service. The field of application of this standard is the dynamic measurement of liquid hydrocarbons. While this document is specifically written for custody transfer measurement, other acceptable applications may include allocation measurement, check meter measurement, and leak detection measurement. This document only pertains to spool type, multi-path ultrasonic flow meters with permanently affixed acoustic transducer assemblies. Pages: 232nd Edition | November 2011 | Reaffirmed: May 2017 Product Number: H050802 | Price: $ *Measurement of Liquid Hydrocarbons by Ultrasonic Flow Meters SpanishSpanish translation of Ch. Edition | November 2011 | Product Number: H050802SP | Price: $ 6 Metering Assemblies Discussion of the design, installation, and operation of metering systems for coping with special situations in hydrocarbon Lease Automatic Custody Transfer (LACT) Systems Prepared as a guide for the design, installation, calibration, and operation of a lease automatic custody transfer (LACT) system. It applies to unattended and automatic measurement by meter of hydrocarbon liquids produced in the field and transferred to a pipeline in either a scheduled or nonscheduled operation. Pages: 6 2nd Edition | May 1991 | Reaffirmed: December 2017 Product Number: H30121 | Price: $ Loading Rack Metering Systems Serves as a guide in the selection, installation, and operation of loading rack metering systems for petroleum products, including liquefied petroleum gas. This standard does not endorse or advocate the preferential use of any specific type of metering system or meter. Pages: 303rd Edition | February 2004 | Reaffirmed: July 2016 Product Number: H60203 | Price: $ *Loading Rack Metering Systems SpanishSpanish translation of Ch. Edition | February 2004 | Product Number: H60203S | Price: $ Metering Systems for Loading and Unloading Marine Bulk CarriersDeals with the operation and special arrangements of meters, provers, manifolding, instrumentation, and accessory equipment used for measurement during loading and unloading of marine bulk carriers. Pages: 62nd Edition | May 1991 | Reaffirmed: May 2012 Product Number: H30125 | Price: $ Pipeline Metering Systems Provides guidelines for selection of the type and size of meters to be used to measure pipeline oil movements, as well as the relative advantages and disadvantages of the methods of proving meters by tank prover, conventional pipe prover, small volume prover, and master meter. It also includes discussion on obtaining the best operating results from a pipeline-meter station. Pages: 9 2nd Edition | May 1991 | Reaffirmed: December 2017 Product Number: H30126 | Price: $ Metering Viscous Hydrocarbons Serves as a guide for the design, installation, operation, and proving of meters and auxiliary equipment used in metering viscous hydrocarbons. It defines viscous hydrocarbons and describes the difficulties that arise when viscous hydrocarbons are raised to high temperature. The effects of such temperatures on meters, auxiliary equipment, and fittings are discussed, and advice and warnings to overcome or mitigate difficulties are included. Pages: 6 2nd Edition | May 1991 | Reaffirmed: May 2012 2-Year Extension: December 2017 Product Number: H30127 | Price: $ 7 Temperature Determination (includes Addendum 1 dated October 2011 and Addendum 2 dated August 2017)Describes methods and practices that may be used to obtain accurate measurements of temperature of petroleum and petroleum products in pipelines, storage tanks, gathering tanks, ships, barges, tank cars, pipe provers, tank provers, and test measures under both static and dynamic conditions using electronic temperature measuring devices or mercury-in-glass the methods, equipment, and procedures for determining the temperature of petroleum and petroleum products under both static and dynamic conditions. This chapter discusses temperature measurement requirements in general for custody transfer, inventory control, and marine measurements. The actual method and equipment selected for temperature determination are left to the agreement of the parties involved. Pages: 381st Edition | June 2001 | Reaffirmed: February 2012 2-Year Extension: March 2017 | Product Number: H07001 | Price: $ *These translated versions are provided for the convenience of our customers and are not officially endorsed by API. The translated versions shall neither replace nor supersede the English-language versions, which remain the official standards. API shall not be responsible for any discrepancies or interpretations of these translations. Translations may not include any addenda or errata to the document. Please check the English-language versions for any updates to the MeasurementFax Orders: +1 303 397 2740Online Orders: This publication is a new entry in this catalog. This publication is related to an API licensing, certification, or accreditation Temperature Determination Liquid-in-Glass ThermometersDescribes how to correctly use various types of liquid-in-glass thermometers to accurately determine the temperatures of hydrocarbon liquids. Other methods, equipment, and procedures for temperature determination are described in the other sub-sections of Ch. 7. This chapter describes the methods, equipment, and procedures for manually determining the temperature of liquid petroleum and petroleum products with liquid-in-glass thermometers. This chapter discusses temperature measurement requirements in general for custody transfer, inventory control, and marine measurements. The actual method and equipment selected for temperature determination are left to the agreement of the parties involved. Pages: 372nd Edition | August 2017 | Product Number: H70102 | Price: $ Determination Fixed Automatic Tank Temperature SystemsDescribes the methods, equipment, and procedures for determining the temperature of petroleum and petroleum products under static conditions by the use of an automatic method. Automatic temperature measurement is discussed for custody transfer and inventory control for both onshore and marine measurement applications. Temperatures of hydrocarbon liquids under static conditions can be determined by measuring the temperature of the liquid at specific locations. Examples of where static temperature determination is required include storage tanks, ships, and barges. The application of this standard is restricted to automatic methods for the determination of temperature using fixed automatic tank thermometer (ATT) systems for hydrocarbons having a Reid vapor pressure at or below kPa ( psia). Although not included in the scope, requirements in this standard can be used for other fluids and other applications including petroleum liquids having Reid vapor pressures in excess of kPa ( psia) tanks with inert gas systems and cryogenic liquids. However, such applications can require different performance and installation specifications. Pages: 272nd Edition | October 2011 | Reaffirmed: December 2016 Product Number: H70302 | Price: $ Chapter *Temperature Determination Fixed Automatic Tank Temperature Systems SpanishSpanish translation of Ch. Edition | October 2011 | Product Number: H70302SP | Price: $ 8310:2012 Temperature Determination Automatic Tank Temperature Measurement Onboard Marine Vessels Carrying Refrigerated Hydrocarbon and Chemical Gas Fluids(ANSI/API MPMS Ch. )Specifies the essential requirements and verification procedures for automatic tank thermometers (ATTs) consisting of platinum resistance thermometers (PRT) and an indicating device used for custody transfer measurement of liquefied natural gas, liquefied petroleum, and chemical gases on board ships. Temperature detectors other than PRT are considered acceptable for use in the custody transfer service of liquefied gases if they meet the performance requirements of this document and are approved by national regulations. Pages: 121st Edition | September 2014 | Product Number: HH70501 | Price: $ 8 Sampling Covers standardized procedures for sampling petroleum and petroleum Practice for Manual Sampling of Petroleum and Petroleum Products (ASTM D4057) Covers procedures and equipment for manually obtaining samples of liquid petroleum and petroleum products, crude oils, and intermediate products from the sample point into the primary container. Procedures are also included for the sampling of free water and other heavy components associated with petroleum and petroleum products. This practice also addresses the sampling of semi-liquid or solid-state petroleum products. This practice provides additional specific information about sample container selection, preparation, and sample handling. This practice does not cover sampling of electrical insulating oils and hydraulic fluids. The procedures described in this practice may also be applicable in sampling most non-corrosive liquid industrial chemicals provided that all safety precautions specific to these chemicals are followed (also, refer to ASTM Practice E300). The procedures described in this practice are also applicable to sampling liquefied petroleum gases and chemicals. Pages: 48 4th Edition | October 2013 | Product Number: H80104 | Price: $ * Standard Practice for Manual Sampling of Petroleum and Petroleum Products SpanishSpanish translation of Ch. Edition | October 2013 | Product Number: H80104S | Price: $ Practice for Automatic Sampling of Petroleum and Petroleum Products(ASTM D4177)Describes general procedures and equipment for automatically obtaining samples of liquid petroleum and petroleum products, crude oils, and intermediate products from the sample point into the primary container. This practice also provides additional specific information about sample container selection, preparation, and sample handling. If sampling is for the precise determination of volatility, use Ch. (ASTM Practice D5842) in conjunction with this practice. For sample mixing and handling, refer to Ch. (ASTM Practice D5854). This practice does not cover sampling of electrical insulating oils and hydraulic fluids. Pages: 454th Edition | November 2016 | Product Number: H80204 | Price: $ Standard Practice for Mixing and Handling of Liquid Samples of Petroleum and Petroleum Products(includes Errata 1 dated March 1996)(ASTM D5854) Covers the handling, mixing, and conditioning procedures required to ensure that a representative sample of the liquid petroleum or petroleum product is delivered from the primary sample container/receiver into the analytical test apparatus or into intermediate containers. For sampling procedures, refer to Ch. and Ch. Refer to Ch. for the mixing and handling of light fuels for volatility measurement. Pages: 271st Edition | October 1995 | Reaffirmed: March 2015 Product Number: H08031 | Price: $ *These translated versions are provided for the convenience of our customers and are not officially endorsed by API. The translated versions shall neither replace nor supersede the English-language versions, which remain the official standards. API shall not be responsible for any discrepancies or interpretations of these translations. Translations may not include any addenda or errata to the document. Please check the English-language versions for any updates to the MeasurementPhone Orders: +1 800 854 7179 (Toll-free: and Canada)Phone Orders: +1 303 397 7956 (Local and International) This publication is a new entry in this catalog. This publication is related to an API licensing, certification, or accreditation *Standard Practice for Mixing and Handling of Liquid Samples of Petroleum and Petroleum Products SpanishSpanish translation of Ch. Edition | October 1995 | Product Number: H80301SP | Price: $ Standard Practice for Sampling and Handling of Fuels for Volatility Measurement(ASTM D5842) Covers procedures and equipment for obtaining, mixing, and handling representative samples of volatile fuels for the purpose of testing for compliance with the standards set forth for volatility related measurements applicable to light fuels. The applicable dry vapor pressure equivalent range of this practice is 13 to 110 kPa (2 to 16 psia).This practice is applicable to the sampling, mixing, and handling of reformulated fuels including those containing oxygenates. This practice is not applicable to crude oil. For the sampling of crude oil, refer to Ch. , Ch. , and Ch. Pages: 164th Edition | December 2017 | Product Number: H80404 | Price: $ Standard Practice for Manual Piston Cylinder Sampling for Volatile Crude Oils, Condensates, and Liquid Petroleum Products(ASTM D8009) Includes the equipment and procedures for obtaining a representative sample of live or high vapor pressure crude oils, condensates, and/or liquid petroleum products from low pressure sample points, where there is insufficient sample point pressure to use a floating piston cylinder (FPC) as described in ASTM D3700. Pages: 201st Edition | December 2015 | Product Number: H80501 | Price: $ * Standard Practice for Manual Piston Cylinder Sampling for Volatile Crude Oils, Condensates, and Liquid Petroleum Products SpanishSpanish translation of Ch. Edition | December 2015 | Product Number: H80501S | Price: $ 9 Density Determination Describes the standard methods and apparatus used to determine the specific gravity of crude oil and petroleum products normally handled as Test Method for Density, Relative Density (Specific Gravity), or API Gravity of Crude Petroleum and Liquid Petroleum Products by Hydrometer Method(ASTM D1298) Covers the laboratory determination, using a glass hydrometer in conjunction with a series of calculations, of the density, relative density, or API gravity of crude petroleum, petroleum products, or mixtures of petroleum and nonpetroleum products normally handled as liquids and having a Reid vapor pressure of kPa ( psi) or less. Values are determined at existing temperatures and corrected to 15 C or 60 F by means of a series of calculations and international standard initial hydrometer readings obtained are uncorrected hydrometer readings and not density measurements. Readings are measured on a hydrometer at either the reference temperature or at another convenient temperature, and readings are corrected for the meniscus effect, the thermal glass expansion effect, alternate calibration temperature effects, and to the reference temperature by means of volume correction factors; values obtained at other than the reference temperature being hydrometer readings and not density determined as density, relative density, or API gravity can be converted to equivalent values in the other units or alternate reference temperatures by means of Interconversion Procedures (Ch. ) or volume correction factors (Ch. ), or both, or tables, as applicable. Pages: 83rd Edition | December 2012 | Reaffirmed: May 2017 Product Number: H09013 | Price: $ Test Method for Density or Relative Density of Light Hydrocarbons by Pressure Hydrometer(ASTM D1657) Covers the determination of the density or relative density of light hydrocarbons including liquefied petroleum gases (LPG) having Reid vapor pressures exceeding kPa ( psi).The prescribed apparatus should not be used for materials having vapor pressures higher than MPa (200 psi) at the test temperature. This pressure limit is dictated by the type of equipment. Higher pressures can apply to other equipment initial pressure hydrometer readings obtained are uncorrected hydrometer readings and not density measurements. Readings are measured on a hydrometer at either the reference temperature or at another convenient temperature, and readings are corrected for the meniscus effect, the thermal glass expansion effect, alternate calibration temperature effects, and to the reference temperature by means of calculations and volume correction factors (Ch. ) or Ch. (GPA TP-27), as determined as density or relative density can be converted to equivalent values in the other units or alternative reference temperatures by means of Interconversion Procedures (Ch. ), or volume correction factors (Ch. ) or Ch. (GPA TP-27), as applicable. Pages: 63rd Edition | December 2012 | Reaffirmed: May 2017 Product Number: H09023 | Price: $ Test Method for Density, Relative Density, and API Gravity of Crude Petroleum and Liquid Petroleum Products by Thermohydrometer Method(ASTM D6822) Covers the determination, using a glass thermohydrometer in conjunction with a series of calculations, of the density, relative density, or API gravity of crude petroleum, petroleum products, or mixtures of petroleum and nonpetroleum products normally handled as liquids and having a Reid vapor pressures of kPa ( psi) or are determined at existing temperatures and corrected to 15 C or 60 F by means of a series of calculations and international standard initial thermohydrometer readings obtained are uncorrected hydrometer readings and not density measurements. Readings are measured on a thermohydrometer at either the reference temperature or at another convenient temperature, and readings are corrected for the meniscus effect, the thermal glass expansion effect, alternate calibration temperature effects, and to the reference temperature by means of calculations and volume correction factors (Ch. ).Readings determined as density, relative density, or API gravity can be converted to equivalent values in the other units or alternate reference temperatures by means of Interconversion Procedures (Ch. ) or volume correction factors (Ch. ), or both, or tables, as applicable. Pages: 103rd Edition | December 2012 | Reaffirmed: May 2017 Product Number: H09033 | Price: $ MeasurementFax Orders: +1 303 397 2740Online Orders: This publication is a new entry in this catalog. This publication is related to an API licensing, certification, or accreditation 10 Sediment and Water Describes methods for determining the amount of sediment and water, either together or separately in petroleum products. Laboratory and field methods are Standard Test Method for Sediment in Crude Oils and Fuel Oils by the Extraction Method(ANSI/ASTM D473) Covers the determination of sediment in crude oils and fuel oils by extraction with toluene. The precision applies to a range of sediment levels from to % mass, although higher levels may be determined. Pages: 6 3rd Edition | November 2007 | Reaffirmed: May 2017 Product Number: H10013 | Price: $ Test Method of Water in Crude Oil by Distillation (ASTM D4006)Covers the determination of water in crude oil by distillation. Pages: 11 4th Edition | December 2016 | Product Number: H100204 | Price: $ Test Method for Water and Sediment in Crude Oil by the Centrifuge Method (Laboratory Procedure)(ASTM D4007)Describes the laboratory determination of water and sediment in crude oils by means of the centrifuge procedure. This centrifuge method for determining water and sediment in crude oils is not entirely satisfactory. The amount of water detected is almost always lower than the actual water content. When a highly accurate value is required, the revised procedures for water by distillation, Ch. , and sediment by extraction, Ch. , shall be used. Pages: 134th Edition | August 2013 | Reaffirmed: May 2016 Product Number: H100304 | Price: $ Chapter of Water and/or Sediment in Crude Oil by the Centrifuge Method (Field Procedure)(includes Errata 1 dated March 2015) Describes the field centrifuge method for determining both water and sediment or sediment only in crude oil. This method may not always produce the most accurate results, but it is considered the most practical method for field determination of water and sediment. This method may also be used for field determination of sediment. Pages: 234th Edition | October 2013 | Product Number: H100404 | Price: $ Test Method for Water in Petroleum Products and Bituminous Materials by Distillation(ASTM D95)Covers the determination of water in the range from 0 to 25 % volume in petroleum products, tars, and other bituminous materials by the distillation method. Volatile water-soluble material, if present, may be measured as water. The specific products considered during the development of this test method were asphalt, bitumen, tar, fuel oil, lubricating oil, lubricating oil additives, and greases. For bituminous emulsions refer to ASTM Test Method D244. For crude oils, refer to Ch. Pages: 65th Edition | September 2013 | Product Number: H100505 | Price: $ Test Method for Water and Sediment in Fuel Oils by the Centrifuge Method (Laboratory Procedure)(ASTM D1796)Describes the laboratory determination of water and sediment in fuel oils in the range from 0 to 30 % volume by means of the centrifuge procedure. Note that with some types of fuel oils such as residual fuel oils or distillate fuel oils containing residual components, it is difficult to obtain water or sediment contents with this test method. When this situation is encountered, Ch. or Ch. may be used. Pages: 75th Edition | August 2013 | Reaffirmed: May 2016 Product Number: H100605 | Price: $ Standard Test Method for Water in Crude Oils by Potentiometric Karl Fischer Titration(ANSI/ASTM D4377) Describes the procedure for the determination of water in crude oils by Karl Fischer titration (potentiometric). This test method covers the determination of water in the range from to 2 mass percent in crude oils. Mercaptan and sulfide (S or H2S) sulfur are known to interfere with the method. Pages: 6 2nd Edition | December 2002 | Reaffirmed: May 2011 2-Year Extension: October 2017 | Product Number: H10072 | Price: $ Standard Test Method for Sediment in Crude Oil by Membrane Filtration (ANSI/ASTM D4807) Covers the determination of sediment in crude oils by membrane filtration. This test method has been validated for crude oils with sediments up to approximately mass %. The accepted unit of measure for this test method is mass %, but an equation to convert to volume % is provided. Pages: 52nd Edition | November 2005 | Reaffirmed: March 2015 Product Number: H100802 | Price: $ Standard Test Method for Water in Crude Oils by Coulometric Karl Fischer Titration (ASTM D4928)Covers the determination of water in the range from to mass or volume % in crude oils. Mercaptan (RSH) and sulfide (S or H2S) as sulfur are known to interfere with this test method, but at levels of less than 500 g/g [ppm(m)], the interference from these compounds is insignificant. This test method can be used to determine water in the to mass % range, but the effects of the mercaptan and sulfide interference at these levels has not been determined. For the range to mass %, there is no precision or bias statement. This test method is intended for use with standard commercially available coulometric Karl Fischer reagent. Pages: 6 3rd Edition | May 2013 | Product Number: H10093 | Price: $ *Standard Test Method for Water in Crude Oils by Coulometric Karl Fischer Titration SpanishSpanish translation of Ch. Edition | May 2013 | Product Number: H100903SP | Price: $ *These translated versions are provided for the convenience of our customers and are not officially endorsed by API. The translated versions shall neither replace nor supersede the English-language versions, which remain the official standards. API shall not be responsible for any discrepancies or interpretations of these translations. Translations may not include any addenda or errata to the document. Please check the English-language versions for any updates to the MeasurementPhone Orders: +1 800 854 7179 (Toll-free: and Canada)Phone Orders: +1 303 397 7956 (Local and International) This publication is a new entry in this catalog. This publication is related to an API licensing, certification, or accreditation 2570 Continuous On-Line Measurement of Water Content in Petroleum (Crude Oil and Condensate)Provides guidance for the application, installation, operation, verification, and proving of on-line water devices (OWDs) for use in the non-custody transfer measurement of water in crude oil and condensate. A joint API/Energy Institute (EI) standard, it also carries the EI designation Hydrocarbon Management, HM56. Pages: 171st Edition | October 2010 | Reaffirmed: January 2016 Product Number: H25701 | Price: $ 2573Standard Guide for Sediment and Water Determination in Crude Oil(ASTM D7829)Covers a summary of the water and sediment determination methods from Ch. 10 for crude oils. The purpose of this guide is to provide a quick reference to these methodologies such that the reader can make the appropriate decision regarding which method to use based on the associated benefits, uses, drawbacks, and limitations. Pages: 71st Edition | September 2013 | Product Number: H257301 | Price: $ Chapter 11 Physical Properties Data (Volume Correction Factors) Ch. 11 is the physical data that has direct application to volumetric measurement of liquid hydrocarbons. It is presented in equations relating volume to temperature and pressure, and computer subroutines. The subroutines for Ch. are available in electronic form. These standards are not included in the complete set of measurement standards. Each element of Ch. 11 must be ordered Standard Document and API VCF ApplicationTemperature and Pressure Volume Correction Factors for Generalized Crude Oils, Refined Products, and Lubricating Oils(includes Addendum 1 dated September 2007) (the 2004 edition of this standard also supersedes Ch. and Ch. )Provides the algorithm and implementation procedure for the correction of temperature and pressure effects on density and volume of liquid hydrocarbons that fall within the categories of crude oil, refined products, or lubricating oils. Natural gas liquids and liquefied petroleum gases are excluded from consideration in this standard. This document is distributed electronically in Portable Document Format (PDF) or as a hard copy, printed API VCF Application for calculating VCF is also available. This Windows-based standalone application allows users to calculate volumes and densities at observed (RHOobs), base (RHOb), and alternate (RHOtp) conditions, combined (CTPL) and independent correction factors for temperature (CTL) and pressure (CPL). The application supports both Customary (API, RD, F and psig) and SI (kg/m3, C, kPag and Barg) units of measure, Thermal Expansion Factor (alpha) regression calculator and a Table Generator. The API VCF Application is distributed on flash drive or can be electronically PDF or hard copy, printed document are sold without the VCF application through the API API VCF windows based standalone application and the standard in PDF or print are available to purchase online via the Flow-Cal website ( ). You may also contact Flow-Cal, Inc. at +1 (281) 282-0865 or send an e-mail to 2004 | Product Number: H11013 | Reaffirmed: August 2012 2-Year Extension: March 2017 Standard Document | $ per document VCF Application | $ per single user license Standard Document + VCF Application | $ (15% discount when purchased together)See the listing for Chapter 1980 on page 171 of this Catalog for more information on the previous edition of the standard(s). Chapter Add-In Program for Microsoft Excel A Microsoft Windows compatible 32-bit add-in for Microsoft Excel that provides callable functions for density, correction for temperature and pressure of a liquid (CTPL), and compressibility coefficient (Fp). These functions allow calculating density at base conditions or at alternate conditions, CTPL correction factor used to transform volume and density data to base or desired conditions, and the scaled compensation factor for transformation from alternate to base conditions or from observed to base conditions for generalized crude oils, refined products and lubricating oils. They support the following process variables: density (API gravity, relative density, and kg/m3), temperature ( F and C), and pressure (psig, bar, and kPa). To order the Add-In, contact Flow-Cal, Inc. at +1 (281) 282-0865 or send an e-mail to XL Add-In runs on a single standalone computer with no network access Price: $ XL Add-In installed on less than 15 standalone computers or ran on a network with less than 15 nodes | Price: $5, XL Add-In installed on less than 50 standalone computers or ran on a network with less than 50 nodes | Price: $7, XL Add-In installed on an unlimited number of standalone computers or ran on a network with unlimited nodes | Price: $11, Chapter Dynamic Link Library (DLL) The DLL is compiled from source code written in the C programming language. The DLL provides subroutines that can be called from applications written in C or other programming languages. These subroutines are subdivided into three groups (density, volume correction factors, and scaled compressibility factor) for generalized crude oils, refined products, and lubricating oils. The density subroutines have two sets of density functions allowing calculations at base conditions or at alternate conditions. The volume correction factor subroutines calculate a correction for the effect of temperature and pressure on a liquid (CTPL), correction for the effect of temperature on liquid (CTL), and correction for the effect of pressure on liquid (CPL), which are used to transform volume and density data to base or desired conditions. The scaled compressibility factor subroutines will convert from alternate to base conditions or from observed to base DLL supports the following process units, densities in API gravity, relative density, and kg/m3, temperatures in F and C, and pressures in psig, bar, and kPa. This version is compatible with and can coexist with the 1980 version order the DLL, contact Flow-Cal, Inc. at +1 (281) 282-0865 or send an e-mail to DLL installed on less than 50 standalone computers or ran on a network with less than 50 nodes | Price $15, DLL installed on an unlimited number of standalone computers or ran on a network with unlimited nodes | Price $20, DLL compiled as part of an application for distribution (software distributor) Price: $30, Petroleum MeasurementFax Orders: +1 303 397 2740Online Orders: This publication is a new entry in this catalog. This publication is related to an API licensing, certification, or accreditation Source Code ANSI C-Code used to compile the dynamic link libraries (DLLs). The source code may be compiled into user programs to calculate temperature and pressure volume correction factors for generalized crude oils, refined products, and lubricating oils. NOTEAn experienced C programmer will be needed to implement the C-Code subroutines. API does not directly provide technical support for the C-Code; however, a support program is available from Flow-Cal, order the C-Code Subroutines, contact Flow-Cal, Inc. at +1 (281) 282-0865 or send an e-mail to C-Code compiled to run on a network with less than 50 nodes Price: $22,500C-Code compiled to run on a network with unlimited nodes Price: $30,000C-Code compiled as part of an application for distribution (software distributor) | Price: $45,000Chapter Source Code, DLL & XL Add-In Combined To order the C-Code Subroutines, Add-In, and DLL, contact Flow-Cal, Inc. at +1 (281) 282-0865 or send an e-mail to C-Code, DLL, and XL Add-In compiled to run on a network with less than 50 nodes | Price: $27,500C-Code, DLL, and XL Add-In compiled to run on a network with unlimited nodes | Price: $37,000C-Code, DLL, and XL Add-In compiled as part of an application for distribution (software distributor) | Price: $55,000Chapter Data File of Chapters and This package includes a data file of tables found in Ch. and Ch. The tables, presented in both customary (USC) and metric (SI) units, cover compressibility factors for light Edition | August 1984 | Product Number: H27320 | Price: $ Compressibility Factors for Hydrocarbons: Relative Density (60 F/60 F) and 50 F to 140 F Metering TemperatureProvides tables to correct hydrocarbon volumes metered under pressure for the metered temperature. Contains compressibility factors related to the meter temperature and relative density (60 F/60 F) of the metered material. Pages: 2462nd Edition | October 1986 | Reaffirmed: September 2017 Product Number: H27307 | Price: $ Compressibility Factors for Hydrocarbons: 350 637 Kilograms per Cubic Meter Density (15 C) and 46 C to 60 C Metering TemperatureProvides tables to correct hydrocarbon volumes metered under pressure to corresponding volumes at equilibrium pressure for the metered temperature. The standard contains compressibility factors related to the meter temperature and density (15 C) of the metered material. Pages: 264 1st Edition | October 1986 | Reaffirmed: September 2017 Product Number: H27309 | Price: $ Temperature Correction for the Volume of NGL and LPG Tables 23E, 24E, 53E, 54E, 59E, 60E(includes Errata 1 dated September 2011)This publication is an updated version of TP-25. The actual standard represented by this report consists of the explicit implementation procedures. Sample tables, flow charts, and specific examples created from a computerized version of these implementation procedures are included. The examples are to provide guides and checkpoints for those who wish to implement a computerized procedure to represent the standard; however, these are not part of the actual standard covers a 60 F relative density range of to , which nominally equates to a density at 15 C of to kg/m3and a density at 20 C of to kg/m3. The temperature range of this standard is to F ( 46 to 93 C). At all conditions, the pressure is assumed to be at saturation conditions (also known as bubble point or saturation vapor pressure). Pages: 1491st Edition | September 2007 | Reaffirmed: October 2012 2-Year Extension: March 2017 Product Number: H1102041 | Price: $ A Simplified Vapor Pressure Correlation for Commercial NGLs(supersedes the Addendum to Ch. 1994) Methods used for calculation of the correction factor for pressure effects such as Ch. (now superseded by Ch. ) and Ch. require knowledge of the equilibrium bubble point pressure (vapor pressure) at the measured conditions. However, the vapor pressure of the process liquid is generally not measured. The vapor pressure can also be calculated form compositional information, but the composition is not always measured for natural gas liquids (NGLs). Therefore, a correlation for the vapor pressure of NGLs is based upon normally measured properties is required and is documented in this publication. Pages: 27 1st Edition | September 2007 | Reaffirmed: September 2017 Product Number: H1102051 | Price: $ Density Identifies an equation of state (EOS) suitable for use in custody transfer measurement of pure ethylene (>99 %) in the gaseous, liquid, and super critical phases. Given flowing temperature and pressure, an EOS is capable of calculating density and other thermodynamic properties used to calculate mass and volumetric flow of ethylene to custody transfer accuracy. All accuracy and uncertainty statements in this standard are limited to the EOS results and do not include the uncertainty added by the primary and secondary measuring equipment. Pages: 42nd Edition | May 2013 | Product Number: H1132102 | Price: $ Hydrocarbon Product Properties Denatured Ethanol Density and Volume Correction FactorsCovers density and volume correction factors for denatured fuel ethanol. The actual standard consists of the explicit implementation procedures set forth in this document. Sample tables and other examples created from a computerized version of this implementation procedure are presented as examples only and do not represent the standard is applicable at any operating temperature to bulk ( tank trucks, tank cargos, barges) denatured 95 % to 99 % fuel ethanol containing D4806 allowed denaturants (natural gasoline, gasoline blend stocks, and unleaded gasoline) and denatured, 99+ % fuel ethanol containing less than 1 % denaturant. This standard does not apply to undenatured ethanol of any purity. Pages: 162nd Edition | November 2015 Product Number: H1103032 | Price: $ Petroleum MeasurementPhone Orders: +1 800 854 7179 (Toll-free: and Canada)Phone Orders: +1 303 397 7956 (Local and International) This publication is a new entry in this catalog. This publication is related to an API licensing, certification, or accreditation Compressibility An electronic FORTRAN Source Code text file on CD-ROM that will produce a table of values applicable to liquid propylene in the following ranges: temperature, 30 F to 165 F, and saturation pressure to 1600 psia. It computes the following two values: density (pounds per cubic foot) at flowing temperature and pressure, and ratio of density at flowing conditions to density at 60 F and saturation pressure. A documentation file is also 1974 | Reaffirmed: October 2017 Product Number: H25656 | Price: $ Properties of Reference Materials, Part 1 Density of Water and Water Volume Correction Factors for Calibration of Volumetric Provers(includes Errata 1 dated September 2011)(replaces Ch. and Ch. ) Specifies the density of water to be used in all applicable API MPMSstandards. It also specifies the volume correction factor equation for water and demonstrates its use for water calibration of volumetric provers. Pages: 14 1st Edition | December 2003 | Reaffirmed: September 2013 Product Number: H11411 | Price: $ Intraconversion[includes Errata 1 dated September 2011 (updated September 2013)] [replaces Ch. 1980 Volumes XI/XII (ASTM D1250-80, IP 200/80)] These intraconversion tables are applicable to all crude oils, petroleum products, and petrochemicals. These standards are intended for application to bulk liquid quantities. Ch. , Parts 1 to 3 are available collectively on one Edition | March 2009 | Reaffirmed: March 2015 Product Number: H1105CD | Price: $ 1 Conversions of API Gravity at 60 F Provides implementation procedures for conversion of API gravity at 60 F to equivalent densities in both in vacuo and in air values. This standard gives the following equivalents for any value of API gravity at 60 F: relative density at 60 F (old Table 3); absolute density at 60 F; absolute density at 15 C (old Table 3); pounds per gallon at 60 F in vacuo and in air (old Table 8); gallons per pound at 60 F in vacuo and in air (old Table 8); short tons per 1000 gallons at 60 F in vacuo and in air (old Table 9); gallons per short ton at 60 F in vacuo and in air (old Table 10); short tons per barrel at 60 F in vacuo and in air (old Table 9); barrels per short ton at 60 F in vacuo and in air (old Table 10); long tons per 1000 gallons at 60 F in vacuo and in air (old Table 11); gallons per long ton at 60 F in vacuo and in air (old Table 12); long tons per barrel at 60 F in vacuo and in air (old Table 11); barrels per long ton at 60 F in vacuo and in air (old Table 12); metric tons per 1000 gallons at 60 F in vacuo and in air (old Table 13); metric tons per barrel at 60 F in vacuo and in air (old Table 13); barrels per metric ton at 60 F in vacuo and in air; cubic metres per short ton at 15 C in vacuo and in air (old Table 14); cubic metres per long ton at 15 C in vacuo and in air (old Table 14).While not related to API gravity, the following are included for user convenience: gallons at 60 F to litres at 15 C (old Table 4); barrels at 60 F to litres at 15 C (old Table 4).Chapter 2 Conversions for Relative Density (60/60 F) Provides implementation procedures for conversion of relative density (60/60 F) to equivalent densities in both in vacuo and in air values. This standard gives the following equivalents for any value of relative density (60/60 F): API gravity at 60 F (old Table 21); absolute density at 60 F; absolute density at 15 F (old Table 21); pounds per gallon at 60 F in and in air (old Table 26); gallons per pound at 60 F in vacuo and in air (old Table 26); short tons per 1000 gallons at 60 F in vacuo and in air (old Table 27); gallons per short ton at 60 F in vacuo and in air (old Table 28); short tons per barrel at 60 F in vacuo and in air (old Table 27); barrels per short ton at 60 F in vacuo and in air (old Table 28); long tons per 1000 gallons at 60 F in vacuo and in air (old Table 29); gallons per long ton at 60 F in vacuo and in air (old Table 30); long tons per barrel at 60 F in vacuo and in air (old Table 29); barrels per long ton at 60 F in vacuo and in air (old Table 30); metric tons per 1000 gallons at 60 F in vacuo and in air; metric tons per barrel at 60 F in vacuo and in air; barrels per metric ton at 60 F in vacuo and in air; cubic metres per short ton at 15 C in vacuo and in air (old Table 31); cubic metres per long ton at 15 C in vacuo and in air (old Table 31).While not related to relative density, the following are included for user convenience: gallons at 60 F to litres at 15 C (old Table 22); barrels at 60 F to litres at 15 C (old Table 22, Table 52).Chapter 3 Conversions for Absolute Density at 15 C Provides implementation procedures for conversion of absolute density at 15 C to equivalent densities in both in vacuo and in air values. This standard gives the following equivalents for any value of absolute density at 15 C: relative density at 15 C; absolute density at 60 F; relative density at 60 F (old Table 51); API gravity at 60 F (old Table 51); density at 15 C (similar to old Table 56); conversion of apparent density at 15 C to absolute density at 15 C; cubic metres per metric ton at 15 C in vacuo and in air (similar to old Table 56); cubic metres per short ton at 15 C in vacuo and in air; cubic metres per long ton at 15 C in vacuo and in air; pounds per gallon at 60 F in vacuo and in air; gallons per pound at 60 F in vacuo and in air; short tons per 1000 litres (cubic metres) at 15 C in vacuo and in air (old Table 57); short tons per 1000 gallons at 60 F in vacuo and in air; gallons per short ton at 60 F in vacuo and in air; short tons per barrel at 60 F in vacuo and in air; barrels per short ton at 60 F in vacuo and in air; long tons per 1000 litres (cubic metres) at 15 C in vacuo and in air (old Table 57); gallons per metric ton at 60 F in vacuo and in air (old Table 58); barrels per metric ton at 60 F in vacuo and in air (old Table 58); long tons per 1000 gallons at 60 F in vacuo and in air; gallons per long ton at 60 F in vacuo and in air; long tons per barrel at 60 F in vacuo and in air;Petroleum MeasurementFax Orders: +1 303 397 2740Online Orders: This publication is a new entry in this catalog. This publication is related to an API licensing, certification, or accreditation barrels per long ton at 60 F in vacuo and in not related to relative density, the following are included for user convenience: litres at 15 C to gallons at 60 F; cubic metres at 15 C to barrels at 60 F (old Table 52).Chapter 12 Calculation of Petroleum Quantities Describes the standard procedures for calculating net standard volumes, including the application of correction factors and the importance of significant figures. The purpose of standardizing the calculation procedure is to achieve the same result regardless of which person or computer does the of Static Petroleum Quantities, Part 1 Upright Cylindrical Tanks and Marine Vessels(includes Errata 1 dated May 2015) Guides the user through the steps necessary to calculate static liquid quantities, at atmospheric conditions, in upright, cylindrical tanks and marine tank vessels. The standard defines terms employed in the calculation of static petroleum quantities. The standard also specifies equations that allow the values of some correction factors to be computed. Fundamental to this process is the understanding that in order for different parties to be able to reconcile volumes, they must start with the same basic information (tank capacity table, levels, temperatures, and so forth) regardless of whether the information is gathered automatically or manually. This standard does not address the calculation of clingage, nonliquid material, small quantities (such as onboard quantities, quantities remaining on board, and wedge formula, where material is not touching all bulkheads on marine vessels), and vapor space calculations. A joint API/Energy Institute (EI) standard, it also carries the EI designation Hydrocarbon Management, HM1 Part 1. Pages: 403rd Edition | April 2012 | Product Number: H1201013 | Price: $ *Calculation of Static Petroleum Quantities, Part 1 Upright Cylindrical Tanks and Marine Vessels SpanishSpanish translation of Ch. 3rd Edition | April 2012 | Product Number: H1201013SP | Price: $ Calculation of Static Petroleum Quantities, Part 2 Calculation Procedures for Tank Cars (includes Ch. 12 Addendum 1 dated August 2007) Describes the standardized method for calculating target loading quantities and actual loading quantities of liquids in tank cars. Also explained are the factors required for the calculations. This information is applicable to all crude oils, petroleum products, and petrochemicals (including LPGs and other liquefied gases) transported by rail tank car. It does not cover any products loaded or measured as solids. It defines the terms required to understand the calculations, and provides instructions for their use; includes 13 calculation examples in Appendix E. Pages: 39 1st Edition | May 2003 | Reaffirmed: May 2011 2-Year Extension: March 2016 | Product Number: H12121 | Price: $ *Calculation of Static Petroleum Quantities, Part 2 Calculation Procedures for Tank Cars SpanishSpanish translation of Ch. Edition | May 2003 | Product Number: H12121S | Price: $ Calculation of Petroleum Quantities Using Dynamic Measurement Methods and Volumetric Correction Factors, Part 1 Introduction (includes Ch. 12 Addendum 1 dated August 2007 and Errata 1 dated July 2009) Provides the general introduction of this standard, which is divided into five parts, each published separately. The base (reference or standard) volumetric determination of metered quantities is discussed along with the general terms required for solution of the various equations. General rules for rounding of numbers, including field data, intermediate calculations numbers, and discrimination levels, are specified. Pages: 23 2nd Edition | May 1995 | Reaffirmed: March 2014 Product Number: H12021 | Price: $ Calculation of Petroleum Quantities Using Dynamic Measurement Methods and Volumetric Correction Factors, Part 2 Measurement Tickets (includes Ch. 12 Addendum 1 dated August 2007) Provides standardized calculation methods for the quantification of liquids and the determination of base prover volumes under defined conditions, regardless of the point of origin or destination or the units of measure required by governmental customs or statute. The publication rigorously specifies the equations for computing correction factors, rules for rounding, calculational sequence, and discrimination levels to be employed in the calculations. Pages: 18 3rd Edition | June 2003 | Reaffirmed: February 2016 Product Number: H12223 | Price: $ Calculation of Petroleum Quantities Using Dynamic Measurement Methods and Volumetric Correction Factors, Part 3 Proving Reports(includes Ch. 12 Addendum 1 dated August 2007) Consolidates and standardizes calculations for metering petroleum liquids using turbine or displacement meters and clarifies terms and expressions by eliminating local variations among terms. This standard provides calculation methods for the determination of meter factors under defined conditions, regardless of the point of origin or destination or units of measure required by governmental customs or statute. This document specifies the equations for computing correction factors, including the calculation sequence, discrimination levels, and rules for rounding. Pages: 59 1st Edition | October 1998 | Reaffirmed: May 2014 Product Number: H12023 | Price: $ Calculation of Petroleum Quantities Using Dynamic Measurement Methods and Volumetric Correction Factors, Part 4 Calculation of Base Prover Volumes by Waterdraw Method (includes Ch. 12 Addendum 1 dated August 2007 and Errata 1 dated July 2009) Provides a standardized calculation method to determine a base prover volume under defined conditions. Specifically, this standard discusses the calculation procedures for the waterdraw calibration method, which is one of several different procedures used to determine base prover volume (BPV) of a displacement prover. Pages: 581st Edition | December 1997 | Reaffirmed: September 2014 Product Number: H12024 | Price: $ *These translated versions are provided for the convenience of our customers and are not officially endorsed by API. The translated versions shall neither replace nor supersede the English-language versions, which remain the official standards. API shall not be responsible for any discrepancies or interpretations of these translations. Translations may not include any addenda or errata to the document. Please check the English-language versions for any updates to the MeasurementPhone Orders: +1 800 854 7179 (Toll-free: and Canada)Phone Orders: +1 303 397 7956 (Local and International) This publication is a new entry in this catalog. This publication is related to an API licensing, certification, or accreditation Calculation of Petroleum Quantities Using Dynamic Measurement Methods and Volumetric Correction Factors, Part 5 Base Prover Volume Using Master Meter Method (includes Ch. 12 Addendum 1 dated August 2007 and Errata 1 dated July 2009) Provides standardized calculation methods for the quantification of liquids and the determination of base prover volumes under defined conditions, regardless of the point of origin or destination or units of measure required by governmental customs or statute. The criteria contained in this document allow different entities using various computer languages on different computer hardware (or manual calculations) to arrive at identical results using the same standardized input data. Pages: 1081st Edition | September 2001 | Reaffirmed: August 2016 Product Number: H12025 | Price: $ Calculation of Volumetric Shrinkage from Blending Light Hydrocarbons with Crude Oils(includes Ch. 12 Addendum 1 dated August 2007) Provides background, theory, calculation examples, and tables to correct for volumetric shrinkage resulting when blending volatile hydrocarbons with crude oil. The tables are entered with density differentials at standard conditions and percentage light hydrocarbon in total mix. This standard supersedes and replaces Bull 2509C, 2nd Edition, 1967. Pages: 110 1st Edition | July 1996 | Reaffirmed: April 2011 Product Number: H12031 | Price: $ 13 Statistical Aspects of Measuring and Sampling The more accurate petroleum measurement becomes, the more its practitioners stand in need of statistical methods to express residual uncertainties. This chapter covers the application of statistical methods to petroleum measurement and Methods of Evaluating Meter Proving Data (includes Errata 1 dated October 2015) Addresses procedures for evaluating any meter s performance where meter proving factors are developed in accordance with Ch. The data in examples used in this chapter are intended to be typical of custody transfer operations of low-vapor-pressure fluids using displacement or turbine meters in accordance with Ch. 4, Ch. 5, and Ch. 6. However, the procedures in Ch. can be used for noncustody transfer metering applications and for custody transfer metering of high-vapor-pressure and gaseous fluids where meter proving data are available. Pages: 41 1st Edition | November 1994 | Reaffirmed: April 2016 Product Number: H13021 | Price: $ Measurement UncertaintyEstablishes a methodology to develop uncertainty analyses for use in writing API Manual of Petroleum Measurement Standards (MPMS) documents that are consistent with the ISO GUM and NIST Technical Note 1297. This standard also supersedes Ch. , 1st Edition, 1985, which is withdrawn. Pages: 752nd Edition | December 2017 Product Number: H130302 | Price: $ Chapter 14 Natural Gas Fluids Measurement Standardizes practices for measuring, sampling, and testing natural gas Collecting and Handling of Natural Gas Samples for Custody Transfer (includes Addendum 1 and Errata 1 dated August 2017)Concentrates on proper sampling systems and procedures. It recognizes the critical impact of hydrocarbon dew point consideration to the overall accuracy and success of these practices and procedures. Analyses of gas samples are used for many purposes and are applied to various calculations, some of which have an impact on the accuracy of custody transfer calculations (quantity and quality). Pages: 76 7th Edition | May 2016 | Product Number: H140107 | Price: $ Metering of Natural Gas and Other Related Hydrocarbon Fluids Concentric Square-Edged Orifice Meters, Part 1: General Equations and Uncertainty Guidelines(ANSI/API MPMS Ch. ) (AGA Report No. 3, Part 1) (includes Errata 1 dated July 2013)Provides a single reference for engineering equations, uncertainty estimations, construction and installation requirements, and standardized implementation recommendations for the calculation of flow rate through concentric, square-edged, flange-tapped orifice meters. Both customary (USC) and international system of units (SI) units are included. The mass flow rate and base (or standard) volumetric flow rate equations are discussed, along with the terms required for solution of the flow equation. The empirical equations for the coefficient of discharge and expansion factor are also presented. This revision includes a change to the empirical expansion factor calculation for flange-tapped orifice meters. Pages: 58 4th Edition | September 2012 | Reaffirmed: September 2017 Product Number: H1403014 | Price: $ Orifice Metering of Natural Gas and Other Related Hydrocarbon Fluids Concentric, Square-Edged Orifice Meters, Part 2: Specification and Installation Requirements(ANSI/API MPMS Ch. ) (AGA Report No. 3, Part 2) (includes Errata 1 dated March 2017)Outlines the specification and installation requirements for the measurement of single-phase, homogeneous Newtonian fluids using concentric, square-edged, flange-tapped orifice meters. It provides specifications for the construction and installation of orifice plates, meter tubes, and associated fittings when designing metering facilities using orifice meters. Pages: 745th Edition | March 2016 | Product Number: H1403025 | Price: $ Metering of Natural Gas and Other Related Hydrocarbon Fluids Concentric, Square-Edged Orifice Meters, Part 3: Natural Gas Applications(ANSI/API MPMS Ch. ) (AGA Report No. 3, Part 3) Developed as an application guide for the calculation of natural gas flow through a flange-tapped, concentric orifice meter, using the customary (USC) inch-pound system of units. It also provides practical guidelines for applying Ch. , Parts 1 and 2, to the measurement of natural gas. Pages: 544th Edition | November 2013 | Product Number: H1403034 | Price: $ MeasurementFax Orders: +1 303 397 2740Online Orders: This publication is a new entry in this catalog. This publication is related to an API licensing, certification, or accreditation Orifice Metering of Natural Gas and Other Related Hydrocarbon Fluids Concentric, Square-Edged Orifice Meters, Part 4: Background, Development, Implementation Procedures and Subroutine Documentation(AGA Report No. 3, Part 4) (GPA 8185, Part 4) Describes the background and development of the equation for the coefficient of discharge of flange-tapped square-edged concentric orifice meters and recommends a flow rate calculation procedure. The recommended procedures provide consistent computational results for the quantification of fluid flow under defined conditions, regardless of the point of origin or destination, or the units of measure required by governmental customs or statute. The procedures allow different users with different computer languages on different computing hardware to arrive at almost identical results using the same standardized input data. Pages: 138 3rd Edition | November 1992 | Reaffirmed: August 2011 2-Year Extension: March 2016 | Product Number: H30354 | Price: $ Converting Mass of Natural Gas Liquids and Vapors to Equivalent Liquid Volumes(GPA 8173-17) Prescribes a method for calculating liquid volumes at equilibrium pressures and at temperatures of 60 F, 15 C, and 20 C from the mass of a natural gas fluid (liquid or vapor) measured at operating conditions, in conjunction with a representative compositional analysis and published values for each component s molar mass and absolute density. Pages: 242nd Edition | June 2017 | Product Number: H140402 | Price: $ of Gross Heating Value, Relative Density, Compressibility and Theoretical Hydrocarbon Liquid Content for Natural Gas Mixtures for Custody Transfer(GPA 2172-09) Presents procedures for calculating, at base conditions from composition, the following properties of natural gas mixtures: gross heating value, relative density (real and ideal), compressibility factor, and theoretical hydrocarbon liquid content, which in the is typically expressed as GPM, the abbreviation for gallons of liquid per thousand cubic feet of calculation of the effect of water upon these calculations is complicated. Because this document relates primarily to custody transfer, the water effect included is an acceptable contractual calculation. Annex A of this standard contains a detailed investigation of the effect of water and detailed derivations of the equations presented in the standard. Pages: 413rd Edition | January 2009 | Reaffirmed: February 2014 Product Number: H140503 | Price: $ Continuous Density Measurement(includes Errata 1 dated August 1998)Provides criteria and procedures for designing, installing, and operating continuous density measurement systems for Newtonian fluids in the petroleum, chemical, and natural gas industries. The application of this standard is limited to clean, homogeneous, single-phase liquids or supercritical fluids. The procedures and criteria in this standard have been successfully applied to fluids whose flowing density is greater than g/cm3at operating conditions of 60 F ( C) and saturation pressure. The intent of the standard is to provide the user with a density accuracy of % for most applications. The errata provides editorial clarification regarding conversion factors and variables used in various calculation equations. Pages: 51 2nd Edition | April 1991 | Reaffirmed: February 2012 Product Number: H30346 | Price: $ Measurement of Natural Gas Liquids (GPA 8182-12) Serves as a reference for the selection, design, installation, operation, and maintenance of single-phase dynamic liquid mass measurement systems that operate in the 350 to 688 kg/m3 ( to relative density at 60 F) density range. The mass measurement systems within the scope of this document include inferred mass measurement, where volume at flowing conditions is combined with density at similar conditions to result in measured mass, as well as Coriolis mass measurement. Liquids with density below 350 and above 688 kg/m3 (below and above relative density at 60 F) and cryogenic fluids (colder than approximately 50 F) are excluded from the scope of this document, but the principles described herein may apply to such streams. Sampling equipment and techniques are covered including standards for analytical methods used to determine the composition of the sampled product. Equations of state and correlations used to calculate the density of the product are discussed. The standard used to convert mass to equivalent liquid volumes of components is also discussed. Pages: 8 4th Edition | April 2012 | Product Number: H140704 | Price: $ Liquefied Petroleum Gas MeasurementDescribes dynamic and static metering systems used to measure liquefied petroleum gas in the density range of to g/cm3 This edition revises the February 1983 version of the standard to incorporate the 1992 version of the Ch. orifice meter discharge coefficient equation and revises and simplifies the mass flow rate sample calculations. Pages: 202nd Edition | July 1997 | Reaffirmed: October 2011 2-Year Extension: October 2016 | Product Number: H14082 | Price: $ of Natural Gas by Coriolis Meter (AGA Report No. 11) Developed to assist designers and users in operating, calibrating, installing, maintaining, and verifying Coriolis flow meters used for natural gas flow Edition | February 2013 Order from the American Gas Association, 500 N. Capitol Street NW, Washington, DC 20001 | 202-824-7000 Chapter Measurement of Flow to Flares Addresses measurement of flow to flares and includes: application considerations, selection criteria and other considerations for flare meters and relatedinstrumentation, installation considerations, limitations of flare measurement technologies, calibration, operation, uncertainty and propagation of error, scope of this standard does not include analytical instrumentation. Pages: 541st Edition | July 2007 | Reaffirmed: June 2012 2-Year Extension: March 2017 Product Number: H140101 | Price: $ MeasurementPhone Orders: +1 800 854 7179 (Toll-free: and Canada)Phone Orders: +1 303 397 7956 (Local and International) This publication is a new entry in this catalog. This publication is related to an API licensing, certification, or accreditation Measurement of Gas by Vortex Meters Addresses the following: (a) provides generic information on full-bore vortex shedding flowmeters, including glossary, and sets of engineering equations useful in specifying performance; (b) describes vortex shedding flowmeters in which alternating vortices are shed from one or more bluff bodies installed in a closed conduit; (c) describes how the vortex shedding frequency is used to determine the velocity to infer the volume, mass, and/or energy flow rate and the total gas flow through the meter over a specific time interval; (d) applies only to single phase gas flows in closed conduit that are steady or vary slowly in time. For fiscal measurement, the output of the flow rate shall be within the acceptable limits of steady state flow rate; (e) describes the physical components of vortex shedding flowmeters and identifies need for inspection, certification, and material traceability; (f) addresses the effect of gas properties, installation, and process conditions that may affect the measurement uncertainty and describes guidelines for reducing or eliminating their influences; (g) defines the method for calculating uncertainty of the flow rate measurement; (h) defines the meter output requirements and necessary information pertaining to the meter output for the purpose of fiscal measurement of gas; and (i) provides calibration and/or performance verification guidance for the field application. Pages: 351st Edition | March 2017 | Product Number: H140121 | Price: $ 15 Guidelines for the Use of the International System of Units (SI) in the Petroleum and Allied IndustriesSpecifies the API preferred units for quantities involved in petroleum industry measurements and indicates factors for conversion of quantities expressed in customary units to the API-preferred metric units. The quantities that comprise the tables are grouped into convenient categories related to their use. They were chosen to meet the needs of the many and varied aspects of the petroleum industry but also should be useful in similar process industries. Pages: 433rd Edition | December 2001 | Reaffirmed: February 2015 Product Number: H15003 | Price: $ 16 Measurement of Hydrocarbon Fluids by Weight or MassCovers the static and dynamic measurement of hydrocarbon fluids by weight or Mass Measurement of Liquid Hydrocarbons in Vertical Cylindrical Storage Tanks by Hydrostatic Tank GaugingProvides guidance on the installation, commissioning, maintenance, validation, and calibration of hydrostatic tank gauging systems for the direct measurement of static mass of liquid hydrocarbons in storage tanks. This edition is applicable to hydrostatic tank gauging systems that use pressure sensors with one port open to the atmosphere. It is also applicable for use on vertical cylindrical atmospheric storage tanks with either fixed or floating roofs. Pages: 20 1st Edition | November 1994 | Reaffirmed: September 2017 Product Number: H16021 | Price: $ 17 Marine Measurement Provides guidelines for the measurement and reporting of hydrocarbons including but not limited to crude oil or petroleum product for transfers by shore terminal operators, vessel personnel, and other parties involved in cargo transfer measurement and accountability Guidelines for Marine InspectionSpecifies the policy and minimum recommended practices for the manual and automatic measurement, sampling, and accounting for bulk quantities of crude oil (including spiked, blended, and reconstituted crude oil), petroleum products and chemicals that are transported on marine vessels. The activities described in these guidelines include actions by producers, buyers, sellers, terminal operators, vessel owners, and their crews, customs authorities, independent inspectors, and other parties with an interest in measurements. Certain vessel or terminal configurations and cargo characteristics, particularly chemicals, may require extensive procedures and calculation methods not covered in this chapter. These procedures are equally valid and applicable for either metric or customary units of measurement, provided that the same types of units are used consistently. The purchase of this document includes Excel spreadsheets of the Sample Forms in Annex A (excluding Voyage Analysis Report, which is available in Ch. ). The sample forms are designed to provide a guideline for recording and reporting essential data obtained during the marine cargo inspection procedure. Pages: 456th Edition | June 2014 | Product Number: H170106 | Price: $ Measurement of Cargoes On Board Tank Vessels(includes Errata 1 dated April 2000) Covers manual portable measurement units through deck-fitted vapor control valves and fixed automatic tank gauge systems for use when a marine vessel's cargo tanks may not be open to the atmosphere. It establishes the procedures for obtaining the level measurements of cargo, free water, and onboard quantity/remaining onboard (OBQ/ROB), as well as taking the temperatures and samples required for the marine custody transfer of bulk liquid petroleum cargoes under closed or restricted system measurement conditions. This standard is not intended for use with pressurized or refrigerated cargoes such as LPG and LNG. Pages: 192nd Edition | May 1999 | Reaffirmed: September 2011 2-Year Extension: May 2016 | Product Number: H17022 | Price: $ *Measurement of Cargoes On Board Tank Vessels Spanish Spanish translation of Ch. 2nd Edition | May 1999 | Product Number: H1702SP | Price: $ for Identification of the Source of Free Waters Associated with Marine Petroleum Cargo Movements Provides guidelines for identifying the source of free waters associated with marine petroleum cargo movements. The presence of free water is a factor in marine custody transfers of bulk petroleum, especially in the case of crude oil cargoes. This standard recommends the water samples and volumes to be taken, the containers to be used, the care and distribution of the samples, and the analytical procedures of use in identifying sources of free water associated with marine petroleum cargoes. Pages: 292nd Edition | December 2016 Product Number: H170302 | Price: $ *These translated versions are provided for the convenience of our customers and are not officially endorsed by API. The translated versions shall neither replace nor supersede the English-language versions, which remain the official standards. API shall not be responsible for any discrepancies or interpretations of these translations. Translations may not include any addenda or errata to the document. Please check the English-language versions for any updates to the MeasurementFax Orders: +1 303 397 2740Online Orders: This publication is a new entry in this catalog. This publication is related to an API licensing, certification, or accreditation for Quantification of Small Volumes on Marine Vessels (OBQ/ROB)Provides a method for determining the small volumes of on board quantity prior to loading a vessel or material remaining on board a vessel upon completion of discharge. This standard applies only to quantification by manual gauging of small volumes on marine vessels prior to loading or upon completion of discharge. It does not address clingage, hydrocarbon vapors, cargoes in transit, or cargo pumpability. Refer to Ch. 3. Pages: 252nd Edition | September 2016 Product Number: H170402 | Price: $ for Voyage Analysis and Reconciliation of Cargo Quantities Covers guidelines for the reconciliation of marine cargo quantities. These guidelines are intended to provide a basis for analyzing and reconciling the quantity differences (gains/losses) resulting from marine custody transfer movement(s) of petroleum and petroleum product cargoes. As such, the guidelines are complementary to, but do not replace, normal inspection procedures. The purchase of this document includes an Excel spreadsheet for determining voyage analysis and reconciliation of cargo quantities. A joint API/Energy Institute (EI) standard, it also carries the EI designation Hydrocarbon Management, HM64. Pages: 393rd Edition | April 2012 | Reaffirmed: May 2017 Product Number: H170503 | Price: $ *Guidelines for Voyage Analysis and Reconciliation of Cargo Quantities SpanishSpanish translation of Ch. Edition | April 2012 | Product Number: H170503SP | Price: $ Guidelines for Determining Fullness of Pipelines Between Vessels and Shore TanksDescribes procedures for determining or confirming the fill condition of pipeline systems used for the transfer of liquid cargoes before and/or after the liquid is loaded onto or discharged from marine vessels. It includes descriptions of methods and procedures that apply to crude oil and petroleum products. While this document includes descriptions of common line fill verification methods, it does not recommend any particular method. The responsibility for selecting a method appropriate for a given terminal, and documenting its effectiveness, rests with those responsible for operating the terminal where it is applied. Pages: 102nd Edition | June 2014 | Product Number: H170602 | Price: $ for Pre-Loading Inspection of Marine Vessel Cargo Tanks and Their Cargo-Handling SystemsSpecifies procedures for determining that the cargo tanks and associated cargo-handling system of marine vessels are in a suitably clean condition to receive the intended cargo. This applies to the loading of crude oil, petroleum products, and petrochemical cargoes. The extent of pre-loading inspection will vary depending on the nature of the cargo to be loaded. These guidelines recommend the extent of inspection that should be instituted for certain general types of cargoes and an example of a format that may be used for reporting the findings of tank inspections. Because of the wide variety of conditions that may exist when performing pre-loading tank inspections, this guideline is not intended to restrict the judgment of the person performing the inspection. Pages: 182nd Edition | August 2016 | Product Number: H170802 | Price: $ Experience Factor (VEF) (includes Addendum 1 dated January 2014)Provides a recommended practice for the calculation and application of a VEF and provides guidelines for data compilation, data validation, and recommendations on the appropriate use of VEF during custody transfer involving marine tank vessels. It also provides clear guidance on maintenance of quantity data on board the vessel, calculation of VEFs, and application of VEFs. The key aim is to provide a single unambiguous figure for VEFL or VEFD and to remove the possibility of any arbitrary inclusion or exclusion of data on the part of the individual(s) performing the final calculation. Also provides instruction for parcel tankers, part cargoes, compartmental VEFs, and vessel-to-vessel transfers. The methods are applicable to liquid bulk cargoes including crude oil, petroleum products, chemicals, and liquefied petroleum gases. A joint API/Energy Institute (EI) standard, it also carries the EI designation Hydrocarbon Management, HM49. Pages: 222nd Edition | May 2012 | Product Number: H170902 | Price: $ *Vessel Experience Factor (VEF) Spanish Spanish translation of Ch. , including Addendum 1 dated January Edition | May 2012 | Product Number: H170902SP | Price: $ 10976:2012 Measurement of Cargoes On Board Marine Gas Carriers, Part 1 Liquefied Natural Gas(ANSI/API MPMS Ch. )Establishes all of the steps needed to properly measure and account for the quantities of cargoes on liquefied natural gas (LNG) carriers. This includes, but is not limited to, the measurement of liquid volume, vapour volume, temperature and pressure, and accounting for the total quantity of the cargo on board. This document describes the use of common measurement systems used on board LNG carriers, the aim of which is to improve the general knowledge and processes in the measurement of LNG for all parties concerned. This document provides general requirements for those involved in the LNG trade on ships and onshore. Pages: 651st Edition | April 2014 | Product Number: HH171011 | Price: $ of Cargoes On Board Marine Gas Carriers, Part 2 Liquefied Petroleum and Chemical GasesProvides guidance to vessel and shore personnel regarding accepted methods for determining quantities of liquefied petroleum and chemical gas cargoes (excluding LNG) on board refrigerated and/or pressurized carriers. This standard covers all measurement systems commonly used on refrigerated and/or pressurized gas carriers designed to carry those types of cargoes and includes recommended methods for measuring, sampling, documenting, and reporting quantities on board these vessels. Pages: 802nd Edition | March 2016 | Product Number: H171022 | Price: $ and Sampling of Cargoes On Board Tank Vessels Using Closed and Restricted Equipment(includes Errata 1 dated March 2017)Provides guidance on the use, maintenance, and calibration of restricted and closed measurement and sampling equipment. It also provides guidance on preferred size and positioning for gauging and sampling fittings on vessels. A joint API/Energy Institute (EI) standard, it also carries the EI designation Hydrocarbon Management, HM52. Pages:192nd Edition | August 2016 | Product Number: H170112 | Price: $ *These translated versions are provided for the convenience of our customers and are not officially endorsed by API. The translated versions shall neither replace nor supersede the English-language versions, which remain the official standards. API shall not be responsible for any discrepancies or interpretations of these translations. Translations may not include any addenda or errata to the document. Please check the English-language versions for any updates to the MeasurementPhone Orders: +1 800 854 7179 (Toll-free: and Canada)Phone Orders: +1 303 397 7956 (Local and International) This publication is a new entry in this catalog. This publication is related to an API licensing, certification, or accreditation * Measurement and Sampling of Cargoes On Board Tank Vessels Using Closed and Restricted Equipment SpanishSpanish translation of Ch. Edition | August 2016 | Product Number: H170112S | Price: $ Procedures for Bulk Liquid Chemical Cargo InspectionsProvides systematic cargo measurement procedures for use primarily by cargo inspectors and to specify procedures directed at minimizing cargo contamination and losses, in the absence of, or in conjunction with, specific client guidelines. This document should be considered a summary of best practices used within the industry. A joint API/Energy Institute (EI) standard, it also carries the EI designation Hydrocarbon Management, HM51. Pages: 66 2nd Edition | August 2015 | Product Number: H170122 | Price: $ * Procedures for Bulk Liquid Chemical Cargo Inspections SpanishSpanish translation of Ch. Edition | August 2015 | Product Number: H170122S | Price: $ 18 Custody TransferCovers application of other measurement standards to unique custody transfer Measurement Procedures for Crude Oil Gathered from Small Tanks by TruckDescribes procedures to encourage uniform custody transfer measurement and testing practices for crude oil gathered from small tanks (1,000 barrels or less in capacity) by truck. The publication contains recommended steps for manually determining the quantity and quality of crude oil being transferred in trucks under field conditions. This publication is of interest to measurement personnel and crude oil producers and transporters. Pages: 13 2nd Edition | April 1997 | Reaffirmed: February 2012 2-Year Extension: March 2017 | Product Number: H18012 | Price: $ Transfer of Crude Oil from Lease Tanks Using Alternative Measurement Methods Defines the minimum equipment and methods used to determine the quantity and quality of crude oil being loaded from a lease tank to a truck trailer without requiring direct access to a lease tank gauge hatch. Methods and equipment described are grouped by tank zone, trailer zone, and the transition zone between the two. The equipment used for measurement is dependent on the existing design of the lease equipment, the equipment used to transport the product, or a combination of the two. Some sites may require measurements from multiple zones in order to arrive at an accurate load quantity and quality. This publication integrates by reference the API Manual of Petroleum Measurement Standards (MPMS) for sampling, temperature determination, gauging, and quality testing into a framework that may be applied during custody transfer of crude oil from lease tanks to a tank truck without requiring direct access to the tank thief gauge hatch. Many of the individual standards have guidelines defining the frequency and tolerances for installation, verification, and calibration of the specified equipment under controlled or ideal conditions allowing for uncertainty within custody transfer requirements. However, with the conditions encountered in many of today s applications, the installation, verification, and calibration of measurement devices may have higher uncertainties due to the operational characteristics and limited access available at the lease site. In the interest of safety and environmental concerns, these higher uncertainties may still provide acceptable measurement for custody transfer of crude oil from tanks using the defined alternate methods. The alternate measurement methods discussed in this standard are intended to minimize uncertainty and bias while encouraging consistent measurement and testing practices using existing technologies within API standards. Pages: 291st Edition | July 2016 | Product Number: H180201 | Price: $ 19 Evaporation Loss MeasurementCovers methods for estimating hydrocarbon evaporation losses from various types of tanks. NOTE Chapter 19 is not included in the complete set of measurement Evaporative Loss from Fixed-Roof Tanks (previously Publ 2518) Contains methodologies for estimating the total evaporative losses of hydrocarbons from fixed-roof tanks. The methodologies provide loss estimates for general equipment types based on laboratory, test-tank, and field-tank data. Types of fixed-roof tanks and roof fittings described are for information only. The equations estimate average annual losses from uninsulated fixed-roof tanks for various liquid stocks, stock vapor pressures, tank sizes, meteorological conditions, and operating conditions. The following special cases are addressed. Horizontal tanks. Higher volatility stocks (true vapor pressure greater than psia). Vent settings higher than pounds ( oz) per square estimation may be improved by using detailed field information, including climatic data and operational data for the appropriate time equations are not intended to be used in the following applications. To estimate losses from unstable or boiling stocks or from petroleum liquids or petrochemicals for which the vapor pressure is not known or cannot readily be predicted [to calculate emissions from tanks that contain material at or above their boiling point or the point at which material starts to flash, the API model E&P Tank (Publ 4697) can be used]. To estimate losses from fixed-roof tanks which have an internal floating roof. Ch. and TR 2569 address these. To estimate losses from fixed-roof tanks which have either roof or shell insulation. To estimate losses from cleaning fixed-roof tanks. TR 2568 addresses this. Pages: 385th Edition | June 2017 | Product Number: H190105 | Price: $ Documentation File for API Manual of Petroleum Measurement Standards Chapter Evaporative Loss from Fixed-Roof Tanks(previously Bulletin 2518) (includes Errata 1 dated June 1994)Presents information on the development of theoretical equations; comparisons with test data; a sensitivity analysis of the loss equation; and other pertinent information that was developed during the preparation of Ch. Pages: 190 1st Edition | March 1993 | Product Number: H30553 | Price: $ *These translated versions are provided for the convenience of our customers and are not officially endorsed by API. The translated versions shall neither replace nor supersede the English-language versions, which remain the official standards. API shall not be responsible for any discrepancies or interpretations of these translations. Translations may not include any addenda or errata to the document. Please check the English-language versions for any updates to the MeasurementFax Orders: +1 303 397 2740Online Orders: This publication is a new entry in this catalog. This publication is related to an API licensing, certification, or accreditation Loss from Floating-Roof Tanks(previously Publ 2517 and Publ 2519) Contains methodologies for estimating the total evaporative losses of hydrocarbons from external floating-roof tanks (EFRTs), freely vented internal floating-roof tanks (IFRTs), and domed external floating-roof tanks (domed EFRTs). The methodologies provide loss estimates for general equipment types based on laboratory, test-tank, and field-tank data. Types of floating roofs, rim-seal systems, and deck fittings are described for information equations estimate average annual losses from floating-roof tanks for various types of tank construction, floating-roof construction, rim-seal systems, and deck fittings, as well as for various liquid stocks, stock vapor pressures, tank sizes, and wind speeds (EFRTs).The equations were developed for: stocks with a true vapor pressure greater than approximately psia, average wind speeds ranging from 0 miles per hour (mph) to 15 mph (EFRTs), and tank diameters greater than 20 estimation techniques become more approximate when these conditions are not this standard is used to estimate losses from non-freely vented (closed vent) internal or domed external floating-roof tanks (tanks vented only through a pressure-vacuum relief vent, blanketed with an inert gas, vented to a vapor processing unit, or otherwise restricted from being freely vented), refer to the methodology in TR equations are not intended to be used in the following applications. To estimate losses from unstable or boiling stocks ( stocks with a true vapor pressure greater than the atmospheric pressure at the tank location) or from petroleum liquids or petrochemicals for which the vapor pressure is not known or cannot readily be predicted. To estimate losses from tanks in which the materials used in the rim seal, deck fittings, or deck seams have either deteriorated or been significantly permeated by the stored stock. To estimate losses from storage tanks that do not have a floating roof. To estimate losses from landing floating roofs (TR 2567 addresses this). To estimate losses from cleaning storage tanks (TR 2568 addresses this).The 3rd Edition of Ch. was published following a revision that was carried out concurrently with revisions to Ch. , published as the 4th Edition, and Ch. , published as the 3rd Edition. Primary changes are as follows. Consolidation of common material in Ch. Material that had previously been included in both Ch. and Ch. has been moved to Ch. Ch. , which was previously Recommended Practice for Speciation of Evaporative Losses, now has the title Evaporative Loss Reference Information and Speciation Methodology. This chapter had already contained reference information on the properties of chemicals and typical petroleum liquids, and this information has now been removed from Ch. and Ch. In addition, meteorological data have been moved from Ch. and Ch. to Ch. In the revised documents: meteorological data are found in Ch. ; calculation of storage tank temperatures is found in Ch. and Ch. (in that fixed-roof tanks involve calculation of the vapor space temperature in order to determine vapor density, whereas this step is not involved in estimating emissions from floating-roof tanks); and calculation of true vapor pressure is found in Ch. (in that this is now calculated in the same manner for both fixed- and floating-roof tanks). Pages: 853rd Edition | October 2012 | 2-Year Extension: March 2017 Product Number: H190203 | Price: $ , Part A Wind Tunnel Test Method for the Measurement of Deck-Fitting Loss Factors for External Floating-Roof TanksDescribes the procedures to establish evaporative loss factors for deck fittings on external floating-roof tanks. The test method involves measuring the weight loss of a test assembly over time. The standard specifies the test apparatus, instruments, test procedures, and calculation procedures to be used. It also addresses the variables to be measured, format for reporting the test values, and their associated uncertainty. Pages: 271st Edition | June 1997 | Reaffirmed: September 2017 Product Number: H1903A | Price: $ , Part B Air Concentration Test Method Rim-Seal Loss Factors for Floating-Roof TanksDescribes the procedures to establish evaporative rim-seal loss factors for rim seals used on external floating-roof tanks. The test method involves passing a controlled flow rate of air through a test chamber that contains a test liquid and a test rim seal, and measuring the concentration of the test liquid vapor in the air streams entering and leaving the test chamber. The standard specifies the test apparatus, instruments, test procedures, and calculation procedures to be used. It also addresses the variables to be measured, format for reporting the test values, and their associated uncertainty. Pages: 30 1st Edition | August 1997 | Reaffirmed: September 2017 Product Number: H1903B | Price: $ , Part C Weight Loss Test Method for the Measurement of Rim-Seal Loss Factors for Internal Floating-Roof TanksProvides a uniform method for measuring evaporative loss from rim seals used on aboveground storage tanks. This information can be utilized to establish product specific loss factors in terms of loss rate and seal gap area. Pages: 29 1st Edition | July 1998 | Reaffirmed: November 2012 Product Number: H1903C | Price: $ , Part D Fugitive Emission Test Method for the Measurement of Deck-Seam Loss Factors for Internal Floating-Roof TanksEstablishes a uniform method for measuring evaporative deck-seam loss factors and deck-joint loss factors of mechanically joined deck seams that are used on internal floating-roof tanks. These deck-seam loss factors and deck-joint loss factors are to be determined in terms of their loss rate at specified pressure differences across the deck seam or deck joint for certification purposes. Pages: 31 1st Edition | June 2001 | Reaffirmed: December 2012 Product Number: H1903D | Price: $ , Part E Weight Loss Test Method for the Measurement of Deck-Fitting Loss Factors for Internal Floating-Roof TanksDescribes the test methods to be used to establish evaporative loss factors for deck fittings on internal floating-roof tanks. This chapter specifies the test apparatus, instruments, test procedures, and calculation procedures to be used. The standard also addresses the requirements for reporting test report values. Pages: 30 1st Edition | May 1997 | Reaffirmed: October 2017 Product Number: H1903E | Price: $ MeasurementPhone Orders: +1 800 854 7179 (Toll-free: and Canada)Phone Orders: +1 303 397 7956 (Local and International) This publication is a new entry in this catalog. This publication is related to an API licensing, certification, or accreditation , Part H Tank Seals and Fittings Certification Administration Provides guidance for the administration of the former API Tank Seals and Fittings Certification Program. The document includes detailed methods for monitoring and analysis of tests conducted on individual devices and describes the steps in the certification process. Pages: 53 1st Edition | March 1998 | Reaffirmed: August 2016 Product Number: H1903H | Price: $ Loss Reference Information and Speciation Methodology(includes Addendum 1 dated November 2013 and Addendum 2 dated June 2017)Provides methodology to estimate emissions of individual hydrocarbon species using the total emissions of multicomponent hydrocarbon mixtures (such as crude oils and gasoline) estimated from Ch. for fixed-roof tanks, Ch. for floating-roof tanks, Ch. for marine vessels, and other methods used for total hydrocarbon emission estimates. This process is referred to as of emissions from hydrocarbon mixtures accounts for the higher evaporation rate of the more volatile components, resulting in a different composition of the mixture in the vapor phase than in the liquid phase. The methodology presented in this standard assumes that there is sufficient liquid present such that the chemical composition at the liquid surface may be considered to not change as a result of the evaporative standard also contains reference information used for estimating emissions in accordance with Ch. , Ch. , and Ch. methodology in this standard applies to: liquids with vapor pressure that has reached equilibrium with ambient conditions at a true vapor pressure less than the ambient atmospheric pressure ( not boiling); liquids for which the vapor pressure is known or for which sufficient data are available to determine the vapor pressure; and liquid mixtures where Raoult s Law can be used to describe the vapor phase methodology does not apply to: emissions that result from leaks from piping components ( valves, flanges, pumps, connectors etc.); liquid mixtures where Raoult s Law cannot be used to describe the vapor phase equilibria ( mixtures in which hydrocarbons are dissolved in water, or mixtures of hydrocarbons with alcohols).This 3rd Edition of Ch. was published following a revision that was carried out concurrently with revisions to Ch. , published as the 4th Edition, and Ch. , published as the 3rd Edition. Primary changes are as follows. Consolidation of common material in Ch. Material that had previously been included in both Ch. and Ch. has been moved to Ch. Ch. , which was previously Recommended Practice for Speciation of Evaporative Losses, now has the title Evaporative Loss Reference Information and Speciation Methodology. This chapter had already contained reference information on the properties of chemicals and typical petroleum liquids, and this information has now been removed from Ch. and Ch. In addition, meteorological data have been moved from Ch. and Ch. to Ch. In the revised documents: meteorological data are found in Ch. ; calculation of storage tank temperatures is found in Ch. and Ch. (in that fixed-roof tanks involve calculation of the vapor space temperature in order to determine vapor density, whereas this step is not involved in estimating emissions from floating-roof tanks); and calculation of true vapor pressure is found in Ch. (in that this is now calculated in the same manner for both fixed- and floating-roof tanks). Pages: 136 3rd Edition | October 2012 | Product Number: H190403 | Price: $ Hydrocarbon Emissions from Marine Vessel Transfer Operations(formerly Publ 2514A) Provides methods for estimating evaporative loss from marine vessel transfer operations. Specifically, this standard addresses: loading stock into: ship or ocean barges, or shallow draft barges; and loading ballast water into ship or ocean barges from which crude oil has been emission estimates are for uncontrolled loading operations and do not apply to operations using vapor balance or vapor control systems or ballasting of ships with segregated ballast tanks. This standard does not address evaporative loss for: very large crude carriers (VLCCs) or ultra large crude carriers (ULCCs) (unless the saturation factor KS is determined); marine vessels employing crude oil washing; marine vessel transit loss; loading ballast water into marine vessels that, prior to dockside unloading, held anything other than crude oil (unless the saturation factor KS is determined); or unloading marine standard supersedes Publ 2514A, 2nd Edition, September 1981, which is withdrawn. A joint API/Energy Institute (EI) standard, it also carries the EI designation Hydrocarbon Management, HM65. Pages: 31 1st Edition | September 2009 | Reaffirmed: October 2014 Product Number: H19051 | Price: $ Evaporative Loss from Storage Tank Floating-Roof Landings(formerly TR 2567) Investigates storage tank emissions that may result from landing and subsequently refloating a floating roof. The existing emission factors for floating-roof tanks are based on the assumption that the floating roof is continuously floating on the stored stock liquid. Additional emissions may occur, however, if the tank is emptied such that the floating roof is no longer floating. This study sought to quantify these floating-roof landing loss emissions. Pages: 381st Edition | February 2017 | Product Number: H1906011 | Price: $ 2524 Impact Assessment of New Data on the Validity of American Petroleum Institute Marine Transfer Operation Emission FactorsConsultant CH2M Hill confirmed the validity of the model used in Publ 2514A by comparing emission test data with predictive emission models developed by API, ARCO, and Exxon. The study found that the API model adequately predicts emissions for tanks ranging in size from 17,000 to 35,000 dead weight tons and for tanks being loaded within the lower-48 states. The model does not appear to apply to crude oil loading of tankers in Valdez, Alaska, because of unique local operating conditions. However, no known test data invalidates the model for predicting crude oil loading emissions from carriers smaller than very large crude carriers in the lower-48 states. Pages: 194July 1992 | Product Number: H25240 | Price: $ 2558 Wind Tunnel Testing of External Floating-Roof Storage Tanks Presents the results of a wind tunnel study to determine the local wind velocities, wind directions, and roof pressures on external floating roof tanks. Pages: 131st Edition | June 1993 | Product Number: H25580 | Price: $ MeasurementFax Orders: +1 303 397 2740Online Orders: This publication is a new entry in this catalog. This publication is related to an API licensing, certification, or accreditation 2568 Evaporative Loss from the Cleaning of Storage TanksProvides guidance for estimating emissions that result from removing the liquid heel (free-standing stock liquid) and cleaning the remaining deposits of stock liquid mixed with residue and water (sludge) from the bottoms of aboveground storage tanks. The emissions addressed in this report are those that leave the tank during the tank cleaning process. This report does not address: the fate of vapors after the have left the tank (other accounting for the efficiency of the control device), the fate of sludge after it has left the tank (or emissions that may occur during sludge treatment or disposal), or emissions that may be expelled by the vacuum pump of a vacuum truck or suction pump, if such devices are used in the tank cleaning other words, this report addresses the estimation of the mass of volatile organic compounds that leave the tank as vapor during the tank cleaning process. It does not address emissions that may result from the handling of liquids or sludge after such materials have been removed from the tank. This report is intended to reduce the effort required to generate a good faith estimate of tank cleaning emissions, and to result in more uniformity in the resulting emissions estimates. Pages: 471st Edition | November 2007 | Product Number: H25680 | Price: $ 2569 Evaporative Loss from Closed-Vent Internal Floating-Roof Storage TanksAddresses evaporative loss from internal floating-roof tanks (IFRTs) with closed vents. When the vents in the fixed roof of an IFRT are closed, rather than open, estimation of emissions is shown to be highly complex. This subject is not covered in other API standards such as Ch. , which specifically excludes fixed-roof tanks that have an internal floating roof, and Ch. , which specifically excludes closed internal floating-roof tanks (that is, tanks vented only through a pressure-vacuum relief vent, blanketed with an inert gas, vented to a vapor processing unit, or otherwise restricted from being freely vented). Pages: 26 1st Edition | August 2008 | Product Number: H25690 | Price: $ 2574Field Testing Protocol for Characterization of Total Gaseous Nonmethane Organics (TGNMO), Methane, and Ethane in Air-Vapor Mixture During Filling of a Cargo Vessel with Crude OilProvides a standardized testing methodology for quantifying total gaseous nonmethane organics (TGNMO), methane, and ethane, in the air-vapor mixture that is expelled from cargo compartments during filing with crude oil. It utilizes a modified version of Federal Reference Method 25 (FRM 25) to characterize the concentration of TGNMO, methane, and ethane. While the field testing in support of this protocol was performed only for the loading of crude oil into barges, the method could be suitable for loading of any volatile organic liquid into any type of vessel or compartment from which vapors are exhausted through a single vent opening where the field sampling can take place. Pages: 561st Edition | August 2016 | Product Number: H257401 | Price: $ 2576Short-Term Evaporative Loss Estimation from Atmospheric Storage TanksProvides methodology on how to estimate short-term individual tank and facility-wide emissions. The methodology in this technical report can be used for purposes such as preparing permit applications and air dispersion modeling. The technical report does not provide guidance on how to run the actual air dispersion model. Pages: 181st Edition | July 2016 | Product Number: H257601 | Price: $ 20 Allocation Measurement of Oil and Natural GasChapter Allocation Measurement (includes Addendum 1 dated January 2013, Addendum 2 dated November 2016, and Addendum 3 dated December 2017)Provides design and operating guidelines for liquid and gas allocation measurement systems. Included are recommendations for metering, static measurement, sampling, proving, calibrating, and calculating procedures. Pages: 67 1st Edition | September 1993 | Reaffirmed: October 2016 Product Number: H30701 | Price: $ Allocation Measurement Using Single-Phase DevicesCovers the application of production allocation (determination of flow quantities and rates of oil, gas, water, and other constituents) using single-phase measurement devices in combination with a two- or three-phase production standard is applicable to single-phase measurement techniques upstream of the custody transfer points where custody transfer conditions are not possible. The standard presents single-phase flow measurement used in the allocation process and located downstream of the first stage of separation on a production facility. This standard addresses common allocation single-phase flow measurement devices for liquid hydrocarbons, water, and gas including ancillary flow measurement systems such as fuel, flare, and recirculation. This standard discusses configuration and operation of flow measurement equipment, fluid properties, production processing, associated flow conditions, and their effects on the quality of the flow measurement results. This standard discusses the possible impacts on these devices during inefficient and/or ineffective document provides guidance with respect to the major factors that could contribute to measurement uncertainty for single-phase devices used in production allocation. It is not intended to prescribe a particular meter type or allocation method. Allocation methodologies are addressed in Ch. Pages: 331st Edition | November 2016 | Product Number H200201 | Price: $ of Multiphase Flow(supersedes RP 86)Addresses multiphase flow measurement in the production environment, upstream of the custody transfer (single-phase) measurement point, where allocation measurement for onshore, offshore, or subsea is applied. For other multiphase flow measurement applications such as reservoir management, well tests, and flow assurance, the standard can be used as a reference or guide. However, the focus of this standard is on those applications where the accuracy of multiphase flow measurement for allocation systems is required. This document refers to existing standards and recommended practices to supplement the guidance it provides in this subject area. The document addresses principles used in multiphase flow measurement, multiphase metering types and classifications, assessment of expected performance, and selecting and operating multiphase measurement systems. Operational requirements or constraints are addressed, including expectations for flow meter acceptance, calibration criteria, flow loop and in situ verifications, and other guidance specific to different multiphase flow metering applications. The document does not address specific meter configurations. Pages: 721st Edition | January 2013 | Product Number: H200301 | Price: $ MeasurementPhone Orders: +1 800 854 7179 (Toll-free: and Canada)Phone Orders: +1 303 397 7956 (Local and International) This publication is a new entry in this catalog. This publication is related to an API licensing, certification, or accreditation Recommended Practice for Application of Production Well Testing in Measurement and AllocationEstablishes a framework to conduct and apply production well testing for well rate determination in measurement and allocation. Production well testing addressed in this document refers to measurement of gas, oil, and water quantities from a single well during a specified length of time under controlled operational conditions. The intent of this document is to provide operators with a consistent and transparent approach for conducting, applying, and managing production well testing within an upstream measurement and allocation system. It is not intended to prescribe a particular production well test method, or particular application of production well test data use in document provides recommendations and guidelines for the application of production well testing in production measurement and allocation. The recommendations and guidelines apply to conducting a production well test, calculating production well test volumes and rates, and the application of production well test data for use in measurement and allocation. This includes production well testing preparation, initiation, measurement, validation, and volume and rate calculations for separator, multiphase flow meter, and tank production well test systems. Additionally, this document addresses the proration of production well test results for use in allocation, the application of production well tests for validation and update of well flow models and virtual flow metering, and the adjustment of gas well continuous measurement results with production well test document also provides recommendations and guidelines for the application of well flow modeling and virtual flow metering in production measurement and methodologies are addressed in Ch. Pages: 1231st Edition | December 2017 | Product Number: H200501 | Price: $ StandardApplication of Hydrocarbon Phase Behavior Modeling in Upstream Measurement and Allocation SystemsProvides requirements and guidelines for the application of hydrocarbon phase behavior modeling in upstream measurement and allocation systems. The requirements and guidelines apply to the development, implementation, and performance management of a process simulation model (PSM) incorporating an equation of state (EOS) description of phase behavior. This includes functional specifications, validation, and maintenance of the PSM, EOS specification and implementation, and fluid compositional specification and validation. This document establishes a framework to develop, implement, and manage the application of hydrocarbon phase behavior modeling. The applied phase behavior modeling addressed in this document refers to PSM incorporating EOS description of the phase behavior, or pressure, volume, temperature (PVT) properties, of the fluids within the modeled process. The intent of this document is to provide operators with a consistent and transparent approach for applying and managing an EOS-based PSM within an upstream measurement and allocation system. It is not intended to prescribe a particular mathematical phase estimation ( EOS), process simulation ( PSM), or allocation method. Allocation methodologies are addressed in Ch. Pages: 471st Edition | August 2016 | Product Number: H200401D | Price: $ 85 Use of Subsea Wet-Gas Flowmeters in Allocation Measurement Systems (includes Addendum 1 dated January 2013)Presents a recommended allocation methodology that best fits the application and that equitably accommodates variances in the uncertainty level between meters in the system. It is intended to advise the user on various aspects of the use of subsea wet-gas flowmeters in allocation measurement systems. Marinization, operation, abnormal operation, and meter testing are important topics included here, but foremost, this document proposes techniques to be used in the allocation of total production to individual contributing streams. Pages: 64 1st Edition | March 2003 | Reaffirmed: October 2013 Product Number: G08501 | Price: $ 87 Recommended Practice for Field Analysis of Crude Oil Samples Containing from Two to Fifty Percent Water by Volume Provides the user with recommended field methods of sampling, sample handling, and analysis for high water content streams up to 50 % water on a volumetric basis. In particular, this RP was developed giving consideration to offshore installations (both floating and fixed platforms). These installations are generally subject to motion and vibrations, have minimal laboratory equipment, and perform S&W analysis with multi-skilled operations personnel as opposed to laboratory chemists. The techniques described, however, are applicable to onshore locations. Provides design and operating guidelines for sampling, sample handling, and analysis for high water content streams, up to 50 % water on a volumetric basis. As a guide, this RP targets a relative accuracy of 5 % of reading up to a maximum of 50 % water content as a qualifier for various methods described herein. For example, the corresponding absolute accuracy for a 10 % water content stream is % and for 20 % water content is %. Pages: 191st Edition | August 2007 | Reaffirmed: October 2017 Product Number: G08701 | Price: $ 21 Flow Measurement Using Electronic Metering Systems Describes standard practices and minimum specifications for electronic measurement systems used in the measurement and recording of flow parameters. This chapter covers natural gas fluid and petroleum and petroleum product custody transfer applications using industry-recognized primary measurement Measurement Using Electronic Metering Systems Electronic Gas Measurement(ANSI/API MPMS Ch. ) (AGA Report No. 3)Describes the minimum specifications for electronic gas measurement systems used in the measurement and recording of flow parameters of gaseous phase hydrocarbon and other related fluids for custody transfer applications utilizing industry recognized primary measurement devices. This standard provides the minimum reporting and change management requirements of the various intelligent components required for accurate and auditable measurement. The requirements can be met by a combination of electronically and/or manually recorded configuration, test reports, change record reporting of the electronic gas measurement system components, and flow parameters. It is recognized that diagnostic capabilities of the newer meter and transmitter technologies are important but due to the device specific complexity, intelligent device diagnostics are out of scope for this standard. Pages: 942nd Edition | February 2013 | Product Number: H210102 | Price: $ Electronic Liquid Volume Measurement Using Positive Displacement and Turbine Meters Provides guidance for the effective use of electronic liquid measurement systems for custody transfer measurement of liquid hydrocarbons under the following conditions. Use of the measurement systems must fall within the scope and field of application of Ch. Guidance applies to systems using turbine or positive displacement meters. Guidance applies to systems using on-line correction for the effect of temperature on liquid (CTL) and correction for the effect of pressure on liquid (CPL) compensation. The procedures and techniques in Ch. are recommended for new measurement applications. This standard provides custody transfer measurement procedures for pipeline and other electronic liquid metering systems including design, selection, use, auditing, reporting, calibration, verification, and security. Pages: 60 1st Edition | June 1998 | Reaffirmed: October 2016 Product Number: H21021 | Price: $ MeasurementFax Orders: +1 303 397 2740Online Orders: This publication is a new entry in this catalog. This publication is related to an API licensing, certification, or accreditation Addendum 1 to Flow Measurement Using Electronic Metering Systems, Inferred Mass This addendum specifically covers inferred mass measurement systems utilizing flow computers as the tertiary flow calculation device and either turbine or displacement type meters, working with on-line density meters, as the primary measurement devices. The scope does not include systems using calculated flowing densities, Equations of State. The hardware is essentially identical to that referenced in Ch. and the methods and procedures are as described in Ch. , , , and Audit, record-keeping, collection and calculation interval, security, and most other requirements for systems covered in Ch. will apply to this addendum. As in Ch. , the hydrocarbon liquid streams covered in the scope must be single phase liquids at measurement Edition | August 2000 | Reaffirmed: October 2016 Product Number: H2102A | Price: $ 22Testing ProtocolsTesting protocols for devices used in the measurement of hydrocarbon fluids. Testing protocols define appropriate methods for measuring and reporting the performance characteristics of similar equipment in a comparable manner, thus providing a means to highlight the relative performance advantages and disadvantages of similar Guidelines for Developing Testing Protocols for Devices Used in the Measurement of Hydrocarbon Fluids(ANSI/API MPMS Ch. )Intended for the development of testing protocols and to serve as a guideline to document performance characteristics of hydrocarbon fluid measurement related devices. Pages: 72nd Edition | August 2015 | Product Number: H220102 | Price: $ Testing Protocols Differential Pressure Flow Measurement DevicesDefines the testing and reporting protocols for flow measurement devices based on the detection of a pressure differential that is created by the device in a flowing stream. This protocol is designed to supply industry with a comparable description of the capabilities of these devices for the measurement of single-phase fluid flow when they are used under similar operating conditions. The objectives of this Testing Protocol are to: ensure that the user of any differential pressure flow meter knows the performance characteristics of the meter over a range of Reynolds numbers as applicable or defined by tests, facilitate both the understanding and the introduction of new technologies, provide a standardized vehicle for validating manufacturer s performance specifications, provide information about relative performance characteristics of the primary elements of the differential pressure metering devices under standardized testing protocol, quantify the uncertainty of these devices and define the operating and installation conditions for which the stated uncertainties apply. Pages: 522nd Edition | April 2017 | Product Number: H220202 | Price: $ Protocol for Flare Gas Metering(ANSI/API MPMS Ch. )Describes a testing protocol for flare gas meters. This includes a discussion of the testing to be performed, how the test data should be analyzed, and how an uncertainty is determined from the testing of the meter. The scope does not include the general guidelines to flare gas metering that are covered under Ch. Pages: 211st Edition | August 2015 | Product Number: H220301 | Price: $ Testing Protocol for Gas ChromatographsA general gas chromatograph (GC) performance test protocol that specifies the scope and reporting requirements of GC tests for repeatability, reproducibility, and response linearity. The protocol specifies requirements for tests over a range of gas compositions, tests over a range of environmental conditions, and long-term performance tests. Pages: 501st Edition | August 2015 | Product Number: H220601 | Price: $ 23Reconciliation of Hydrocarbon QuantitiesProvides practical methodologies for monitoring hydrocarbon transportation loss and gain for non-marine systems pipeline, tank cars (rail tank cars, tank trucks, etc.). For Marine Reconciliation, refer to Ch. of Liquid Pipeline Quantities(supersedes Std 2560)Provides methodologies for monitoring liquid pipeline loss/gain and for determining the normal loss/gain level for any given pipeline system. Troubleshooting suggestions are also presented. This document does not establish industry standards for loss/gain level because each system is individual and exhibits its own loss/gain level and/or patterns under normal operating conditions. The document provides operational and statistically based tools for identifying when a system has deviated from normal, the magnitude of the deviation, and guidelines for identifying the causes of deviation from normal. The primary application of this publication is in custody transfer liquid pipeline systems in which there is provision for measuring all liquids that enter the system and exit the system, as well as liquid inventory within the system. The application is not intended for nonliquid or mixed-phase systems. The applications and examples in this document are intended primarily for custody transfer pipeline systems, but the principles may be applied to any system that involves the measurement of liquids into and out of the system and, possibly, inventory of liquids within the system. Such systems may include pipelines, marine terminals, marine voyages, bulk loading or storage terminals, tank farms, and rail and trucking systems. Pages: 351st Edition | June 2016 | Product Number: H230101 | Price: $ 2566 State of the Art Multiphase Flow Metering Provides information on multiphase flow metering systems gleaned from more than 150 published documents that are in the public domain. The documentation was prepared from information obtained through mid-2002. It should be noted that the indicated performances data stated in these published documents have not necessarily been verified by an independent body. The listing of these references in the Appendix 2 is intended to provide a comprehensive source of data and information on multiphase metering; the reader needs to carefully review the source of the data in the documents when utilizing the information. Pages: 801st Edition | May 2004 | Product Number: H25661 | Price: $ 2571Fuel Gas MeasurementProvides a performance-based methodology for the measurement and reporting of fuel gas consumption. The document provides guidance in the following areas to allow the user to achieve a targeted uncertainty of measurement: selection of flow meter type; differential pressure (DP), displacement, ultrasonic, Coriolis, vortex, turbine, thermal, and others; associated instrumentation for measuring fluid properties and flowing conditions, such as pressure and temperature transmitters, densitometers, gas chromatographs; obtaining and use of gas composition or other analytical data;Petroleum MeasurementPhone Orders: +1 800 854 7179 (Toll-free: and Canada)Phone Orders: +1 303 397 7956 (Local and International) This publication is a new entry in this catalog. This publication is related to an API licensing, certification, or accreditation design and installation requirements of the measurement system; inspection, verification, and calibration practices of flow meters and their associated accessory instrumentation; and simplified uncertainty calculations with examples to illustrate the methodology. Techniques are described to assess the uncertainty contribution of individual components of fuel gas measurement systems and overall facility fuel gas measurement uncertainty. Pages: 671st Edition | March 2011 | Product Number: H257101 | Price: $ 2572Carbon Content, Sampling, and CalculationCarbon emission quantities can be calculated from either the volume/mass of fuel or feedstock fed to a process (as applicable) and carbon content of the process or fuel supply, or by directly measuring volume/mass emissions. This technical report (TR) provides guidance on the sampling and calculation of carbon content of process or fuel supplies. The API companion technical report, TR 2571, can be referenced for guidance on measuring the volume/mass of process fuel gas or feedstock, and the API Compendium of Greenhouse Gas Emissions Estimation Methodologies for the Oil and Natural Gas Industry can be reference for guidance on the calculation of emissions. TR 2572 provides guidance and a methodology for the determination of carbon content from hydrocarbon-based petroleum and petrochemical products, and the uncertainty of the average carbon content as calculated from multiple samples taken during a reporting period. This method is intended to make use of industry-accepted mixture property data and test methods with no new or modified test methods introduced in this document. The method is applicable to carbon-content-based reporting or trading for all gaseous and liquid hydrocarbons. This TR provides references and supplemental information on applicable industry practices based on the published resources, existing industry standards, industry-accepted physical constants, or properties of hydrocarbons for measurement, sampling, sampling frequency, and analysis of hydrocarbon samples. Pages: 241st Edition | May 2013 | Product Number: H257201 | Price: $ TR 2575Measurement of Thermally Cracked GasPresents a method to compute the density, compressibility factor, and supercompressibility factor for thermally cracked gas (TCG) for custody transfer using orifice meters. It provides equations, parameters, computation flow diagrams, and example spreadsheet calculations. This technical report applies to TCG mixtures after treatment. It applies for temperature from 90 F to 120 F (305 K to 322 K) at pressures up to 300 psig (2 MPa). It is limited to a specific operating region. The method is for the single gas phase only. Pages: 171st Edition | September 2014 | Product Number: H257501 | Price: $ 2578 Flow Conditioner Installation and Effects on Turbine MetersProvides a summary of flow conditioning testing performed on turbine meters in liquid hydrocarbons. Initial testing was conducted in water and those findings were included as an addendum to Ch. in 2009, subsequent testing in hydrocarbon liquids was carried out through July II testing focused on operational effects, specifically the relationship of strainer design, strainer basket disturbances, flow conditioning, and their effects on the flow meter deviations in hydrocarbon applications (viscosities, densities, and Reynolds number). Pages: 161st Edition | October 2017 | Product Number: H257801 | Price: $ This publication is a new entry in this catalog. This publication is related to an API licensing, certification, or accreditation you have any questions or comments regarding API standards, please visit publications with an asterisk are subject to a $ handling charge for each total order, plus actual shipping charges. GENERAL Publ 1593 Gasoline Marketing in the United States TodayProvides information on motor fuel and gasoline consumption, motor fuel distribution, the gasoline pricing system, motor gasoline prices and taxes, the number/configuration of retail gasoline outlets, and employment/productivity in the retail gasoline distribution industry. Pages: 773rd Edition | May 1992 | Product Number: A15930 | Price: $ 1673 Compilation of Air Emission for Petroleum Distribution Dispensing FacilitiesCompiles the most widely accepted, available emission factors and emission estimation techniques for developing air emission estimates from evaporative loss sources of petroleum products at marketing and distribution facilities. These losses can occur from transfer and storage operations and fugitive equipment leaks and spillage. Pages: 29 2nd Edition | July 2009 | Product Number: A16732 | Price: $ RP 1543 Documentation, Monitoring and Laboratory Testing of Aviation Fuel During Shipment from Refinery to AirportAviation fuels pass through a variety of storage and handling facilities, from refinery to airport. As aviation fuels are stored and transported in storage and transportation systems where contact with non-aviation products may occur, a fuel quality monitoring program is required, in addition to equipment, operating, inspection and maintenance standards. The purpose of this practice is to ensure the fuel remains on specification. This recommended practice (RP) was written to provide guidance on the development of an aviation fuel monitoring and testing program (fuel quality monitoring program) for aviation fuel from point of manufacture to delivery to the airport. Proper handling entails documenting and testing aviation fuel quality as product is transported throughout the supply chain to maintain the original product specification. Pages: 251st Edition | July 2009 | Product Number: A154301 | Price: $ 1595 Design, Construction, Operation, Maintenance, and Inspection of Aviation Pre-Airfield Storage TerminalsContains basic requirements for the design, construction, operation, and maintenance of pre-airfield storage terminals located directly upstream of the airport, hereafter referred to as pre-airfield storage terminals. This recommended practice provides guidance on the minimum equipment standards and operating procedures for the receipt and storage of aviation fuels at pre-airfield storage terminals, located directly upstream of the airport, and its shipment directly via a grade-dedicated pipeline, marine vessel (barge or ship), or road/rail transport to an airport. This RP does not address in-transit or breakout storage upstream of the pre-airfield storage terminal. The design and construction provisions of this standard are intended for application at new facilities. Application of the design and construction provisions of this standard to facilities, equipment, structures, or installations that are already in place, that are in the process of construction or that are installed before the date of this publication, should be evaluated when circumstances merit. Such an evaluation should consider the site-specific circumstances and detailed accounting for both the potential and tolerance for risk, existing conditions at the installation, and overall benefit for applying the required design and construction provisions. The operation, sampling, testing, and maintenance provisions in the various sections of this standard shall apply to both new and existing installations. Pages: 752nd Edition | October 2012 | Product Number: C159502 | Price: $ of 2010, API does not maintain or distribute the following aviation fuel equipment related documents:EI 1529 Aviation Fuelling Hose EI 1540 Design, Construction, Operation and Maintenance of Aviation Fueling Facilities, IP Model Code of Safe Practice Part 7 EI 1542 Identification Markings for Dedicated Aviation Fuel Manufacturing and Distribution Facilities, Airport Storage and Mobile Fuelling Equipment EI 1550 Handbook on Equipment Used for the Maintenance and Delivery of Clean Aviation Fuel EI 1581Specification and Qualification Procedures for Aviation Jet Fuel Filter/Separators EI 1582 Specification for Similarity for API/EI 1581 Aviation Jet Fuel Filter/Separators EI 1584 Four-Inch Aviation Hydrant System Components and Arrangements EI 1585 Guidance in the Cleaning of Aviation Fuel Hydrant Systems at Airports EI 1590 Specifications and Qualification Procedures for Aviation Fuel Microfilters EI 1594 Initial Pressure Strength Testing of Airport Fuel Hydrant Systems with Water EI 1596 Design and Construction of Aviation Fuel Filter Vessels EI 1597 Procedures for Overwing Fuelling to Ensure Delivery of the Correct Fuel Grade to an Aircraft EI 1598 Considerations for Electronic Sensors to Monitor Free Water and/or Particulate Matter in Aviation Fuel EI 1599 Laboratory Tests and Minimum Performance Levels for Aviation Fuel Dirt Defense Filters The documents listed above are maintained and distributed by the Energy Institute. For ordering information, please refer to the following Orders: +1 800 854 7179 (Toll-free: and Canada)Phone Orders: +1 303 397 7956 (Local and International) This publication is a new entry in this catalog. This publication is related to an API licensing, certification, or accreditation OPERATIONS RP 1525 Bulk Oil Testing, Handling, and Storage Guidelines Designed to be used as a reference and management guide by personnel operating and managing petroleum and tank facilities associated with the storage and distribution of petroleum lubricants. Topics covered include equipment and facility standards, product sampling and testing methods and equipment, receiving and storage of bulk lubricants, and packaging and loading petroleum lubricants for distribution to other facilities. Pages: 28 1st Edition | June 1997 | Product Number: F15251 | Price: $ 1604 Closure of Underground Petroleum Storage Tanks Provides operating procedures that may be used for the abandonment, removal, storage, temporarily-out-service, and sale of used underground tanks that have contained gasoline or other flammable liquids. Pages: 93rd Edition | March 1996 | Reaffirmed: December 2010 Product Number: A16043 | Price: $ 1615 Installation of Underground Petroleum Storage Systems Guide to procedures and equipment that should be used for the proper installation of underground storage systems for bulk petroleum products or used oil at retail and commercial facilities. The stored products include gasoline, diesel fuel, kerosene, lubricating oils, used oil, and certain bio-fuel blends. This RP is intended for use by architects, engineers, tank owners, tank operators, and contractors. Contractors, engineers, and owners or operators who are preparing to design or install an UST system should investigate the federal, state, and local requirements and current methods of compliance for vapor recovery in that region. Vapor recovery is covered in detail in Section 17 of this document. This RP is not intended to cover specialized installations, such as fuel storage systems at marinas or airports, heating oil storage systems (either residential or bulk), or systems installed inside buildings. However, it does outline recognized and generally accepted good engineering practices that may be of use for these specialized installations. This RP does not apply to the installation of below ground or above ground bulk storage systems greater than 60,000 gallons. Pages: 896th Edition | April 2011 | Product Number: A16156 | Price: $ 1621 Bulk Liquid Stock Control at Retail Outlets Primarily applies to underground storage of motor fuels and used oil at retail and commercial facilities. It assists the operator in controlling bulk stock losses, thereby achieving a high level of safety and pollution control, while maximizing profits. Pages: 25 5th Edition | May 1993 | Reaffirmed: May 2012 Product Number: A16210 | Price: $ 1626Storing and Handling Ethanol and Gasoline-Ethanol Blends at Distribution Terminals and Filling Stations(includes Errata 1 dated February 2011)Describes recommended practices for the storing, handling, and fire protection of ethanol and gasoline-ethanol blends from E1 to E10 and from E70 to E100 (used for E85) at distribution terminals and filling stations. Where information exists for gasoline-ethanol blends from E11 to E15, it is shared. Recommended practices for E16 through E69 are not covered because currently these blends are not legal gasoline blends or alternative fuels. There is a general lack of information on the properties of these blends and there are currently no filling station components certified by any nationally recognized testing laboratory for these blends. Pages: 592nd Edition | August 2010 | Product Number: A16262 | Price: $ 1631 Interior Lining and Periodic Inspection of Underground Storage TanksProvides minimum recommendations for the interior lining of existing steel and fiberglass reinforced plastic underground tanks used to store petroleum-based motor fuels and middle distillates. Recommendations and procedures to be followed by contractors, mechanics, and engineers are presented. Methods for vapor-freeing tanks, removing sediment, and cleaning interior surfaces of steel and fiberglass tanks are also presented, as are guidelines for identifying tanks that may be lined. The methods described in this standard are applicable to steel and fiberglass-reinforced plastic tanks used for the storage of petroleum-based motor fuels and middle distillates. The procedures are applicable to tanks installed in typical retail service station outlets, but may also be used for tanks installed at other types of facilities. Pages: 25 5th Edition | June 2001 | Reaffirmed: December 2010 Product Number: A16315 | Price: $ 1637 Using the API Color-Symbol System to Mark Equipment and Vehicles for Product Identification at Gasoline Dispensing Facilities and Distribution Terminals(includes Errata 1 dated January 2007)Describes a system for marking equipment used to store and handle bulk petroleum, alcohol-blended petroleum and biodiesel products. The marking system described in this recommended practice does not cover aviation fuels. Marking systems for aviation fuels are described in API/IP Std 1542. Pages: 15 3rd Edition | July 2006 | Reaffirmed: May 2012 Product Number: A16373 | Price: $ 1639 Owner/Operator's Guide to Operation and Maintenance of Vapor Recovery Systems at Gasoline Dispensing FacilitiesProvides guidance for owners and operators of gasoline dispensing facilities and regulatory officials regarding the operation and maintenance of gasoline vapor recovery systems and components. Proper operation and maintenance of the equipment can improve compliance with vapor recovery regulations and provide substantial emission reductions. This guide does not address the maintenance required qualified service technicians. Pages: 221st Edition | July 2003 | Reaffirmed: May 2012 Product Number: A16391 | Price: $ 1640Product Quality in Light Product Storage and Handling OperationsPrepared by the API Fuels Marketing Subcommittee with technical participation and feedback from other industry stakeholders. It assists those involved in fuel handling at distribution and intermediate storage facilities. This publication provides guidance on the minimum equipment standards and operating procedures for the receipt, storage, blending, and delivery of light products, their blend components, and additives at distribution and intermediate storage terminals, including related operations of pipeline, marine vessel (barge or ship), and road/rail transport. This RP also covers the minimum equipment standards and operating procedures for the receipt, storage, blending of light products, including but not limited to gasoline, kerosene, diesel, heating oil and their blend components ( ethanol, biodiesel, and butane) at distribution and storage terminals, as well as light product shipments directly via a pipeline, marine vessel (barge or ship) or road and rail transport. In addition, this RP provides guidance for the design, construction, operation, and maintenance of light products storage and distribution terminals with the specific intent of protecting or ensuring product quality. Pages: 641st Edition | August 2013 | Product Number: A164001 | Price: $ MarketingFax Orders: +1 303 397 2740Online Orders: This publication is a new entry in this catalog. This publication is related to an API licensing, certification, or accreditation 1642 Alcohol, Ethers, and Gasoline-Alcohol and -Ether BlendsExamines fire safety considerations at petroleum marketing facilities. Focuses on gasoline blended with oxygenates, and M85, but also includes alcohols and ethers because they may be present at terminals and bulk plants for blending purposes. Pages: 12 1st Edition | February 1996 | Product Number: A16421 | Price: $ 1645 Stage II Cost Study Addresses the general installation cost information for three different types of retail gasoline outlet (RGO) vapor recovery systems: vapor balance, passive vacuum assist, and active vacuum assist. Additionally, it provides an overview of how each system operates. Pages: 61st Edition | August 2002 | Product Number: A16451 | Price: $ 1646 Safe Work Practices for Contractors Working at Retail Petroleum/Convenience Facilities Provides the recommended minimum safety procedures for working at retail petroleum/convenience facilities and is a key component of the API WorkSafe Program. It also details how to develop a task specific Job Safety Analysis that should be completed before any work may begin. This document also provides the user with a general awareness of safety issues associated with maintenance and construction work at retail petroleum/convenience facilities, including service stations. It also highlights many of the Federal OSHA requirements that may apply to maintenance and construction work in the retail petroleum/convenience business. Pages: 842nd Edition | May 2017 | Product Number: A164602 | Price: $ 2610 Design, Construction, Operation, Maintenance, and Inspection of Terminal and Tank Facilities Covers the design, construction, operation, inspection, and maintenance of petroleum terminal and tank facilities associated with marketing, refining, pipeline, and other similar activities. Covers site selection and spacing, pollution prevention and waste management, safe operations, fire prevention and protection, tanks, dikes and berms, mechanical systems (pipe, valves, pumps, and piping systems), product transfer, corrosion protection, structures, utilities and yard, and removals and purpose of this standard is to consolidate a wide base of current industry experience, knowledge, information, and management practices into a cohesive standard comprising a range of best practices. Pages: 532nd Edition | May 2005 | Reaffirmed: December 2010 2-Year Extension: May 2016 | Product Number: C26102 | Price: $ 2610 *Design, Construction, Operation, Maintenance, and Inspection of Terminal and Tank Facilities SpanishSpanish translation of Std Edition | May 2005 | Product Number: C26102SP | Price: $ 2611Terminal Piping Inspection Inspection of In-Service Terminal Piping SystemsCovers the inspection of typical terminal piping systems within terminal boundaries, which includes off-plot piping. Off-plot piping includes, but is not limited to piping between facilities, piping that comes from or goes to a refinery, or other type facility, or piping that may cross a road, ditch, or other property outside the confines of a terminal facility. Piping for transportation of finished fuel products, such as gasoline, diesel, lubricating oils, jet fuel, and aviation fuel, are covered by the scope of this document. Also covered are piping systems for nonfuel-type fluids. The piping for other terminal nonfuel-type fluids typically found in terminals, include asphaltic products, process water, transmix, slop water, and biofuels. This document does not address piping in a refinery facility, sanitary waste piping, cast iron piping, and nonmetallic gravity flow piping systems. Pages: 421st Edition | June 2011 | Product Number: A261101 | Price: $ OIL A Guidebook for Implementing Curbside and Drop-Off Used Motor Oil Collection Programs Designed to help municipal managers and regulators evaluate the types of available programs (either curbside or drop-off programs, including examples of both), and how to effectively implement these used oil recycling programs. It is based on national surveys of existing programs throughout the country and includes examples of budgets, procedures, equipment, and model programs that are currently underway. Pages: 471st Edition | February 1992 | Product Number: B20002 | Price: Free National Used Oil Collection Study Reviews the status of used engine oil collection in the United States. Documents state efforts to collect oil and the outcomes of such efforts. Provides examples of how used oil collection can be successful, as well as warning of the pitfalls that should be avoided, based on the experience of other states. Pages: 2481st Edition | June 1996 | Product Number: B18301 | Price: $ 1835 Study of Used Motor Oil Recycling in Eleven Selected CountriesThe study described in this report obtained information about used motor oil collection and recycling programs in 11 selected countries around the world. Pages: 55 1st Edition | November 1997 | Product Number: B18351 | Price: $ TRUCK OPERATIONS For Safety s Sake MC 306 Cargo Tank Vehicle Inspection This VHS tape provides a step-by-step approach to pre- and post-trip inspection of MC 306 cargo tank vehicles. The tape follows a driver through an actual walk-around inspection and covers driver recordkeeping and the inspection itself brakes, lights, mirrors, tires, wiring, the tank, and placards. Also includes common truck defects. The videotape was prepared under the direction of the API Highway Safety Committee and parallels the Department of Transportation's truck inspection regulations. Two minutes of blank leader is provided on the tape so that it can be customized to fit company training needs. VHS tape: 14 minutes. Pages: 65 January 1989 | Product Number: A11500 | Price: $ 1004 Bottom Loading and Vapor Recovery for MC-306 & DOT-406 Tank Motor Vehicles Provides an industry standard for bottom loading and vapor recovery of proprietary and hired carrier DOT MC-306 tank vehicles at terminals operated by more than one supplier. Guides the manufacturer and operator of a tank vehicle as to the uniform features that should be provided to permit loading of a tank vehicle with a standard 4-in. adapter. This edition of RP 1004 requires an independent secondary control system and maximum requirements for outage in the tank to allow the secondary control system to function. Pages: 21 8th Edition | January 2003 | Reaffirmed: February 2011 Product Number: A10048 | Price: $ *These translated versions are provided for the convenience of our customers and are not officially endorsed by API. The translated versions shall neither replace nor supersede the English-language versions, which remain the official standards. API shall not be responsible for any discrepancies or interpretations of these translations. Translations may not include any addenda or errata to the document. Please check the English-language versions for any updates to the Orders: +1 800 854 7179 (Toll-free: and Canada)Phone Orders: +1 303 397 7956 (Local and International) This publication is a new entry in this catalog. This publication is related to an API licensing, certification, or accreditation 1007Loading and Unloading of MC 306/DOT 406 Cargo Tank Motor Vehicles Ensuring the safe and efficient loading and delivery of petroleum products to retail service stations and bulk facilities is the primary goal for all companies that transport product. This document is a guideline for use by the truck driver and persons responsible for loading and unloading of MC306/DOT406 cargo tanks. It identifies specific steps to ensure that product can be loaded into tank trucks and unloaded into both underground and aboveground storage tanks in a safe and efficient manner that protects the environment. It is intended to be used in conjunction with existing driver training programs and procedures. Pages: 24 1st Edition | March 2001 | Reaffirmed: February 2011 Product Number: A10071 | Price: $ 1112Developing a Highway Emergency Response Plan for Incidents Involving Hazardous MaterialsProvides minimum guidelines for developing an emergency response plan for incidents involving hazardous liquid hydrocarbons, such as gasoline and crude oil, transported in MC 306/DOT 406 and MC 307/DOT 407 aluminum cargo tanks, and for coordinating and cooperating with local, state, and federal officials. Covers response plan priorities, personnel training, special equipment, media relations, environmental relations, and post-response activities. The appendixes outline a highway emergency response plan and suggest a procedure for removing liquid hydrocarbons from overturned cargo tanks and righting the tank vehicles. Pages: 213rd Edition | November 1997 | Reaffirmed: February 2011 Product Number: A11123 | Price: $ OILS AND LUBRICANTS Motor Oil Shelf Cards This two-page laminated guide helps consumers understand the API Engine Oil Quality Marks the API Certification Mark, Starburst, and Service Symbol, Donut, and the API Service Categories. Shelf Cards are available in English and Spanish and can be personalized with a company logo. For information on personalizing the shelf cards, call copies free on request from API or (202)-682-8516] Packs of 50 for $ Publ 1509 Engine Oil Licensing and Certification System(includes Addendum 1 dated October 2014)Describes the voluntary API Engine Oil Licensing and Certification System (EOLCS) and explains to marketers how different API marks are licensed and displayed for the consumer. The publication describes methods for developing new engine oil performance requirements and provides the marketer with a description of the API marks and their use, licensing requirements, aftermarket conformance, and enforcement procedures. EOLCS is the result of cooperation between and Japanese automobile manufacturers, diesel engine manufacturers, the additive industry represented by the American Chemistry Council (ACC), and the petroleum industry represented by API. This program benefits consumers, the petroleum industry, and gasoline- and diesel-engine manufacturers. Pages: 72 17th Edition | September 2012 | For a free copy of this document, please visit 1520 Directory of Licensees: API Engine Oil Licensing and Certification SystemIdentifies the companies licensed to display the API Engine Oil Licensing and Certification System (EOLCS) directory can be accessed only through API s website, FUEL Publ 1571 Diesel Fuel Questions and Answers for Highway and Off-Highway Use Provides answers to some of the frequent questions asked about diesel fuel. Included are explanations of the quality features of diesel fuel and their significance, descriptions of diesel fuel classifications, discussions of additives normally used and their purposes, and explanations of factors that can affect performance. Pages: 20 4th Edition | January 1996 | Product Number: F15714 Price: Pack of 25 for $ HEALTH, ENVIRONMENT, AND SAFETY: GENERAL Std 2350 Overfill Protection for Storage Tanks in Petroleum Facilities (ANSI/API Std 2350)Applies to storage tanks associated with marketing, refining, pipeline, and terminals operations and with tanks containing Class I or Class II petroleum liquids and use is recommended for Class III petroleum liquids. This standard addresses overfill protection for petroleum storage tanks. It recognizes that prevention provides the most basic level of protection, thus while using both terms protection and prevention, the document emphasizes prevention. The standard's scope covers overfill (and damage) prevention practices for aboveground storage tanks in petroleum facilities, including refineries, marketing terminals, bulk plants, and pipeline terminals that receive flammable and combustible liquids. The fourth edition continues to build on experience and new technology through the use of management systems. Since operations are the primary overfill prevention safeguard, new definitions and requirements are established for alarms. Risk reduction is also addressed by current and generally accepted industry essential elements of this document are based on current industry safe operating practices and existing consensus standards. Federal, state, and local regulations or laws may contain additional requirements for tank overfill protection programs. For existing facilities, the results of a risk-based analysis of aboveground atmospheric petroleum storage tanks may indicate the need for more protection against overfilling. In such cases, some provisions from this standard may be purpose of this standard is to assist owner/operators and operating personnel in the prevention of tank overfills by implementation of a comprehensive overfill prevention process (OPP). The goal is to receive product into the intended storage tank without overfill or loss of standard does not apply to: underground storage tanks; aboveground tanks of 1320 gallons (5000 liters) or less; aboveground tanks which comply with PEI 600; pressure vessels; tanks containing non-petroleum liquids; tanks storing LPG and LNG; tanks at service stations; tanks filled exclusively from wheeled vehicles ( tank trucks or railroad tank cars); and tanks covered by OSHA 29 CFR and EPA 40 CFR 68, or similar regulations. Pages: 474th Edition | May 2012 | Product Number: K235004 | Price: $ MarketingFax Orders: +1 303 397 2740Online Orders: This publication is a new entry in this catalog. This publication is related to an API licensing, certification, or accreditation , ENVIRONMENT, AND SAFETY: WASTE Publ 1638 Waste Management Practices for Petroleum Marketing FacilitiesProvides specific guidance for managing typical waste streams at petroleum marketing facilities. This publication covers petroleum marketing facilities ranging from retail fuel convenience stores to terminals and lube plants. Pages: 201st Edition | October 1994 | Product Number: A16381 | Price: $ , ENVIRONMENT, AND SAFETY: WATER Publ 1612 Guidance Document for Discharging of Petroleum Distribution Terminal Effluents to Publicly Owned Treatment WorksProvides terminal managers with guidance on discharging terminal effluents to publicly owned treatment works (POTWs). Covers relations with POTW personnel, POTW concerns in accepting terminals wastewater, pretreatment regulations and local limits on the discharge of wastewaters to POTWs, and associated costs. Pages: 34 1st Edition | November 1996 | Product Number: A16121 | Price: $ 1669 Results of a Retail Gasoline Outlet and Commercial Parking Lot Storm Water Runoff StudyPresents the findings of a study to characterize storm water runoff from retail gasoline outlets and compares the results with runoff from commercial parking lots and published urban background values. Funded by the Western States Petroleum Association (WSPA) and the American Petroleum Institute (API), the results of this study indicate that fueling activities at normally operated and maintained retail gasoline outlets do not contribute additional significant concentrations of measured constituents in storm water runoff. Pages: 24 1st Edition | December 1994 | Product Number: A16691 | Price: $ , ENVIRONMENT, AND SAFETY: SOIL AND GROUNDWATER Publ 1628 A Guide to the Assessment and Remediation of Underground Petroleum ReleasesProvides an overview of proven technologies for the assessment and remediation of petroleum releases in soil and groundwater. Covers accidental releases arising from the production, transportation, refining, and marketing of liquid petroleum products or unrefined crude oil. Pages: 1193rd Edition | July 1996 | Product Number: A16283 | Price: $ 1628 and its five companion publications (1628A, 1628B, 1628C, 1628D, and 1628E) may be purchased as a set. Order Number: A1628S | Price: $ Publ 1628A Natural Attenuation Processes Describes the physical, chemical, and biological processes that decrease the concentrations and ultimately limit the extent of the dissolved plume migrating from a hydrocarbon release. Pages: 16 1st Edition | July 1996 | Product Number: A1628A | Price: $ 1628B Risk-Based Decision Making Discusses risk-based decision making approaches used for the assessment of hazardous conditions. Also presents information that can be utilized to focus remedial measures and funds on petroleum hydrocarbon release sites while being protective of human health and the environment, and to facilitate timely closure of hydrocarbon-impacted sites. Pages: 131st Edition | July 1996 | Product Number: A1628B | Price: $ 1628C Optimization of Hydrocarbon Recovery Covers the optimization, in its broadest sense, to achieve an environmentally sound site closure in the appropriate timeframe for the least cost (to maximize efficiency of the selected system). Pages: 20 1st Edition | July 1996 | Product Number: A1628C | Price: $ 1628D In-Situ Air Sparging Addresses in-situ air sparging. Covers remediation technologies, starting with the early techniques of containment or mass reduction through today's very aggressive site closure techniques. Addresses containment as well as residual petroleum hydrocarbon compounds. Pages: 131st Edition | July 1996 | Product Number: A1628D | Price: $ 1628E Operation and Maintenance Considerations for Hydrocarbon Remediation SystemsDiscusses concepts regarding operation and maintenance procedures necessary to achieve and maintain optimal performance of petroleum hydrocarbon remediation Edition | July 1996 | Product Number: A1628E | Price: $ 1629 Guide for Assessing and Remediating Petroleum Hydrocarbons in SoilsThis publication provides information regarding the site and release characteristics relevant to, and methods for assessing and remediating, soils contaminated with petroleum hydrocarbons released from underground or aboveground storage tank systems and operations. Developed to complement Publ 1628, which focuses primarily on assessing and remediating petroleum releases that may impact groundwater. Pages: 811st Edition | October 1993 | Product Number: A16290 | Price: $ API Standard for Third Party Network Connectivity Provides guidance for implementing secure third-party connections between the information technology systems and a network of two companies that have a business relationship and a common objective. The standard provides suggestions for companies to follow to establish third-party network connections, while protecting their individual systems and data from unauthorized access or manipulation. Pages: 36 1st Edition | November 2007 | Product Number: TSTP01 | Price: $ Guidelines for the Petroleum IndustryAPI s 3rd Edition of this document is now in use at oil and gas facilities around the world to help managers decide how to deter terrorist attacks. Covering all segments of the industry (production, refining, transportation, pipeline, and marketing), this guidance builds on the existing solid foundation of design and operational regulations, standards, and recommended practices, which relate to facility design and safety, environmental protection, emergency response, and protection from theft and vandalism. Produced in close collaboration with the Department of Homeland Security and other federal agencies, these guidelines, viewed as a living document, are broadly applicable to facility security in light of September 11, 2001, and provide the starting point for developing security plans at oil and natural gas facilities and operations. Pages: 583rd Edition | April 2005 | Product Number: OS0002 | Price: $ Orders: +1 800 854 7179 (Toll-free: and Canada)Phone Orders: +1 303 397 7956 (Local and International) This publication is a new entry in this catalog. This publication is related to an API licensing, certification, or accreditation Vulnerability Assessment Methodology for the Petroleum and Petrochemical IndustriesAPI and the National Petrochemical & Refiners Association jointly developed a new methodology for evaluating the likelihood and consequences of terrorist attacks against refineries and petrochemical facilities. This document is designed for companies to use in assessing vulnerabilities and potential damages from different kinds of terrorist attacks. In the post September 11 era, companies have reevaluated and enhanced security at their facilities. The methodology will provide officials with a new analytical tool to determine the likelihood of an adversary successfully exploiting vulnerability and the resulting degree of damage or impact. This vulnerability assessment methodology was produced in close collaboration with the Department of Homeland Security and other federal agencies. Pages: 155 October 2004 | Product Number: OSVA02 | Price: $ 1164Pipeline SCADA Security Provides guidance to the operators of oil and gas liquids pipeline systems for managing SCADA system integrity and security. The use of this document is not limited to pipelines regulated under Title 49 CFR , but should be viewed as a listing of best practices to be employed when reviewing and developing standards for a SCADA system. This document embodies API s Security Guidelines for the Petroleum Industry. This guideline is designed to provide operators with a description of industry practices in SCADA security, and to provide the framework needed to develop sound security practices within the operator s individual companies. It is important that operators understand system vulnerability and risks when reviewing the SCADA system for possible system improvements. The goal of an operator is to control the pipeline such that there are no adverse effects on employees, the environment, the public, or the customers as a result of actions by the operator, or by other parties. This document s main body provides a high-level view of holistic security practices. The annexes provide further details and technical guidance. Reviewing this document and following the guidance set forth in the annexes assists in creating inherently secure operations. Implementation of this standard to advance supervisory control and data acquisition (SCADA) cyber security is a continuous process. The overall process could take years to implement, depending on the complexity of the SCADA system. Additionally, the process would optimally be started as part of a SCADA upgrade project and use this standard to design in security as an element of the new system. Pages: 64 2nd Edition | June 2009 | Reaffirmed; October 2016 Product Number: D11642 | Price: $ This publication is a new entry in this catalog. This publication is related to an API licensing, certification, or accreditation you have any questions or comments regarding API standards, please visit Free publications with an asterisk are subject to a $ handling charge for each total order, plus actual shipping TRANSPORTATIONRP 3000Classifying and Loading of Crude Oil into Rail Tank CarsProvides guidance on the material characterization, transport classification, and quantity measurement for overfill prevention of petroleum crude oil, for the loading of rail tank cars. This document applies only to petroleum crude oil classified as Hazard Class 3 Flammable Liquid under the Code of Federal Regulations (CFR) at the time of 3000 identifies criteria for determining the frequency of sampling and testing of petroleum crude oil for transport classification. It discusses how to establish a sampling and testing program and provides an example of such a document provides guidance on Packing Group (PG) assignment, including the potential effect of heel, and mixing of crude oils of differing PGs. The document provides guidance on initial testing and an ongoing sampling and testing for assignment of 3000 provides guidance on determining the loading target quantity (LTQ) of crude oil transported by rail tank car. This includes crude oil temperature and density determination, identification of sampling points based on loading scenarios, and measurement equipment and on the documentation of measurement results and record retention is also provided. Pages: 381st Edition | September 2014 | Product Number: A30001 | Price: $ PUBLIC EDUCATION AND AWARENESS Get the Dirt VideoA damage prevention awareness video produced by the Dig Safely team. The video explains the call first process and encourages its use. Available in both English and Spanish. Single copies free from the API Pipeline Segment: 202-682-8125 Multiple copies available for $ each plus shipping from Revak & Associates: 330-533-1727 Guidelines for Property Development BrochureThe liquid petroleum pipeline industry has developed these guidelines to improve understanding and increase awareness of the nature of underground pipelines that transport oil, petroleum products, natural gas liquids, and other hazardous liquids and how to conduct land development and use activity near pipeline rights-of-way. The guidelines are intended for use by anyone who is involved in land development, agriculture, and excavation/construction activities near a pipeline. The industry s goal is to protect public safety of the people who live and work along pipeline rights-of-way, protect the environment along rights-of-way, and maintain the integrity of the pipeline so that petroleum products can be delivered to customers safely and without pipeline right-of-way (ROW) is property in which a pipeline company and a landowner both have a legal interest. Each has a right to be there, although each has a different type of use for the land. Pipeline companies are granted permission from private landowners to transport petroleum products across their private lands. That permission is documented in a written agreement called an easement, and it is obtained though purchase, license, or by agreement with the landowner. In cases where the land is owned by the government whether local, state, or federal similar arrangements for their respective responsibilities for maintaining the safety of this vital, but invisible, transportation 2009 | Product Number: D0GP04 Price: $ for a packet of 5 | $ for a customized PDF (for more information on the customized PDF, contact API at PIPELINE OPERATIONS PUBLICATIONS RP 1102 Steel Pipelines Crossing Railroads and Highways(includes Errata 1 dated November 2008, Errata 2 dated May 2010, Errata 3 dated September 2012, Errata 4 dated February 2014, and Errata 5 dated March 2014)Covers the design, installation, inspection, and testing required to ensure safe crossings of steel pipelines under railroads and highways. The provisions apply to the design and construction of welded steel pipelines under railroads and highways. The provisions of this practice are formulated to protect the facility crossed by the pipeline, as well as to provide adequate design for safe installation and provisions herein should be applicable to the construction of pipelines crossing under railroads and highways and to the adjustment of existing pipelines crossed by railroad or highway construction. This practice should not be applied retroactively. Neither should it apply to pipelines under contract for construction on or prior to the effective date of this edition. Neither should it be applied to directionally drilled crossings or to pipelines installed in utility tunnels. Pages: 397th Edition | December 2007 | Reaffirmed: December 2012 Product Number: D11021 | Price: $ 1104 Welding of Pipelines and Related Facilities(includes Addendum 1 dated July 2014, Errata 1 dated April 2014, Errata 2 dated June 2014, Errata 3 dated July 2014, Errata 4 dated November 2015, and Addendum 2 dated May 2016)Covers the gas and arc welding of butt, fillet, and socket welds in carbon and low-alloy steel piping used in the compression, pumping, and transmission of crude petroleum, petroleum products, fuel gases, carbon dioxide, nitrogen, and where applicable, covers welding on distribution systems. It applies to both new construction and in-service welding. The welding may be done by a shielded metal-arc welding, submerged arc welding, gas tungsten-arc welding, gas metal-arc welding, flux-cored arc welding, plasma arc welding, oxyacetylene welding, or flash butt welding process or by a combination of these processes using a manual, semiautomatic, mechanized, or automatic welding technique or a combination of these techniques. The welds may be produced by position or roll welding or by a combination of position and roll standard also covers the procedures for radiographic, magnetic particle, liquid penetrant, and ultrasonic testing, as well as the acceptance standards to be applied to production welds tested to destruction or inspected by radiographic, magnetic particle, liquid penetrant, ultrasonic, and visual testing methods. It is intended that all work performed in accordance with this standard shall meet or exceed the requirements of this standard. Pages: 118 21st Edition | September 2013 | Product Number: D110421 | Price: $ 1104 *Welding of Pipelines and Related Facilities Kazakh Kazakh translation of Std 1104. 21st Edition | September 2013 Product Number: D110421K | Price: $ * These translated versions are provided for the convenience of our customers and are not officially endorsed by API. The translated versions shall neither replace nor supersede the English-language versions, which remain the official standards. API shall not be responsible for any discrepancies or interpretations of these translations. Translations may not include any Addenda or Errata to the document. Please check the English-language versions for any updates to the Orders: +1 800 854 7179 (Toll-free: and Canada)Phone Orders: +1 303 397 7956 (Local and International) This publication is a new entry in this catalog. This publication is related to an API licensing, certification, or accreditation 1104 *Welding of Pipelines and Related Facilities PortuguesePortuguese translation of Std 1104. 21st Edition | September 2013 Product Number: D110421P | Price: $ 1104 *Welding of Pipelines and Related Facilities RussianRussian translation of Std 1104. 21st Edition | September 2013 Product Number: D110421R | Price: $ 1104 *Welding of Pipelines and Related Facilities SpanishSpanish translation of Std 1104. 21st Edition | September 2013 Product Number: D110421SP | Price: $ 1109 Line Markers and Signage for Hazardous Liquid Pipelines and FacilitiesAddresses the permanent marking of liquid petroleum pipeline transportation facilities. It covers the design, message, installation, placement, inspection, and maintenance of markers and signs on pipeline facilities located onshore and at inland waterway crossings. Markers and signs indicate the presence of a pipeline facility and warn of the potential hazards associated with its presence and operation. The markers and signs may contain information to be used by the public when reporting emergencies and seeking assistance in determining the precise location of a buried provisions of this recommended practice cover the minimum marker and sign requirements for liquid petroleum pipeline facilities. Alternative markers, which are recommended for some locations under certain circumstances, are also discussed. The pipeline operator is responsible for determining the extent of pipeline marking. Consideration should be given to the consequences of pipeline failure or damage; hazardous characteristics of the commodity being transported; and the pipeline's proximity to industrial, commercial, residential, and environmentally sensitive areas. The pipeline marking programs are also integral parts of the pipeline operator's maintenance and emergency recommended practice is not intended to be applied retroactively. Its recommendations are for new construction and for normal marker maintenance programs subsequent to the effective date of this edition. Pages: 13 5th Edition | October 2017 | Product Number: D11095 | Price: $ 1110Recommended Practice for the Pressure Testing of Steel Pipelines for the Transportation of Gas, Petroleum Gas, Hazardous Liquids, Highly Volatile Liquids, or Carbon DioxideApplies to all parts of a pipeline or pipeline facility including line pipe, pump station piping, terminal piping, compressor station piping, metering station piping, delivery station piping, regulator station piping, appurtenances connected to line pipe, appurtenances connected to facility piping, fabricated assemblies, valves, tees, elbows, reducers, flanges, and any other pipeline equipment or appurtenances. This RP does not apply to pumping units, compressor units, breakout tanks, pressure vessels, control piping, sample piping, instrument piping/tubing, or any component or piping system for which other codes specify pressure testing requirements ( ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, piping systems covered by building codes, etc.). Although this recommended practice (RP) contains guidelines that are based on sound engineering judgment, it is important to note that certain governmental requirements may differ from the guidelines presented in this document. Nothing in this RP is intended to inhibit the use of engineering solutions that are not covered in this document. This may be particularly applicable where there is innovative developing technology. Where an alternative is offered, the RP may be used, provided any and all variations from the document are identified and documented. This RP does not address piping systems that are pressure tested with natural gas, nitrogen, or air. Pages: 246th Edition | February 2013 | Product Number: D11106 | Price: $ RP 1111Design, Construction, Operation, and Maintenance of Offshore Hydrocarbon Pipelines (Limit State Design)Sets criteria for the design, construction, testing, operation, and maintenance of offshore steel pipelines used in the production, production support, or transportation of hydrocarbons from the outlet flange of a production facility. The criteria applies to transportation piping facilities located on production platforms after separation and treatment, including meter facilities, gas compression facilities, liquid pumps, and associated piping and appurtenances. This document may also be used for water injection pipelines offshore. Limit state design has been incorporated into the document to provide a uniform factor of safety with respect to rupture or burst failure as the primary design condition independent of the pipe diameter, wall thickness, and grade. The criteria contained in this document are intended to permit the economical transportation of hydrocarbons while providing for the safety of life and property and the protection of the environment. The general adoption of these criteria should assure that offshore hydrocarbon pipelines possess the requisite structural integrity for their safe and efficient operation. Pages: 67 5th Edition | September 2015 | Product Number: D11115 | Price: $ 1114Recommended Practice for the Design of Solution-Mined Underground Storage FacilitiesProvides basic guidance on the design and development of new solution-mined underground storage facilities. It is based on the accumulated knowledge and experience of geologists, engineers, and other personnel in the petroleum industry. Users of this guide are reminded that no publication of this type can be complete nor can any written document be substituted for qualified, site-specific engineering analysis. All aspects of solution-mined underground storage are covered, including selecting an appropriate site, physically developing the cavern, and testing and commissioning the cavern. Additionally, a section on plug and abandonment practices is included. This recommended practice does not apply to caverns used for waste disposal purposes. See RP 1115 for guidance in the operation of solution-mined underground storage facilities. Pages: 472nd Edition | January 2013 | Product Number: D11142 | Price: $ 1115 Recommended Practice on the Operation of Solution-Mined Underground Storage FacilitiesProvides basic guidance on the operation of solution-mined underground hydrocarbon liquid or liquefied petroleum gas storage facilities. This document is intended for first-time cavern engineers or supervisors, but would also be valuable to those people experienced in cavern operations. This recommended practice is based on the accumulated knowledge and experience of geologists, engineers, and other personnel in the petroleum industry. All aspects of solution-mined underground storage operation, including cavern hydraulics, brine facilities, wellhead and hanging strings, and cavern testing are covered. Users of this guide are reminded that no publication of this type can be complete, nor can any written document be substituted for effective site-specific operating procedures.* These translated versions are provided for the convenience of our customers and are not officially endorsed by API. The translated versions shall neither replace nor supersede the English-language versions, which remain the official standards. API shall not be responsible for any discrepancies or interpretations of these translations. Translations may not include any Addenda or Errata to the document. Please check the English-language versions for any updates to the Orders: +1 303 397 2740Online Orders: This publication is a new entry in this catalog. This publication is related to an API licensing, certification, or accreditation recommended practice does not apply to caverns used for natural gas storage, waste disposal purposes, caverns which are mechanically mined, depleted petroleum reserve cavities, or other underground storage systems which are not solution-mined. Pages: 161st Edition | September 1994 | Reaffirmed: October 2012 Product Number: D11151 | Price: $ 1117 Recommended Practice for Movement in In-Service Pipelines(includes Errata 1 dated December 2008 and Errata 2 dated August 2009)Covers the design, execution, inspection, and safety of a pipeline-lowering or other movement operation conducted while the pipeline is in service. (In this document, the terms lowering and movement can be used interchangeably.) This recommended practice presents general guidelines for conducting a pipeline-movement operation without taking the pipeline out of service. It also presents equations for estimating the induced stresses. To promote the safety of the movement operation, it describes stress limits and procedures. Additionally, it outlines recommendations to protect the pipeline against damage. The practicality and safety of trench types, support systems, and lowering or other methods are considered. Inspection procedures and limitations are presented. Pages: 333rd Edition | July 2008 | Reaffirmed: October 2013 Product Number: D11173 | Price: $ 1130 Computational Pipeline Monitoring for LiquidsFocuses on the design, implementation, testing, and operation of CPM systems that use an algorithmic approach to detect hydraulic anomalies in pipeline operating parameters. The primary purpose of these systems is to provide tools that assist pipeline controllers in detecting commodity releases that are within the sensitivity of the algorithm. It is intended that the CPM system would provide an alarm and display other related data to the pipeline controllers to aid in decision-making. The pipeline controllers would undertake an immediate investigation, confirm the reason for the alarm and initiate an operational response to the hydraulic anomaly when it represents an irregular operating condition or abnormal operating condition or a commodity release. The purpose of this recommended practice is to assist the pipeline operator in identifying issues relevant to the selection, implementation, testing, and operation of a CPM system. Pages: 42 1st Edition | September 2007 | Reaffirmed: November 2017 Product Number: D011301 | Price: $ 1133 Managing Hydrotechnical Hazards for Pipelines Located Onshore or Within Coastal AreasSets out criteria for the design, construction, operation, maintenance, and abandonment of onshore pipelines that could affect high consequence floodplains and associated commercially navigable waterways. This document applies only to steel pipelines that transport gas, hazardous liquids, alcohols or carbon dioxide. The design, construction, inspection, and testing provisions of this document should not apply to pipelines that were designed or installed prior to the latest revision of this publication. The operation and maintenance provisions of this document should apply to existing facilities. The contents in this document should not be considered a fixed rule for application without regard to sound engineering judgment. Pages: 942nd Edition | December 2017 | Product Number: D11332 | Price: $ 1149Pipeline Variable Uncertainties and Their Effects on Leak DetectabilityDescribes procedures for predicting uncertainties in the detection of leaks in pipelines using computational methods based upon physical hydraulic state measurements. This class of pipeline leak detection methods is commonly called Computational Pipeline Monitoring (CPM). Pages: 1602nd Edition | September 2015 | Product Number: D11492 | Price: $ 1160Managing System Integrity for Hazardous Liquid Pipelines(includes Errata 1 dated September 2013)Outlines a process that an operator of a pipeline system can use to assess risks and make decisions about risks in operating a hazardous liquid pipeline in order to reduce both the number of incidents and the adverse effects of errors and integrity management program provides a means to improve the safety of pipeline systems and to allocate operator resources effectively to: identify and analyze actual and potential precursor events that can result in pipeline incidents; examine the likelihood and potential severity of pipeline incidents; provide a comprehensive and integrated means for examining and comparing the spectrum of risks and risk reduction activities available; provide a structured, easily communicated means for selecting and implementing risk reduction activities; and establish and track system performance with the goal of improving that standard is intended for use by individuals and teams charged with planning, implementing, and improving a pipeline integrity management program. Typically a team would include engineers, operating personnel, and technicians or specialists with specific experience or expertise (corrosion, in-line inspection, right-of-way patrolling, etc.). Users of this standard should be familiar with the pipeline safety regulations (Title 49 CFR Part 195), including the requirements for pipeline operators to have a written pipeline integrity program and to conduct a baseline assessment and periodic reassessments of pipeline management integrity. Pages: 992nd Edition | September 2013 | Product Number: D116002 | Price: $ 1161 Recommended Practice for Pipeline Operator Qualification (OQ)Provides guidance to the liquids pipeline industry. The United States Department of Transportation (DOT) requires that pipeline operators develop a written qualification program to evaluate personnel and contractor ability to perform covered tasks and to recognize and respond to abnormal operating conditions that may be encountered while performing these covered tasks. This is a performance-based qualification program. Pages: 2563rd Edition | January 2014 | Product Number: D11613 | Price: $ 1162 Public Awareness Programs for Pipeline OperatorsProvides guidance for pipeline operators to develop and manage public awareness programs tailored to meet the needs of the community. It is meant to raise the quality of public awareness programs and align baseline core safety messages across the oil and gas scope of this recommended practice (RP) covers the development, implementation, evaluation, and documentation of public awareness programs associated with the normal operation of existing pipeline systems and facilities, including transmission pipelines, local distribution systems, and gathering important objectives of this RP are to provide a framework to help each pipeline operator create and manage a public awareness program as well as a process for periodic program evaluation to encourage each operator to enhance the program, at the operator s discretion, as circumstances related to new pipeline construction, offshore operations, and during emergencies are not covered by this RP, nor is it intended to provide guidance to operators for communications about operator-specific performance measures that are addressed through other means of communication or regulatory RP provides the operator with the elements of a recommended baseline public awareness program and considerations to determine when and how to enhance the program to provide the appropriate level of public awareness outreach. Enhancements may affect messages, delivery frequency and methods, geographic coverage areas, program evaluation, and other elements. Pages: 59 2nd Edition | December 2010 | Reaffirmed: October 2015 Product Number: D11622 | Price: $ Orders: +1 800 854 7179 (Toll-free: and Canada)Phone Orders: +1 303 397 7956 (Local and International) This publication is a new entry in this catalog. This publication is related to an API licensing, certification, or accreditation 1163In-Line Inspection Systems QualificationCovers the use of in-line inspection (ILI) systems for onshore and offshore gas and hazardous liquid pipelines. This includes, but is not limited to, tethered, self-propelled, or free flowing systems for detecting metal loss, cracks, mechanical damage, pipeline geometries, and pipeline location or mapping, The standard applies to both existing and developing standard is an umbrella document that provides performance-based requirements for ILI systems, including procedures, personnel, equipment, and associated software. Nothing in this standard is intended to inhibit the use of inspection systems or engineering solutions that are not covered by the standard. This may be particularly applicable where there is innovative developing technology. Where an alternative is offered, the standard may be used, provided any and all variations from the standard are identified and documented. Pages: 79 2nd Edition | April 2013 | Product Number: D11632 | Price: $ 1164Pipeline SCADA Security Provides guidance to the operators of oil and gas liquids pipeline systems for managing SCADA system integrity and security. The use of this document is not limited to pipelines regulated under Title 49 CFR , but should be viewed as a listing of best practices to be employed when reviewing and developing standards for a SCADA system. This document embodies API s Security Guidelines for the Petroleum Industry. This guideline is designed to provide operators with a description of industry practices in SCADA security, and to provide the framework needed to develop sound security practices within the operator s individual companies. It is important that operators understand system vulnerability and risks when reviewing the SCADA system for possible system improvements. The goal of an operator is to control the pipeline such that there are no adverse effects on employees, the environment, the public, or the customers as a result of actions by the operator, or by other parties. This document s main body provides a high-level view of holistic security practices. The annexes provide further details and technical guidance. Reviewing this document and following the guidance set forth in the annexes assists in creating inherently secure operations. Implementation of this standard to advance supervisory control and data acquisition (SCADA) cyber security is a continuous process. The overall process could take years to implement, depending on the complexity of the SCADA system. Additionally, the process would optimally be started as part of a SCADA upgrade project and use this standard to design in security as an element of the new system. Pages: 64 2nd Edition | June 2009 | Reaffirmed; October 2016 2-Year Extension: September 2014 Product Number: D11642 | Price: $ 1165 Recommended Practice for Pipeline SCADA Displays Focuses on the design and implementation of displays used for the display, monitoring, and control of information on pipeline Supervisory Control and Data Acquisition Systems (SCADA). The primary purpose is to document industry practices that provide guidance to a pipeline company or operator who want to select a new SCADA system, or update or expand an existing SCADA document assists pipeline companies and SCADA system developers in identifying items that are considered best practices when developing human machine interfaces (HMI). Design elements that are discussed include, but are not limited to, hardware, navigation, colors, fonts, symbols, data entry, and control/selection techniques. Pages: 45 1st Edition | January 2007 | Reaffirmed: July 2012 Product Number: D11651 | Price: $ 1166 Excavation Monitoring and Observation for Damage PreventionProvides a consistently applied decision making process for monitoring and observing of excavation and other activities on or near pipeline Rights-of-Way for hazardous liquid and natural and other gas transmission pipelines. (NOTE: One call provisions and laws vary by state, and it is the operator s responsibility to be familiar with and comply with all applicable one-call laws.) This document's purpose is to protect the public, excavation employees, and the environment by preventing damage to pipeline assets from excavation activities. Pages: 162nd Edition | October 2015 | Product Number: D11662 | Price: $ 1167Pipeline SCADA Alarm Management Provides pipeline operators with recommended industry practices in the development, implementation, and maintenance of a SCADA alarm management program. It provides guidance on elements that include, but are not limited to, alarm definition, philosophy, documentation, management of change, and auditing. This document is not intended to be a step-by-step set of instructions on how to build an alarm management system. Each pipeline operator has a unique operating philosophy and will therefore have a unique alarm philosophy. This document is intended to outline key elements for review when building an alarm management system. SCADA systems used within the pipeline industry vary in their alarm-related capabilities, and there are many different software systems available to aid in alarm management. It is the responsibility of the pipeline operator to determine the best method to achieve their alarm management document uses industry best practices to help to illustrate aspects of alarm management. The scope is intended to be broad. Pages: 392nd Edition | June 2016 | Product Number: D116702 | Price: $ 1168 Pipeline Control Room ManagementProvides pipeline operators and controllers with guidance on control room management best practices to consider when developing or enhancing practices and procedures. This document was written for operators with continuous and non-continuous operations, as applicable. This document addresses four pipeline safety elements for hazardous liquid and natural gas pipelines in both the transportation and distribution sectors: pipeline control room personnel roles, authorities, and responsibilities; guidelines for shift turnover; pipeline control room fatigue management; and pipeline control room management of change. Pages: 192nd Edition | February 2015 | Product Number: D11682 | Price: $ 1169Recommended Practice for Basic Inspection Requirements New Pipeline ConstructionCovers the basic requirements and their associated references needed to effectively and safely perform inspection activities during construction of new onshore pipelines. Use of this document will provide the basis for what construction inspectors need to know and where to find detailed information related to each facet of new pipeline construction inspection requirements are organized into the following major sections: inspector responsibilities, personnel and general pipeline safety, environmental and pollution control, general pipeline construction of this document include those individuals either engaged in pipeline construction inspection or seeking to become certified inspectors. Pipeline owner/operators and pipeline inspection service companies may also use this document to aid and enhance their inspector training programs. Pages: 461st Edition | July 2013 | Product Number: D11691 | Price: $ Orders: +1 303 397 2740Online Orders: This publication is a new entry in this catalog. This publication is related to an API licensing, certification, or accreditation 1170Design and Operation of Solution-Mined Salt Caverns Used for Natural Gas StorageProvides functional recommendations for salt cavern facilities used for natural gas storage service and covers facility geomechanical assessments, cavern well design and drilling, and solution mining techniques and operations, including monitoring and maintenance practices. The recommended practice is based on the accumulated knowledge and experience of geologists, engineers, and other personnel in the petroleum and gas storage industries and promotes public safety by providing a comprehensive set of design guidelines. The recommended practice recognizes the nature of subsurface geological diversity and stresses the need for in-depth, site-specific geomechanical assessments with a goal of long-term facility integrity and safety. This recommended practice includes the cavern well system (wellhead, wellbore, and cavern) from the emergency shutdown valve down to the cavern and facilities having significant impact to safety and integrity of the cavern recommended practice does not apply to caverns used for the storage of liquid or liquefied petroleum products, brine production, or waste disposal; nor to caverns that are mechanically mined, or depleted hydrocarbon or aquifer underground gas storage systems. Pages: 871st Edition | July 2015 | Product Number: D117001 | Price: $ 1171Functional Integrity of Natural Gas Storage in Depleted Hydrocarbon Reservoirs and Aquifer ReservoirsApplies to natural gas storage in depleted oil and gas reservoirs and aquifer reservoirs, and focuses on storage well, reservoir, and fluid management for functional integrity in design, construction, operation, monitoring, maintenance, and documentation practices. Storage design, construction, operation, and maintenance include activities in risk management, site security, safety, emergency preparedness, and procedural documentation and training to embed human and organizational competence in the management of storage facilities. This recommended practice (RP) embodies historical knowledge and experience and emphasizes the need for case-by-case and site-specific conditional assessments. This RP applies to both existing and newly constructed facilities. Applicable distinctions for aquifer facilities are identified, as necessary. Replacement, as used in this document, refers to the complete replacement of a facility unit, as, for example, when an existing well is abandoned and replaced with a new well. This document recommends that operators manage integrity through monitoring, maintenance, and remediation practices and apply specific integrity assessments on a case-by-case basis. The scope does not include pipelines, gas conditioning and liquid handling, compressors, and ancillary facilities associated with storage. Pages: 521st Edition | September 2015 | Product Number: D117101 | Price: $ 1172Recommended Practice for Construction Parallel to Existing Underground Transmission PipelinesEmphasis of these guidelines is on the interaction between existing transmission pipeline operators and those planning to construct in a parallel fashion. These activities may involve many different parties. Contractors working on behalf of the constructing party, including environmental and survey professionals, design engineers, construction contractors, and operators of excavation and earth moving equipment, should engage in work practices that are in conformance with these guidelines and apply vigilance in identifying unanticipated circumstances that may indicate a problem. This RP refers to all of these entities as the constructing party. These guidelines have been developed such that they can be incorporated into contract documents executed with contractors and subcontractors by whichever party is involved in or responsible for construction activities. Pages: 191st Edition | April 2014 | Product Number: D11721 | Price: $ 1173Pipeline Safety Management Systems(ANSI/API RP 1173)Establishes a pipeline safety management systems (PSMS) framework for organizations that operate hazardous liquids and gas pipelines jurisdictional to the Department of Transportation. Operators of other pipelines may find this document applicable useful in operating to their recommended practice (RP) provides pipeline operators with safety management system requirements that when applied provide a framework to reveal and manage risk, promote a learning environment, and continuously improve pipeline safety and integrity. At the foundation of a PSMS is the operator s existing pipeline safety system, including the operator s pipeline safety processes and procedures. This RP provides a comprehensive framework and defines the elements needed to identify and address safety for a pipeline s life cycle. These safety management system requirements identify what is to be done, and leaves the details associated with implementation and maintenance of the requirements to the individual pipeline operators. The document does not explicitly address personnel safety, environmental protection, and security, but the elements herein can be applied to those aspects of an operation. Pages: 271st Edition | July 2015 | Product Number: D117301 | Price: $ RP 1174Recommended Practice for Onshore Hazardous Liquid Pipeline Emergency Preparedness and ResponseProvides operators of onshore hazardous liquid pipelines a framework that promotes the continual improvement of emergency planning and response processes, including identification and mitigation of associated risks and implementation of changes from lessons learned. This recommended practice (RP) assists the operator in preparing for a safe, timely, and effective response to a pipeline RP applies to assets under the jurisdiction of the Department of Transportation (DOT), specifically Title 49 Code of Federal Regulations(CFR) Parts 194 and 195. Operators of non-DOT jurisdictional pipelines or tank assets may also make voluntary use of this document. Pages: 481st Edition | December 2015 | Product Number: D11741 | Price: $ RP 1175Pipeline Leak Detection Program Management(includes Errata 1 dated March 2017)Establishes a framework for Leak Detection Program (LDP) management for hazardous liquid pipelines that are jurisdictional to the Department of Transportation (specifically, 49 CFR Part 195).This recommended practice (RP) is specifically designed to provide pipeline operators with a description of industry practices in risk-based pipeline LDP management and to provide the framework to develop sound program management practices within a pipeline operator s individual companies. It is important that pipeline operators understand system vulnerabilities, risks, and program management best practices when reviewing a pipeline LDP management process either for a new program or for possible system RP focuses on using a risk-based approach to each pipeline operator s LDP and following the guidance set forth assists in creating an inherently risk mitigating LDP management system. The overall goal of the LDP is to detect leaks quickly and with certainty, thus facilitating quicker shutdown and therefore minimizing negative consequences. This RP focuses on management of LDPs, not the design of leak detection systems (LDSs). Pages: 941st Edition | December 2015 | Product Number: D11751 | Price: $ TransportationPhone Orders: +1 800 854 7179 (Toll-free: and Canada)Phone Orders: +1 303 397 7956 (Local and International) This publication is a new entry in this catalog. This publication is related to an API licensing, certification, or accreditation 1176Recommended Practice for Assessment and Management of Cracking in PipelinesApplies to any pipeline system used to transport hazardous liquid or natural gas, including those defined in Title 49 Code of Federal Regulations(CFR) Parts 192 and 195. This RP is designed to provide the operator with a description of industry-proven practices in the integrity management of cracks and threats that give rise to cracking mechanisms. The guidance is largely targeted to the line pipe along the right-of-way (ROW), but some of the processes and approaches can be applied to pipeline facilities, including pipeline stations, terminals, and delivery facilities associated with pipeline systems. Defects associated with lap-welded (LW) pipe and selective seam weld corrosion (SSWC) are not covered within this RP. This RP presents the pipeline industry s understanding of pipeline cracking. Mechanisms that cause cracking are discussed, methods to estimate the failure pressure of cracks are reviewed, and methods to estimate crack growth are presented. Selection of the appropriate integrity assessment method for various types of cracking, operating conditions, and pipeline characteristics is discussed. This RP also reviews current knowledge about in-line inspection (ILI) technology and in-the-ditch (ITD) nondestructive evaluation technology. A methodology for responding to ILI indications and specific criteria for when to respond to certain results is presented. Applicable repair techniques are reviewed. Sections are included for the discussion of reassessment interval determination and the consideration of appropriate preventive and mitigative measures. Some performance metrics for measuring the effectiveness of a crack management program are discussed. The technical discussion about crack formation, growth, and failure is to provide the knowledge needed by operators to effectively make integrity decisions about managing cracking on their pipeline systems. Pages: 1331st Edition | July 2016 | Product Number: D117601 | Price: $ 1177 Recommended Practice for Steel Pipeline Construction Quality Management SystemsEstablishes minimum Quality Management System (QMS) processes for organizations that own, operate, construct, or provide construction-related services for onshore carbon and low-alloy steel pipelines used in the transportation of hazardous liquids, carbon dioxide, and gas. This recommended practice specifies the elements of a QMS to manage the construction process systematically from design verification, materials manufacturing, procurement, construction, inspection, and testing to initiation of operations. Pages: 681st Edition | November 2017 | Product Number: D110701 | Price: $ 1178 Integrity Data Management and IntegrationProvides a compendium of methodologies and considerations for integrating the underlying data used to support integrity management. Any one approach may not be appropriate or applicable in all circumstances. The document reviews possible approaches for consideration by operators in the context of their specific primary focus of this bulletin is the methodologies and processes used to spatially integrate and normalize the data to support the application of comparative techniques used in interpreting integrity data, with particular emphasis on in-line inspection (ILI) data. The begins with a discussion of general data quality processes, goals, and considerations such that data quality approaches can be considered in the context of the data integration impediment to informed integrity decisions is the inability to efficiently review a broad spectrum of data in a format that has been normalized and spatially aligned. With the variations in organizational structures, integrity management programs, and technologies used across the pipeline sector, individual operators design data integration procedures that are customized to their organizational structure, processes, and pipeline managed and integrated data supports agile analytics to integrate new data as they become available and to recognize coincident events and patterns. The source of the data may be from within an organization or may be external to the company, as in the case of representative data based on industry experience or manufacturing processes. The intent is to empower operators to efficiently analyze and integrate threat- and integrity-related data to support their integrity management programs. Pages: 621st Edition | November 2017 | Product Number: D11781 | Price: $ 2200Repairing Hazardous Liquid PipelinesDiscusses guidelines to safe practices while repairing in-service pipelines for crude oil, liquefied petroleum gas, highly volatile liquids, and product service. Although it is recognized that the conditions of a particular job will necessitate an on-the-job approaches, the observance of the suggestions in this document should improve the probability that repairs will be completed without accidents or injuries. Pages: 125th Edition | September 2015 | Product Number: D22005 | Price: $ MAINTENANCE WELDINGInvestigation and Prediction of Cooling Rates During Pipeline Maintenance Welding, and User s Manual for Battelle s Hot-Tap Thermal-Analysis ModelsInvestigated and improved the methods of predicting cooling rates during pipeline maintenance welding. The scope of this study included a review of three previous research efforts to develop satisfactory methods for welding appurtenances to in-service pipelines; a survey of pipeline leak and rupture incidents associated with appurtenances; the enhancement of existing analytical models for predicting cooling rates and temperatures during welding on an in-service pipeline; and a validation of the thermal-analysis models that was achieved by performing welds on pipeline carrying three different liquid-petroleum 2002 | Product Number: | Version | May 2002Please order this document from PRCI: 1104 Welding of Pipelines and Related Facilities(includes Addendum 1 dated July 2014, Errata 1 dated April 2014, Errata 2 dated June 2014, Errata 3 dated July 2014, Errata 4 dated November 2015, and Addendum 2 dated May 2016)Covers the gas and arc welding of butt, fillet, and socket welds in carbon and low-alloy steel piping used in the compression, pumping, and transmission of crude petroleum, petroleum products, fuel gases, carbon dioxide, nitrogen, and where applicable, covers welding on distribution systems. It applies to both new construction and in-service welding. The welding may be done by a shielded metal-arc welding, submerged arc welding, gas tungsten-arc welding, gas metal-arc welding, flux-cored arc welding, plasma arc welding, oxyacetylene welding, or flash butt welding process or by a combination of these processes using a manual, semiautomatic, mechanized, or automatic welding technique or a combination of these techniques. The welds may be produced by position or roll welding or by a combination of position and roll standard also covers the procedures for radiographic, magnetic particle, liquid penetrant, and ultrasonic testing, as well as the acceptance standards to be applied to production welds tested to destruction or inspected by radiographic, magnetic particle, liquid penetrant, ultrasonic, and visual testing methods. It is intended that all work performed in accordance with this standard shall meet or exceed the requirements of this standard. Pages: 118 21st Edition | September 2013 Product Number: D110421 | Price: $ Orders: +1 303 397 2740Online Orders: This publication is a new entry in this catalog. This publication is related to an API licensing, certification, or accreditation 1104 *Welding of Pipelines and Related Facilities Kazakh Kazakh translation of Std 1104. 21st Edition | September 2013 Product Number: D110421K | Price: $ 1104 *Welding of Pipelines and Related Facilities PortuguesePortuguese translation of Std 1104. 21st Edition | September 2013 Product Number: D110421P | Price: $ 1104 *Welding of Pipelines and Related Facilities RussianRussian translation of Std 1104. 21st Edition | September 2013 Product Number: D110421R | Price: $ 1104 *Welding of Pipelines and Related Facilities SpanishSpanish translation of Std 1104. 21st Edition | September 2013 Product Number: D110421SP | Price: $ TRUCK OPERATIONS RP 1004 Bottom Loading and Vapor Recovery for MC-306 & DOT-406 Tank Motor Vehicles Provides an industry standard for bottom loading and vapor recovery of proprietary and hired carrier DOT MC-306 tank vehicles at terminals operated by more than one supplier. Guides the manufacturer and operator of a tank vehicle as to the uniform features that should be provided to permit loading of a tank vehicle with a standard 4-in. adapter. This edition of RP 1004 requires an independent secondary control system and maximum requirements for outage in the tank to allow the secondary control system to function. Pages: 21 8th Edition | January 2003 | Reaffirmed: February 2011 Product Number: A10048 | Price: $ 1007Loading and Unloading of MC 306/DOT 406 Cargo Tank Motor Vehicles Ensuring the safe and efficient loading and delivery of petroleum products to retail service stations and bulk facilities is the primary goal for all companies that transport product. This document is a guideline for use by the truck driver and persons responsible for loading and unloading of MC306/DOT406 cargo tanks. It identifies specific steps to ensure that product can be loaded into tank trucks and unloaded into both underground and aboveground storage tanks in a safe and efficient manner that protects the environment. It is intended to be used in conjunction with existing driver training programs and procedures. Pages: 24 1st Edition | March 2001 | Reaffirmed: February 2011 Product Number: A10071 | Price: $ 1112Developing a Highway Emergency Response Plan for Incidents Involving Hazardous MaterialsProvides minimum guidelines for developing an emergency response plan for incidents involving hazardous liquid hydrocarbons, such as gasoline and crude oil, transported in MC 306/DOT 406 and MC 307/DOT 407 aluminum cargo tanks, and for coordinating and cooperating with local, state, and federal officials. Covers response plan priorities, personnel training, special equipment, media relations, environmental relations, and post-response activities. The appendixes outline a highway emergency response plan and suggest a procedure for removing liquid hydrocarbons from overturned cargo tanks and righting the tank vehicles. Pages: 213rd Edition | November 1997 | Reaffirmed: February 2011 Product Number: A11123 | Price: $ API Standard for Third Party Network Connectivity Provides guidance for implementing secure third-party connections between the information technology systems and a network of two companies that have a business relationship and a common objective. The standard provides suggestions for companies to follow to establish third-party network connections, while protecting their individual systems and data from unauthorized access or manipulation. Pages: 36 1st Edition | November 2007 | Product Number: TSTP01 | Price: $ Guidelines for the Petroleum IndustryAPI s 3rd Edition of this document is now in use at oil and gas facilities around the world to help managers decide how to deter terrorist attacks. Covering all segments of the industry (production, refining, transportation, pipeline, and marketing), this guidance builds on the existing solid foundation of design and operational regulations, standards, and recommended practices, which relate to facility design and safety, environmental protection, emergency response, and protection from theft and vandalism. Produced in close collaboration with the Department of Homeland Security and other federal agencies, these guidelines, viewed as a living document, are broadly applicable to facility security in light of September 11, 2001, and provide the starting point for developing security plans at oil and natural gas facilities and operations. Pages: 583rd Edition | April 2005 | Product Number: OS0002 | Price: $ Vulnerability Assessment Methodology for the Petroleum and Petrochemical IndustriesAPI and the National Petrochemical & Refiners Association jointly developed a new methodology for evaluating the likelihood and consequences of terrorist attacks against refineries and petrochemical facilities. This document is designed for companies to use in assessing vulnerabilities and potential damages from different kinds of terrorist attacks. In the post September 11 era, companies have reevaluated and enhanced security at their facilities. The methodology will provide officials with a new analytical tool to determine the likelihood of an adversary successfully exploiting vulnerability and the resulting degree of damage or impact. This vulnerability assessment methodology was produced in close collaboration with the Department of Homeland Security and other federal agencies. Pages: 155 October 2004 | Product Number: OSVA02 | Price: $ * These translated versions are provided for the convenience of our customers and are not officially endorsed by API. The translated versions shall neither replace nor supersede the English-language versions, which remain the official standards. API shall not be responsible for any discrepancies or interpretations of these translations. Translations may not include any Addenda or Errata to the document. Please check the English-language versions for any updates to the Orders: +1 800 854 7179 (Toll-free: and Canada)Phone Orders: +1 303 397 7956 (Local and International) This publication is a new entry in this catalog. This publication is related to an API licensing, certification, or accreditation 780Security Risk Assessment Methodology for the Petroleum and Petrochemical IndustriesPrepared by a Security Risk Assessment (SRA) Committee of the American Petroleum Institute (API) to assist the petroleum and petrochemical industries in understanding security risk assessment and in conducting SRAs. The standard describes the recommended approach for assessing security risk widely applicable to the types of facilities operated by the industry and the security issues the industry faces. The standard is intended for those responsible for conducting security risk assessments and managing security at these facilities. The method described in this standard is widely applicable to a full spectrum of security issues from theft to insider sabotage to terrorism. The API SRA Methodology was developed for the petroleum and petrochemical industry, for a broad variety of both fixed and mobile applications. This recommended practice describes a single methodology, rather than a general framework for SRAs, but the methodology is flexible and adaptable to the needs of the user. This methodology constitutes one approach for assessing security vulnerabilities at petroleum and petrochemical industry facilities. However, there are other risk assessment techniques and methods available to industry, all of which share common risk assessment elements. Pages: 1131st Edition | May 2013 | Product Number: K78001 | Price: $ 781 Facility Security Plan Methodology for the Oil and Natural Gas IndustriesProvides the framework to establish a secure workplace. The plan provides an overview of the threats facing the facility and describes the security measures and procedures designed to mitigate risk and protect people, assets, operations, and company reputation. This API standard was prepared with guidance and direction from the API Security Committee, to assist the petroleum and petrochemical industries in the preparation of a Facility Security Plan (FSP). This standard specifies the requirements for preparing an FSP as well as a discussion of the typical elements included in an FSP. This standard is intended to be flexible and adaptable to the needs of the user. It is noted that the content of an FSP can vary depending on circumstances such as facility size, location, and operations. This methodology is one approach for preparing an FSP at petroleum and petrochemical facilities. There are other security plan formats available for the industry. It is the responsibility of the user to choose the format and content of the FSP that best meets the needs of a specific facility. The format and content of some FSPs should be dictated by government regulations for covered facilities. This standard is not intended to supersede the requirements of any regulated facility but may be used as a reference document. Pages: 821st Edition | September 2016 | Product Number: K78101 | Price: $ This publication is a new entry in this catalog. This publication is related to an API licensing, certification, or accreditation you have any questions or comments regarding API standards, please visit Free publications with an asterisk are subject to a $ handling charge for each total order, plus actual shipping charges. INSPECTION OF REFINERY EQUIPMENT API 510 Pressure Vessel Inspection Code: In-Service Inspection, Rating, Repair, and Alteration(includes Addendum 1 dated May 2017)Covers the in-service inspection, repair, alteration, and rerating activities for pressure vessels and the pressure-relieving devices protecting these vessels. This inspection code applies to most refining and chemical process vessels that have been placed in service. This includes: vessels constructed in accordance with an applicable construction code; vessels constructed without a construction code (non-code) a vessel not fabricated to a recognized construction code and meeting no known recognized standard; vessels constructed and approved as jurisdictional special based upon jurisdiction acceptance of particular design, fabrication, inspection, testing, and installation; non-standard vessels a vessel fabricated to a recognized construction code but has lost its nameplate or stamping. Pages: 71 10th Edition | May 2014 | Product Number: C51010 | Price: $ 510 *Pressure Vessel Inspection Code: In-Service Inspection, Rating, Repair, and Alteration ChineseChinese translation of API Edition | May 2014 | Product Number: C51010C | Price: $ 510 *Pressure Vessel Inspection Code: In-Service Inspection, Rating, Repair, and Alteration SpanishSpanish translation of API Edition | May 2014 | Product Number: C51010S | Price: $ 570 Piping Inspection Code: In-Service Inspection, Rating, Repair, and Alteration of Piping Systems(includes Addendum 1 dated May 2017)Covers inspection, rating, repair, and alteration procedures for metallic and fiberglass reinforced plastic (FRP) piping systems and their associated pressure-relieving devices that have been placed in service. This inspection code applies to all hydrocarbon and chemical process piping covered in that have been placed in service unless specifically designated as optional per This publication does not cover inspection of specialty equipment including instrumentation, exchanger tubes, and control valves. However, this piping code could be used by owner/users in other industries and other services at their discretion. Process piping systems that have been retired from service and abandoned in place are no longer covered by this in-service inspection Code. However abandoned in place piping may still need some amount of inspection and/or risk mitigation to assure that it does not become a process safety hazard because of continuing deterioration. Process piping systems that are temporarily out of service but have been mothballed (preserved for potential future use) are still covered by this Code. Pages: 884th Edition | February 2016 | Product Number: C57004 | Price: $ 571 Damage Mechanisms Affecting Fixed Equipment in the Refining Industry Provides background information on damage that can occur to equipment in the refining process. It is intended to supplement Risk-Based Inspection (RP 580 and Publ 581) and Fitness-for-Service (API 579-1/ASME FFS-1) technologies developed in recent years by API to manage existing refining equipment integrity. It is also an excellent reference for inspection, operations, and maintenance personnel. This RP covers over 60 damage mechanisms. Each write-up consists of a general description of the damage, susceptible materials, construction, critical factors, inspection method selection guidelines, and control measures. Wherever possible, pictures are included and references are provided for each mechanism. In addition, generic process flow diagrams have been included that contain a summary of the major damage flow mechanism expected for typical refinery process units. Pages: 3622nd Edition | April 2011 | 2-Year Extension: May 2016 Product Number: C57102 | Price: $ 571 *Damage Mechanisms Affecting Fixed Equipment in the Refining Industry ChineseChinese translation of RP Edition | April 2011 | Product Number: C57102C | Price: $ 572 Inspection Practices for Pressure VesselsSupplements API 510 by providing pressure vessel inspectors with information that can improve skills and increase basic knowledge of inspection practices. This recommended practice (RP) describes inspection practices for the various types of pressure vessels ( drums, heat exchangers, columns, reactors, air coolers, spheres) used in petroleum refineries and chemical plants. This RP addresses vessel components, inspection planning processes, inspection intervals, methods of inspection and assessment, methods of repair, records, and reports. API 510 has requirements and expectations for inspection of pressure vessels. Pages: 1544th Edition | December 2016 | Product Number: C57204 | Price: $ 573 Inspection of Fired Boilers and Heaters Covers the inspection practices for fired boilers and process heaters (furnaces) used in petroleum refineries and petrochemical plants. The practices described in this document are focused to improve equipment reliability and plant safety by describing the operating variables which impact reliability and to ensure that inspection practices obtain the appropriate data, both on-stream and off-stream, to assess current and future performance of the equipment. Pages: 1093rd Edition | October 2013 | Product Number: C57303 | Price: $ 574 Inspection Practices for Piping System ComponentsSupplements API 570 by providing piping inspectors with information that can improve skill and increase basic knowledge of inspection practices. This recommended practice describes inspection practices for piping, tubing, valves (other than control valves), and fittings used in petroleum refineries and chemical plants. Common piping components, valve types, pipe joining methods, inspection planning processes, inspection intervals and techniques, and types of records are described to aid the inspectors in fulfilling their role implementing API 570. This publication does not cover inspection of specialty items, including instrumentation, furnace tubulars, and control valves. Pages: 1134th Edition | November 2016 | Product Number: C57404 | Price: $ * These translated versions are provided for the convenience of our customers and are not officially endorsed by API. The translated versions shall neither replace nor supersede the English-language versions, which remain the official standards. API shall not be responsible for any discrepancies or interpretations of these translations. Translations may not include any addenda or errata to the document. Please check the English-language versions for any updates to the Orders: +1 800 854 7179 (Toll-free: and Canada)Phone Orders: +1 303 397 7956 (Local and International) This publication is a new entry in this catalog. This publication is related to an API licensing, certification, or accreditation 575 Inspection Practices for Atmospheric and Low-Pressure Storage TanksCovers the inspection of atmospheric and low-pressure storage tanks that have been designed to operate at pressures from atmospheric to 15 psig. Includes reasons for inspection, frequency and methods of inspection, methods of repair, and preparation of records and reports. This recommended practice is intended to supplement Std 653, which covers the minimum requirements for maintaining the integrity of storage tanks after they have been placed in service. Pages: 963rd Edition | April 2014 | Product Number: C57503 | Price: $ 575 *Inspection Practices for Atmospheric and Low-Pressure Storage Tanks ChineseChinese translation of RP 575. 3rd Edition | April 2014 | Product Number: C57503C | Price: $ 576 Inspection of Pressure-Relieving DevicesDescribes the inspection and repair practices for self-actuated pressure-relieving devices commonly used in the oil/gas and petrochemical industries. As a guide to the inspection and repair of these devices in the user s plant, it is intended to ensure their proper performance. This publication covers self-actuated devices such as direct acting spring loaded valves, pilot operated pressure-relief valves, rupture disks, pin actuated devices, and weight-loaded pressure vacuum recommendations in this publication are not intended to supersede requirements established by regulatory bodies. This publication excludes tank weak seams and/or sections or tank thief hatches, explosion doors, fusible plugs, control valves, pressure regulating devices, integral rotating equipment components, other devices that either depend on an external source of power for operation or are manually operated or devices not designed to be inspected or recertified. Inspections and tests made at manufacturers plants, which are usually covered by codes or purchase specifications, are not covered by this publication does not cover training requirements for personnel involved in the inspection and repair of pressure-relieving devices. Those seeking these requirements should see API 510/570, which gives the requirements for a quality control system and specifies that the repair organization maintain and document a training program ensuring that personnel are qualified. Pages: 804th Edition | April 2017 | Product Number: C57604 | Price: $ 577 Welding Processes, Inspection, and MetallurgyProvides guidance to the API authorized inspector on welding inspection as encountered with fabrication and repair of refinery and chemical plant equipment and piping. Common welding processes, welding procedures, welder qualifications, metallurgical effects from welding, and inspection techniques are described to aid the inspector in fulfilling their role implementing API 510, API 570, Std 653, and RP 582. The level of learning and training obtained from this document is not a replacement for the training and experience required to be an American Welding Society (AWS) Certified Welding Inspector (CWI). Pages: 1452nd Edition | December 2013| Product Number: C57702 | Price: $ 577 *Welding Processes, Inspection, and Metallurgy ChineseChinese translation of RP 577. 2nd Edition | December 2013 Product Number: C57702 CN1420 | Price: $ 578 Material Verification Program for New and Existing Alloy Piping SystemsProvides the guidelines for a material and quality assurance system to verify that the nominal composition of alloy components within the pressure envelope of a piping system is consistent with the selected or specified construction materials to minimize the potential for catastrophic release of toxic or hazardous liquids or RP provides the guidelines for material control and material verification programs on ferrous and nonferrous alloys during the construction, installation, maintenance, and inspection of new and existing process piping systems covered by the ASME and API 570 piping codes. This RP applies to metallic alloy materials purchased for use either directly by the owner/user or indirectly through vendors, fabricators, or contractors and includes the supply, fabrication, and erection of these materials. Carbon steel components specified in new or existing piping systems are not specifically covered under the scope of this document unless minor/trace alloying elements are critical to component corrosion resistance or similar degradation. Pages: 13 2nd Edition | March 2010 | 2-Year Extension: April 2015 Product Number: C57802 | Price: $ 578 *Material Verification Program for New and Existing Alloy Piping Systems ChineseChinese translation of RP Edition | March 2010 | Product Number: C57802C | Price: $ 578 *Material Verification Program for New and Existing Alloy Piping Systems RussianRussian translation of RP Edition | March 2010 | Product Number: C57802R | Price: $ 579-1/ASME FFS-1Fitness-For-Service Fitness-For-Service (FFS) assessments are quantitative engineering evaluations that are performed to demonstrate the structural integrity of an in-service component that may contain a flaw or damage or that may be operating under a specific condition that might cause a failure. This standard provides guidance for conducting FFS assessments using methodologies specifically prepared for pressurized equipment. The guidelines provided in this standard can be used to make run-repair-replace decisions to help determine if components in pressurized equipment containing flaws that have been identified by inspection can continue to operate safely for some period of time. These FFS assessments are currently recognized and referenced by the API Codes and Standards (510, 570, and 653), and by NB-23 as suitable means for evaluating the structural integrity of pressure vessels, piping systems, and storage tanks where inspection has revealed degradation and flaws in the equipment. The methods and procedures in this standard are intended to supplement and augment the requirements in API 510, API 570, Std 653, and other post-construction codes that reference FFS evaluations such as assessment procedures in this standard can be used for FFS assessments and/or rerating of equipment designed and constructed to the following codes: (a) ASME B&PV Code, Section VIII, Division 1; (b) ASME B&PV Code, Section VIII, Division 2; (c) ASME B&PV Code, Section I; (d) ASME Piping Code; (e) ASME Piping Code; (f) ASME Piping Code; (g) ASME Piping Code; (h) ASME Piping Code; (i) Std 650; (j) Std 620; and (k) Std 530. The assessment procedures in this standard may also be applied to pressure-containing equipment constructed to other recognized codes and standards, including international and internal corporate standards.* These translated versions are provided for the convenience of our customers and are not officially endorsed by API. The translated versions shall neither replace nor supersede the English-language versions, which remain the official standards. API shall not be responsible for any discrepancies or interpretations of these translations. Translations may not include any addenda or errata to the document. Please check the English-language versions for any updates to the Orders: +1 303 397 2740Online Orders: This publication is a new entry in this catalog. This publication is related to an API licensing, certification, or accreditation standard has broad applications since the assessment procedures are based on allowable stress methods and plastic collapse loads for non-crack-like flaws, and the Failure Assessment Diagram Approach for crack-like flaws. The FFS assessment procedures in this standard can be used to evaluate flaws commonly encountered in pressure vessels, piping, and tankage. The procedures are not intended to provide a definitive guideline for every possible situation that may be encountered. However, flexibility is provided to the user in the form of an advanced assessment level to handle uncommon situations that may require a more detailed may be purchased in hard copy, CD, or together for the prices listed below. Please note that the CD product is read-only and cannot be copied or printed. Pages: 12923rd Edition | June 2016 | Product Number: C57903 Hard Copy Only Price: $1, CD Only Price: $1, Hard Copy and CD Price: $1, 579-2/ASME FFS-2Fitness-For-Service Example Problem Manual Fitness-For-Service (FFS) assessments in API 579-1/ASME FFS-1 are engineering evaluations that are performed to demonstrate the structural integrity of an in-service component that may contain a flaw or damage or that may be operating under specific conditions that could produce a failure. API 579-1/ASME FFS-1 provides guidance for conducting FFS assessments using methodologies specifically prepared for pressurized equipment. The guidelines provided in this standard may be used to make run-repair-replace decisions to help determine if pressurized equipment containing flaws that have been identified by inspection can continue to operate safely for some period of time. These FFS assessments of API 579-1/ASME FFS-1 are currently recognized and referenced by the API Codes and Standards (510, 570, and 653), and by NB-23 as a suitable means for evaluating the structural integrity of pressure vessels, piping systems, and storage tanks where inspection has revealed degradation and flaws in the equipment or where operating conditions suggest that a risk of failure may be problems illustrating the use and calculations required for Fitness-For-Service assessments described in API 579-1/ASME FFS-1 are provided in this document. Example problems are provided for all calculation procedures in both SI and customary introduction to the example problems in this document is described in Part 2 of this standard. The remaining parts of this document contain the example problems. The parts in this document coincide with the parts in API 579-1/ASME FFS-1. For example, example problems illustrating calculations for local thin areas are provided in Part 5 of this document. This coincides with the assessment procedures for local thin areas contained in Part 5 of API 579-1/ASME FFS-1. Pages: 366 1st Edition | August 2009 | Product Number: C57921 | Price: $ 580 Risk-Based Inspection Provides users with the basic minimum and recommended elements for developing, implementing, and maintaining a risk-based inspection (RBI) program. It also provides guidance to owner-users, operators, and designers of pressure-containing equipment for developing and implementing an inspection program. These guidelines include means for assessing an inspection program and its plan. The approach emphasizes safe and reliable operation through risk-prioritized inspection. A spectrum of complementary risk analysis approaches (qualitative through fully quantitative) can be considered as part of the inspection planning process. RBI guideline issues covered include an introduction to the concepts and principles of RBI for risk management and individual sections that describe the steps in applying these principles within the framework of the RBI process. Pages: 943rd Edition | February 2016 | Product Number: C58003 | Price: $ 581 Risk-Based Inspection MethodologyProvides quantitative procedures to establish an inspection program using risk-based methods for pressurized fixed equipment including pressure vessel, piping, tankage, pressure relief devices (PRDs), and heat exchanger tube bundles. RP 580 provides guidance for developing Risk-Based Inspection (RBI) programs on fixed equipment in refining, petrochemical, chemical process plants, and oil and gas production facilities. The intent is for RP 580 to introduce the principles and present minimum general guidelines for RBI, while this recommended practice provides quantitative calculation methods to determine an inspection calculation of risk outlined in API RP 581 involves the determination of a probability of failure (POF) combined with the consequence of failure (COF). Failure is defined as a loss of containment from the pressure boundary resulting in leakage to the atmosphere or rupture of a pressurized component. Risk increases as damage accumulates during in-service operation as the risk tolerance or risk target is approached and an inspection is recommended of sufficient effectiveness to better quantify the damage state of the component. The inspection action itself does not reduce the risk; however, it does reduce uncertainty and therefore allows more accurate quantification of the damage present in the component. Pages: 6323rd Edition | April 2016 | Product Number: C58103 | Price: $ Risk-Based Inspection Software API RBI software, created by petroleum refinery and chemical plant owner/users for owner/users, finds its basis in API Publication 581, Base Resource Document Risk-Based Inspection. Practical, valuable features are built into the technology, which is based on recognized and generally accepted good engineering purposes of the Risk-Based Inspection Program are: screen operating units within a plant to identify areas of high risk; estimate a risk value associated with the operation of each equipment item in a refinery or chemical process plant based on a consistent methodology; prioritize the equipment based on the measured risk; design a highly effective inspection program; and systematically manage the risks associated with equipment RBI method defines the risk of operating equipment as the combination of two separate terms: the consequence of failure and the likelihood of more information: e-mail or call 281-537-8848RP 582 Welding Guidelines for the Chemical, Oil, and Gas Industries Provides supplementary guidelines and practices for welding and welding related topics for shop and field fabrication, repair, and modification of the following: pressure-containing equipment, such as pressure vessels, heat exchangers, piping, heater tubes, and pressure boundaries of rotating equipment and attachments welded thereto; tanks and attachments welded thereto; non-removable internals for process equipment; structural items attached and related to process equipment; other equipment or component items, when referenced by an applicable purchase document. This document is general in nature and augments the welding requirements of ASME BPVC Section IX and similar codes, standards, specifications, and practices, such as those listed in Section 2. The intent of this document is to be inclusive of chemical, oil, and gas industry standards, although there are many areas not covered herein, pipeline welding and offshore structural welding are intentionally not covered. This document is based on industry experience, and any restrictions or limitations may be waived or augmented by the purchaser. Pages: 383rd Edition | May 2016 | Product Number: C58203 | Price: $ Orders: +1 800 854 7179 (Toll-free: and Canada)Phone Orders: +1 303 397 7956 (Local and International) This publication is a new entry in this catalog. This publication is related to an API licensing, certification, or accreditation 583 Corrosion Under Insulation and FireproofingCovers the design, maintenance, inspection, and mitigation practices to address external corrosion under insulation (CUI) and corrosion under fireproofing (CUF). The document discusses the external corrosion of carbon and low alloy steels under insulation and fireproofing, and external chloride stress corrosion cracking (ECSCC) of austenitic and duplex stainless steels under insulation. The document does not cover atmospheric corrosion or corrosion at uninsulated pipe supports, but does discuss corrosion at insulated pipe purpose of this RP is to: help owner/users understand the complexity of the many CUI/CUF issues, provide owner/users with understanding the advantages and limitations of the various NDE methods used to identify CUI and CUF damage, provide owner/users with an approach to risk assessment ( likelihood of failure, and consequence of failure) for CUI and CUF damage, and provide owner/users guidance on how to design, install, and maintain insulation systems to avoid CUI and CUF damage. Pages: 881st Edition | May 2014 | Product Number: C58301 | Price: $ 584 Integrity Operating WindowsExplains the importance of IOWs for process safety management and to guide users in how to establish and implement an IOW program for refining and petrochemical process facilities for the express purpose of avoiding unexpected equipment degradation that could lead to loss of containment. It is not the intent of this document to provide a complete list of specific IOWs or operating variables that might need IOWs for the numerous types of hydrocarbon process units in the industry (though some generic examples are provided in the text and in Appendix A), but rather to provide the user with information and guidance on the work process for development and implementation of IOWs for each process unit. Pages: 351st Edition | May 2014 | Product Number: C58401 | Price: $ 585 Pressure Equipment Integrity Incident InvestigationProvides owner/users with guidelines and recommended practices for developing, implementing, sustaining, and enhancing an investigation program for pressure equipment integrity incidents. This recommended practice describes characteristics of an effective investigation and how organizations can learn from pressure equipment integrity incident investigations. This RP is intended to supplement and provide additional guidance for the OSHA Process Safety Management (PSM) Standard 29 CFR (m) incident investigation requirements, with a specific focus on incidents caused by integrity failures of pressure equipment. Pages: 411st Edition | April 2014 | Product Number: C58501 | Price: $ 653 Tank Inspection, Repair, Alteration, and ReconstructionCovers steel storage tanks built to Std 650 and its predecessor Spec 12C. It provides minimum requirements for maintaining the integrity of such tanks after they have been placed in service and addresses inspection, repair, alteration, relocation, and scope is limited to the tank foundation, bottom, shell, structure, roof, attached appurtenances, and nozzles to the face of the first flange, first threaded joint, or first welding-end connection. Many of the design, welding, examination, and material requirements of Std 650 can be applied in the maintenance inspection, rating, repair, and alteration of in-service tanks. In the case of apparent conflicts between the requirements of this standard and Std 650 or its predecessor Spec 12C, this standard shall govern for tanks that have been placed in standard employs the principles of Std 650; however, storage tank owner/operators, based on consideration of specific construction and operating details, may apply this standard to any steel tank constructed in accordance with a tank standard is intended for use by organizations that maintain or have access to engineering and inspection personnel technically trained and experienced in tank design, fabrication, repair, construction, and standard does not contain rules or guidelines to cover all the varied conditions which may occur in an existing tank. When design and construction details are not given, and are not available in the as-built standard, details that will provide a level of integrity equal to the level provided by the current edition of Std 650 must be standard recognizes fitness-for-service assessment concepts for evaluating in-service degradation of pressure containing components. API 579-1/ASME FFS-1, Fitness-For-Ser vice, provides detailed assessment procedures or acceptance criteria for specific types of degradation referenced in this standard. When this standard does not provide specific evaluation procedures or acceptance criteria for a specific type of degradation or when this standard explicitly allows the use of fitness-for-service criteria, API 579-1/ASME FFS-1 may be used to evaluate the various types of degradation or test requirements addressed in this standard. Pages: 1625th Edition | November 2014 | Product Number: C65305 | Price: $ 653 *Tank Inspection, Repair, Alteration, and Reconstruction ChineseChinese translation of Std Edition | November 2014 | Product Number: C65305C | Price: $ EQUIPMENT STANDARDS FOR REFINERY SERVICE Std 610/ISO 13709:2009Centrifugal Pumps for Petroleum, Petrochemical and Natural Gas Industries(ANSI/API Std 610)(includes Errata 1 dated July 2011)Specifies requirements for centrifugal pumps, including pumps running in reverse as hydraulic power recovery turbines, for use in petroleum, petrochemical, and gas industry process services. This International Standard is applicable to overhung pumps, between bearings pumps, and vertically suspended pumps. Clause 9 provides requirements applicable to specific types of pumps. All other clauses of this International Standard apply to all pump types. Illustrations are provided of the various specific pump types and the designations assigned to each specific pump type. It does not cover sealless pumps. This edition of API Std 610 is the identical national adoption of ISO 13709:2009. Pages: 20511th Edition | September 2010 | 2-Year Extension: November 2015 Product Number: CX61011 | Price: $ 611General Purpose Steam Turbines for Petroleum, Chemical, and Gas Industry ServicesCovers the minimum requirements for general-purpose steam turbines. These requirements include basic design, materials, related lubrication systems, controls, auxiliary equipment, and accessories. General-purpose turbines are horizontal or vertical turbines used to drive equipment that is usually spared, is relatively small in size, or is in non-critical service. They are generally used where steam conditions will not exceed a pressure of 48 bar (700 psig) and a temperature of 400C (750F) or where speed will not exceed 6000 rpm. This standard does not cover special-purpose turbines. Pages: 118 5th Edition | March 2008 | Reaffirmed: February 2014 Product Number: C61105 | Price: $ * These translated versions are provided for the convenience of our customers and are not officially endorsed by API. The translated versions shall neither replace nor supersede the English-language versions, which remain the official standards. API shall not be responsible for any discrepancies or interpretations of these translations. Translations may not include any addenda or errata to the document. Please check the English-language versions for any updates to the Orders: +1 303 397 2740Online Orders: This publication is a new entry in this catalog. This publication is related to an API licensing, certification, or accreditation 612Petroleum Petrochemical and Natural Gas Industries Steam Turbines Special-Purpose Applications Specifies the minimum requirements for steam turbines for special-purpose applications for use in the petroleum, petrochemical, and natural gas industries. These requirements include basic design, materials, fabrication, inspection testing, and preparation for shipment. It also covers the related lube oil systems, instrumentation, control systems, and auxiliary equipment. It is not applicable to general-purpose steam turbines, which are covered in Std 611. Pages: 1467th Edition | August 2014 | Product Number: C61207 | Price: $ 613 Special Purpose Gear Units for Petroleum, Chemical and Gas Industry Services (ANSI/API Std 613) (includes Errata 1 dated December 2005)Covers the minimum requirements for special-purpose, enclosed, precision single- and double-helical one-and two-stage speed increasers and reducers of parallel-shaft design for refinery services. Primarily intended for gear units that are in continuous service without installed spare equipment. Pages: 94 5th Edition | February 2003 | Reaffirmed: August 2007 Product Number: C61305 | Price: $ 614/ISO 10438-1:2007 Lubrication, Shaft-Sealing and Oil-Control Systems and Auxiliaries(ANSI/API Std 614)(includes Errata 1 dated May 2008)Covers the minimum requirements for General Purpose and Special Purpose Oil Systems. The standard also includes requirements for Self-acting Gas Seal Support Systems. The standard includes the systems components, along with the required controls and instrumentation. Chapters included in Std 614 are: 1. General Requirements; 2. Special-purpose Oil Systems; 3. General-purpose Oil Systems; and 4. Self-acting Gas Seal Support Systems. This edition of API Std 614 is the identical national adoption of ISO 10438:2007. Pages: 202 5th Edition | April 2008 | 2-Year Extension: November 2012 Product Number: CX61402 | Price: $ 616 Gas Turbines for the Petroleum, Chemical, and Gas Industry Services Covers the minimum requirements for open, simple, and regenerative-cycle combustion gas turbine units for services of mechanical drive, generator drive, or process gas generation. All auxiliary equipment required for operating, starting, controlling, and protecting gas turbine units are either discussed directly in this standard or referred to in this standard through references to other publications. Specifically, gas turbine units that are capable of firing gas or liquid or both are covered by this standard. This standard covers both industrial and aeroderivative gas turbines. Pages: 1685th Edition | January 2011 | 2-Year Extension: May 2016 Product Number: C61605 | Price: $ 617Axial and Centrifugal Compressors and Expander-Compressors (includes Errata 1 dated August 2016)Covers the minimum requirements for centrifugal compressors used in petroleum, chemical, and gas industry services that handle air or gas, including process gear mounted. Does not apply to fans or blowers that develop less than 34 kPa (5 psi) pressure rise above atmospheric pressure; these are covered by Std 673. This standard also does not apply to packaged, integrally-geared centrifugal air compressors, which are covered by Std 672. Pages: 3748th Edition | September 2014 | Product Number: C61707 | Price: $ Std 618 Reciprocating Compressors for Petroleum, Chemical and Gas Industry Services(ANSI/API Std 618)(includes Errata 1 dated November 2009 and Errata 2 dated July 2010)Covers the minimum requirements for reciprocating compressors and their drivers used in petroleum, chemical, and gas industry services for handling process air or gas with either lubricated or nonlubricated cylinders. Compressors covered by this standard are of low to moderate speed and in critical services. Also covered are related lubricating systems, controls, instrumentation, intercoolers, aftercoolers, pulsation suppression devices, and other auxiliary equipment. Pages: 190 5th Edition | December 2007 | Reaffirmed: July 2017 Product Number: C61805 | Price: $ 619/ISO 10440-1:2007Rotary-Type Positive Displacement Compressors for Petroleum, Petrochemical and Natural Gas IndustriesSpecifies requirements for dry and oil-flooded, helical-lobe rotary compressors used for vacuum or pressure or both in petroleum, petrochemical, and gas industry services. It is intended for compressors that are in special-purpose applications. It is not applicable to general-purpose air compressors, liquid-ring compressors, or vane-type compressors. This edition of API Std 619 is the identical national adoption of ISO 10440-1:2007. Pages: 135 5th Edition | December 2010 | Product Number: CX61905 | Price: $ 670Machinery Protection Systems Provides a purchase specification to facilitate the manufacture, procurement, installation, and testing of vibration, axial-position, and bearing temperature monitoring systems for petroleum, chemical, and gas industry services. Covers the minimum requirements for monitoring radial shaft vibration, casing vibration, shaft axial position, and bearing temperatures. It outlines a standardized monitoring system and covers requirements for hardware (sensors and instruments), installation, testing, and arrangement. Pages: 2445th Edition | November 2014 | Product Number: C67005 | Price: $ 671/ISO 10441:2007 Special Purpose Couplings for Petroleum, Chemical and Gas Industry Services Specifies the requirements for couplings for the transmission of power between the rotating shafts of two machines in special-purpose applications in the petroleum, petrochemical and natural gas industries. Such applications are typically in large and/or high speed machines, in services that can be required to operate continuously for extended periods, are often unspared and are critical to the continued operation of the installation. By agreement, it can be used for other applications or covered are designed to accommodate parallel (or lateral) offset, angular misalignment and axial displacement of the shafts without imposing unacceptable mechanical loading on the coupled machines. It is applicable to gear, metallic flexible element, quill shaft and torsionally resilient type couplings. Torsional damping and resilient type couplings are detailed in Annex A; gear-type couplings are detailed in Annex B and quill shaft style coupling are detailed in Annex C. Also covers the design, materials of construction, manufacturing quality, inspection and testing special purpose edition of API Std 671 is the identical national adoption of ISO 10441:2007. Pages: 56 4th Edition | August 2007 | Reaffirmed: September 2010 2-Year Extension: November 2015 Product Number: C67104 | Price: $ Orders: +1 800 854 7179 (Toll-free: and Canada)Phone Orders: +1 303 397 7956 (Local and International) This publication is a new entry in this catalog. This publication is related to an API licensing, certification, or accreditation 672 Packaged, Integrally Geared Centrifugal Air Compressors for Petroleum, Chemical, and Gas Industry Services(includes Errata 1 dated October 2007 and Errata 2 dated July 2010)Covers the minimum requirements for constant-speed, packaged, general purpose integrally geared centrifugal air compressors, including their accessories. This standard is not applicable to machines that develop a pressure rise of less than bar ( psi) above atmospheric pressure, which are classed as fans or blowers. Pages: 136 4th Edition | March 2004 | Reaffirmed: December 2008 Product Number: C67204 | Price: $ 673Centrifugal Fans for Petroleum, Chemical, and Gas Industry Services Covers the minimum requirements for centrifugal fans for use in petroleum, chemical, and gas industry services. Fan static pressure rise is limited to differential usually not exceeding 130 in. (330 cm) of water equivalent air pressure from a single impeller or each impeller in a two stage fan. This standard does not apply to axial flow, aerial cooler, cooling tower, and ventilation fans and positive displacement standard covers equipment for both general purpose and special purpose applications. The purchaser shall determine which classification applies. Refer to Section 3 for definition of the terms general purpose and special or overriding requirements applicable to special purpose applications are included at the end of each section ( , etc.). Pages: 1133rd Edition | December 2014 | Product Number: C67303 | Price: $ 674Positive Displacement Pumps Reciprocating (includes Errata 1 dated May 2014 and Errata 2 dated April 2015)Covers the minimum requirements for reciprocating positive displacement pumps and pump units for use in the petroleum, petrochemical, and gas industry services. Both direct-acting and power-frame types are included. Controlled-volume pumps, hydraulically driven pumps, and rotary pumps are not included. Pages: 953rd Edition | December 2010 | Reaffirmed: November 2016 2-Year Extension: November 2015 Product Number: C67403 | Price: $ 675Positive Displacement Pumps Controlled Volume for Petroleum, Chemical, and Gas Industry Services(includes Errata 1 dated June 2014 and Errata 2 dated April 2015)Covers the minimum requirements for reciprocating, controlled volume pumps, and pump units for use in the petroleum, petrochemical, and gas industry services. These pumps are either hydraulic diaphragm or packed plunger design. Rotary positive displacement pumps are not included. Diaphragm pumps that use direct mechanical actuation are also Std 674 for positive displacement reciprocating pumps and Std 670 for positive displacement rotary standard requires the purchaser to specify certain details and features. A bullet ( ) at the beginning of a paragraph indicates that either a decision by, or further information from, the purchaser is required. Further information should be shown on the datasheets (see example in Annex A) or stated in the quotation request and purchase order. Pages: 64 3rd Edition | November 2012 | Product Number: C67503 | Price: $ 676Positive Displacement Pumps Rotary Covers the minimum requirements for rotary positive displacement process pumps and pump units for use in the petroleum, petrochemical, and gas industry services. Controlled-volume pumps, hydraulically driven pumps, and positive displacement reciprocating pumps are not included. Pages: 1023rd Edition | November 2009 | Reaffirmed: March 2015 Product Number: C67603 | Price: $ 676 *Positive Displacement Pumps Rotary ChineseChinese translation of Std Edition | November 2009 Product Number: C67603 CN945 | Price: $ 677 General-Purpose Gear Units for Petroleum, Chemical and Gas Industry Services (includes Errata 1 dated February 2012)Covers the minimum requirements for general-purpose, enclosed, single, and multistage gear units incorporating parallel shaft helical and right angle spiral bevel gears for the petroleum, chemical, and gas industries. Gears manufactured according to this standard shall be limited to the following pitchline velocities. Helical gears shall not exceed 60 meters per second (12,000 feet per minute), and spiral bevels shall not exceed 40 meters per second (8,000 feet per minute). Typical applications for which this standard is intended are cooling tower water pump systems, forced and induced draft fan systems, and other general-purpose equipment trains. Pages: 843rd Edition | April 2006 | Reaffirmed: November 2016 Product Number: C67703 | Price: $ 681 Liquid Ring Vacuum Pumps and Compressors for Petroleum, Chemical, and Gas Industry ServicesDefines the minimum requirements for the basic design, inspection, testing, and preparation for shipment of liquid ring vacuum pump and compressor systems for service in the petroleum, chemical, and gas industries. It includes both vacuum pump and compressor design and system design. Pages: 86 1st Edition | February 1996 | Reaffirmed: November 2010 2-Year Extension: November 2015 Product Number: C68101 | Price: $ 682Pumps Shaft Sealing Systems for Centrifugal and Rotary PumpsSpecifies requirements and gives recommendations for sealing systems for centrifugal and rotary pumps used in the petroleum, natural gas, and chemical industries. See and It is the responsibility of the purchaser or seal vendor to ensure that the selected seal and auxiliaries are suitable for the intended service condition. It is applicable mainly for hazardous, flammable, and/or toxic services where a greater degree of reliability is required for the improvement of equipment availability and the reduction of both emissions to the atmosphere and life-cycle sealing costs. It covers seals for pump shaft diameters from 20 mm ( in.) to 110 mm ( in.). This standard is also applicable to seal spare parts and can be referred to for the upgrading of existing equipment. A classification system for the seal configurations covered by this standard into categories, types, arrangements, and orientations is standard is referenced normatively in Std 610. It is applicable to both new and retrofitted pumps and to pumps other than Std 610 pumps ( ASME , ASME , and Std 676 pumps). This standard might also be referenced by other machinery standards such as other pumps, compressors, and agitators. Users are cautioned that this standard is not specifically written to address all of the potential applications that a purchaser may specify. This is especially true for the size envelope specified for Std 682 seals. The purchaser and seal vendor shall mutually agree on the features taken from this standard and used in the application. Pages: 2564th Edition | May 2014 | Product Number: C68204 | Price: $ * These translated versions are provided for the convenience of our customers and are not officially endorsed by API. The translated versions shall neither replace nor supersede the English-language versions, which remain the official standards. API shall not be responsible for any discrepancies or interpretations of these translations. Translations may not include any addenda or errata to the document. Please check the English-language versions for any updates to the Orders: +1 303 397 2740Online Orders: This publication is a new entry in this catalog. This publication is related to an API licensing, certification, or accreditation 682 *Pumps Shaft Sealing Systems for Centrifugal and Rotary Pumps ChineseChinese translation of Std Edition | May 2014 | Product Number: C68204C | Price: $ 684 API Standard Paragraphs Rotordynamic Tutorial: Lateral Critical Speeds, Unbalance Response, Stability, Train Torsionals, and Rotor BalancingDescribes, discusses, and clarifies the section of the API Standard Paragraphs that outline the complete lateral and torsional rotordynamics and rotor balancing acceptance program designed by API to ensure equipment mechanical reliability. Background material on the fundamentals of these subjects (including terminology) along with rotor modeling utilized in this analysis is presented for those unfamiliar with the subject. This document is an introduction to the major aspects of rotating equipment vibrations that are addressed during a typical lateral dynamics analysis. Pages: 3032nd Edition | August 2005 | Reaffirmed: November 2010 Product Number: C68402 | Price: $ 685Sealless Centrifugal Pumps for Petroleum, Petrochemical, and Gas Industry Process ServiceSpecifies the minimum requirements for sealless centrifugal pumps for use in petroleum, heavy duty petrochemical and gas industry services. This standard is applicable to single stage overhung pumps of two classifications: magnetic drive pumps and canned motor pumps. Pages: 1702nd Edition | February 2011 | Product Number: C68502 | Price: $ 686 Recommended Practice for Machinery Installation and Installation Design Provides recommended procedures, practices, and checklists for the installation and precommissioning of new, existing, and reapplied machinery and to assist with the installation design of such machinery for petroleum, chemical, and gas industry services facilities. In general, this RP is intended to supplement vendor instructions and the instructions provided by the original equipment manufacturer (OEM) should be carefully followed with regard to equipment installation and checkout. Most major topics of this RP are subdivided into sections of Installation Design and Installation with the intent being that each section can be removed and used as needed by the appropriate design or installation personnel. Pages: 2542nd Edition | December 2009 | Reaffirmed: November 2014 Product Number: C68602 | Price: $ 687 Rotor Repair Covers the minimum requirements for the inspection and repair of special purpose rotating equipment rotors, bearings and couplings used in petroleum, chemical, and gas industry service. Pages: 540 1st Edition | September 2001 | Reaffirmed: March 2015 Product Number: C68701 | Price: $ 687 Rotor Repair Data CD CD-ROM containing all datasheets from RP 687. 1st Edition | September 2001 | Product Number: C68701 | Price: $ 688Pulsation and Vibration Control in Positive Displacement Machinery Systems for Petroleum, Petrochemical, and Natural Gas Industry ServicesProvides guidance on the application of pulsation and vibration control requirements found in the API purchasing specifications for positive displacement machinery. The fundamentals of pulsation and piping system analysis are presented in Part 1. Part 2 deals specifically with reciprocating compressors and provides commentary regarding each paragraph of Section of Std 618, 5th Edition. Pages 1281st Edition | April 2012 | Product Number: C68801 | Price: $ 689/ISO 14224:2006 Collection and Exchange of Reliability and Maintenance Data for Equipment (ANSI/API Std 689)Provides a comprehensive basis for the collection of reliability and maintenance (RM) data in a standard format for equipment in all facilities and operations within the petroleum, natural gas, and petrochemical industries during the operational life cycle of equipment. It describes data-collection principles and associated terms and definitions that constitute reliability language that can be useful for communicating operational experience. The failure modes defined in the normative part of this standard can be used as a reliability thesaurus for various quantitative as well as qualitative applications. This standard also describes data quality control and assurance practices to provide guidance for the user. Std 689 establishes requirements that any inhouse or commercially available RM data system is required to meet when designed for RM data exchange. Examples, guidelines, and principles for the exchange and merging of such RM data are addressed. This edition of API Std 689 is the identical national adoption of ISO 14224:2006. Pages: 171 1st Edition | July 2007 | Product Number: CC68901 | Price: $ 691 Risk-Based Machinery ManagementDefines the minimum requirements for the management of health, safety, and environmental (HSE) risks across the machinery life cycle. It shall be applied to the subset of operating-company- and/or vendor-defined high-risk machinery. Pages: 1981st Edition | June 2017 | Product Number: C69101 | Price: $ DATASHEETS Electronically formatted mechanical equipment standards datasheets are now available in electronic format (Excel spreadsheets):All of the following datasheets are available for single user at $ each or for intranet licensing at $ 610, 11th EditionStd 619, 5th EditionStd 672, 4th Edition Std 611, 5th EditionStd 660, 9th EditionStd 673, 3rd Edition Std 612, 7th EditionStd 661, 6th EditionStd 674, 3rd Edition Std 613, 5th EditionStd 662, 2nd EditionStd 675, 3rd Edition Std 614, 5th EditionStd 663, 1st EditionStd 676, 3rd Edition Std 616, 5th EditionStd 664, 1st EditionStd 677, 3rd Edition Std 617, 8th EditionStd 670, 4th EditionStd 682, 4th Edition Std 618, 5th EditionStd 671, 4th EditionStd 685, 2nd Edition Mechanical Equipment Residual Unbalance Worksheets Electronic versions of the residual unbalance worksheets that appear in mechanical equipment standards (Excel) along with instructions (Word).Price: $ * These translated versions are provided for the convenience of our customers and are not officially endorsed by API. The translated versions shall neither replace nor supersede the English-language versions, which remain the official standards. API shall not be responsible for any discrepancies or interpretations of these translations. Translations may not include any addenda or errata to the document. Please check the English-language versions for any updates to the Orders: +1 800 854 7179 (Toll-free: and Canada)Phone Orders: +1 303 397 7956 (Local and International) This publication is a new entry in this catalog. This publication is related to an API licensing, certification, or accreditation API Specification DatabaseThe American Petroleum Institute Specification Database Software provides a knowledge-management toolset for the project engineering team. Facilitates the entire equipment specification process including the entry of process data and release to design to the final entry of mechanical datasheets and development of the technical bid specification package. Electronic outputs can be combined to form a master technical specification bid package for quotation and purchasing purposes with a modern tree-view format for ease of navigation. Completed projects provide on-going documentation for plant equipment assets improving safety and reliability. Available in a full-featured corporate wide Oracle format or a portable ODBC database format with primary focus on equipment EPCON International at (281) 398-9400 or visit the EPCON website: TANKS Impact of Gasoline Blended with Ethanol on the Long-Term Structural Integrity of Liquid Petroleum Storage Systems and ComponentsSummarizes the results of a literature review conducted for the American Petroleum Institute on the impact of gasoline blended with ethanol on the long-term structural integrity of liquid petroleum storage systems and components. It is anticipated that the use of ethanol in motor fuels will continue to increase. This has generated interest about the potential long-term structural effects of ethanol on liquid petroleum storage systems, including underground storage tanks (USTs), underground piping, and associated components. The objective of the literature review is to determine the state of industry knowledge and research on the effects of ethanol/gasoline blends on the long-term structural integrity of UST systems and components. This review is intended to assist decision-makers on further research requirements and needed changes or supplements to existing standards for underground storage system components used for storing and dispensing gasoline blended with ethanol. Appendix A may be purchased separately as an electronic database file. The database synopsis and bibliographic information for all articles reviewed for the project. The report is organized by article index number. Reference numbers cited in this report refer to the article index number. Pages: 25January 2003 | Executive Summary | Price: $ Appendix A Literature Review | Price $ Spec 12B Specification for Bolted Tanks for Storage of Production LiquidsCovers material, design, fabrication, and testing requirements for vertical, cylindrical, aboveground, closed and open top, bolted steel storage tanks in various standard sizes and capacities for internal pressures approximately atmospheric. This specification is designed to provide the oil production industry with safe and economical bolted tanks of adequate safety and reasonable economy for use in the storage of crude petroleum and other liquids commonly handled and stored by the production segment of the industry. This specification is for the convenience of purchasers and manufacturers in ordering and fabricating tanks. Pages: 3116th Edition | November 2014 Product Number: G12B156 | Price: $ 12D Specification for Field-Welded Tanks for Storage of Production Liquids Covers material, design, fabrication, and testing requirements for vertical, cylindrical, aboveground, closed top, welded steel storage tanks with internal pressures approximately atmospheric at various sizes and capacities ranging from 500 to 10,000 barrels. This specification is designed to provide the oil production industry with tanks of adequate safety and reasonable economy for use in the storage of crude petroleum and other liquids commonly handled and stored by the production segment of the industry. This specification is for the convenience of purchasers and manufacturers in ordering and fabricating tanks. Pages: 2912th Edition | June 2017 | Effective Date: December 1, 2017 Product Number: G12D12 | Price: $ 12F Specification for Shop Welded Tanks for Storage of Production Liquids Covers material, design, fabrication, and testing requirements for shop-fabricated vertical, cylindrical, aboveground, closed top, welded steel storage tanks with internal pressures approximately atmospheric at various sizes and capacities ranging from 90 to 750 barrels. Tanks covered by this specification have been designed using established engineering calculations to determine minimum metal thickness and bolting specifications for each size tank filled with water. This specification is designed to provide the oil production industry with tanks of adequate safety and reasonable economy for use in the storage of crude petroleum and other liquids commonly handled and stored by the production segment of the industry. Pages: 2512th Edition | October 2008 | Effective Date: April 1, 2009 2-Year Extension: November 2015 Product Number: G12F12 | Price: $ 12F *Specification for Shop Welded Tanks for Storage of Production Liquids Chinese Chinese translation of Spec Edition | October 2008 | Product Number: G12F12C | Price: $ 12P Specification for Fiberglass Reinforced Plastic Tanks Covers material, design, fabrication, and testing requirements for fiberglass reinforced plastic (FRP) tanks. Only shop-fabricated, vertical, cylindrical tanks are covered. Tanks covered by this specification are intended for above ground and atmospheric pressure service. This specification applies to new tanks. The requirements may be applied to existing tanks at the discretion of the specification is designed to provide the petroleum industry with various standard sizes of FRP tanks. Because of the versatility of FRP tanks, the user shall be responsible for determining the suitability of FRP tanks for the intended service. Unsupported cone bottom tanks are outside the scope of this specification. Pages: 274th Edition | February 2016 | Effective Date: August 1, 2016 Product Number: G12P04 | Price: $ 12R1 Recommended Practice for Setting, Maintenance, Inspection, Operation, and Repair of Tanks in Production Service(includes Addendum 1 dated December 2017)Serves as a guide on new tank installations and maintenance of existing tanks. It contains recommendations for good practices in (a) the collection of well or lease production, (b) gauging, (c) delivery to pipeline carriers for transportation, and (d) other production storage and treatment operations. In particular, the spill prevention and examination/inspection provisions of this recommended practice should be companion to the spill prevention control and countermeasures (SPCC) to prevent environmental damage. This recommended practice is intended primarily for application to tanks fabricated to Specs 12F, 12D, 12F, and 12P when employed in on-land production service; but its basic principles are applicable to atmospheric tanks of other dimensions and specifications when they are employed in similar oil and gas production, treating, and processing services. It is not applicable to refineries, petrochemical plants, marketing bulk stations, or pipeline storage facilities operated by carriers.* These translated versions are provided for the convenience of our customers and are not officially endorsed by API. The translated versions shall neither replace nor supersede the English-language versions, which remain the official standards. API shall not be responsible for any discrepancies or interpretations of these translations. Translations may not include any addenda or errata to the document. Please check the English-language versions for any updates to the Orders: +1 303 397 2740Online Orders: This publication is a new entry in this catalog. This publication is related to an API licensing, certification, or accreditation 1 to the 5th Edition specifically adds Annex J, Unmanned Upstream Facility Design and Safety Considerations. Annex J is a guide for the design and security of storage tanks at unmanned exploration and production facilities for all produced fluids. It contains recommendations for practices when such facilities may be subject to tampering or introduction of ignition sources by members of the public that could result in damage, injury, or accidental release of tank contents into the environment. Pages: 635th Edition | August 1997 | Reaffirmed: April 2008 2-Year Extension: November 2015 | Product Number: G12R15 Price: $ 620Design and Construction of Large, Welded, Low-Pressure Storage Tanks(includes Addendum 1 dated November 2014)Covers the design and construction of large field-assembled, welded, low-pressure carbon steel above ground storage tanks (including flat-bottom tanks) that have a single vertical axis of revolution, that contain petroleum intermediates (gases or vapors) and finished products, as well as other liquid products commonly handled and stored by the various branches of the are tanks designed for metal temperatures not greater than 250 F and with pressures in their gas or vapor spaces not more than 15 pounds per square inch gauge. The basic rules in this standard provide for installation in areas where the lowest recorded 1-day mean atmospheric temperature is -50 F. Annex S covers stainless steel low-pressure storage tanks in ambient temperature service in all areas, without limit on low temperatures. Annex R covers low-pressure storage tanks for refrigerated products at temperatures from +40 F to 60 F. Annex Q covers low-pressure storage tanks for liquefied gases at temperatures not lower than 325 standard is applicable to tanks that (a) hold or store liquids with gases or vapors above their surface or (b) hold or store gases or vapors alone. These rules do not apply to lift-type gas the rules in this standard do not cover horizontal tanks, they are not intended to preclude the application of appropriate portions to the design and construction of horizontal tanks designed in accordance with good engineering practice. Pages: 277 12th Edition | October 2013 | Product Number: C62012 | Price: $ 620 *Design and Construction of Large, Welded, Low-Pressure Storage Tanks ChineseChinese translation of Std Edition | October 2013 | Product Number: C62012C | Price: $ 625 Tank Systems for Refrigerated Liquefied Gas Storage(includes Addendum 1 dated July 2013, Addendum 2 dated November 2014)Covers low pressure, aboveground, vertical, and cylindrical tank systems storing liquefied gases requiring refrigeration. This standard provides general requirements on responsibilities, selection of storage concept, performance criteria, accessories/appurtenances, quality assurance, insulation, and commissioning of tank systems. Included are tank systems having a storage capacity of 800 cubic meters (5000 bbls) and larger. Stored product shall be liquids which are in a gaseous state at ambient temperature and pressure and require refrigeration to less than 5 C (40 F) to maintain a liquid phase. Also covered are tank systems with a minimum design temperature of 198 C ( 325 F), a maximum design internal pressure of 50 kPa (7 psig), and a maximum design uniform external pressure of kPa ( psig).Tank system configurations covered consist of a primary liquid and vapor containment constructed of metal, concrete, or a metal/concrete combination and, when required, a secondary liquid containment. Pages: 63 1st Edition | August 2010 | Product Number: C62501 | Price: $ 650 Welded Tanks for Oil Storage (includes Addendum 1 dated September 2014, Addendum 2 dated January 2016, Errata 1 dated July 2013, and Errata 2 dated December 2014)Establishes minimum requirements for material, design, fabrication, erection, and testing for vertical, cylindrical, aboveground, closed- and open-top, welded carbon, or stainless steel storage tanks in various sizes and capacities for internal pressures approximating atmospheric pressure (internal pressures not exceeding the weight of the roof plates), but a higher internal pressure is permitted when addition requirements are met. This standard applies only to tanks whose entire bottom is uniformly supported and to tanks in non-refrigerated service that have a maximum design temperature of 93 C (200 F) or less. Pages: 49812th Edition | March 2013 | Product Number: C65012 | Price: $ 650 *Welded Tanks for Oil Storage ChineseChinese translation of Std Edition | March 2013 | Product Number: C65012C | Price: $ RP 651 Cathodic Protection of Aboveground Petroleum Storage Tanks Presents procedures and practices for achieving effective corrosion control on aboveground storage tank bottoms through the use of cathodic protection. This RP contains provisions for the application of cathodic protection to existing and new aboveground storage tanks. Corrosion control methods based on chemical control of the environment or the use of protective coatings are not covered in cathodic protection is used for aboveground storage tank applications, it is the intent of this RP to provide information and guidance specific to aboveground metallic storage tanks in hydrocarbon service. Certain practices recommended herein may also be applicable to tanks in other services. It is intended to serve only as a guide to persons interested in cathodic protection. Specific cathodic protection designs are not provided. Such designs should be developed by a person thoroughly familiar with cathodic protection practices for aboveground petroleum storage RP does not designate specific practices for every situation because the varied conditions in which tank bottoms are installed preclude standardization of cathodic protection practices. Pages: 464th Edition | September 2014| Product Number: C65104 | Price: $ 651 *Cathodic Protection of Aboveground Petroleum Storage Tanks Chinese Chinese translation of RP Edition | September 2014 | Product Number: C65104C | Price: $ 652 Linings of Aboveground Petroleum Storage Tank Bottoms(includes Errata 1 dated August 2016)Provides guidance on achieving effective corrosion control by the application of tank bottom linings in aboveground storage tanks in hydrocarbon service. It contains information pertinent to the selection of lining materials, surface preparation, lining application, cure, and inspection of tank bottom linings for existing and new storage tanks. In many cases, tank bottom linings have proven to be an effective method of preventing internal corrosion of steel tank bottoms.* These translated versions are provided for the convenience of our customers and are not officially endorsed by API. The translated versions shall neither replace nor supersede the English-language versions, which remain the official standards. API shall not be responsible for any discrepancies or interpretations of these translations. Translations may not include any addenda or errata to the document. Please check the English-language versions for any updates to the Orders: +1 800 854 7179 (Toll-free: and Canada)Phone Orders: +1 303 397 7956 (Local and International) This publication is a new entry in this catalog. This publication is related to an API licensing, certification, or accreditation information and guidance specific to aboveground steel storage tanks in hydrocarbon service. Certain practices recommended herein may also applicable to tanks in other services. This recommended practice is intended to serve only as a guide and detailed tank bottom lining specifications are not recommended practice does not designate specific tank bottom linings for every situation because of the wide variety of service environments. Pages: 244th Edition | September 2014 | Product Number: C65204 | Price: $ 652 *Linings of Aboveground Petroleum Storage Tank Bottoms ChineseChinese translation of RP Edition | September 2014 | Product Number: C65204C | Price: $ 653 Tank Inspection, Repair, Alteration, and ReconstructionCovers steel storage tanks built to Std 650 and its predecessor Spec 12C. It provides minimum requirements for maintaining the integrity of such tanks after they have been placed in service and addresses inspection, repair, alteration, relocation, and scope is limited to the tank foundation, bottom, shell, structure, roof, attached appurtenances, and nozzles to the face of the first flange, first threaded joint, or first welding-end connection. Many of the design, welding, examination, and material requirements of Std 650 can be applied in the maintenance inspection, rating, repair, and alteration of in-service tanks. In the case of apparent conflicts between the requirements of this standard and Std 650 or its predecessor Spec 12C, this standard shall govern for tanks that have been placed in standard employs the principles of Std 650; however, storage tank owner/operators, based on consideration of specific construction and operating details, may apply this standard to any steel tank constructed in accordance with a tank standard is intended for use by organizations that maintain or have access to engineering and inspection personnel technically trained and experienced in tank design, fabrication, repair, construction, and standard does not contain rules or guidelines to cover all the varied conditions which may occur in an existing tank. When design and construction details are not given, and are not available in the as-built standard, details that will provide a level of integrity equal to the level provided by the current edition of Std 650 must be standard recognizes fitness-for-service assessment concepts for evaluating in-service degradation of pressure containing components. API 579-1/ASME FFS-1, Fitness-For-Ser vice, provides detailed assessment procedures or acceptance criteria for specific types of degradation referenced in this standard. When this standard does not provide specific evaluation procedures or acceptance criteria for a specific type of degradation or when this standard explicitly allows the use of fitness-for-service criteria, API 579-1/ASME FFS-1 may be used to evaluate the various types of degradation or test requirements addressed in this standard. Pages: 1625th Edition | November 2014 | Product Number: C65305 | Price: $ 653 *Tank Inspection, Repair, Alteration, and Reconstruction ChineseChinese translation of Std Edition | November 2014 | Product Number: C65305C | Price: $ 937 Evaluation of Design Criteria for Storage Tanks with Frangible Roof Joints Describes research that evaluated the ability of the present Std 650 tank design criteria to ensure the desired frangible joint behavior. Particular questions include: evaluation of the area inequality as a method to predict the buckling response of the compression ring, effect of roof slope, tank diameter, and weld size on the frangible joint, and effect of the relative strength of the roof-to-shell joint compared to the shell-to-bottom joint. Pages: 73 1st Edition | April 1996 | Product Number: C93701 | Price: $ Publ 937-A Study to Establish Relations for the Relative Strength of API 650 Cone Roof, Roof-to-Shell and Shell-to-Bottom JointsInvestigates the relative strengths of the roof-to-shell and shell-to-bottom joints, with the goal of providing suggestions for frangible roof design criteria applicable to smaller tanks. Pages: 68 1st Edition | August 2005 | Product Number: C937A0 | Price: $ 939-D Stress Corrosion Cracking of Carbon Steel in Fuel Grade Ethanol Review, Experience Survey, Field Monitoring, and Laboratory Testing (includes Addendum 1 dated October 2013)Addresses stress corrosion cracking (SCC) in carbon steel equipment used in distribution, transportation, storage, and blending of denatured fuel ethanol. API, with assistance from the Renewable Fuels Association (RFA), conducted research on the potential for metal cracking and product leakage in certain portions of the fuel ethanol distribution system. TR 939-D contains a review of existing literature, results of an industry survey on cracking events and corrosion field monitoring, and information on mitigation and prevention. Pages: 172 2nd Edition | May 2007 | Product Number: C939D0 | Price: $ 2015 Requirements for Safe Entry and Cleaning of Petroleum Storage Tanks Applicable to stationary atmospheric and low-pressure (up to and including 15 psig) aboveground petroleum storage tanks used in all sectors of the petroleum and petrochemical industry, including crude oil and gas production; refining; petrochemicals; pipelines and terminals; bulk storage and ethanol facilities. This standard provides requirements for safely planning, coordinating, and conducting tank entry and cleaning operations, from removal from service through return to service. Pages: 1468th Edition | January 2018 | Product Number: K20158 | Price: $ 2026 Safe Access/Egress Involving Floating Roofs of Storage Tanks in Petroleum Service Provides information to enable safe access/egress involving floating roofs of storage tanks used in petroleum service and identifies common hazards and potentially hazardous conditions associated with these activities. The objective of this recommended practice (RP) is to establish general precautionary measures appropriate for individual situations. It provides the appropriate precautions for preventing accidents and injuries. This RP is intended primarily for those persons who are required to perform inspections, service, maintenance, and/or repair activities that involve descent onto floating roofs of in-service petroleum tanks. This RP does not cover general considerations that apply to climbing onto petroleum storage tanks and other structures. Pages: 283rd Edition | June 2017 | Product Number: K20263 | Price: $ * These translated versions are provided for the convenience of our customers and are not officially endorsed by API. The translated versions shall neither replace nor supersede the English-language versions, which remain the official standards. API shall not be responsible for any discrepancies or interpretations of these translations. Translations may not include any addenda or errata to the document. Please check the English-language versions for any updates to the Orders: +1 303 397 2740Online Orders: This publication is a new entry in this catalog. This publication is related to an API licensing, certification, or accreditation 2027 Ignition Hazards Involved in Abrasive Blasting of Atmospheric Storage Tanks in Hydrocarbon ServiceIdentifies the ignition hazards involved in abrasive blasting of the exteriors of hydrocarbon storage tanks containing a mixture that is flammable or that can become flammable when air is added. It provides operational guidelines for procedures that significantly reduce ignition risks during abrasive blasting of hydrocarbon tanks that may contain a flammable vapor space. Pages: 4 3rd Edition | March 2002 | Reaffirmed: March 2012 Product Number: C20273 | Price: $ RP 2207 Preparing Tank Bottoms for Hot Work Provides information to assist safe performance of hot work on the bottoms of storage tanks that have been in service to store flammable products. This work activity has specific precautions and work also addresses the safety aspects of hot work performed on petroleum storage tank bottoms. It discusses safety precautions for preventing fires, explosions, and associated injuries. The term hot work, as used in this publication, is defined as an operation that can produce a spark or flame hot enough to ignite flammable recommended practice does not contain all safety precautions and procedures that may be required prior to, during, or after a specific hot work activity. All hot work should be performed in compliance with applicable federal, state, and local regulatory requirements and recognized industry practices. Work practices of concern for working on tank bottoms include, but are not limited to, confined space entry, lockout/tagout, atmospheric testing, ventilation, and requirements for use of personal protective equipment (PPE). Pages: 277th Edition | June 2017 | Product Number: K22077 | Price: $ Std 2510 Design and Construction of LPG Installations Provides minimum requirements for the design and construction of installations for the storage and handling of liquefied petroleum gas (LPG) at marine and pipeline terminals, natural gas processing plants, refineries, petrochemical plants, and tank farms. This standard covers storage vessels, loading and unloading systems, piping, and related equipment. Pages: 228th Edition | May 2001 | Reaffirmed: October 2011 Product Number: C25108 | Price: $ 2510 *Design and Construction of LPG Installations SpanishSpanish translation of Std Edition | May 2001 | Product Number: C25108SP | Price: $ 2610 Design, Construction, Operation, Maintenance, and Inspection of Terminal and Tank Facilities Covers the design, construction, operation, inspection, and maintenance of petroleum terminal and tank facilities associated with marketing, refining, pipeline, and other similar activities. Covers site selection and spacing, pollution prevention and waste management, safe operations, fire prevention and protection, tanks, dikes and berms, mechanical systems (pipe, valves, pumps, and piping systems), product transfer, corrosion protection, structures, utilities and yard, and removals and purpose of this standard is to consolidate a wide base of current industry experience, knowledge, information, and management practices into a cohesive standard comprising a range of best practices. Pages: 532nd Edition | May 2005 | Reaffirmed: December 2010 2-Year Extension: May 2016 | Product Number: C26102 | Price: $ SYSTEMS FOR REFINERY SERVICE Std 520, Part ISizing, Selection, and Installation of Pressure-Relieving Devices Part I Sizing and Selection Applies to the sizing and selection of pressure relief devices used in refineries and related industries for equipment that has a maximum allowable working pressure of 15 psig (103 kPag) or greater. The pressure relief devices covered in this standard are intended to protect unfired pressure vessels and related equipment against overpressure from operating and fire standard includes basic definitions and information about the operational characteristics and applications of various pressure relief devices. It also includes sizing procedures and methods based on steady state flow of Newtonian fluids. Atmospheric and low-pressure storage tanks covered in Std 2000 and pressure vessels used for the transportation of products in bulk or shipping containers are not within the scope of this standard. See Std 521 for information about appropriate ways of reducing pressure and restricting heat input. The rules for overpressure protection of fired vessels are provided in ASME Section I and ASME and are not within the scope of this standard. Pages: 143 9th Edition | July 2014 | Product Number: C520109 | Price: $ 520, Part I *Sizing, Selection, and Installation of Pressure-Relieving Devices Part I Sizing and Selection RussianRussian translation of Std 520, Part I. 9th Edition | July 2014 | Product Number: C520109R | Price: $ 520, Part II Sizing, Selection, and Installation of Pressure-Relieving Devices Part II Installation Covers the methods of installation for pressure relief devices for equipment that has a maximum allowable working pressure (MAWP) of 15 psig ( bar g) or greater. Pressure relief valves or rupture disks may be used independently or in combination with each other to provide the required protection against excessive pressure accumulation. The term pressure relief valve includes safety relief valves used in either compressible or incompressible fluid service, and relief valves used in incompressible fluid service. Covers gas, vapor, steam, and incompressible fluid service. Pages: 556th Edition | March 2015 | Product Number: C520206 | Price: $ 521Pressure-Relieving and Depressuring SystemsApplies to pressure-relieving and vapor depressuring systems. Although intended for use primarily in oil refineries, it is also applicable to petrochemical facilities, gas plants, liquefied natural gas (LNG) facilities, and oil and gas production facilities. The information provided is designed to aid in the selection of the system that is most appropriate for the risks and circumstances involved in various installations. This standard specifies requirements and gives guidelines for the following: examining the principal causes of overpressure; determining individual relieving rates; selecting and designing disposal systems, including such component parts as piping, vessels, flares, and vent stacks. This standard does not apply to direct-fired steam boilers. Pages: 248 6th Edition | January 2014 | Product Number: C52106 | Price: $ * These translated versions are provided for the convenience of our customers and are not officially endorsed by API. The translated versions shall neither replace nor supersede the English-language versions, which remain the official standards. API shall not be responsible for any discrepancies or interpretations of these translations. Translations may not include any addenda or errata to the document. Please check the English-language versions for any updates to the Orders: +1 800 854 7179 (Toll-free: and Canada)Phone Orders: +1 303 397 7956 (Local and International) This publication is a new entry in this catalog. This publication is related to an API licensing, certification, or accreditation 526 Flanged Steel Pressure-Relief Valves Purchase specification for flanged steel pressure-relief valves. Basic requirements are given for direct spring-loaded pressure-relief valves and pilot-operated pressure-relief valves as follows: orifice designation and area; valve size and pressure rating, inlet and outlet; materials; pressure-temperature limits; center-to-face dimensions, inlet and nomenclature and requirements for stamping are detailed in Annex A. Pages: 53 7th Edition | September 2017 | Product Number: C52607 | Price: $ 527Seat Tightness of Pressure Relief Valves Describes methods of determining the seat tightness of metal- and soft-seated pressure relief valves, including those of conventional, bellows, and pilot-operated maximum acceptable leakage rates are defined for pressure relief valves with set pressures from 103 kPa gauge (15 psig) to 41,379 kPa gauge (6,000 psig). If greater seat tightness is required, the purchaser shall specify it in the purchase test medium for determining the seat tightness air, steam, or water shall be the same as that used for determining the set pressure of the dual-service valves, the test medium air, steam, or water shall be the same as the primary relieving ensure safety, the procedures outlined in this standard shall be performed by persons experienced in the use and functions of pressure relief valves. Pages: 54th Edition | November 2014 | Product Number: C52704 | Price: $ 576 Inspection of Pressure-Relieving DevicesDescribes the inspection and repair practices for self-actuated pressure-relieving devices commonly used in the oil/gas and petrochemical industries. As a guide to the inspection and repair of these devices in the user s plant, it is intended to ensure their proper performance. This publication covers self-actuated devices such as direct acting spring loaded valves, pilot operated pressure-relief valves, rupture disks, pin actuated devices, and weight-loaded pressure vacuum recommendations in this publication are not intended to supersede requirements established by regulatory bodies. This publication excludes tank weak seams and/or sections or tank thief hatches, explosion doors, fusible plugs, control valves, pressure regulating devices, integral rotating equipment components, other devices that either depend on an external source of power for operation or are manually operated or devices not designed to be inspected or recertified. Inspections and tests made at manufacturers plants, which are usually covered by codes or purchase specifications, are not covered by this publication does not cover training requirements for personnel involved in the inspection and repair of pressure-relieving devices. Those seeking these requirements should see API 510/570, which gives the requirements for a quality control system and specifies that the repair organization maintain and document a training program ensuring that personnel are qualified. Pages: 804th Edition | April 2017 | Product Number: C57604 | Price: $ 2000Venting Atmospheric and Low-Pressure Storage TanksCovers the normal and emergency vapour venting requirements for aboveground liquid petroleum or petroleum products storage tanks and aboveground and underground refrigerated storage tanks, designed for operation at pressures from full vacuum through 103,4 kPa (ga) [15 psig]. Discussed in this International Standard are the causes of overpressure and vacuum; determination of venting requirements; means of venting; selection, and installation of venting devices; and testing and marking of relief International Standard is intended for tanks containing petroleum and petroleum products but it can also be applied to tanks containing other liquids; however, it is necessary to use sound engineering analysis and judgment whenever this International Standard is applied to other International Standard does not apply to external floating-roof tanks. Pages: 877th Edition | March 2014 | Product Number: C57603 | Price: $ COMPONENT AND VALVE STANDARDS API 570 Piping Inspection Code: In-Service Inspection, Rating, Repair, and Alteration of Piping Systems(includes Addendum 1 dated May 2017)Covers inspection, rating, repair, and alteration procedures for metallic and fiberglass reinforced plastic (FRP) piping systems and their associated pressure-relieving devices that have been placed in service. This inspection code applies to all hydrocarbon and chemical process piping covered in that have been placed in service unless specifically designated as optional per This publication does not cover inspection of specialty equipment including instrumentation, exchanger tubes, and control valves. However, this piping code could be used by owner/users in other industries and other services at their discretion. Process piping systems that have been retired from service and abandoned in place are no longer covered by this in-service inspection Code. However abandoned in place piping may still need some amount of inspection and/or risk mitigation to assure that it does not become a process safety hazard because of continuing deterioration. Process piping systems that are temporarily out of service but have been mothballed (preserved for potential future use) are still covered by this Code. Pages: 884th Edition | February 2016 | Product Number: C57004 | Price: $ 574 Inspection Practices for Piping System ComponentsSupplements API 570 by providing piping inspectors with information that can improve skill and increase basic knowledge of inspection practices. This recommended practice describes inspection practices for piping, tubing, valves (other than control valves), and fittings used in petroleum refineries and chemical plants. Common piping components, valve types, pipe joining methods, inspection planning processes, inspection intervals and techniques, and types of records are described to aid the inspectors in fulfilling their role implementing API 570. This publication does not cover inspection of specialty items, including instrumentation, furnace tubulars, and control valves. Pages: 1134th Edition | November 2016 | Product Number: C57404 | Price: $ 578 Material Verification Program for New and Existing Alloy Piping SystemsProvides the guidelines for a material and quality assurance system to verify that the nominal composition of alloy components within the pressure envelope of a piping system is consistent with the selected or specified construction materials to minimize the potential for catastrophic release of toxic or hazardous liquids or vapors.* These translated versions are provided for the convenience of our customers and are not officially endorsed by API. The translated versions shall neither replace nor supersede the English-language versions, which remain the official standards. API shall not be responsible for any discrepancies or interpretations of these translations. Translations may not include any addenda or errata to the document. Please check the English-language versions for any updates to the Orders: +1 303 397 2740Online Orders: This publication is a new entry in this catalog. This publication is related to an API licensing, certification, or accreditation recommended practice (RP) provides the guidelines for material control and material verification programs on ferrous and nonferrous alloys during the construction, installation, maintenance, and inspection of new and existing process piping systems covered by the ASME and API 570 piping codes. This RP applies to metallic alloy materials purchased for use either directly by the owner/user or indirectly through vendors, fabricators, or contractors and includes the supply, fabrication, and erection of these materials. Carbon steel components specified in new or existing piping systems are not specifically covered under the scope of this document unless minor/trace alloying elements are critical to component corrosion resistance or similar degradation. Pages: 13 2nd Edition | March 2010 | 2-Year Extension: April 2015 Product Number: C57802 | Price: $ 578 *Material Verification Program for New and Existing Alloy Piping Systems ChineseChinese translation of RP Edition | March 2010 | Product Number: C57802C | Price: $ 578 *Material Verification Program for New and Existing Alloy Piping Systems RussianRussian translation of RP Edition | March 2010 | Product Number: C57802R | Price: $ 591Process Valve Qualification Procedure Provides recommendations for evaluation of a manufacturer s valve construction and quality assurance program for the purpose of determining a manufacturer s capability to provide new valves manufactured in accordance with the applicable API standards. Qualification of valves under this recommended practice is manufacturing facility specific and does not cover valves manufactured by other manufacturing facilities, whether owned by the same manufacturer or a third party. Fugitive emissions testing is outside the scope of this recommended practice. Pages: 22 5th Edition | February 2014 | Product Number: C59105 | Price: $ 594 Check Valves: Flanged, Lug, Wafer, and Butt-Welding Covers design, materials, face-to-face dimensions, pressure-temperature ratings, and examination, inspection, and test requirements for two types of check valves: Type A check valves are short face-to-face and can be: wafer, lug, or double flanged; single plate or dual plate; gray iron, ductile iron, steel, nickel alloy, or other alloy designed for installation between Classes 125 and 250 cast iron flanges as specified in ASME , between Classes 150 and 300 ductile iron flanges as specified in ASME , between Classes 150 and 2500 steel flanges as specified in ASME , and between Classes 150 and 600 steel pipeline flanges as specified in MSS SP-44 or steel flanges as specified in ASME Type B bolted cover swing check valves are long face-to-face as defined in and can be: flanged or buttwelding ends of steel, nickel alloy, or other alloy material. End flanges shall be as specified in ASME or ends shall be butt-welding as specified in ASME Pages: 358th Edition | July 2017 | Effective Date: January 14, 2018 Product Number: C59408 | Price: $ 598Valve Inspection and Testing Covers inspection, examination, supplementary examinations, and pressure test requirements for resilient-seated, nonmetallic-seated ( ceramic), and metal-to-metal-seated valves of the gate, globe, plug, ball, check, and butterfly types. Pages: 14 10th Edition | October 2016 | Product Number: C59810 | Price: $ 599 Metal Plug Valves Flanged, Threaded, and Welding Ends Covers steel, nickel base, and other alloy plug valves with flanged or butt-welding ends and ductile iron plug valves with flanged ends in sizes NPS 1/2through NPS 24 and threaded or socket-welding ends for sizes NPS 1/2through NPS 2. Valve bodies conforming to ASME may have one flange and one butt-welding end, or one threaded and one socket welding end. Pages: 177th Edition | January 2013 | Product Number: C59907 | Price: $ 599 *Metal Plug Valves Flanged, Threaded, and Welding Ends RussianRussian translation of Std Edition | January 2013 | Product Number: C59907R | Price: $ 600 Steel Gate Valves Flanged and Butt-Welding Ends, Bolted BonnetsSpecifies the requirements for a heavy-duty series of bolted bonnet steel gate valves for petroleum refinery and related applications where corrosion, erosion, and other service conditions would indicate a need for full port openings, heavy wall sections, and large stem standard sets forth the requirements for the following gate valve features: bolted bonnet, outside screw and yoke, rising stems, non-rising handwheels, single or double gate, wedge or parallel seating, metallic seating surfaces, flanged or butt-welding covers valves of the nominal pipe sizes DN: 25, 32, 40, 50, 65, 80, 100, 150, 200, 250, 300, 350, 400, 450, 500, 600, 650, 700, 750, 800, 850, 900, 950, 1000, 1050;corresponding to nominal pipe sizes NPS: 1, 1 1/4, 1 1/2, 2, 2 1/2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14, 16, 18, 20, 24, 26, 28, 30, 32, 34, 36, 38, 40, 42;and applies to pressure class designations: 150, 300, 600, 900, 1500, 2500. Pages: 3313th Edition | January 2015 | Effective Date: July 15, 2015 Product Number: C60013 | Price: $ Std 600 *Steel Gate Valves Flanged and Butt-Welding Ends, Bolted Bonnets ChineseChinese translation of Std Edition | January 2015 | Product Number: C60013C | Price: $ * These translated versions are provided for the convenience of our customers and are not officially endorsed by API. The translated versions shall neither replace nor supersede the English-language versions, which remain the official standards. API shall not be responsible for any discrepancies or interpretations of these translations. Translations may not include any addenda or errata to the document. Please check the English-language versions for any updates to the Orders: +1 800 854 7179 (Toll-free: and Canada)Phone Orders: +1 303 397 7956 (Local and International) This publication is a new entry in this catalog. This publication is related to an API licensing, certification, or accreditation 602 Gate, Globe, and Check Valves for Sizes DN 100 (NPS 4) and Smaller for the Petroleum and Natural Gas Industries(includes Errata 1 dated September 2016)Specifies the requirements for a series of compact steel gate, globe, and check valves for petroleum and natural gas industry is applicable to valves of: nominal pipe sizes NPS 1/4, NPS 3/8, NPS 1/2, NPS 3/4, NPS 1, NPS 11/4, NPS 11/2, NPS 2, NPS 21/2, NPS 3, and NPS 4; corresponding to nominal sizes DN 8, DN 10, DN 15, DN 20, DN 25, DN 32, DN 40, DN 50, DN 65, DN 80, and DN 100. It is also applicable to pressure designations of Class 150, Class 300, Class 600, Class 800, and Class 1500. Class 800 is not a listed class designation, but is an intermediate class number widely used for socket welding and threaded end compact includes provisions for the following valve characteristics. Outside screw with rising stems (OS & Y), in sizes 1/4 NPS 4 (8 DN 100) and pressure designations including Class 800. Inside screw with rising stems (ISRS), in sizes 1/4 NPS 21/2 (8 DN 65) and pressure designations of classes 800. Socket welding or threaded ends, in sizes 1/4 NPS 21/2 (8 DN 65) and pressure designations of Class 800 and Class 1500. Flanged or butt-welding ends, in sizes 1/2 NPS 4 (15 DN 100) and pressure designations of Class 150 through Class 1500, excluding flanged end Class 800. Bonnet joint construction bolted, welded, and threaded with seal weld for classes 1500 and union nut for classes 800. Standard and full-bore body seat openings. Materials, as specified. Testing and publication is applicable to valve end flanges in accordance with ASME , valve body ends having tapered pipe threads to ASME or ISO 7-1, valve body ends having socket weld ends to ASME , and butt-weld connections per the requirements described within this standard. It is applicable to extended body construction in sizes 1/2 NPS 2 (15 DN 50) and pressure designations of Class 800 and Class 1500, and to bellows and bellows assembly construction as may be adaptable to gate or globe valves in sizes 1/4 NPS 2 (8 DN 50). It covers bellows stem seal type testing requirements. Pages: 5710th Edition | May 2015 | Effective Date: November 19, 2015 Product Number: C60210 | Price: $ 603 Corrosion-Resistant, Bolted Bonnet Gate Valves Flanged and Butt-Welding Ends Specifies the requirements for corrosion-resistant bolted bonnet gate valves meeting the requirements of ASME , Standard Class, for valves having flanged or butt-weld ends in sizes NPS 1/2 through 24, corresponding to nominal pipe sizes in ASME , and Classes 150, 300, and 600. Covers requirements for corrosion resistant gate vales for use in process piping applications. Covered are requirements for outside-screw-and-yoke (OS&Y) valves with rising stems, non-rising hand-wheels, bolted bonnets, and various types of gate configurations. Pages: 198th Edition | February 2013 | Product Number: C60308 | Price: $ 603 *Corrosion-Resistant, Bolted Bonnet Gate Valves Flanged and Butt-Welding Ends RussianRussian translation of Std Edition | February 2013 | Product Number: C60308R | Price: $ 607Fire Test for Quarter-Turn Valves and Valves Equipped with Nonmetallic SeatsSpecifies fire type-testing requirements and a fire type-test method for confirming the pressure-containing capability of quarter-turn valves and other valves with nonmetallic seating under pressure during and after the fire test. It does not cover the testing requirements for valve actuators other than manually operated gear boxes or similar mechanisms when these form part of the normal valve assembly. Other types of valve actuators ( electrical, pneumatic, or hydraulic) may need special protection to operate in the environment considered in this valve test, and the fire testing of such actuators is outside the scope of this standard. Pages: 147th Edition | June 2016 | Product Number: C60707 | Price: $ 608 Metal Ball Valves Flanged, Threaded, and Welding Ends Specifies the requirements for metal ball valves suitable for petroleum, petrochemical and industrial applications that have butt-welding or flanged ends for NPS 1/2 through NPS 20 and threaded or socket-welding ends for NPS 1/4 through NPS 2, corresponding to the nominal pipe sizes in ASME Also applies to metal ball valves in pressure classes 150, 300, and 600 for flanged and butt-welding ends and in pressure classes 150, 300, 600, and 800 for socket-welding and threaded ends. Establishes requirements for bore sizes described as full bore, single reduced bore, and double reduced bore. Covers additional requirements for ball valves that are otherwise in full conformance to the requirements of ASME , Standard Class. Pages: 15 5th Edition | November 2012 | Product Number: C60805 | Price: $ 608 *Metal Ball Valves Flanged, Threaded, and Welding Ends Chinese Chinese translation of Std Edition | November 2012 | Product Number: C60805C | Price: $ 608 *Metal Ball Valves Flanged, Threaded, and Welding Ends Russian Russian translation of Std Edition | November 2012 | Product Number: C60805R | Price: $ 609 Butterfly Valves: Double-Flanged, Lug- and Wafer-Type (includes Errata 1 dated April 2017)Covers design, materials, face-to-face dimensions, pressure-temperature ratings, and examination, inspection, and test requirements for gray iron, ductile iron, bronze, steel, nickel-based alloy, or special alloy butterfly valves that provide tight shutoff in the closed position. The following two categories of butterfly valves are included. Category A Manufacturer s rated cold working pressure (CWP) butterfly valves, usually with a concentric disc and seat configuration. Sizes covered are NPS 2 to NPS 48 for valves having ASME Class 125 or Class 150 flange bolting patterns. Category B ASME Class and pressure-temperature rated butterfly valves that have an offset seat and either an eccentric or a concentric disc configuration. These valves may have a seat rating less than the body rating. For lug and wafer, Class 150, 300, and 600, sizes covered are NPS 3 to NPS 24. For double-flanged long pattern, Class 150, 300, and 600, sizes covered are NPS 3 to NPS 36. For double-flanged short pattern, Class 150 and 300, sizes covered are NPS 3 to NPS 48. For double-flanged short pattern, Class 600, sizes covered are NPS 3 to NPS 24. Pages: 368th Edition | February 2016 | Effective Date: August 1, 2016 Product Number: C60908 | Price: $ * These translated versions are provided for the convenience of our customers and are not officially endorsed by API. The translated versions shall neither replace nor supersede the English-language versions, which remain the official standards. API shall not be responsible for any discrepancies or interpretations of these translations. Translations may not include any addenda or errata to the document. Please check the English-language versions for any updates to the Orders: +1 303 397 2740Online Orders: This publication is a new entry in this catalog. This publication is related to an API licensing, certification, or accreditation 615 Valve Selection Guide Provides general guidance on valve selection for the hydrocarbon processing industry, which includes refineries and petrochemical, chemical, and liquefied natural gas plants and their various associated processes. Selection guidance is provided for valve types covered by ASME and API Valve Standards for the Downstream Segment, which include gate, ball, plug, butterfly, check, and globe control valves and pressure-relief valves are outside the scope of this recommended practice. Pages: 362nd Edition | August 2016 | Product Number: C61502 | Price: $ 621 Reconditioning of Metallic Gate, Globe, and Check ValvesProvides guidelines for reconditioning heavy wall (Std 600 and Std 594 type) carbon steel, ferritic alloy (up to 9 % Cr), stainless steel, and nickel alloy gate, globe, and check valves for ASME pressure classes 150, 300, 400, 600, 900, 1500, and 2500. Guidelines contained in this RP apply to flanged and butt weld cast or forged RP does not cover reconditioning or remanufacturing of used or surplus valves intended for resale. The only intent of this RP is to provide guidelines for refurbishing an end user s (owner) valves for continued service in the owner s facility. Valves reconditioned or remanufactured to this RP may not meet API standard requirements for new valves. Pages: 26 3rd Edition | August 2010 | Reaffirmed: October 2017 2-Year Extension: November 2015 Product Number: C62103 | Price: $ 621 *Reconditioning of Metallic Gate, Globe, and Check Valves RussianRussian translation of RP Edition | August 2010 | Product Number: C62103R | Price: $ 622Type Testing of Process Valve Packing for Fugitive Emissions Specifies the requirements for comparative testing of block valve stem packing for process applications where fugitive emissions are a consideration. Packing(s) shall be suitable for use at 29 C to 538 C ( 20 F to 1000 F). Factors affecting fugitive emissions performance that are considered by this standard include temperature, pressure, thermal cycling, mechanical cycling, and corrosion. Pages: 292nd Edition | October 2011 | 2-Year Extension: May 2016 Product Number: C62202 | Price: $ 623Steel Globe Valves Flanged and Butt-Welding Ends, Bolted BonnetsSpecifies the requirements for a heavy-duty series of bolted bonnet steel globe valves for petroleum refinery and related applications where corrosion, erosion, and other service conditions would indicate a need for heavy wall sections and large stem diameters. This standard sets forth the requirements for the following globe valve features: bolted bonnet, outside screw and yoke, rotating rising stems, and nonrotating rising stems, rising handwheels and nonrising handwheels, conventional, y-pattern, right-angle, stop-check (nonreturn type globe valves in which the disc may be positioned against the seat by action of the stem, but is free to rise as a check valve due to flow from under the disc, when the stem is in a full or partially open position), plug, narrow, conical, ball, or guided disc, metallic seating surfaces, flanged or butt-welding covers valves of the nominal pipe sizes NPS: 2, 21/2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14, 16, 18, 20, 24;corresponding to nominal pipe sizes DN: 50, 65, 80, 100, 150, 200, 250, 300, 350, 400, 450, 500, 600;applies for pressure class designations: 150, 300, 600, 900, 1500, 2500. Pages: 271st Edition | September 2013 | Product Number: C62301 | Price: $ 624Type Testing of Rising Stem Valves Equipped with Flexible Graphite Packing for Fugitive EmissionsSpecifies the requirements and acceptance criteria (100 ppmv) for fugitive emission type testing of rising and rising-rotating stem valves equipped with packing previously tested in accordance with Std 622. Packing shall be suitable for use at service temperatures 29 C to 538 C ( 20 F to 1000 F). The type testing requirements contained herein are based upon elements of EPA Method 21. Valves larger than NPS 24 or valves greater than class 1500 are outside the scope of this standard. Pages: 121st Edition | February 2014 | Product Number: C62401 | Price: $ 641 Type Testing of Quarter-Turn Valves for Fugitive EmissionsSpecifies the requirements and acceptance criteria for fugitive emission type testing of quarter-turn valves. The type testing requirements contained herein are based on elements of EPA Method 21. Valves larger than NPS 24 and valves greater than ASME class 1500 are outside the scope of this standard. Valves with a pressure rating at ambient temperature less than barg (100 psig) are outside the scope of this standard. Repacking or resealing of valves is outside the scope of this standard. Pages: 141st Edition | October 2016 | Product Number: C64101 | Price: $ INSTALLATIONS AND EQUIPMENT RP 500Recommended Practice for Classification of Locations for Electrical Installations at Petroleum Facilities Classified as Class I, Division 1 and Division 2(includes Errata 1 dated January 2014)Provides guidelines for determining the degree and extent of Class I, Division 1 and Class I, Division 2 locations at petroleum facilities, for the selection and installation of electrical equipment. Basic definitions provided in the National Electric Code have been followed in developing this document which applies to the classification of locations for both temporarily and permanently installed electrical equipment. RP 500 is intended to be applied where there may be a risk of ignition due to the presence of flammable gas or vapor, mixed with air under normal atmospheric conditions. Pages: 146 3rd Edition | December 2012 | Product Number: C50003 | Price: $ 500 *Recommended Practice for Classification of Locations for Electrical Installations at Petroleum Facilities Classified as Class I, Division 1 and Division 2 Kazakh Kazakh translation of RP 500. 3rd Edition | December 2012 | Product Number: C50003K | Price: $ * These translated versions are provided for the convenience of our customers and are not officially endorsed by API. The translated versions shall neither replace nor supersede the English-language versions, which remain the official standards. API shall not be responsible for any discrepancies or interpretations of these translations. Translations may not include any addenda or errata to the document. Please check the English-language versions for any updates to the Orders: +1 800 854 7179 (Toll-free: and Canada)Phone Orders: +1 303 397 7956 (Local and International) This publication is a new entry in this catalog. This publication is related to an API licensing, certification, or accreditation 505 Recommended Practice for Classification of Locations for Electrical Installations at Petroleum Facilities Classified as Class I, Zone 0, Zone 1 and Zone 2(ANSI/API RP 505)Provides guidelines for determining the degree and extent of Class I, Zone 0, Zone 1, and Zone 2 locations at petroleum facilities, for the selection and installation of electrical equipment. Basic definitions provided in the National Electrical Code have been followed in developing this document which applies to the classification of locations for both temporarily and permanently installed in electrical equipment. RP 505 is intended to be applied where there may be a risk of ignition due to the presence of flammable gas or vapor, mixed with air under normal atmospheric conditions. Pages: 131 1st Edition | November 1997 | Reaffirmed: August 2013 Product Number: C50501 | Price: $ 540 Electrical Installations in Petroleum Processing PlantsProvides information on electrical installations in petroleum processing plants. It is intended for all individuals and organizations concerned with the safe design, installation, and operation of electrical facilities in petroleum processing plants. Pages: 107 4th Edition | April 1999 | Reaffirmed: August 2013 Product Number: C54004 | Price: $ 541Form-Wound Squirrel Cage Induction Motors 375 kW (500 Horsepower) and LargerCovers the minimum requirements for all form-wound squirrel-cage induction motors 500 Horsepower and larger for use in petroleum industry services. This standard may be applied to adjustable speed motors and induction generators with appropriate attention to the specific requirements of such applications. Pages: 1605th Edition | December 2014 | Product Number: C54105 | Price: $ 545 Recommended Practice for Lightning Protection of Aboveground Storage Tanks for Flammable or Combustible LiquidsReplaces the requirements of RP 2003 regarding lightning protection for preventing fires in storage tanks with flammable or combustible contents. This recommended practice (RP) provides guidance and information to assist owners/operators with lightning protection for tanks. This RP does not provide complete protection for all possible lightning stroke occurrences. Pages: 12 1st Edition | October 2009 | 2-Year Extension: November 2014 Product Number: C54501 | Price: $ 545-AVerification of Lightning Protection Requirements for Above Ground Hydrocarbon Storage Tanks Collates a number of research reports investigating the lightning phenomena and the adequacy of lightning protection requirements on above ground hydrocarbon storage tanks. These are as follows: review of lightning phenomena and the interaction with above ground storage tanks, review of tank base earthing and test current recommendations, lightning tests to tank shell/shunt samples, visits to oil refinery A and B, review of burn-through and hot-spot effects on metallic tank skins from lightning strikes, lightning simulation testing to determine the required characteristics for roof bonding cables on external floating roof above ground storage tanks, investigative tests on the lightning protection of submerged shunts with parallel roof bonding cables. Pages: 1931st Edition | October 2009 | Product Number: CLP2009 | Price: $ 546Brushless Synchronous Machines 500 kVA and LargerCovers the minimum requirements for form- and bar-wound brushless synchronous machines in petroleum-related industry service. The standard has been updated to include both synchronous motors and generators with two different rotor designs: the conventional salient-pole rotor with solid or laminated poles, and the cylindrical rotor with solid or laminated construction. Also included are new datasheet guides to help clarify the datasheet requirements. Pages: 191 3rd Edition | September 2008 | 2-Year Extension: November 2013 Product Number: C54603 | Price: $ 547 General Purpose Form-Wound Squirrel Cage Induction Motors 185 kW (250 hp) Through 2240 kW (3000 hp)Covers the requirements for form-wound induction motors for use in general-purpose petroleum, chemical, and other industrial severe duty applications. These motors: are rated 250 hp (185 kW) through 3000 hp (2250 kW) for 4, 6, and 8 pole speeds, are rated less than 800 hp (600 kW) for two-pole (3000 or 3600 RPM) motors of totally-enclosed construction, are rated less than 1250 hp (930 kW) for two-pole motors of WP-II type enclosures, drive centrifugal loads, drive loads having inertia values within those listed in NEMA MG 1 Part 20), are not induction generators. Pages: 622nd Edition | May 2017 | Effective Date: November 1, 2017 Product Number: C54702 | Price: $ TRANSFER EQUIPMENT STANDARDS FOR REFINERY SERVICE Std 530Calculation of Heater-Tube Thickness in Petroleum RefineriesSpecifies the requirements and gives recommendations for the procedures and design criteria used for calculating the required wall thickness of new tubes and associated component fittings for fired heaters for the petroleum, petrochemical, and natural gas industries. These procedures are appropriate for designing tubes for service in both corrosive and non-corrosive applications. These procedures have been developed specifically for the design of refinery and related fired heater tubes (direct-fired, heat-absorbing tubes within enclosures). These procedures are not intended to be used for the design of external piping. This standard does not give recommendations for tube retirement thickness; Annex A describes a technique for estimating the life remaining for a heater tube. Pages: 2647th Edition | April 2015 | Product Number: C53007 | Price: $ 534 Heat Recovery Steam Generators Provides guidelines for the selection and evaluation of heat recovery steam generator (HRSG) systems. Details of related equipment designs are considered only where they interact with the HRSG system design. The document does not provide rules for design, but indicates areas that need attention and offers information and descriptions of HRSG types available to the designer/user for purposes of selecting the appropriate HRSG. Pages: 602nd Edition | February 2007 | Reaffirmed: October 2013 2-Year Extension: April 2013 | Product Number: C53402 | Price: $ Orders: +1 303 397 2740Online Orders: This publication is a new entry in this catalog. This publication is related to an API licensing, certification, or accreditation 535Burners for Fired Heaters in General Refinery Services Provides guidelines for the selection and/or evaluation of burners installed in fired heaters in general refinery services. Details of fired heater and related equipment designs are considered only where they interact with the burner selection. This RP does not provide rules for design, but indicates areas that need attention. It offers information and descriptions of burner types available to the designer/user for purposes of selecting the appropriate burner for a given burner types discussed are those currently in industry use. It is not intended to imply that other burner types are not available or recommended. Many of the individual features described in these guidelines are applicable to most burner addition to specification of burners, this RP has been updated to include practical guidelines for troubleshooting in service burners as well as including considerations for safe operation. Pages: 843rd Edition | May 2014 | Product Number: C53503 | Price: $ 536 Post-Combustion NOx Control for Equipment in General Refinery and Petrochemical Services Specifies requirements and provides guidance for the selection, design specification, mechanical description, operation, maintenance, and test procedures for post-combustion NOx control equipment and related mechanical systems and components used for fired equipment in petrochemical and general refinery document covers the following methods of post combustion NOx reduction for both new and retrofit applications: Selective Non-catalytic Reduction (SNCR), and Selective Catalytic Reduction (SCR).This standard is primarily intended for direct application to fired process heaters, reformers, industrial, and power boilers in petrochemical and general refinery services. The same fundamental NOx control technologies and systems may also be applied to Fluid Catalytic Cracking Units (FCCUs), incinerators, gas turbine exhaust, and other exhaust gas process systems however SCRs may require additional considerations beyond the scope of this standard to address unique aspects, such as high particulate content and corrosive chemicals, in the flue gas document does not cover: reduced NOx formation through combustion controls and design techniques such as low NOx burners, flue gas recirculation (FGR), and staged combustion; and Non-selective Catalytic Reduction (NSCR) for the control of NOx and other pollutant emissions. Pages: 1173rd Edition | September 2017 | Product Number: C53603 | Price: $ 537 Flare Details for Petroleum, Petrochemical, and Natural Gas Industries(ANSI/API Std 537)Specifies requirements and provides guidance for the selection, design, specification, operation, and maintenance of flares and related combustion and mechanical components used in pressure-relieving and vapor-depressurizing systems for petroleum, petrochemical, and natural gas industries. While this standard is primarily intended for onshore facilities, guidance related to offshore applications is A through D provide further guidance and best practices for the selection, specification, and mechanical details for flares and on the design, operation, and maintenance of flare combustion and related equipment. Annex E explains how to use the data sheets provided in Annex F; it is intended that these data sheets be used to communicate and record design information. Pages: 1703rd Edition | March 2017 | Product Number: C53703 | Price: $ 538Industrial Fired Boilers for General Refinery and Petrochemical ServiceSpecifies requirements and gives recommendations for design, operation, maintenance, and troubleshooting considerations for industrial fired boilers used in refineries and chemical plants. Covers waterside control, combustion control, burner management systems, feedwater preparation, steam purity, emissions, and recommended practice (RP) is based on the accumulated knowledge and experience of manufacturers and users of industrial fired boilers. It directly meets the business needs of refining and petrochemical industry operator-users, equipment vendors and manufacturers, and contractors. This RP reflects prevailing technical RP does not apply to fire tube boilers, gas turbine exhaust boilers, or fluidized bed boilers. It does not cover boiler mechanical construction, nor does it cover forced circulation boilers. Pages: 3481st Edition | October 2015 | Product Number: C53801 | Price: $ 560 Fired Heaters for General Refinery ServiceSpecifies requirements and gives recommendations for the design, materials, fabrication, inspection, testing, preparation for shipment, and erection of fired heaters, air preheaters (APHs), fans, and burners for general refinery service. This standard does not apply to the design of steam reformers or pyrolysis furnaces. Pages: 3275th Edition | February 2016 | Product Number: C56005 | Price: $ 573 Inspection of Fired Boilers and Heaters Covers the inspection practices for fired boilers and process heaters (furnaces) used in petroleum refineries and petrochemical plants. The practices described in this document are focused to improve equipment reliability and plant safety by describing the operating variables which impact reliability and to ensure that inspection practices obtain the appropriate data, both on-stream and off-stream, to assess current and future performance of the equipment. Pages: 1093rd Edition | October 2013 | Product Number: C57303 | Price: $ 660Shell-and-Tube Heat Exchangers Specifies requirements and gives recommendations for the mechanical design, material selection, fabrication, inspection, testing, and preparation for shipment of shell-and-tube heat exchangers for the petroleum, petrochemical, and natural gas industries. This standard is applicable to the following types of shell-and-tube heat exchangers: heaters, condensers, coolers, and reboilers. This standard is not applicable to vacuum-operated steam surface condensers and feed-water heaters. Pages: 629th Edition | March 2015 | Product Number: C66009| Price: $ 661Petroleum, Petrochemical, and Natural Gas Industries Air-Cooled Heat Exchangers for General Refinery Service (ANSI/API Std 661)Gives requirements and recommendations for the design, materials, fabrication, inspection, testing, and preparation for shipment of air-cooled heat exchangers for use in the petroleum, petrochemical, and natural gas industries. This standard is applicable to air-cooled heat exchangers with horizontal bundles, but the basic concepts can also be applied to other configurations. Pages: 1477th Edition | July 2013 | Product Number: C66107 | Price: $ Orders: +1 800 854 7179 (Toll-free: and Canada)Phone Orders: +1 303 397 7956 (Local and International) This publication is a new entry in this catalog. This publication is related to an API licensing, certification, or accreditation 662, Part 1/ISO 15547-1:2005 Plate Heat Exchangers for General Refinery Services, Part 1 Plate-and-Frame Heat Exchangers (ANSI/API Std 662, Part 1)Gives requirements and recommendations for the mechanical design, materials selection, fabrication, inspection, testing, and preparation for shipment of plate-and-frame heat exchangers for use in petroleum, petrochemical and natural gas industries. It is applicable to gasketed, semi-welded and welded plate-and-frame heat exchangers. This edition of Std 662-1 is an identical national adoption of ISO 15547-1:2005. Pages: 341st Edition | February 2006 | Reaffirmed: February 2011 2-Year Extension: May 2016 | Product Number: CX662101 | Price: $ 662, Part 2/ISO 15547-2:2005 Plate Heat Exchangers for General Refinery Services, Part 2 Brazed Aluminum Plate-Fin Heat Exchangers (ANSI/API 662, Part 2)Gives requirements and recommendations for the mechanical design, materials selection, fabrication, inspection, testing, and preparation for shipment of brazed aluminum plate-fin heat exchangers for use in petroleum, petrochemical and natural gas industries. This edition of Std 662-2 is an identical national adoption of ISO 15547-2:2005. Pages: 341st Edition | February 2006 | Reaffirmed: February 2011 2-Year Extension: May 2016 | Product Number: CX662201 | Price: $ 663Hairpin-Type Heat ExchangersSpecifies requirements and gives recommendations for the mechanical design, materials selection, fabrication, inspection, testing, and preparation for shipment of hairpin heat exchangers for use in the petroleum, petrochemical, and natural gas industries. Hairpin heat exchangers include double-pipe and multi-tube type heat exchangers. Pages: 441st Edition | May 2014 | Product Number: C66301 | Price: $ 664Spiral Plate Heat ExchangersSpecifies the requirements and gives recommendations for the mechanical design, materials selection, fabrication, inspection, testing, and preparation for shipment of spiral plate heat exchangers for the petroleum, petrochemical, and natural gas industries. It is applicable to standalone spiral plate heat exchangers and those integral with a pressure vessel. Pages: 391st Edition | March 2014 | Product Number: C66401 | Price: $ INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL SYSTEMSRP 551 Process Measurement Instrumentation Provides procedures for the installation of the more generally used measuring and control instruments and related accessories. Pages: 233 2nd Edition | February 2016 | Product Number: C55102 | Price: $ 552 Transmission Systems Reviews the recommended practices for the installation of electronic and pneumatic measurement and control-signal transmission systems. It does not discuss leased wire, radio, and telemetering transmission. Pages: 391st Edition | October 1994 | Reaffirmed: August 2015 2-Year Extension: November 2012 Product Number: C55201 | Price: $ 553Refinery Valves and Accessories for Control and Safety Instrumented SystemsAddresses the special needs of automated valves in refinery services. The knowledge and experience of the industry has been captured to provide proven solutions to well-known problems. This document provides recommended criteria for the selection, specification, and application of piston ( double-acting and spring-return) and diaphragm-actuated (spring-return) control valves. Control valve design considerations are outlined such as valve selection, material selection, flow characteristic evaluation, and valve accessories. It also discusses control valve sizing, fugitive emissions, and consideration of the effects of flashing, cavitation, and noise. Recommendations for emergency block and vent valves, on/off valves intended for safety instrumented systems, and special design valves for refinery services, such as Fluid Catalytic Cracking Unit (FCCU) slide valves and vapor depressurizing systems, are also included in this recommended practice. Pages: 109 2nd Edition | October 2012 | Product Number: C55302 | Price: $ 554, Part 1Process Control Systems, Part 1 Process Control Systems Functions and Functional Specification DevelopmentAddresses the processes required to successfully implement process control systems for refinery and petrochemical services. The major topics addressed in Part 1 is the basic functions that a process control system may need to perform, and recommended methodologies for determining the functional and integration requirements for a particular application. Pages: 322nd Edition | July 2007 | Reaffirmed: November 2016 2-Year Extension: November 2012 Product Number: C55402 | Price: $ 554, Part 1 *Process Control Systems, Part 1 Process Control Systems Functions and Functional Specification Development Russian Russian translation of RP 554, Part 1. 2nd Edition | July 2007 | Product Number: C55402R | Price: $ 554, Part 2 Process Control Systems, Part 2 Process Control System DesignAddresses the processes required to successfully implement process control systems for refinery and petrochemical services. The major topic addressed in Part 2 is practices to select and design the installation for hardware and software required to meet the functional and integration requirements. Pages: 65 1st Edition | October 2008 | Reaffirmed: November 2016 2-Year Extension: November 2012 Product Number: C554201 | Price: $ * These translated versions are provided for the convenience of our customers and are not officially endorsed by API. The translated versions shall neither replace nor supersede the English-language versions, which remain the official standards. API shall not be responsible for any discrepancies or interpretations of these translations. Translations may not include any addenda or errata to the document. Please check the English-language versions for any updates to the Orders: +1 303 397 2740Online Orders: This publication is a new entry in this catalog. This publication is related to an API licensing, certification, or accreditation 554, Part 2 *Process Control Systems, Part 2 Process Control System Design RussianRussian translation of RP 554, Part Edition | October 2008 | Product Number: C554201R | Price: $ 554, Part 3 Process Control Systems, Part 3 Project Execution and Process Control System Ownership Addresses the processes required to successfully implement process control systems for refinery and petrochemical services. The major topic addressed in Part 3 is project organization, skills and management required to execute a process control project and then to own and operate a process control system. Pages: 40 1st Edition | October 2008 | Reaffirmed: November 2016 2-Year Extension: November 2012 Product Number: C554301 | Price: $ 555Process Analyzers Addresses the considerations in the application of analyzers and associated systems, installation, and maintenance. Process monitors that measure and transmit information about chemical composition, physical properties, or chemical properties are known as process analyzer systems. Process analyzers are now used widely in the refining industry for monitoring and controlling product quality, implementing advanced control strategies in improving process operations, enhancing area safety, and continuous emission monitoring and environmental measurement of air and water quality. Pages: 314 3rd Edition | June 2013 | Product Number: C55503 | Price: $ 556P 556 Instrumentation, Control, and Protective Systems for Gas Fired HeatersProvides guidelines that specifically apply to instrument, control, and protective system installations for gas fired heaters in petroleum production, refineries, petrochemical, and chemical plants. Includes primary measuring and actuating instruments, controls, alarms, and protective systems as they apply to fired heaters. Not covered in this RP are the following: oil fired and combination fired heaters; water tube boilers which consist of single or multiple burners and are designed for utility operation or where the primary purpose is steam generation; fired steam generators used to recover heat from combustion turbines; oven and furnaces used for the primary purpose of incineration, oxidation, reduction, or destruction of the process medium; water bath or oil bath indirect fired heaters; and CO boilers, pyrolysis furnaces, and other specialty heaters. Pages: 662nd Edition | April 2011 | Product Number: C55602 | Price: $ 556 *556 Instrumentation, Control, and Protective Systems for Gas Fired Heaters RussianRussian translation of RP Edition | April 2011 | Product Number: C55602R | Price: $ 557Guide to Advanced Control Systems Addresses the implementation and ownership of advanced control systems for refinery purposes. The document also described commonly used practices for the opportunity identification, justification, project management, implementation, and maintenance of advanced control system applications in refinery service. Pages: 452nd Edition | October 2013 | Product Number: C55702 | Price: $ DATA BOOK PETROLEUM REFINING Electronic Version of the API Technical Data Book Improve the overall design and operations in today's highly complex petroleum refinery process systems with the API Technical Database. Version of the API Technical Database replaces the printed format of the popular API Tech Data Books with a modern Windows interface that is so unique it is patented. This single screen approach provides access to the latest API physical property estimation methods and the software is critically reviewed and approved by the API Technical Data Committee. Included is a database of property data for nearly 900 components, characterization of petroleum fractions, and petroleum fraction distillation interconversions. Users can quickly determine petroleum fraction physical property data such as critical properties, vapor pressure, density, liquid enthalpy, gas enthalpy, heat of vaporization, liquid heat capacity, gas heat capacity, surface tension, liquid viscosity, gas viscosity, liquid thermal conductivity, gas thermal conductivity, and heat of combustion. Temperature-dependant properties can be tabulated and graphed over any range, and distillation interconversions are displayed graphically. This data can then be exported for use in simulation and engineering software programs. Contact EPCON International at 281-389-9400 or visit the EPCON website: TECHNICAL DATA BOOK PETROLEUM REFINING: RELATED ITEMS Reports Issued by Research Project 491951 API Research Project 49, Reference Clay Minerals, issued a series of eight reports, as follows: No. 1, Glossary of Mineral Names No. 2, Reference Clay Localities-United States No. 3, Differential Thermal Analysis of Reference Clay Mineral SpecimensNo. 4, Reference Clay-Europe No. 5, Occurrence and Microscopic Examination of Reference Clay Mineral Specimens No. 6, Electron Micrographs of Reference Clay Minerals No. 7, Analytical Data on Reference Clay Minerals No. 8, Infrared Spectra of Clay Minerals TR 997 Comprehensive Report of API Crude Oil Characterization Measurements A consortium of API member companies has sponsored a research program consisting of a series of projects on the characterization of crude oils. The goal of this program was to obtain complete sets of assay and thermophysical property data on a few widely varying crude oil refining and refining facilities. This report provides descriptions of the test procedures, discussions of their accuracy, and comprehensive compilation of the data for the crude oils measured under this program. Pages: 129 1st Edition | August 2000 | Product Number: C99701 | Price: $ * These translated versions are provided for the convenience of our customers and are not officially endorsed by API. The translated versions shall neither replace nor supersede the English-language versions, which remain the official standards. API shall not be responsible for any discrepancies or interpretations of these translations. Translations may not include any addenda or errata to the document. Please check the English-language versions for any updates to the Orders: +1 800 854 7179 (Toll-free: and Canada)Phone Orders: +1 303 397 7956 (Local and International) This publication is a new entry in this catalog. This publication is related to an API licensing, certification, or accreditation AND THERMODYNAMICS API Monograph SeriesEach publication discusses the properties of solid, liquid, and gaseous phases of one or a few closely related, industrially important compounds in a compact, convenient, and systematic form. In addition to the basic physical properties, each publication covers density, molar volume, vapor pressure, enthalpy of vaporization, surface tension, thermodynamic properties, viscosity, thermal conductivity, references to properties of mixtures, and spectrographic 705, Tetralin, 1978Publ 706, cis- and trans-Decalin, 1978Publ 707, Naphthalene, 1978Publ 708, Anthacene and Phenanthrene 9, 1979Publ 709, Four-Ring Condensed Aromatic Compounds, 1979Publ 710, Pyridine and Phenylpyridines, 1979Publ 711, Quinoline, 1979Publ 712, Isoquinoline, 1979Publ 713, Indanols, 1980Publ 714, Indan and Indene, 1980Publ 715, Acenaphthylene, Acenaphthene, Fluorene, and Fluoranthene, 1981Publ 716, Carbazole, 9-Methylcarbazole, and Acridine, 1981Publ 717, Thiphene, 2,3- and 2,5-Dihydrothiophene, and Tetrahydrothiophene, 1981Publ 718, Aniline, 1982Publ 719, Indole, 1982Publ 720, 2-, 3-, and 4-Methylaniline, 1983Publ 721, Benzofuran, Dibenzofuran, and Benzonaphthofurans, 1983Publ 722, Isopropylbenzene, and 1-Methyl-2-, -3-, and -4-Isopropylbenzene, 1984Publ 723, tert-Butyl methyl ether, 1984Publ 724, 1- and 2-Methylnaphthalene and Dibenzanthracenes, 1985Thermodynamic Properties and Characterization of Petroleum FractionsFebruary 1988 MATERIALS ENGINEERING PUBLICATIONS API Coke Drum Survey 1996Final Report In 1996 a survey was sent by the API Subcommittee on Inspection, Coke Drum Task Group, to companies operating coke drums in the United States and abroad. This was the third survey of similar nature conducted by API. Fifty-four surveys were returned representing 17 operating companies and a total of 145 drums. The purpose of the survey was to collect data covering a broad range of issues including: 1. General Information; 2. Design; 3. Operating Information; 4. Inspection Practices; 5. Deterioration Experience; and 6. Repair of the six areas, Operation Information, Inspection Practices and Deterioration Experience, were not covered in previous industry surveys. Additionally, this survey requested more detailed information than previous surveys. Pages: 61 October 2003 | Product Number: C096C1 | Price: $ of Gasoline Blended with Ethanol on the Long-Term Structural Integrity of Liquid Petroleum Storage Systems and ComponentsSummarizes the results of a literature review conducted for the American Petroleum Institute on the impact of gasoline blended with ethanol on the long-term structural integrity of liquid petroleum storage systems and components. It is anticipated that the use of ethanol in motor fuels will continue to increase. This has generated interest about the potential long-term structural effects of ethanol on liquid petroleum storage systems, including underground storage tanks (USTs), underground piping, and associated components. The objective of the literature review is to determine the state of industry knowledge and research on the effects of ethanol/gasoline blends on the long-term structural integrity of UST systems and components. This review is intended to assist decision-makers on further research requirements and needed changes or supplements to existing standards for underground storage system components used for storing and dispensing gasoline blended with ethanol. Appendix A may be purchased separately as an electronic database file. The database synopsis and bibliographic information for all articles reviewed for the project. The report is organized by article index number. Reference numbers cited in this report refer to the article index 2003 | Executive Summary | Price: $ Appendix A Literature Review | Price $ RP 571 Damage Mechanisms Affecting Fixed Equipment in the Refining Industry Provides background information on damage that can occur to equipment in the refining process. It is intended to supplement Risk-Based Inspection (RP 580 and Publ 581) and Fitness-for-Service (API 579-1/ASME FFS-1) technologies developed in recent years by API to manage existing refining equipment integrity. It is also an excellent reference for inspection, operations, and maintenance personnel. This RP covers over 60 damage mechanisms. Each write-up consists of a general description of the damage, susceptible materials, construction, critical factors, inspection method selection guidelines, and control measures. Wherever possible, pictures are included and references are provided for each mechanism. In addition, generic process flow diagrams have been included that contain a summary of the major damage flow mechanism expected for typical refinery process units. Pages: 3622nd Edition | April 2011 | 2-Year Extension: May 2016 Product Number: C57102 | Price: $ 571 *Damage Mechanisms Affecting Fixed Equipment in the Refining Industry ChineseChinese translation of RP Edition | April 2011 | Product Number: C57102C | Price: $ 582 Welding Guidelines for the Chemical, Oil, and Gas Industries Provides supplementary guidelines and practices for welding and welding related topics for shop and field fabrication, repair, and modification of the following: pressure-containing equipment, such as pressure vessels, heat exchangers, piping, heater tubes, and pressure boundaries of rotating equipment and attachments welded thereto; tanks and attachments welded thereto; non-removable internals for process equipment; structural items attached and related to process equipment; other equipment or component items, when referenced by an applicable purchase document. This document is general in nature and augments the welding requirements of ASME BPVC Section IX and similar codes, standards, specifications, and practices, such as those listed in Section 2. The intent of this document is to * These translated versions are provided for the convenience of our customers and are not officially endorsed by API. The translated versions shall neither replace nor supersede the English-language versions, which remain the official standards. API shall not be responsible for any discrepancies or interpretations of these translations. Translations may not include any addenda or errata to the document. Please check the English-language versions for any updates to the Orders: +1 303 397 2740Online Orders: This publication is a new entry in this catalog. This publication is related to an API licensing, certification, or accreditation inclusive of chemical, oil, and gas industry standards, although there are many areas not covered herein, pipeline welding and offshore structural welding are intentionally not covered. This document is based on industry experience, and any restrictions or limitations may be waived or augmented by the purchaser. Pages: 383rd Edition | May 2016 | Product Number: C58203 | Price: $ 932-A A Study of Corrosion in Hydroprocess Reactor Effluent Air Cooler Systems Provides technical background for controlling corrosion in hydroprocesses reactor effluent systems based on industry experience and consensus practice. Information for this report has been gathered from open literature, private company reports, and interviews with representatives of major refining companies. The findings in this report are the basis for the guidance in Bull 932-B. Pages: 492nd Edition | September 2002 | Product Number: C932A0 | Price: $ 932-BDesign, Materials, Fabrication, Operation, and Inspection Guidelines for Corrosion Control in Hydroprocessing Reactor Effluent Air Cooler (REAC) Systems(includes Errata 1 dated January 2014)Provides guidance to engineering and plant personnel on equipment and piping design, material selection, fabrication, operation, and inspection practices to manage corrosion and fouling in the wet sections of hydroprocessing reactor effluent systems. The reactor effluent system includes all equipment and piping between the exchanger upstream of the wash water injection point and the cold, low-pressure separator (CLPS). The majority of these systems have an air cooler; however, some systems utilize only shell-and-tube heat exchangers. Reactor effluent systems are prone to fouling and corrosion by ammonium bisulfide (NH4HS) and ammonium chloride (NH4Cl) salts. Pages: 442nd Edition | March 2012 | Product Number: C932B02 | Price: $ 934-AMaterials and Fabrication of 2 1/4Cr-1Mo, 2 1/4Cr-1Mo-1/4V, 3 C r-1Mo, and 3Cr-1Mo-1/4V Steel Heavy Wall Pressure Vessels for High-Temperature, High-Pressure Hydrogen Service(includes Addendum 1 dated February 2010 and Addendum 2 dated March 2012)Presents materials and fabrication requirements for new 2 1/4Cr and 3Cr steel heavy wall pressure vessels for high-temperature, high-pressure hydrogen service. It applies to vessels that are designed, fabricated, certified, and documented in accordance with ASME BPVC, Section VIII, Division 2, including Section , Supplemental Requirements for Cr-Mo Steels and ASME Code Case 2151, as applicable. This document may also be used as a resource when planning to modify an existing heavy wall pressure newer ASME BPVC, Section VIII, Division 3, is available and has higher design allowables; however, it has much stricter design rules ( fatigue and fracture mechanics analyses required) and material testing requirements. It is outside the scope of this covered by this recommended practice are conventional steels, including standard 2 1/4Cr-1Mo and 3Cr-1Mo steels, and advanced steels, which include 2 1/4Cr-1Mo-1/4V, 3 C r - 1 M o -1/4V-Ti-B, and 3Cr-1Mo-1/4V-Nb-Ca steels. This document may be used as a reference for the fabrication of vessels made of enhanced steels (steels with mechanical properties augmented by special heat treatments) at purchaser discretion. However, no attempt has been made to cover specific requirements for the enhanced steels. Pages: 19 2nd Edition | May 2008 | 2-Year Extension: November 2013 Product Number: C934A02 | Price: $ 934-A *Materials and Fabrication of 2 1/4Cr-1Mo, 2 1/4Cr-1Mo-1/4V, 3Cr-1Mo, and 3Cr-1Mo-1/4V Steel Heavy Wall Pressure Vessels for High-Temperature, High-Pressure Hydrogen Service RussianRussian translation of RP Edition | May 2008 | Product Number: C934A02R | Price: $ 934-BFabrication Considerations for Vanadium-Modified Cr-Mo Steel Heavy Wall Pressure VesselsBest practice guideline to be used by fabricators, in conjunction with RP 934-A, when constructing new heavy wall pressure vessels with vanadium-modified Cr-Mo steels intended for service in petroleum refining, petrochemical or chemical facilities. These materials are primarily used in high temperature, high pressure services which contain hydrogen. This document provides typical practices to be followed during fabrication, based upon experience and the knowledge gained from actual problems that have occurred during the fabrication of vanadium-modified Cr-Mo steels. Pages: 291st Edition | April 2011 | Product Number: C934B01 | Price: $ RP 934-C Materials and Fabrication of 1 1/4CR-1/2Mo Steel Heavy Wall Pressure Vessels for High Pressure Hydrogen Service Operating at or Below 825 F (441 C)Presents materials and fabrication requirements for new 1 1/4Cr-1/2Mo steel heavy wall pressure vessels and heat exchangers for high-temperature, high-pressure hydrogen service. It applies to vessels that are designed, fabricated, certified, and documented in accordance with ASME BPVC, Section VIII, Division 1 or Division 2. This document may also be used as a resource for equipment fabricated using 1Cr-1/2Mo Steel. This document may also be used as a resource when planning to modify an existing heavy-wall pressure vessel. The interior surfaces of these heavy-wall pressure vessels may have an austenitic stainless steel or ferritic stainless steel weld overlay or cladding to provide additional corrosion resistance. For this recommended practice, the heavy wall is defined as a shell thickness of 2 in. (50 mm) or greater, but less than or equal to 4 in. (100 mm). Integrally reinforced nozzles, flanges, tubesheets, bolted channel covers, etc. can be greater than 4 in. (100 mm). At shell or head thicknesses greater than 4 in. (100 mm), 1 1/4Cr-1/2Mo has been shown to have difficulty meeting the toughness requirements given in this document. Although outside of the scope of this document, it can be used as a resource for vessels down to 1 in. (25 mm) shell thickness with changes defined by the purchaser. This recommended practice is not intended for use for equipment operating above 825 F (441 C) or in the creep range. Pages: 151st Edition | May 2008 | 2-Year Extension: November 2013 Product Number: C934C01 | Price: $ 934-C *Materials and Fabrication of 1 1/4CR-1/2Mo Steel Heavy Wall Pressure Vessels for High Pressure Hydrogen Service Operating at or Below 825 F (441 C) RussianRussian translation of RP Edition | May 2008 | Product Number: C934C01R | Price: $ 934-DTechnical Report on the Materials and Fabrication Issues of 11/4Cr-1/2Mo and 1Cr-1/2Mo Steel Pressure VesselsNumerous 11/4Cr-1/2Mo and 1Cr-1/2Mo vessels have been constructed and successfully used in various applications in petroleum industry and in other types of service applications. These vessels have been constructed to * These translated versions are provided for the convenience of our customers and are not officially endorsed by API. The translated versions shall neither replace nor supersede the English-language versions, which remain the official standards. API shall not be responsible for any discrepancies or interpretations of these translations. Translations may not include any addenda or errata to the document. Please check the English-language versions for any updates to the Orders: +1 800 854 7179 (Toll-free: and Canada)Phone Orders: +1 303 397 7956 (Local and International) This publication is a new entry in this catalog. This publication is related to an API licensing, certification, or accreditation requirements of the ASME Boiler & Pressure Vessel Code, Section VIII, Divisions 1 and 2, and to various international pressure vessel codes and standards. The 11/4Cr-1/2Mo and 1Cr-1/2Mo vessels are typically used in service conditions ( , high temperature and/or high pressure hydrogen), which require heavy walls and cause in service deterioration. As such, the steels are subject to special requirements, such as notch toughness, elevated temperature tensile properties, hardness, fabrication heat treatments, etc., which may limit the maximum thickness to be able to meet the desired properties. Corrosion protection by stainless steel weld overlay or cladding may also be report provides background information and guidance on the implementation of RP 934-C. In recent years it has been recognized that there are important distinctions that need to be considered for 11/4/1Cr-1/2Mo steels. Whereas RP 934-A continues to provide materials and fabrication requirements for new 21/4/3Cr-1Mo and 21/4/3Cr-1Mo-1/4V steel heavy wall pressure vessels in high temperature, high pressure hydrogen service, different material, and fabrication requirements have been developed for 11/4/1Cr-1/2Mo steel heavy wall pressure vessels. These requirements are covered in RP 934-C and 934-E. This document contains a description of key damage mechanisms that relate specifically to 11/4/1Cr-1/2Mo pressure vessels used in a variety of services. These damage mechanisms include elevated temperature damage such as reheat cracking or creep embrittlement, as well as other damage mechanisms that may occur at lower temperatures. This document provides information and guidance on successful practices for fabrication of 11/4/1Cr-1/2Mo steel heavy wall pressure vessels for the intended services of both RP 934-C and RP 934-E. The survey of steel producers and vessel fabricators (Annex 1) indicates that there is a need to evaluate the effect of heat treat cycles on materials properties (CVN toughness, tensile and yield strength). Pages: 561st Edition | September 2010 Product Number: C934D01 | Price: $ 934-E Recommended Practice for Materials and Fabrication of 11/4Cr-1/2 Mo Steel Pressure Vessels for Service Above 825 F (440 C)Includes materials and fabrication requirements for new 11/4Cr-1/2Mo steel and 1Cr-1/2Mo pressure vessels and heat exchangers for high temperature service. It applies to vessels that are designed, fabricated, certified and documented in accordance with ASME BPVC Section VIII, Division 1. This document may also be used as a resource when planning to modify existing pressure vessels. The interior surfaces of these pressure vessels may have an austenitic stainless steel, ferritic stainless steel, or nickel alloy weld overlay or cladding to provide additional corrosion resistance. This recommended practice is applicable to wall (shell) thicknesses from 1 in. (25 mm) to 4 in. (100 mm). Integrally reinforced nozzles, flanges, tubesheets, bolted channel covers, etc. can be greater than 4 in. (100 mm). At shell or head thicknesses greater than 4 in. (100 mm), 11/4Cr-1/2Mo and 1Cr-1/2Mo has been shown to have difficulty meeting the toughness requirements given in this document, but this does not preclude the use of this alloy if these properties can be met or if the equipment is designed with stresses below the threshold for brittle fracture. Although outside of the scope, this document can be used as a resource for vessels down to in. ( mm) shell thickness with changes defined by the purchaser. Pages: 261st Edition | August 2010 | 2-Year Extension: May 2016 Product Number: C934E01 | Price: $ RP 934-E *Recommended Practice for Materials and Fabrication of 11/4Cr-1/2 Mo Steel Pressure Vessels for Service Above 825 F (440 C) RussianRussian translation of RP Edition | August 2010 | Product Number: C934E01R | Price: $ 934-F, Part 1 Impact of Hydrogen Embrittlement on Minimum Pressurization Temperature for Thick-Wall Cr-Mo Steel Reactors in High-Pressure H2 Service Initial Technical Basis for RP 934-FIn support of API Recommended Practice 934-F [Guidance for Establishing a Minimum Pressurization Temperature (MPT) for Heavy Wall Reactors in High Temperature Hydrogen Ser vice During Startups and Shutdowns, not yet published], the objective of this study is to establish the technical basis for determining a minimum pressurization temperature necessary to avoid Internal Hydrogen Assisted Cracking (IHAC) of weld metal and base plate of temper embrittled 2 Cr-1Mo steel in high pressure H2 service. The threshold condition for the onset of subcritical crack propagation and its dependencies on dissolved hydrogen concentration, temperature, and steel purity/temper embrittlement are targeted as particularly important to pressure vessel safe operations. A second objective is to improve the underlying database for fracture mechanics fitness-for-service (FFS) modeling of IHAC. Both analyses are built on the conservative rising-displacement threshold stress intensity factor for IHAC (KIH). This investigation has accomplished 5 tasks, leading to conclusions that are sufficient to establish RP 934-F on MPT to conservatively avoid IHAC in 2 Cr-1Mo 1 Summarize and clarify the technical approach, assumptions, data, and modeling results used in Phase II JIP research to quantitatively establish the H concentration and temperature dependencies of the threshold stress intensity, KIH, for IHAC and the concentration dependence of MPT for moderate-impurity 2 Cr-1Mo 2 Validate the Phase II correlation of KIH and critical temperature vs H concentration, based on new analyses of post-Phase-II IHAC Enhance the Phase II analysis of KIH vs crack tip H concentration, and thus MPT, by describing the interaction between temper embrittlement and IHAC using JIP Phase I data so as to predict the influence of modern steel Build on the hydrogen-damage-mechanism-based master correlation between KIH and crack tip stress field/microstructure-trapped H to develop a H concentration similitude parameter that is useful in engineering analysis of thick-wall reactor FFS and Validate the empirically based trends and predictions of the effects of temperature and steel purity on the threshold stress intensity through consideration of state-of-the art theory and micromechanical modeling of IHAC. Pages: 1181st Edition | September 2017 Product Number: C934F101 | Price: $ 934-F, Part 2 Literature Review of Fracture Mechanics-Based Experimental Data for Internal Hydrogen-Assisted Cracking of Vanadium-Modified 2- Cr-1Mo SteelDocuments a critical assessment of the existing literature on IHAC of V-modified Cr-Mo steels for use in interpreting the results of the present laboratory work and so as to establish a definitive characterization of the H cracking resistance of this steel class. Since these modern Cr-Mo-V steels are of relatively high purity, and thus retain a low FATT after laboratory simulation of in-service temper embrittlement, the database for 2 Cr-1Mo provides a context for assessment of the IHAC performance of V-modified grades. Hydrogen cracking of less pure V-modified Cr-Mo steels was not considered in this review. The content that follows is chronologically organized into initial and more modern works, as justified by improvement in test execution, data analysis, and reporting, as well as the evolution from laboratory to commercial scale heats of Cr-Mo-V. Pages: 461st Edition | August 2017 | Product Number: C934F201 | Price: $ * These translated versions are provided for the convenience of our customers and are not officially endorsed by API. The translated versions shall neither replace nor supersede the English-language versions, which remain the official standards. API shall not be responsible for any discrepancies or interpretations of these translations. Translations may not include any addenda or errata to the document. Please check the English-language versions for any updates to the Orders: +1 303 397 2740Online Orders: This publication is a new entry in this catalog. This publication is related to an API licensing, certification, or accreditation 934-F, Part 3 Subcritical Cracking of Modern 2 Cr-1Mo- V Steel Due to Dissolved Internal Hydrogen and H2 Environment, Research ReportConveys the results of API-sponsored research to: (a) quantitatively characterize the internal hydrogen assisted cracking (IHAC) resistance of modern 2 Cr-1Mo- V steel, in both base metal and weld metal product forms and including the effect of stressing temperature, (b) scope the hydrogen environment assisted cracking (HEAC) resistance of 2 Cr-1Mo- V base metal, (c) understand the mechanism(s) for the IHAC and HEAC behaviors of Cr-Mo and Cr-Mo-V steels, centered on H interactions with microstructure-scale trap sites, and (d) assess application of data and understanding of IHAC and HEAC to determine the role of subcritical H-assisted cracking on a minimum pressurization temperature estimate relevant to thick-wall hydro-treating reactor vessels. Pages: 1701st Edition | December 2017 | Product Number: C934F01 | Price: $ 934-G Design, Fabrication, Operational Effects, Inspection, Assessment, and Repair of Coke Drums and Peripheral Components in Delayed Coking UnitsIncludes information and guidance on the practices used by industry practitioners on the design, fabrication, operation, inspection, assessment, and repair of coke drums and peripheral components in delayed coking units. The guidance is general and does not reflect specific details associated with a design offered by licensors of delayed coking technology, or inspection tools, operating devices/components, repairs techniques, and/or engineering assessments offered by contractors. For details associated with the design offered by a licensor or services provided by contractors, the licensor or contractor should be consulted for guidance and recommendations for their design details and operating guidance. This document is a technical report and as such provides generally used practices in industry and is not an API recommended practice for coke drums in delayed coking units. Pages: 571st Edition | April 2016 | Product Number: C934G01 | Price: $ 935 Thermal Conductivity Measurement Study of Refractory Castables Compares the differences between measurement techniques used to develop thermal conductivity of refractory castables. The following procedures were examined: Water Calorimeter, Calorimeter-Pilkington Method, Hot Wire Method, Comparative Thermal Conductivity Method, and Panel Test. The refractory industry uses various methods for measuring and reporting thermal conductivity. The accuracy of reporting and understanding thermal conductivity are vital to developing the most cost effective, efficient, and reliable equipment. The study makes no attempt to rank, classify or assign accuracy to each of the measurement techniques. Pages: 22 1st Edition | September 1999 | Product Number: C93501 | Price: $ 936 Refractory Installation Quality Control Inspection and Testing Monolithic Refractory Linings and Materials Provides installation quality control procedures for monolithic refractory linings and may be used to supplement owner specifications. Materials, equipment, and personnel are qualified by the methods described, and applied refractory quality is closely monitored, based on defined procedures and acceptance criteria. The responsibilities of inspection personnel who monitor and direct the quality control process are also defined. In addition, this standard provides guidance for the establishment of quality control elements necessary to achieve the defined requirements. Pages: 494th Edition | June 2014 | Product Number: C93604 | Price: $ 937-A Study to Establish Relations for the Relative Strength of API 650 Cone Roof, Roof-to-Shell and Shell-to-Bottom JointsInvestigates the relative strengths of the roof-to-shell and shell-to-bottom joints, with the goal of providing suggestions for frangible roof design criteria applicable to smaller tanks. Pages: 68 1st Edition | August 2005 | Product Number: C937A0 | Price: $ 938-A An Experimental Study of Causes and Repair of Cracking of 1 Cr-1/2 Mo Steel Equipment Gives the results of an experimental study conducted to provide the petroleum industry with solutions to recurring incidents of cracking in the application of welded 11/4Cr-1/2Mo steel for hydrogen processing equipment. Pages: 220 1st Edition | May 1996 | Product Number: C93801 | Price: $ 938-BUse of 9Cr-1Mo-V (Grade 91) Steel in the Oil Refining IndustryProvides guidelines on the proper specifications for base metal and welding consumables and successful fabrication, including welding and heat treatment requirements, for use of 9Cr-1Mo-V alloy steel in oil refinery services. This includes guidelines for preheat, postweld heat treatment, procedure qualification, and mechanical and nondestructive testing. It covers the basic material and metallurgical properties of 9Cr-1Mo-V steel, including a summary of the physical and mechanical properties, corrosion and oxidation resistance, indicating possible corrosion and/or mechanical failure mechanisms and how to avoid them. The appropriate base metal heat treatment is also given. This document also defines hardness limits for the base material and welds in order to avoid cracking failures due to wet sulfide stress corrosion cracking or due to other possible failure mechanisms. A discussion of both proper and improper refinery service applications for these steels is also provided. Pages: 40 1st Edition | June 2008 | Product Number: C938B01 | Price: $ 938-CUse of Duplex Stainless Steels in the Oil Refining IndustryCovers many of the lean, standard, super, and hyper grades of duplex stainless steels (DSSs) most commonly used within refineries. DSSs are finding increasing use in the refining industry, primarily because they often offer an economical combination of strength and corrosion resistance. These stainless steels typically have an annealed structure that is generally half ferrite and half austenite, although the ratios can vary from approximately 35/65 to 55/45. Most refinery applications where DSSs are used are corrosive, and DSSs or other higher alloys are required for adequate corrosion resistance. However, some plants are also starting to consider DSS as a baseline material. These plants are using DSS in applications where carbon steel may be acceptable, but DSSs have been shown to be more economical considering their higher strength and better long-term product forms within the scope are tubing, plate, sheet, forgings, pipe, and fittings for piping, vessel, exchanger, and tank applications. The Third Edition of this report has added castings and hot isostatically-pressed (HIP) components for pumps, valves, and other applications. The limited use of DSSs as a cladding is also briefly covered within the document. Pages: 593rd Edition | February 2015 | Product Number: C938C03 | Price: $ 939-A Research Report on Characterization and Monitoring of Cracking in Wet H2S Service Demonstrates the ability to characterize and monitor various aspects of crack propagation in pressurized process equipment exposed to wet hydrogen sulfide environments. It represents one of several significant industry-wide efforts to study and to better understand this phenomenon. Pages: 1361st Edition | October 1994 | Product Number: C93901 | Price: $ Orders: +1 800 854 7179 (Toll-free: and Canada)Phone Orders: +1 303 397 7956 (Local and International) This publication is a new entry in this catalog. This publication is related to an API licensing, certification, or accreditation 939-B Repair and Remediation Strategies for Equipment Operating in Wet H2S ServicePresents data relative to the fabrication requirements for 21/4 3Cr alloy steel heavy wall pressure vessels for high temperature, high pressure hydrogen services. It summarizes the results of industry experience, experimentation, and testing conducted by independent manufacturers, fabricators, and users of heavy wall pressure vessels. This recommended practice applies to equipment in refineries, petrochemical, and chemical facilities in which hydrogen or hydrogen-containing fluids are processed at elevated temperature and pressure. Pages: 236 1st Edition | June 2002 | Product Number: C939B0 | Price: $ 939-CGuidelines for Avoiding Sulfidation (Sulfidic) Corrosion Failures in Oil Refineries Applies to hydrocarbon process streams containing sulfur compounds, with and without the presence of hydrogen, which operate at temperatures above approximately 450 F (230 C) up to about 1000 F (540 C). A threshold limit for sulfur content is not provided because within the past decade significant corrosion has occurred in the reboiler/fractionator sections of some hydroprocessing units at sulfur or H2S levels as low as 1 ppm. Nickel based alloy corrosion is excluded from the scope of this document. While sulfidation can be a problem in some sulfur recovery units, sulfur plant combustion sections and external corrosion of heater tubes due to firing sulfur containing fuels in heaters are specifically excluded from the scope of this document. Pages: 35 1st Edition | May 2009 | 2-Year Extension: November 2013 Product Number: C939C01 | Price: $ 939-D Stress Corrosion Cracking of Carbon Steel in Fuel-Grade Ethanol: Review, Experience Survey, Field Monitoring, and Laboratory Testing (includes Addendum 1 dated October 2013)Addresses stress corrosion cracking (SCC) in carbon steel equipment used in distribution, transportation, storage, and blending of denatured fuel ethanol. API, with assistance from the Renewable Fuels Association (RFA), conducted research on the potential for metal cracking and product leakage in certain portions of the fuel ethanol distribution system. TR 939-D contains a review of existing literature, results of an industry survey on cracking events and corrosion field monitoring, and information on mitigation and prevention. Pages: 172 2nd Edition | May 2007 | Product Number: C939D0 | Price: $ 939-EIdentification, Repair, and Mitigation of Cracking of Steel Equipment in Fuel Ethanol ServiceUsage of fuel ethanol as an oxygenate additive in gasoline blends is increasing, both in the United States and internationally. This document discusses stress corrosion cracking (SCC) of carbon steel tanks, piping and equipment exposed to fuel ethanol as a consequence of being in the distribution system, at ethanol distribution facilities, or end user facilities where the fuel ethanol is eventually added to gasoline. Such equipment includes but is not limited to: storage tanks, piping and related handling equipment, and pipelines that are used in distribution, handling, storage, and blending of fuel , data for pipelines in ethanol service is limited and caution should be used when applying guidelines from this document, which have been derived mainly from applications involving piping and tanks in ethanol storage and blending facilities. SCC of other metals and alloys is beyond the scope of this document, as is the corrosion of steel in this service. Pages: 422nd Edition | August 2013 | Product Number: C939E02 | Price: $ 941Steels for Hydrogen Service at Elevated Temperatures and Pressures in Petroleum Refineries and Petrochemical Plants(includes Errata 1 dated June 2016 and Errata 2 dated December 2017)Summarizes the results of experimental tests and actual data acquired from operating plants to establish practical operating limits for carbon and low alloy steels in hydrogen service at elevated temperatures and pressures. The effects on the resistance of steels to hydrogen at elevated temperature and pressure that result from high stress, heat treating, chemical composition, and cladding are discussed. This recommended practice (RP) does not address the resistance of steels to hydrogen at lower temperatures [below about 400 F (204 C)], where atomic hydrogen enters the steel as a result of an electrochemical RP applies to equipment in refineries, petrochemical facilities, and chemical facilities in which hydrogen or hydrogen-containing fluids are processed at elevated temperature and pressure. The guidelines in this RP can also be applied to hydrogenation plants such as those that manufacture ammonia, methanol, edible oils, and higher steels discussed in this RP resist high temperature hydrogen attack (HTHA) when operated within the guidelines given. However, they may not be resistant to other corrosives present in a process stream or to other metallurgical damage mechanisms that can occur in the operating HTHA range. This RP also does not address the issues surrounding possible damage from rapid cooling of the metal after it has been in high temperature, high pressure hydrogen service ( possible need for outgassing hydroprocessing reactors). This RP will discuss in detail only the resistance of steels to in this document are curves that indicate the operating limits of temperature and hydrogen partial pressure for satisfactory resistance of carbon steel and Cr-Mo steels to HTHA in elevated temperature, hydrogen service. In addition, it includes a summary of inspection methods to evaluate equipment for the existence of HTHA. Pages: 458th Edition | February 2016 | Product Number: C94108 | Price: $ 941 The Technical Basis Document for API RP 941 Even before the first edition of API Publ 941, Steels for Hydrogen Ser vice at Elevated Temperatures and Pressures in Petroleum Refineries and Petrochemical Plants appeared in 1970, there had been fundamental questions regarding the technical basis for the material performance curves contained in the document (1 6). Based upon sparse laboratory data combined with plant experience, with only a few exceptions, the curves have done an exceptionally good job at safely directing the refining industry in selecting materials based upon operating temperature, hydrogen partial pressure, and the metallurgy of the equipment being considered. Pages: 301 1st Edition | September 2008 | Product Number: C09410 | Price: $ 942-AMaterials, Fabrication, and Repair Considerations for Hydrogen Reformer Furnace Outlet Pigtails and ManifoldsAddresses materials, fabrication, and repair issues related to hydrogen and syngas reformer furnace outlet pigtails and manifolds. High reliability of outlet pigtails and manifold components, such as headers, tees, and fittings, is important to the successful long-term operation of hydrogen and syngas reformer furnaces. These components typically operate at high temperatures in the range of 750 to 950 C (1382 to 1742 F) where they are potentially subject to high-temperature creep, stress relaxation, hot corrosion, and thermal fatigue damage. In recent years a number of reformer furnace operators have encountered problems of in-service degradation and cracking of outlet pigtails and manifold components, while others have had little or no problems of this type. Both direct experience in addressing specific cases of outlet pigtail and manifold cracking problems and indirect experience gained from surveying industry with regard to these problems were used in preparing this report. The objective of the project was to develop an understanding, based on published literature and industry experience, of why some reformer furnaces have had problems with embrittlement and cracking of outlet pigtails and manifold components in service, while others have not had such problems. Pages: 531st Edition | June 2014 | Product Number: C942A01 | Price: $ Orders: +1 303 397 2740Online Orders: This publication is a new entry in this catalog. This publication is related to an API licensing, certification, or accreditation 942-B Material, Fabrication, and Repair Considerations for Austenitic Alloys Subject to Embrittlement and Cracking in High Temperature 565 C to 760 C (1050 F to 1400 F) Refinery ServicesFocuses on the materials, fabrication, and repair of austenitic stainless steels and nickel-iron-chromium alloys in high temperature 565 C to 760 C (1050 F to 1400 F) refinery services. Many of these alloys are subject to embrittlement and cracking after prolonged exposure to these temperatures. Susceptible equipment in the following processing units are addressed: fluid catalytic cracking units, hydrogen/syngas plants, catalytic reformers, cokers, and hydroprocessing units. This report summarizes industry experience and recommends methods to improve reliability and process safety, and increases industry awareness to high temperature embrittlement a basis of this report, technical literature, industry experience, and published case studies were reviewed. The review included materials of construction, damage mechanisms, and component-specific fabrication and repair issues. The scope of this report includes the following wrought austenitic alloys: Alloys 800, 800H, 800HT, and 300 series austenitic stainless steels, and corresponding welding consumables. Limits in chemical composition, microstructural requirements, and heat treating practices that mitigate susceptibility to embrittlement and cracking are identified. Potentially viable upgrades to commonly used alloys are identified where applicable. The remainder of this report is organized as follows: Section 3, Process Units, gives a brief process overview followed by an explanation of the various damage mechanisms found in that unit. Component specific considerations and examples of in-service damage are also included. Inspection recommendations and general repair method considerations are also included. Section 4, Damage Mechanisms, contains detailed discussions of high-temperature damage mechanisms, including fundamental details of the solid state reactions, their rate of reaction, and recommended mitigation measures. Section 4 also incorporates fabrication and repair practices that can be used for cracked or embrittled equipment. Pages: 881st Edition | May 2017 | Effective Date: November 1, 2017 Product Number: C942B01 | Price: $ 945 Avoiding Environmental Cracking in Amine UnitsDiscusses environmental cracking problems of carbon steel equipment in amine units. This publication provides guidelines for carbon steel construction materials, including, fabrication, inspection, and repair, to help ensure safe and reliable operation. The steels referred to in this document are defined by the ASTM designation system, or equivalent materials contained in other recognized codes or standards. This document is based on current engineering practices and insights from recent industry experience. Pages: 25 3rd Edition | June 2003 | Reaffirmed: April 2008 2-Year Extension: April 2013 | Product Number: C94503 | Price: $ 959 Characterization Study of Temper Embrittlement of Chromium-Molybdenum Steels Evaluates the temper embrittlement characteristics of Cr-Mo pressure vessel steels. The steels are designated A387 in Part 4 of the ASTM Book of Standards. Most of the samples studied were of Grade 22 (2-1/4 1Mo) and a few samples of Grades 11 and 21 were also included, (1-1/4Cr 1/2Mo, 3Cr 1Mo). The 64 samples studied represented a wide range of commercially available steel, including qualification welds in 1-in. and 6-in. steel plate, large nozzle cut-outs, and randomly-shaped pieces of forging material. These materials received heat treatment typical of hydro-treater reactor objective of this program was to characterize typical commercial reactor steels and weldments in terms of toughness and other physical properties prior to being placed in service and the changes anticipated in toughness due to long-time service at elevated is important to note that the materials studied were typical of commercial production and fabrication up to about 1975 and are not representative of plate, forgings, and weld metal having low temper embrittlement susceptibility, generally available after 1975. Pages: 1451st Edition | January 1982 | Product Number: C95900 | Price: $ 970 Corrosion Control DocumentsProvides users with the basic elements for developing, implementing and maintaining a Corrosion Control Document (CCD) for refining, and at the owner's discretion, may be applied at petrochemical and chemical process facilities. A CCD is a document or other repository or system that contains all the necessary information to understand materials damage susceptibility issues in a specific type of operating process unit at a plant site. CCDs are a valuable addition to an effective Mechanical Integrity Program. They help to identify the damage mechanism susceptibilities of pressure containing piping and equipment, factors that influence damage mechanism susceptibilities, and recommended actions to mitigate the risk of loss of containment or unplanned outages. This recommended practice serves as the basis for tracking CCD development, implementation, and maintenance to maintain consistency and to integrate the CCD work process with other plant integrity programs, such as Management of Change (MOC), Process Hazards Analysis (PHA), and Reliability Centered Maintenance (RCM). Some of these programs have significant overlap with the development of CCDs, including Risk-Based Inspection studies (see RP 580 and RP 581), Integrity Operating Windows (see RP 584), in-house unit corrosion reviews, circuitization/systemization programs, and similar types of corrosion studies. Development of CCDs can serve as a useful starting point for establishing these programs if they have not been undertaken. This recommended practice provides the owner/user with information and guidance on the work processes for development and implementation of CCDs for the owners /users process units. Pages: 591st Edition | December 2017 | Product Number: C97001 | Price: $ PRODUCTS AND PETROLEUM PRODUCT SURVEYS API/NPRA Survey Final Report: 1996 API/NPRA Survey of Refining Operations and Product Quality A survey of industry refining data for the period May 1 through August 31, 1996. The report includes information on domestically produced gasoline and diesel product quality as well as aggregate domestic refining capacity and average operating data. Pages: 190 1st Edition | July 1997 | Product Number: F10001 | Price: $ Aviation Turbines Fuels, 2001 | Price: $ Heating Oils, 2002 | Price: $ Motor Gasolines, Winter 2001 2002 | Price: $ Motor Gasolines, Summer 2001 | Price: $ Diesel Fuel Oils, 2002 | Price: $ computer tapes of raw data are available upon request. Reports from previous years are also these petroleum product surveys from: TRW Petroleum Technologies Box 2543 | Bartlesville, OK 74005 Attn: Cheryl Dickenson 918-338-4419Publ 4261 Alcohols and Ethers: A Technical Assessment of Their Application as Fuels and Fuel Components Summarizes information from the technical literature on producing and applying alcohols and ethers as fuels and fuel components for the transportation sector. It assesses the technical advantages and disadvantages of alcohols and ethers with respect to hydrocarbon fuels. RefiningPhone Orders: +1 800 854 7179 (Toll-free: and Canada)Phone Orders: +1 303 397 7956 (Local and International) This publication is a new entry in this catalog. This publication is related to an API licensing, certification, or accreditation the amendment of the Clean Air Act in 1977, and subsequently in 1990, public interest in the role of oxygenates in transportation has significantly increased. This edition of Publ 4261 has been updated and expanded to include a review of the oxygenate regulations and the technical literature that has been published since 1988. It provides a technical assessment suitable for policy discussions related to alcohols and ethers in transportation. Pages: 1193rd Edition | June 2001 | Product Number: C42613 | Price: $ 4262 Methanol Vehicle Emissions December 1990 | Product Number: F42620 | Price: $ SAFETY STANDARDSRP 752Management of Hazards Associated with Location of Process Plant Permanent BuildingsProvides guidance for managing the risk from explosions, fires and toxic material releases to on-site personnel located in new and existing buildings intended for occupancy. This RP was developed for use at refineries, petrochemical and chemical operations, natural gas liquids extraction plants, natural gas liquefaction plants, and other onshore facilities covered by the OSHA Process Safety Management of Highly Hazardous Chemicals, 29 CFR covered by this RP are rigid structures intended for permanent use in fixed locations. Tents, fabric enclosures and other soft-sided structures are outside the scope of this document. This 3rd Edition of RP 752:2009 supersedes all previous editions, including the technical data provided in those documents. Significant research and development of technology pertinent to building siting evaluations has been performed since the publication of the previous editions of RP 752. Examples of updated technology include prediction of blast damage to buildings, determination of occupant vulnerabilities, and estimates of event frequencies. Prior versions of RP 752 and the technical data included in them should not be used for building siting evaluations. The 2nd Edition of RP 752 covered all building types both permanent and portable. This 3rd Edition of RP 752 does not cover portable buildings. Portable buildings are now covered by RP 753. It is recognized, however, that portable buildings specifically designed for significant blast load represent a potential area of overlap between RP 753 and RP 752. In accordance with of this document: Buildings described in API RP 753, Management of Hazards Associated with Location of Process Plant Portable Buildings, First Edition, June 2007, as portable buildings specifically designed to resist significant blast loads and intended for permanent use in a fixed location are covered in this document (API RP 752). All other portable buildings are covered by API RP 753. Pages: 273rd Edition | December 2009 | Product Number: K75203 | Price: $ 753 Management of Hazards Associated with Location of Process Plant Portable Buildings Provides guidance for reducing the risk to personnel located in portable buildings from potential explosion, fire and toxic release hazards. While occupied permanent buildings ( control rooms, operator shelters) located near covered process area are typically constructed to be blast and fire resistant, conventional portable buildings ( light wood trailers) are typically not constructed to be blast and fire resistant. Past explosion accidents have demonstrated that occupants of conventional portable buildings are susceptible to injuries from structural failures, building collapse, and building debris and is provided based on the following principles. Locate personnel away from covered process areas consistent with safe and effective operations. Minimize the use of occupied portable buildings in close proximity to covered process areas. Manage the occupancy of portable building especially during periods of increased risk including unit start up or planned shut-down operations. Design, construct, install, and maintain occupied portable buildings to protect occupants against potential hazards. Manage the use of portable buildings as an integral part of the design, construction, and maintenance operation of a facility. Pages: 221st Edition | June 2007 | Reaffirmed: January 2012 Product Number: K75301 | Price: $ 754Process Safety Performance Indicators for the Refining and Petrochemical Industries (ANSI/API RP 754)Identifies leading and lagging process safety indicators useful for driving performance improvement. As a framework for measuring activity, status, or performance, this document classifies process safety indicators into four tiers of leading and lagging indicators. Tiers 1 and 2 are suitable for nationwide public reporting, and Tiers 3 and 4 are intended for internal use at individual facilities. Guidance on methods for development and use of performance indicators is also provided. This recommended practice (RP) was developed for the refining and petrochemical industries, but may also be applicable to other industries with operating systems and processes where loss of containment has the potential to cause harm. Applicability is not limited to those facilities covered by the OSHA Process Safety Management Standard, 29 CFR , or similar national and international regulations. To enable consistent application of this RP to other refining and petrochemical industry sub segments, informative annexes have been created to define the Applicability and Process definition for those subsegments. The user would substitute the content of those annexes for the referenced sections of this RP: Annex A Petroleum Pipeline and Terminal Operation, Annex B Retail Service Stations, and Annex C Oil and Gas Drilling and Production Operations. Performance indicators identified in this recommended practice are based on the following guiding principles. Indicators should drive process safety performance improvement and learning. Indicators should be relatively easy to implement and easily understood by all stakeholders ( workers and the public). Indicators should be statistically valid at one or more of the following levels: industry, company, and facility. Statistical validity requires a consistent definition, a minimum data set size, a normalization factor, and a relatively consistent reporting pool. Indicators should be appropriate for industry, company, or facility level benchmarking. Pages: 1182nd Edition | April 2016 | Product Number: K75402 | Price: $ 755Fatigue Risk Management Systems for Personnel in the Refining and Petrochemical Industries (ANSI/API RP 755)As a result of the Chemical Safety and Hazard Investigation Board (CSB) investigation of the 2005 BP Texas City incident, the CSB issued several recommendations including the development of an American National Standards Institute standard that develops fatigue prevention guidelines for the refining and petrochemical industries that, at a minimum, limit hours and days of work and address shift guidance to all stakeholders ( employees, managers, supervisors) on understanding, recognizing, and managing fatigue in the workplace. Owners and operators should establish policies and procedures to meet the purpose of this document RefiningFax Orders: +1 303 397 2740Online Orders: This publication is a new entry in this catalog. This publication is related to an API licensing, certification, or accreditation for refineries, petrochemical and chemical operations, natural gas liquefaction plants, and other facilities such as those covered by the OSHA Process Safety Management Standard, 29 CFR This document is intended to apply to a workforce that is commuting daily to a job location. Applies to all employees working night shifts, rotating shifts, extended hours/days, or call outs involved in process safety sensitive actions. It should also be considered for others making process safety-sensitive decisions. On-site contractors involved in process safety sensitive actions shall have fatigue risk management systems equivalent to the criteria outlined in this document. Pages: 11 1st Edition | April 2010 | Product Number: K75501 | Price: $ 755-1 Technical Support Document for ANSI/API RP 755, Fatigue Risk Management Systems for Personnel in the Refining and Petrochemical Industries Identifies and explains the scientific and operational issues considered during the preparation of RP 755. By providing the reasoning behind the specific wording in the RP 755 document, this document supports each key statement in RP 755 in sequence so that it can be used in parallel with the RP 755 text. To make this document accessible and manageable, key scientific sources and references are provided to help readers gain access to the scientific literature. Fatigue Risk Management Systems (FRMS) have emerged and been widely recognized as a more effective approach to managing and mitigating employee fatigue risk in the 24/7 workplace. The core feature of the FRMS is that it is a data-driven, risk-informed, safety performance-based system. The FRMS implementation process first identifies all sources of fatigue risk in the business operation, then introduces mitigating policies, technologies, and procedures to reduce the risk, and most importantly then maintains them in a proactively managed continuous improvement system. The history of FRMS was recently summarized. This method represents a significant step change from the traditional approaches of either relying on maximum limits to hours of work or minimum limits to hours of rest (variously called Hours of Service, Work-Rest Rules, Working Time Directives), or adopting intermittent or piece-meal solutions ( a fatigue training program or a shift schedule redesign), depending on the interests and initiative of local site essential feature of FRMS is that it is a system meant to be improved upon on a regular and continuous basis. It is not a set of guidelines designed for one-time compliance but instead provides a framework that will evolve over time, driven by the collection of data on fatigue risk and fatigue outcomes ( fatigue-related incidents). Pages: 49 1st Edition | April 2010 | Product Number: K755101 | Price: $ 756 Management of Hazards Associated with Location of Process Plant TentsProvides guidance for managing the risk from explosions, fires and toxic material releases to on-site personnel located in tents. The term tent is used to describe a wide range of structures and is defined in This RP was developed for use at refineries, petrochemical and chemical operations, natural gas liquids extraction plants, natural gas liquefaction plants, and other onshore facilities covered by OSHA 29 CFR The focus of this RP is primarily on process related hazards. However, non-process related hazards may exist which could present risks to tent occupants. Previous accidents have demonstrated that tent occupants are susceptible to injuries from fires originating inside the tent, from tent collapse due to extreme weather, and from falling objects. Some of these hazards are addressed by tent design standards, manufacturer s recommendations, and local regulations. Pages: 251st Edition| September 2014 | Product Number: C75601 | Price: $ 756-1Process Plant Tent Responses to Vapor Cloud Explosions Results of the American Petroleum Institute Tent Testing ProgramBeginning in 2011, the American Petroleum Institute (API) to performed vapor cloud explosion (VCE) tests to determine the response of tents to the potential explosion hazards that may be present at refineries, petrochemical and chemical operations, natural gas and other onshore process facilities covered by OSHA 29 CFR The testing was conducted to provide data for use by the API committee developing RP 756. This publication, TR 756-1, contains information on the results of the API tent testing program. Pages: 5971st Edition | September 2014 | Product Number: C756101 | Price: $ , ENVIRONMENT, AND SAFETY: GENERALCumulative Impact of Environmental Regulations on the Petroleum Refining, Transportation and Marketing Industries1st Edition | Product Number: C00015 | available at 751Safe Operation of Hydrofluoric Acid Alkylation Units The refining industry has long demonstrated that HF acid alkylation units can be operated safely and responsibly. Like many industrial processes, the HF acid alkylation process presents operational risk and must be properly designed, well-maintained and operated to assure safe operation. RP 751 is an industry document that communicates proven industry practices to support the safe operation of an HF acid alkylation unit. The philosophy of this 4th Edition is to build on the previous editions' base of recommendations for HF acid leak prevention, detection, and mitigation with the document section topics of hazard management, operating procedures and worker protection, material inspection and maintenance, transportation and inventory control, relief and utility systems, and risk mitigation. This edition changes some previous provisions from recommendations (should) to requirements (shall) based on regulatory requirements, broad industry acceptance and proven effective industry practices along with the addition of some new recommendations and requirements. The recommendations presented in the document are those that have been found effective or those that are advised for safe operations. Pages: 674th Edition | May 2013 | Product Number: K75104 | Price: $ 2350Overfill Protection for Storage Tanks in Petroleum Facilities (ANSI/API Std 2350)Applies to storage tanks associated with marketing, refining, pipeline, and terminals operations and with tanks containing Class I or Class II petroleum liquids and use is recommended for Class III petroleum liquids. This standard addresses overfill protection for petroleum storage tanks. It recognizes that prevention provides the most basic level of protection, thus while using both terms protection and prevention, the document emphasizes prevention. The standard's scope covers overfill (and damage) prevention practices for aboveground storage tanks in petroleum facilities, including refineries, marketing terminals, bulk plants, and pipeline terminals that receive flammable and combustible liquids. The fourth edition continues to build on experience and new technology through the use of management systems. Since operations are the primary overfill prevention safeguard, new definitions and requirements are established for alarms. Risk reduction is also addressed by current and generally accepted industry essential elements of this document are based on current industry safe operating practices and existing consensus standards. Federal, state, and local regulations or laws may contain additional requirements for tank overfill protection programs. For existing facilities, the results of a risk-based analysis of aboveground atmospheric petroleum storage tanks may indicate the need for more protection against overfilling. In such cases, some provisions from this standard may be Orders: +1 800 854 7179 (Toll-free: and Canada)Phone Orders: +1 303 397 7956 (Local and International) This publication is a new entry in this catalog. This publication is related to an API licensing, certification, or accreditation purpose of this standard is to assist owner/operators and operating personnel in the prevention of tank overfills by implementation of a comprehensive overfill prevention process (OPP). The goal is to receive product into the intended storage tank without overfill or loss of standard does not apply to: underground storage tanks; aboveground tanks of 1320 gallons (5000 liters) or less; aboveground tanks which comply with PEI 600; pressure vessels; tanks containing non-petroleum liquids; tanks storing LPG and LNG; tanks at service stations; tanks filled exclusively from wheeled vehicles ( tank trucks or railroad tank cars); and tanks covered by OSHA 29 CFR and EPA 40 CFR 68, or similar regulations. Pages: 474th Edition | May 2012 | Product Number: K235004 | Price: $ HEALTH, ENVIRONMENT, AND SAFETY: SOIL AND GROUNDWATER Publ 422 Groundwater Protection Programs for Petroleum Refining and Storage Facilities: A Guidance DocumentReflects continuing industry action and commitment to positively address groundwater protection by developing and implementing individual groundwater protection plans. Provides additional guidance to help petroleum facilities identify the types of issues that may need to be addressed in a groundwater protection plan. Intended to help refineries, terminals associated with transportation pipelines, product distribution terminals, and other downstream petroleum storage units develop groundwater protection plans that are tailored to their individual circumstances. Pages: 91st Edition | October 1994 | Product Number: C42201 | Price: $ 800 Literature Survey: Subsurface and Groundwater Protection Related to Petroleum Refinery OperationsThis report is the principal product of an API-sponsored project to prepare a background basis for the development of further information on subsurface and groundwater protection at refineries. It contains an explanation of how the literature survey was conducted; annotations for pertinent articles; a discussion of applicable federal statutes and regulations; and annotations for pertinent regulatory programs under the 5 principal statutes that apply to refinery operations. Pages: 1451st Edition | September 1988 | Product Number: C80000 | Price: $ API Standard for Third Party Network Connectivity Provides guidance for implementing secure third-party connections between the information technology systems and network of two companies that have a business relations and a common objective. The standard will provide suggestions for companies to establish third-party network connections while protecting their individual systems and data from unauthorized access or manipulation. Pages: 36 1st Edition | November 2007 | Product Number: TSTP01 | Price: $ Guidelines for the Petroleum Industry API s 3rd Edition of this document is now in use at oil and gas facilities around the world to help managers decide how to deter terrorist attacks. Covering all segments of the industry (production, refining, transportation, pipeline, and marketing), this guidance builds on the existing solid foundation of design and operational regulations, standards, and recommended practices, which relate to facility design and safety, environmental protection, emergency response, and protection from theft and vandalism. Produced in close collaboration with the Department of Homeland Security and other federal agencies, these guidelines, viewed as a living document, are broadly applicable to facility security in light of September 11, 2001 and provide the starting point for developing security plans at oil and natural gas facilities and operations. Pages: 583rd Edition | April 2005 | Product Number: OS0002 | Price: $ Vulnerability Assessment Methodology for the Petroleum and Petrochemical Industries API and the National Petrochemical & Refiners Association jointly developed a new methodology for evaluating the likelihood and consequences of terrorist attacks against refineries and petrochemical facilities. This document is designed for companies to use in assessing vulnerabilities and potential damages from different kinds of terrorist attacks. In the post September 11 era, companies have reevaluated and enhanced security at their facilities. The methodology will provide officials with a new analytical tool to determine the likelihood of an adversary successfully exploiting vulnerability and the resulting degree of damage or impact. This vulnerability assessment methodology was produced in close collaboration with the Department of Homeland Security and other federal agencies. Pages: 155 October 2004 | Product Number: OSVA02 | Price: $ 780Security Risk Assessment Methodology for the Petroleum and Petrochemical IndustriesPrepared by a Security Risk Assessment (SRA) Committee of the American Petroleum Institute (API) to assist the petroleum and petrochemical industries in understanding security risk assessment and in conducting SRAs. The standard describes the recommended approach for assessing security risk widely applicable to the types of facilities operated by the industry and the security issues the industry faces. The standard is intended for those responsible for conducting security risk assessments and managing security at these facilities. The method described in this standard is widely applicable to a full spectrum of security issues from theft to insider sabotage to terrorism. The API SRA Methodology was developed for the petroleum and petrochemical industry, for a broad variety of both fixed and mobile applications. This recommended practice describes a single methodology, rather than a general framework for SRAs, but the methodology is flexible and adaptable to the needs of the user. This methodology constitutes one approach for assessing security vulnerabilities at petroleum and petrochemical industry facilities. However, there are other risk assessment techniques and methods available to industry, all of which share common risk assessment elements. Pages: 1131st Edition | May 2013 | Product Number: K78001 | Price: $ 781Facility Security Plan Methodology for the Oil and Natural Gas IndustriesProvides the framework to establish a secure workplace. The plan provides an overview of the threats facing the facility and describes the security measures and procedures designed to mitigate risk and protect people, assets, operations, and company reputation. This API standard was prepared with guidance and direction from the API Security Committee, to assist the petroleum and petrochemical industries in the preparation of a Facility Security Plan (FSP). This standard specifies the requirements for preparing an FSP as well as a discussion of the typical elements included in an FSP. This standard is intended to be flexible and adaptable to the needs of the user. It is noted that the content of an FSP can vary depending on circumstances such as facility size, location, and operations. This methodology is one approach for preparing an FSP at petroleum and petrochemical facilities. There are other security plan formats available for the industry. It is the responsibility of the user to choose the format and content of the FSP that best meets the needs of a specific facility. The format and content of some FSPs should be dictated by government regulations for covered facilities. This standard is not intended to supersede the requirements of any regulated facility but may be used as a reference document. Pages: 821st Edition | September 2016 | Product Number: K78101 | Price: $ and Fire Protection This publication is a new entry in this catalog. This publication is related to an API licensing, certification, or accreditation you have any questions or comments regarding API standards, please visit SAFETY STANDARDS RP 49 Recommended Practice for Drilling and Well Servicing Operations Involving Hydrogen Sulfide Provides recommendations that apply to oil and gas well drilling and servicing operations involving hydrogen sulfide. These operations include well drilling, completion, servicing, workover, downhole maintenance, and plug and abandonment procedures conducted with hydrogen sulfide present in the fluids being handled. Coverage of this publication is applicable to operations confined to the original wellbore or original total depth and applies to the selection of materials for installation or use in the well and in the well drilling or servicing operation(s). The presence of hydrogen sulfide in these operations also presents the possibility of exposure to sulfur dioxide from the combustion of hydrogen sulfide. Pages: 293rd Edition | May 2001 | Reaffirmed: January 2013 Product Number: G49003 | Price: $ RP 49 * Recommended Practice for Drilling and Well Servicing Operations Involving Hydrogen Sulfide Kazakh Kazakh translation of RP 49. 3rd Edition | May 2001 | Product Number: G4903K | Price: $ RP 49 *Recommended Practice for Drilling and Well Servicing Operations Involving Hydrogen Sulfide Russian Russian translation of RP 49. 3rd Edition | May 2001 | Product Number: G04903R | Price: $ 51R Environmental Protection for Onshore Oil and Gas Production Operations and LeasesProvides environmentally sound practices, including reclamation guidelines, for domestic onshore oil and gas production operations. It is intended to be applicable to contractors as well as operators. Facilities within the scope of this document include all production facilities, including produced water handling facilities. Offshore and arctic areas are beyond the scope of this document. Operational coverage begins with the design and construction of access roads and well locations and includes reclamation, abandonment, and restoration operations. Gas compression for transmission purposes or production operations, such as gas lift, pressure maintenance, or enhanced oil recovery (EOR), is included. Annex A provides guidance for a company to consider as a good neighbor. Pages: 351st Edition | July 2009 | Reaffirmed: December 2015 Product Number: G51R01 | Price: $ may download a PDF of this document from 54 Recommended Practice for Occupational Safety for Oil and Gas Well Drilling and Servicing OperationsIncludes procedures for promotion and maintenance of safe working conditions for employees engaged in rotary drilling operations and well servicing operations, including special services. Applies to rotary drilling rigs, well servicing rigs, and special services as they relate to operations on locations. Pages: 35 3rd Edition | August 1999 | Reaffirmed: January 2013 Product Number: G54003 | Price: $ RP 54 *Recommended Practice for Occupational Safety for Oil and Gas Well Drilling and Servicing Operations Kazakh Kazakh translation of RP 54. 3rd Edition | August 1999 | Product Number: G54003K | Price: $ RP 54 *Recommended Practice for Occupational Safety for Oil and Gas Well Drilling and Servicing Operations Russian Russian translation of RP 54. 3rd Edition | August 1999 | Product Number: G54003R | Price: $ 55 Recommended Practice for Oil and Gas Producing and Gas Processing Plant Operations Involving Hydrogen SulfideCovers recommendations for protection of employees and the public, as well as conducting oil and gas producing and gas processing plant operations where hydrogen sulfide is present in the fluids being produced. Pages: 402nd Edition | February 1995 | Reaffirmed: March 2007 Product Number: G55002 | Price: $ 65-2 Isolating Potential Flow Zones During Well ConstructionContains best practices for zone isolation in wells to prevent annular pressure and/or flow through or past pressure-containment barriers that are installed and verified during well construction. Well construction practices that may affect barrier sealing performance are mentioned along with methods to help ensure positive effects or to minimize any negative ones. The objectives of this guideline are two-fold. The first is to help prevent and/or control flows just prior to, during, and after primary cementing operations to install or set casing and liner pipe strings in wells. The second objective is to help prevent sustained casing pressure (SCP). The guidance from this document covers recommendations for pressure-containment barrier design and installation and well construction practices that affect the zone isolation process to prevent or mitigate annular fluid flow or pressure. Pages: 832nd Edition | December 2010 | | Reaffirmed: November 2016 Product Number: G65202 | Price: $ may download a PDF of this document from *These translated versions are provided for the convenience of our customers and are not officially endorsed by API. The translated versions shall neither replace nor supersede the English-language versions, which remain the official standards. API shall not be responsible for any discrepancies or interpretations of these translations. Translations may not include any Addenda or Errata to the document. Please check the English-language versions for any updates to the and Fire ProtectionPhone Orders: +1 800 854 7179 (Toll-free: and Canada)Phone Orders: +1 303 397 7956 (Local and International) This publication is a new entry in this catalog. This publication is related to an API licensing, certification, or accreditation 67 Recommended Practice for Oilfield Explosives Safety Applies to explosives used in oil and gas well operations, more specifically, explosives used inside the wellborne. Guidance is provided for explosives transportation, on-site explosives loading and unloading operations, electrical wireline operations, tubing conveyed operations, self-contained activating tools, setting tools, sidewall sample taker tools, select fire perforating guns, and bullet perforating guns. Recommendations are presented regarding surface equipment and downhole equipment. Recommended training and minimum qualifications are presented for personnel who participate in handling and using explosives at the well site. Pages: 18 2nd Edition | May 2007 | Reaffirmed: January 2015 Product Number: G06702 | Price: $ RP 67 *Recommended Practice for Oilfield Explosives Safety Kazakh Kazakh translation of RP 67. 2nd Edition | May 2007 | Product Number: G06702K | Price: $ RP 67 *Recommended Practice for Oilfield Explosives Safety Russian Russian translation of RP Edition | May 2007 | Product Number: G06702R | Price: $ 74 Recommended Practice for Occupational Safety for Onshore Oil and Gas Production OperationRecommends practices and procedures for promoting and maintaining safe working conditions for personnel engaged in onshore oil and gas production operations, including special services. Pages: 231st Edition | October 2001 | Reaffirmed: January 2013 Product Number: G74001 | Price: $ 75 Recommended Practice for Development of a Safety and Environmental Management Program for Offshore Operations and FacilitiesProvides guidance for use in preparing safety and environmental management programs (SEMP) for oil, gas, and sulphur operations and facilities located on the outer continental shelf (OCS). These guidelines are applicable to well drilling, servicing, and production; and pipeline facilities and operations that have the potential for creating a safety or environmental hazard at OCS platform sites. Eleven major program elements are included for application to these facilities and operations. Identification and management of safety and environmental hazards are addressed in design, construction, startup, operation, inspection, and maintenance of new, existing, and modified facilities. Pages: 41 3rd Edition | May 2004 | Reaffirmed: April 2013 Product Number: G07503 | Price: $ 75 *Recommended Practice for Development of a Safety and Environmental Management Program for Offshore Operations and Facilities ChineseChinese translation of RP Edition | May 2004 | Product Number: G07503C | Price: $ 75L Guidance Document for the Development of a Safety and Environmental Management System for Onshore Oil and Natural Gas Production Operations and Associated ActivitiesProvides general information and guidance for the development of a safety and environmental management system (SEMS) for onshore oil and natural gas operations, including drilling, production, and well servicing activities. Although there is an extensive amount of information that has been developed on the topic of safety and environmental management systems, this document focuses on this industry sector to help foster continuous improvement in our industry s safety and environmental performance. It is recognized that many onshore oil and natural gas companies have effective SEMS in place; however, the intent of this document is to provide an additional tool that can assist these and especially other operators in taking the next step toward implementing a complete system at a pace that complements their business plan. For those who already have a mature SEMS in place, this document can be used for continuous improvement of the system. Pages: 12 1st Edition | November 2007 | Product Number: G75L01 | Price: $ 76 Contractor Safety Management for Oil and Gas Drilling and Production Operations Intended to assist operators, contractors, and subcontractors (third parties) in the implementation of a contractor safety program and improve the overall safety performance while preserving the independent contractor relationship. It is intended for the Upstream Segment of the petroleum industry; however, since the operator requirements and the contracted work are diverse, this publication may not be applicable to all operations at each company or to all contract work performed in those operations. Many oil and gas exploration and production companies contract for equipment and personnel services for a wide range of activities, including drilling production, well servicing, equipment repair, maintenance, and construction. Certain activities of contractors have the potential to take place either contractor and/or operator personnel and/or equipment at risk. It is important that operations are carried out in a safe manner. Operators and contractors need to provide safe work places and to protect the safety of their work places and to protect the safety of their workforces and the general public. When they work together to improve safety, both benefit. Pages: 60 2nd Edition | November 2007 | Reaffirmed: January 2013 Product Number: G07602 | Price: $ MULTI-SEGMENT PUBLICATIONS Human Factors in New Facility Design Tool Describes a human factors tool that may be used by operating plants as an aid to incorporate human factors principles in the design of equipment that will be operated and maintained by human factors principles described in this document are intended for new equipment designs; however, many ideas provided in this tool may be used to improve the operating of existing plants where feasible. This document focuses only on equipment design. Items such as human error, behavior-based safety, and operating procedure issues are not in the scope. The tool covers equipment that is common to both upstream producing and downstream manufacturing operations. Equipment associated with specific activities such as drilling rigs is not specifically addressed. Pages: 71 2nd Edition | October 2005 | Product Number: I0HF02 | Price: $ *These translated versions are provided for the convenience of our customers and are not officially endorsed by API. The translated versions shall neither replace nor supersede the English-language versions, which remain the official standards. API shall not be responsible for any discrepancies or interpretations of these translations. Translations may not include any Addenda or Errata to the document. Please check the English-language versions for any updates to the and Fire ProtectionFax Orders: +1 303 397 2740Online Orders: This publication is a new entry in this catalog. This publication is related to an API licensing, certification, or accreditation Factors Tool for Existing Operations Objectives of this tool include the following: provide a tool for operating crews to identify opportunities for latent conditions and human error, and improve how process hazards analysis/hazard evaluation/revalidation process address human scope of this tool includes existing operations and equipment and human tasks. This tool is intended for use without specific training on human factors. This is a simple process for gathering a few operators and mechanics who are familiar with the equipment/process and who are qualified to identify where traps (latent conditions) in the equipment and tasks (error likely scenarios) exist that make it easy for people to do something wrong. Pages: 141st Edition | February 2006 | Product Number: I0HF03 | Price: $ 752Management of Hazards Associated with Location of Process Plant Permanent BuildingsProvides guidance for managing the risk from explosions, fires and toxic material releases to on-site personnel located in new and existing buildings intended for occupancy. This RP was developed for use at refineries, petrochemical and chemical operations, natural gas liquids extraction plants, natural gas liquefaction plants, and other onshore facilities covered by the OSHA Process Safety Management of Highly Hazardous Chemicals, 29 CFR covered by this RP are rigid structures intended for permanent use in fixed locations. Tents, fabric enclosures and other soft-sided structures are outside the scope of this document. This 3rd Edition of RP 752:2009 supersedes all previous editions, including the technical data provided in those documents. Significant research and development of technology pertinent to building siting evaluations has been performed since the publication of the previous editions of RP 752. Examples of updated technology include prediction of blast damage to buildings, determination of occupant vulnerabilities, and estimates of event frequencies. Prior versions of RP 752 and the technical data included in them should not be used for building siting evaluations. The 2nd Edition of RP 752 covered all building types both permanent and portable. This 3rd Edition of RP 752 does not cover portable buildings. Portable buildings are now covered by RP 753. It is recognized, however, that portable buildings specifically designed for significant blast load represent a potential area of overlap between RP 753 and RP 752. In accordance with of this document: Buildings described in API RP 753, Management of Hazards Associated with Location of Process Plant Portable Buildings, First Edition, June 2007, as portable buildings specifically designed to resist significant blast loads and intended for permanent use in a fixed location are covered in this document (API RP 752). All other portable buildings are covered by API RP 753. Pages: 273rd Edition | December 2009 | Product Number: K75203 | Price: $ 753 Management of Hazards Associated with Location of Process Plant Portable Buildings Provides guidance for reducing the risk to personnel located in portable buildings from potential explosion, fire and toxic release hazards. While occupied permanent buildings ( control rooms, operator shelters) located near covered process area are typically constructed to be blast and fire resistant, conventional portable buildings ( light wood trailers) are typically not constructed to be blast and fire resistant. Past explosion accidents have demonstrated that occupants of conventional portable buildings are susceptible to injuries from structural failures, building collapse, and building debris and is provided based on the following principles. Locate personnel away from covered process areas consistent with safe and effective operations. Minimize the use of occupied portable buildings in close proximity to covered process areas. Manage the occupancy of portable building especially during periods of increased risk including unit start up or planned shut-down operations. Design, construct, install, and maintain occupied portable buildings to protect occupants against potential hazards. Manage the use of portable buildings as an integral part of the design, construction, and maintenance operation of a facility. Pages: 221st Edition | June 2007 | Reaffirmed: January 2012 Product Number: K75301 | Price: $ 754Process Safety Performance Indicators for the Refining and Petrochemical Industries (ANSI/API RP 754)Identifies leading and lagging process safety indicators useful for driving performance improvement. As a framework for measuring activity, status, or performance, this document classifies process safety indicators into four tiers of leading and lagging indicators. Tiers 1 and 2 are suitable for nationwide public reporting, and Tiers 3 and 4 are intended for internal use at individual facilities. Guidance on methods for development and use of performance indicators is also provided. This recommended practice (RP) was developed for the refining and petrochemical industries, but may also be applicable to other industries with operating systems and processes where loss of containment has the potential to cause harm. Applicability is not limited to those facilities covered by the OSHA Process Safety Management Standard, 29 CFR , or similar national and international regulations. To enable consistent application of this RP to other refining and petrochemical industry sub segments, informative annexes have been created to define the Applicability and Process definition for those subsegments. The user would substitute the content of those annexes for the referenced sections of this RP: Annex A Petroleum Pipeline and Terminal Operation, Annex B Retail Service Stations, and Annex C Oil and Gas Drilling and Production Operations. Performance indicators identified in this recommended practice are based on the following guiding principles. Indicators should drive process safety performance improvement and learning. Indicators should be relatively easy to implement and easily understood by all stakeholders ( workers and the public). Indicators should be statistically valid at one or more of the following levels: industry, company, and facility. Statistical validity requires a consistent definition, a minimum data set size, a normalization factor, and a relatively consistent reporting pool. Indicators should be appropriate for industry, company, or facility level benchmarking. Pages: 1182nd Edition | April 2016 | Product Number: K75402 | Price: $ and Fire ProtectionPhone Orders: +1 800 854 7179 (Toll-free: and Canada)Phone Orders: +1 303 397 7956 (Local and International) This publication is a new entry in this catalog. This publication is related to an API licensing, certification, or accreditation 755Fatigue Risk Management Systems for Personnel in the Refining and Petrochemical Industries (ANSI/API RP 755)As a result of the Chemical Safety and Hazard Investigation Board (CSB) investigation of the 2005 BP Texas City incident, the CSB issued several recommendations including the development of an American National Standards Institute standard that develops fatigue prevention guidelines for the refining and petrochemical industries that, at a minimum, limit hours and days of work and address shift guidance to all stakeholders ( employees, managers, supervisors) on understanding, recognizing, and managing fatigue in the workplace. Owners and operators should establish policies and procedures to meet the purpose of this document Developed for refineries, petrochemical and chemical operations, natural gas liquefaction plants, and other facilities such as those covered by the OSHA Process Safety Management Standard, 29 CFR This document is intended to apply to a workforce that is commuting daily to a job location. Applies to all employees working night shifts, rotating shifts, extended hours/days, or call outs involved in process safety sensitive actions. It should also be considered for others making process safety-sensitive decisions. On-site contractors involved in process safety sensitive actions shall have fatigue risk management systems equivalent to the criteria outlined in this document. Pages: 11 1st Edition | April 2010 | Product Number: K75501 | Price: $ 755-1 Technical Support Document for ANSI/API RP 755, Fatigue Risk Management Systems for Personnel in the Refining and Petrochemical Industries Identifies and explains the scientific and operational issues considered during the preparation of RP 755. By providing the reasoning behind the specific wording in the RP 755 document, this document supports each key statement in RP 755 in sequence so that it can be used in parallel with the RP 755 text. To make this document accessible and manageable, key scientific sources and references are provided to help readers gain access to the scientific literature. Fatigue Risk Management Systems (FRMS) have emerged and been widely recognized as a more effective approach to managing and mitigating employee fatigue risk in the 24/7 workplace. The core feature of the FRMS is that it is a data-driven, risk-informed, safety performance-based system. The FRMS implementation process first identifies all sources of fatigue risk in the business operation, then introduces mitigating policies, technologies, and procedures to reduce the risk, and most importantly then maintains them in a proactively managed continuous improvement system. The history of FRMS was recently summarized. This method represents a significant step change from the traditional approaches of either relying on maximum limits to hours of work or minimum limits to hours of rest (variously called Hours of Service, Work-Rest Rules, Working Time Directives), or adopting intermittent or piece-meal solutions ( a fatigue training program or a shift schedule redesign), depending on the interests and initiative of local site essential feature of FRMS is that it is a system meant to be improved upon on a regular and continuous basis. It is not a set of guidelines designed for one-time compliance but instead provides a framework that will evolve over time, driven by the collection of data on fatigue risk and fatigue outcomes ( fatigue-related incidents). Pages: 49 1st Edition | April 2010 | Product Number: K755101 | Price: $ 756Management of Hazards Associated with Location of Process Plant Tents Provides guidance for managing the risk from explosions, fires and toxic material releases to on-site personnel located in tents. The term tent is used to describe a wide range of structures and is defined in This RP was developed for use at refineries, petrochemical and chemical operations, natural gas liquids extraction plants, natural gas liquefaction plants, and other onshore facilities covered by OSHA 29 CFR The focus of this RP is primarily on process related hazards. However, non-process related hazards may exist that could present risks to tent occupants. Previous accidents have demonstrated that tent occupants are susceptible to injuries from fires originating inside the tent, from tent collapse due to extreme weather, and from falling objects. Some of these hazards are addressed by tent design standards, manufacturer s recommendations, and local regulations. Pages: 251st Edition | September 2014 | Product Number: C75601 | Price: $ 756-1Process Plant Tent Responses to Vapor Cloud Explosions Results of the American Petroleum Institute Tent Testing ProgramBeginning in 2011, the American Petroleum Institute (API) to performed vapor cloud explosion (VCE) tests to determine the response of tents to the potential explosion hazards that may be present at refineries, petrochemical and chemical operations, natural gas and other onshore process facilities covered by OSHA 29 CFR The testing was conducted to provide data for use by the API committee developing RP 756. This publication, TR 756-1, contains information on the results of the API tent testing program. Pages: 5971st Edition | September 2014 | Product Number: C756101 | Price: $ 770 A Manager's Guide to Reducing Human Errors Improving Human Performance in the Process IndustriesIntended for an audience of middle managers to senior executives who have different levels of knowledge about human factors engineering. It is designed to equip them with a basic understanding of the causes of human errors and to suggest ways for reducing human errors at individual facilities. It also describes how to incorporate human reliability analysis (HRA) into process safety management activities. Pages: 85 1st Edition | March 2001 | Product Number: K77001 | Price: $ Std 780Security Risk Assessment Methodology for the Petroleum and Petrochemical IndustriesPrepared by a Security Risk Assessment (SRA) Committee of the American Petroleum Institute (API) to assist the petroleum and petrochemical industries in understanding security risk assessment and in conducting SRAs. The standard describes the recommended approach for assessing security risk widely applicable to the types of facilities operated by the industry and the security issues the industry faces. The standard is intended for those responsible for conducting security risk assessments and managing security at these facilities. The method described in this standard is widely applicable to a full spectrum of security issues from theft to insider sabotage to terrorism. The API SRA Methodology was developed for the petroleum and petrochemical industry, for a broad variety of both fixed and mobile applications. This recommended practice describes a single methodology, rather than a general framework for SRAs, but the methodology is flexible and adaptable to the needs of the user. This methodology constitutes one approach for assessing security vulnerabilities at petroleum and petrochemical industry facilities. However, there are other risk assessment techniques and methods available to industry, all of which share common risk assessment elements. Pages: 1131st Edition | May 2013 | Product Number: K78001 | Price: $ and Fire ProtectionFax Orders: +1 303 397 2740Online Orders: This publication is a new entry in this catalog. This publication is related to an API licensing, certification, or accreditation 2001Fire Protection in RefineriesCovers basic concepts of refinery fire protection. It reviews the chemistry and physics of refinery fires; discusses how the design of refinery systems and infrastructure impact the probability and consequences of potential fires; describes fire control and extinguishing systems typically used in refineries; examines fire protection concepts that should be covered in operating and maintenance practices and procedures; and provides information on organization and training for refinery emergency responders. Many of the concepts, systems and equipment discussed in this document are covered in detail in referenced publications, standard or governmental requirements. Pages: 759th Edition | April 2012 | Product Number: C200109 | Price: $ RP 2003Protection Against Ignitions Arising Out of Static, Lightning, and Stray CurrentsPresents the current state of knowledge and technology in the fields of static electricity, and stray currents applicable to the prevention of hydrocarbon ignition in the petroleum industry and is based on both scientific research and practical experience. The principles discussed in this recommended practice are applicable to other operations where ignitable liquids and gases are handled. Their use should lead to improved safety practices and evaluations of existing installations and procedures. Pages: 76 8th Edition | September 2015 | Product Number: K20038 | Price: $ RP 2009 Safe Welding, Cutting, and Hot Work Practices in the Petroleum and Petrochemical IndustriesProvides guidelines for safely conducting welding, cutting or other hot work activities in refineries, gas plants, petrochemical plants, and other facilities in the petroleum and petrochemical industries. It provides specific guidance for evaluating procedures for certain types of work on equipment in service. It does not include guidance for compliance with regulations or codes; hot tapping; welding techniques, normal, safe work practices; or entry or work in inert environments. Pages: 23 7th Edition | February 2002 | Reaffirmed: March 2012 Product Number: K20097 | Price: $ RP 2027 Ignition Hazards Involved in Abrasive Blasting of Atmospheric Storage Tanks in Hydrocarbon ServiceIdentifies the ignition hazards involved in abrasive blasting of the exteriors of hydrocarbon storage tanks containing a mixture that is flammable or that can become flammable when air is added. It provides operational guidelines for procedures that significantly reduce ignition risks during abrasive blasting of hydrocarbon tanks that may contain a flammable vapor space. Pages: 4 3rd Edition | March 2002 | Reaffirmed: March 2012 Product Number: C20273 | Price: $ RP 2028 Flame Arresters in Piping Systems Covers the use and limitations of flame arresters installed in piping systems in the petroleum and petrochemical industries. It provides a general overview of flame arresters currently in use and some potential concerns or limitations. Applicable combustion and flame propogation parameters are discussed including the distinction between arresting flames versus arresting detonations. Pages: 12 3rd Edition | February 2002 | Reaffirmed: December 2010 2-Year Extension: February 2015 | Product Number: K20283 | Price: $ RP 2030Application of Fixed Water Spray Systems for Fire Protection in the Petroleum and Petrochemical IndustriesProvides guidance for the petroleum industry and some petrochemical industry applications (for non-water-reactive petrochemicals with physical and combustion characteristics comparable to hydrocarbons) in determining where water spray systems might be used to provide protection from fire damage for equipment and structures. Pages: 214th Edition | September 2014 | Product Number: K20304 | Price: $ RP 2201 Safe Hot Tapping Practices in the Petroleum and Petrochemical IndustriesProvides information to assist in safely conducting hot tapping operations on equipment in service in the petroleum and petrochemical industries. No document can address all situations nor answer all potential questions; however, the understanding of potential hazards, and application of this knowledge, can help reduce the probability and severity of incidents. Pages: 27 5th Edition | June 2003 | Reaffirmed: October 2010 2-Year Extension: February 2015 | Product Number: K22015 | Price: $ RP 2210 Flame Arresters for Vents of Tanks Storing Petroleum ProductsDiscusses the benefits and detriments associated with the use of flame arresters on vents utilized on atmospheric fixed-roof tanks. Pages: 4 3rd Edition | June 2000 | Reaffirmed: March 2015 Product Number: K22103 | Price: $ RP 2216 Ignition Risk of Hydrocarbon Vapors by Hot Surfaces in the Open Air Provides information concerning the potential for ignition of hydrocarbons that are exposed to hot surfaces in the open air. Hydrocarbon liquids, when heated sufficiently, can ignite without the application of a flame or spark. The ignition of hydrocarbons by hot surfaces may occur when oil is released under pressure and sprays upon a hot surface or is spilled and lies upon a hot surface for a period of time. Understanding the mechanism and dynamics of auto-ignition is an important step in preventing or controlling the ignition of hydrocarbons by hot surfaces in the open air. In addition to the information provided herein, appropriate industry standards and other information may assist users to understand the potential hazards of hydrocarbon auto-ignition (such as spontaneous combustion) not specifically covered by this publication and implement appropriate prevention and control measures. Pages: 5 3rd Edition | December 2003 | Reaffirmed: October 2015 Product Number: K22163 | Price: $ RP 2217A Safe Work in Inert Confined Spaces in the Petroleum and Petrochemical IndustriesCovers design, materials, face-to-face dimensions, pressure-temperature ratings, and examination, inspection, and test requirements for two types of check valves: Type A check valves are short face-to-face and can be: wafer, lug, or double flanged; single plate or dual plate; gray iron, ductile iron, steel, nickel alloy, or other alloy designed for installation between Classes 125 and 250 cast iron flanges as specified in ASME , between Classes 150 and 300 ductile iron flanges as specified in ASME , between Classes 150 and 2500 steel flanges as specified in ASME , and between Classes 150 and 600 steel pipeline flanges as specified in MSS SP-44 or steel flanges as specified in ASME Type B bolted cover swing check valves are long face-to-face as defined in and can be: flanged or buttwelding ends of steel, nickel alloy, or other alloy material. End flanges shall be as specified in ASME or ends shall be butt-welding as specified in ASME Pages: 345th Edition | July 2017 | Product Number: K2217A5 | Price: $ Safety and Fire ProtectionPhone Orders: +1 800 854 7179 (Toll-free: and Canada)Phone Orders: +1 303 397 7956 (Local and International) This publication is a new entry in this catalog. This publication is related to an API licensing, certification, or accreditation 2218Fireproofing Practices in Petroleum and Petrochemical Processing Plants Intended to provide guidance for selecting, applying, and maintaining fireproofing systems designed to limit the extent of fire-related property loss from pool fires in the petroleum and petrochemical industries. Where comparable hazards exist, and to the extent appropriate, it may be applied to other facilities that could experience similar severe fire exposure and potential RP identifies fireproofing needs for petroleum and petrochemical plants specifically focusing on property loss protection for pool fires scenarios in on-shore processing plants. Pages: 603rd Edition | July 2013 | Product Number: K22183 | Price: $ RP 2219Safe Operation of Vacuum Trucks Handling Flammable and Combustible Liquids in Petroleum Service Provides information concerning the safe operation of vacuum trucks engaged in all aspects of handling flammable and combustible liquids, associated waste water, produced water, sour water, basic sediment and water (BS&W), caustics, spent acids, or other fluids stemming from petroleum operations, products, powders, and the hazard of dust explosions. This publication discusses the types of vacuum pumps and cargo tanks associated with vacuum truck operations, the common hazards associated with those vacuum truck operations, and representative safe work practices and precautions to help prevent accidents and injuries. Appendix G provides brief descriptions of a variety of incidents involving vacuum trucks, including offloading into open areas. These may be useful in reviewing specific operating procedures or developing materials for safety meetings or pre-job briefings. Pages: 60 4th Edition | June 2016 | Product Number: K22194 | Price: $ 2220Contractor Safety Performance ProcessAssists owners and contractors in developing, improving, and maintaining their mutual safety programs. Widely diverse contractor functions and uses may include resident, non-resident, long-term, and short-term contractors. These have in common the need for effective safety programs to protect both owner and contractor personnel from workplace injury and illness, as well as from losses associated with incidents arising out of contractor work. This standard aims to help both owners and contractors improve the contractor s safety performance while preserving the independent contractor relationship. It was developed for the petroleum and petrochemical industries and the firms that perform contract work for perform greatly varied work within the petroleum and petrochemical industries. Some perform construction and turnaround activities or drilling and well servicing; specialty contractors provide skills and services that are not typically found within an owner s work force. Contractors may even provide services that augment the peak loads and skills of owners work forces, such as in the maintenance and operation of facilities. Since owner sites and contracted work are diverse, this standard may not be applicable to all operations at each company or to all contract work performed in those operations. As such, this publication may not apply to incidental contractors that generally do not affect facility safety, such as those that provide janitorial, laundry, and delivery document addresses conventional safety and health. It does not address safety concerns associated with security or terrorism issues. Pages: 263rd Edition | October 2011 | Product Number: K222003 | Price: $ 2220 *Contractor Safety Performance Process ChineseChinese translation of Std Edition | October 2011 | Product Number: K222003C | Price: $ 2221Contractor and Owner Safety Program ImplementationMany facilities in the refining and petrochemical processing industries employ contractor personnel for a wide range of activities, from administrative support to equipment repair, maintenance, and construction. Contractor activities that involve work in or around process equipment can have an increased potential to place both contractor personnel and owner personnel at guide is intended to assist refining and petrochemical industry facility owners and contractors to implement (or improve) an effective contractor health and safety program. In the petroleum segment, RP 2221 applies to downstream activities only. This includes refineries, pipelines, and marketing and distribution terminals, but not exploration and production or marine. This document provides guidance for applying the principles outlined in RP 2220. Security issues maintain a high profile in all aspects of industry, including the contractor screening and selection process; however, security is outside the scope of this standard and is mentioned as a reminder of the need for many facilities to include security in their contractor processes. This publication intends to preserve the independent contractor relationship while helping both owners and contractors improve contractor safety performance. It is based on experience in the petroleum and petrochemical industries and experience of firms that perform contract work for these industries. Since owner facilities, equipment, sites, and contracted work are diverse, this publication may not be applicable to operations at all facilities or to all contract work performed in these operations. This publication may not apply to contractors working in low risk environments that generally do not affect facility safety, such as those that provide incidental or supplementary services such as janitorial, beverage, or purpose of this publication is to assist owners and contractors to improve their safety programs. Joint commitment and support of safety program initiatives are essential in minimizing incidents and preventing injuries and illnesses. The nature of the work performed by contractors within the petroleum and chemical industries varies greatly. Some contractors perform construction and turnaround activities; other specialty contractors provide skills and services that are not typically found within an owner s work force. Other contractors may provide services to augment the peak loads and skills of owners work forces, such as in maintenance and operation of facilities. These diverse functions and uses of contractors share a common need for effective safety programs to protect owner and contractor personnel from workplace injuries, illnesses, and losses associated with incidents arising out of contractor work. Pages: 873rd Edition | August 2011 | Product Number: K222103 | Price: $ Publ 2375 1996 Summary of Occupational Injuries, Illnesses, and Fatalities in the Petroleum Industry This annual summary reports on cases recordable in 1996 under the Bureau of Labor Statistics recordkeeping guidelines. The survey is based on data submitted to the American Petroleum Institute by 176 oil and gas companies, employing 285,885 persons. The report includes information regarding injuries, illnesses, fatalities, lost workday cases, and incidence rates by function. June 1997 | Product Number: K23751 | Price: $ *These translated versions are provided for the convenience of our customers and are not officially endorsed by API. The translated versions shall neither replace nor supersede the English-language versions, which remain the official standards. API shall not be responsible for any discrepancies or interpretations of these translations. Translations may not include any Addenda or Errata to the document. Please check the English-language versions for any updates to the and Fire ProtectionFax Orders: +1 303 397 2740Online Orders: This publication is a new entry in this catalog. This publication is related to an API licensing, certification, or accreditation 2376 1997 Summary of Occupational Injuries, Illness, and Fatalities in the Petroleum Industry June 1998 | Product Number: K23761 | Price: $ Publ 23771998 Summary of Occupational Injuries, Illness, and Fatalities in the Petroleum Industry March 1999 | Product Number: K23771 | Price: $ Publ 2378 1999 Survey on Petroleum Industry Occupational Injuries, Illness, and Fatalities Summary Report: Aggregate Data Only June 2000 | Product Number: K23781 | Price: $ Publ 2379 2000 Survey on Petroleum Industry Occupational Injuries, Illness, and Fatalities Summary Report: Aggregate Data Only March 2001 | Product Number: K23790 | Price: $ Publ 2380 2001 Survey on Petroleum Industry Occupational Injuries, Illness, and Fatalities Summary Report: Aggregate Data Only March 2002 | Product Number: K23801 | Price: $ Publ 2381 2002 Survey on Petroleum Industry Occupational Injuries, Illness, and Fatalities Summary Report: Aggregate Data Only June 2003 | Product Number: K23811 | Price: $ Publ 2382 2003 Survey on Petroleum Industry Occupational Injuries, Illness, and Fatalities Summary Report: Aggregate Data Only May 2004 | Product Number: K23821 | Price: $ Publ 23832004 Survey on Petroleum Industry Occupational Injuries, Illness, and Fatalities Summary Report: Aggregate Data Only March 2005 | Product Number: K23831 | Price: $ Publ 2384 2005 Survey on Petroleum Industry Occupational Injuries, Illness, and Fatalities Summary Report: Aggregate Data Only This annual summary reports on cases recordable in 2005 under the US Bureau of Labor Statistics record keeping guidelines. The survey is based on data submitted to the American Petroleum Institute by oil and gas companies. The report includes information regarding injuries, illness, and fatalities, lost workday cases, and incidence rates by function. May 2006 | Product Number: K23841 | Price: $ Publ 2385 2006 Survey on Petroleum Industry Occupational Injuries, Illness, and Fatalities Summary Report: Aggregate Data Only June 2007 | Product Number: K23851 | Price: $ Publ 2386 2007 Survey on Petroleum Industry Occupational Injuries, Illness, and Fatalities Summary Report: Aggregate Data Only May 2008 | Product Number: K23861 | Price: $ Publ 2387 2008 Survey on Petroleum Industry Occupational Injuries, Illness, and Fatalities Summary Report: Aggregate Data Only March 2009 | Product Number: K23871 | Price: $ Publ 23882009 Survey on Petroleum Industry Occupational Injuries, Illness, and Fatalities Summary Report: Aggregate Data Only Reports on cases recordable in 2009 under the Bureau of Labor Statistics recordkeeping guidelines. The survey is based on data submitted to API by oil and gas companies. The report includes information regarding injuries, illness, and fatalities, lost workday cases, and incidence rates by function. April 2010 | Product Number: K23881 | Price: $ 1989 Summary of Occupational Injuries, Illnesses and Fatalities in the Petroleum Industry January 1989 | Product Number: K19996 | Price: $ 1990 Summary of Occupational Injuries, Illnesses and Fatalities in the Petroleum Industry July 1991 | Product Number: K19988 | Price: $ 1991 Summary of Occupational Injuries, Illnesses and Fatalities in the Petroleum Industry September 1992 | Product Number: K19987 | Price: $ 1992 Summary of Occupational Injuries, Illnesses and Fatalities in the Petroleum Industry August 1993 | Product Number: K19986 | Price: $ 1993 Summary of Occupational Injuries, Illnesses and Fatalities in the Petroleum Industry June 1994 | Product Number: K19985 | Price: $ 1994 Summary of Occupational Injuries, Illnesses and Fatalities in the Petroleum Industry June 1995 | Product Number: K19984 | Price: $ 1995 Summary of Occupational Injuries, Illnesses, and Fatalities in the Petroleum Industry May 1996 | Product Number: K19983 | Price: $ Safety and Fire ProtectionPhone Orders: +1 800 854 7179 (Toll-free: and Canada)Phone Orders: +1 303 397 7956 (Local and International) This publication is a new entry in this catalog. This publication is related to an API licensing, certification, or accreditation 2510A Fire Protection Considerations for the Design and Operation of Liquefied Petroleum Gas (LPG) Storage Facilities Supplements Std 2510 and addresses the design, operation, and maintenance of liquefied petroleum gas (LPG) storage facilities from the standpoint of prevention and control of releases, fire protection design, and fire control measures. The history of LPG storage facility safety experience, facility design philosophy, operating and maintenance procedures, and various fire protection and fire-fighting approaches are presented. The storage facilities covered are LPG installations (storage vessels and associated loading/unloading/transfer systems) at marine and pipeline terminals, natural gas processing plants, refineries, petrochemical plants, and tank farms. Pages: 452nd Edition | December 1996 | Reaffirmed: December 2015 Product Number: K2510A | Price: $ STORAGE TANK SAFETY STANDARDS Std 2015 Requirements for Safe Entry and Cleaning of Petroleum Storage TanksApplicable to stationary atmospheric and low-pressure (up to and including 15 psig) aboveground petroleum storage tanks used in all sectors of the petroleum and petrochemical industry, including crude oil and gas production; refining; petrochemicals; pipelines and terminals; bulk storage and ethanol facilities. This standard provides requirements for safely planning, coordinating, and conducting tank entry and cleaning operations, from removal from service through return to service. Pages: 1468th Edition | January 2018 | Product Number: K20158 | Price: $ 2021 Management of Atmospheric Storage Tank FiresProvides experience-based information to enhance the understanding of fires in atmospheric storage tanks containing flammable and combustible materials. It presents a systematic management approach that can assist tank fire prevention. If fires do occur, this information can help responders optimize fire suppression techniques to reduce the severity of an incident and reduce the potential for escalation. Pages: 83 4th Edition | May 2001 | Reaffirmed: June 2006 Product Number: K20214 | Price: $ RP 2023 Guide for Safe Storage and Handling of Heated Petroleum Derived Asphalt Products and Crude Oil Residua Describes phenomena that can occur and precautions to be taken in the storage and handling of asphalt products and residua derived from crude petroleum. It applies when these materials are stored in heated tanks at refineries and bulk storage facilities and transported in tank vehicles. Pages: 44 3rd Edition | August 2001 | Reaffirmed: June 2006 Product Number: K20233 | Price: $ RP 2026 Safe Access/Egress Involving Floating Roofs of Storage Tanks in Petroleum Service Provides information to enable safe access/egress involving floating roofs of storage tanks used in petroleum service and identifies common hazards and potentially hazardous conditions associated with these activities. The objective of this recommended practice (RP) is to establish general precautionary measures appropriate for individual situations. It provides the appropriate precautions for preventing accidents and injuries. This RP is intended primarily for those persons who are required to perform inspections, service, maintenance, and/or repair activities that involve descent onto floating roofs of in-service petroleum tanks. This RP does not cover general considerations that apply to climbing onto petroleum storage tanks and other structures. Pages: 283rd Edition | June 2017 | Product Number: K20263 | Price: $ RP 2207 Preparing Tank Bottoms for Hot Work Provides information to assist safe performance of hot work on the bottoms of storage tanks that have been in service to store flammable products. This work activity has specific precautions and work also addresses the safety aspects of hot work performed on petroleum storage tank bottoms. It discusses safety precautions for preventing fires, explosions, and associated injuries. The term hot work, as used in this publication, is defined as an operation that can produce a spark or flame hot enough to ignite flammable recommended practice does not contain all safety precautions and procedures that may be required prior to, during, or after a specific hot work activity. All hot work should be performed in compliance with applicable federal, state, and local regulatory requirements and recognized industry practices. Work practices of concern for working on tank bottoms include, but are not limited to, confined space entry, lockout/tagout, atmospheric testing, ventilation, and requirements for use of personal protective equipment (PPE). Pages: 277th Edition | June 2017 | Product Number: K22077 | Price: $ Std 2350Overfill Protection for Storage Tanks in Petroleum Facilities (ANSI/API Std 2350)Applies to storage tanks associated with marketing, refining, pipeline, and terminals operations and with tanks containing Class I or Class II petroleum liquids and use is recommended for Class III petroleum liquids. This standard addresses overfill protection for petroleum storage tanks. It recognizes that prevention provides the most basic level of protection, thus while using both terms protection and prevention, the document emphasizes prevention. The standard's scope covers overfill (and damage) prevention practices for aboveground storage tanks in petroleum facilities, including refineries, marketing terminals, bulk plants, and pipeline terminals that receive flammable and combustible liquids. The fourth edition continues to build on experience and new technology through the use of management systems. Since operations are the primary overfill prevention safeguard, new definitions and requirements are established for alarms. Risk reduction is also addressed by current and generally accepted industry essential elements of this document are based on current industry safe operating practices and existing consensus standards. Federal, state, and local regulations or laws may contain additional requirements for tank overfill protection programs. For existing facilities, the results of a risk-based analysis of aboveground atmospheric petroleum storage tanks may indicate the need for more protection against overfilling. In such cases, some provisions from this standard may be purpose of this standard is to assist owner/operators and operating personnel in the prevention of tank overfills by implementation of a comprehensive overfill prevention process (OPP). The goal is to receive product into the intended storage tank without overfill or loss of standard does not apply to: underground storage tanks; aboveground tanks of 1320 gallons (5000 liters) or less; aboveground tanks that comply with PEI 600; pressure vessels; tanks containing non-petroleum liquids; tanks storing LPG and LNG; tanks at service stations; tanks filled exclusively from wheeled vehicles ( tank trucks or railroad tank cars); and tanks covered by OSHA 29 CFR and EPA 40 CFR 68, or similar regulations. Pages: 474th Edition | May 2012 | Product Number: K235004 | Price: $ Health and Environmental Issues This publication is a new entry in this catalog. This publication is related to an API licensing, certification, or accreditation Free publications with an asterisk are subject to a $ handling charge for each total order, plus actual shipping ResearchEMISSIONS: GENERALCompendium of Greenhouse Gas Emissions Estimation Methodologies for the Oil and Gas IndustryAPI Tools for Estimating GHG EmissionsAccurate estimation of greenhouse gas emissions is indispensable to responsibly addressing climate change. Through API, the oil and natural gas industry has provided a suite of tools for estimating emissions. It includes API's updated 2009 compendium of emissions estimation methodologies, software for emissions estimation and inventorying, and guidelines (created by the International Petroleum Industry Environmental Conservation Association) to assist in the accounting and reporting of emissions. Pages: 807August 2009 | Available for download at ~/media/files/ehs/climate- 76Determination of Emissions from Retail Gasoline Outlets Using Optical Remote Sensing: Pilot Field Study at a Non-Vapor Recovery Site, Project Summary Report, Volume IResults of this study are presented in a three-volume report. Volume I presents the results of a pilot study to evaluate the use of optical remote sensing (ORS) technology for determining emission factors as well as the dispersion of the emissions at an uncontrolled retail gasoline outlet (RGO). ORS techniques may be able to provide a direct method of determining the total emissions from an RGO under varied conditions and to provide this information with little interference with the operation of RGO. Pages: 50November 1999 | Product Number: I00076 | Price: $ 141Global Emissions of Carbon Dioxide from Petroleum SourcesDescribes carbon dioxide emission estimates developed for a broadly defined petroleum industry whose five segments include (1) exploration and extraction; (2) crude petroleum transportation to refineries; (3) refining operations; (4) refinery products transportation; and (5) end uses. Emission estimates for carbon dioxide have been developed for each industry segment and for each country. Activity factors describe the activity level for a particular industrial activity. Corresponding emission factors for each activity factor were developed from Environmental Protection Agency and industry documents. Pages: 91 July 1991 | Product Number: I00141 | Price: $ 326The Cost Effectiveness of VOC and NOx Emission Control MeasuresProvides air pollution control planners and other interested parties in ozone nonattainment areas with a menu of possible control options using the most up-to-date information and accurate analyses for significant sources of volatile organic compounds (VOCs) and NOx. The menu provides a preliminary demonstration of how cost-effective packages of attainment strategies and control measures can be developed to reduce VOC emissions by 15 % by 1996. Appendices provide a detailed analysis of costs, effectiveness, and application limitations. Pages: 354 September 1994 | Product Number: J32600 | Price: $ 332Comparison of Screening Values from Selected Hydrocarbon Screening InstrumentsDescribes a study carried out at two refineries to compare differences in equipment leak screening values obtained from four instruments commonly used to measure fugitive emissions. The effect of screening distance was also evaluated, and the results from the study were compared to those of an earlier study conducted in 1979. Adjustment factors to relate screening values from one instrument are presented, which are applicable to marketing, transportation, and exploration and production facilities as well as refineries. Pages: 128 August 1995 | Product Number: J33200 | Price: $ 342 and Publ 343Fugitive Emissions from Equipment Leaks I: Monitoring Manual and Fugitive Emissions from Equipment Leaks II: Calculation Procedures for Petroleum Industry Facilities A number of federal, state, and local regulations are designed to control fugitive emissions of volatile organic compounds and hazardous air pollutants. API sponsored this project to present options and recommendations on procedures for obtaining inspection and maintenance data from certain process equipment with the potential to leak fugitive emissions. The two resulting manuals focus on the recommended fugitive emission practices in the petroleum industry, specifically for refineries, marketing terminals, and the oil and gas production industries. Pages: 204 June 1998 Product Number for Publ 342: J34200 | Price: $ Product Number for Publ 343: J34300 | Price: $ 344Critical Review of Source Sampling and Analysis Methodologies for Characterizing Organic Aerosol and Fine Particulate Source Emission ProfilesIntended for use in designing future measurement programs for characterizing emissions from stationary sources that contribute to fine particle concentrations in the atmosphere. The benefits and drawbacks of various measurement approaches are discussed, and a recommended approach for combustion sources is presented. Pages: 128 June 1998 | Product Number: J34400 | Price: $ 347Hazardous Air Pollutant Emissions from Gasoline Loading Operations at Bulk Gasoline TerminalsHazardous air pollutant (HAP) emission testing was conducted at 33 bulk gasoline terminals across the United States. Emissions were measured from the loading of gasoline cargo tanks at facilities with a vapor control system. Emission tests from 23 carbon adsorption units, 8 thermal oxidizers, and 2 refrigeration units were included. Control efficiencies for eight HAP compounds were derived for the carbon adsorption units and thermal oxidizers; no control efficiencies were reported from the refrigeration units due to the limited data collected. The HAP control efficiencies presented in this report have been used to develop HAP emission factors that can be used to determine HAP emissions based on the volume of gasoline loaded at a facility. Pages: 138October 1998 | Product Number: J34700 | Price: $ and Environmental IssuesPhone Orders: +1 800 854 7179 (Toll-free: and Canada)Phone Orders: +1 303 397 7956 (Local and International)124 This publication is a new entry in this catalog. This publication is related to an API licensing, certification, or accreditation 348Air Toxics Emission Factors for Combustion Sources Using Petroleum-Based Fuels, Volume 1 Development of Emission Factors Using API/WSPA ApproachThis project was performed with the cooperation of the California Air Resources Board (CARB) and Western States Petroleum Association to develop updated air toxic emission factors for combustion sources using petroleum-based fuels. The emission factors developed using the best available source testing information in this project will help the Environmental Protection Agency to revise AP-42. In addition, the emission factors will be integrated into CARB s California Air Toxics Emission Factor database. Environmental, health, and safety engineers can use these emission factors to develop more accurate and complete emission inventories without additional source testing, which could help facilities in the permitting process. Pages: 88 August 1998 | Product Number: J34800 | Price: $ 4653Fugitive Emission Factors for Crude Oil and Product Pipeline FacilitiesPresents the results of a study to determine equipment component fugitive emission factors for crude oil and product pipeline facilities. The emission factors presented in this report will allow pipeline operators to estimate total hydrocarbon emissions from equipment components located at pipeline facilities in light crude service, heavy crude service, and product service. Pages: 50 June 1997 | Product Number: I46530 | Price: $ 4667Vehicle Emissions Testing of Rapidly Aged CatalystsA test program was conducted to measure the effect of changing fuel sulfur content on the exhaust emissions of a 1993 Honda Civic VX certified to meet California Transitional Low Emission Vehicle (TLEV) standards. The results showed that: (a) on average, lowering fuel sulfur content from 600 to 35 ppm reduced exhaust emissions measured over the Federal Test Procedure (FTP) by 21 % to 27 % depending on the pollutant; (b) fuel sulfur content did not have an effect on the long-term emissions performance of catalysts that have been artificially aged; (c) rapid catalyst aging did not have a large effect on sulfur response compared to in-use aging; (d) gasoline sulfur content did not have a significant effect on catalyst oxygen storage capacity for this catalyst type; and (e) the emissions response to lower sulfur obtained from measurements on a Honda Civic VX, TLEV-operated under transient conditions according to the FTP, was less than one-half of that observed in a previous study using an identical Honda catalyst in a laboratory setting. Pages: 52 November 1997 | Product Number: I46670 | Price: $ 4703Gas Fired Boiler Test Report Site A: Characterization of Fine Particulate Emission Factors and Speciation Profiles from Stationary Petroleum Industry Combustion SourcesIn 1997, the Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) promulgated new ambient air standards for particulate matter (PM) smaller than micrometers in diameter (PM ). Source emissions data are needed to assess the contribution of petroleum industry combustion sources to ambient PM concentrations. This report presents particulate measurement results from a 550,000 pounds per hour steam boiler firing refinery process gas. The particulate stack measurements were made using both a dilution tunnel research test method and traditional EPA sampling methods. Pages: 119July 2001 | Product Number: I47030 | Price: $ 4704Gas Fired Heater Test Report Site B: Characterization of Fine Particulate Emission Factors and Speciation Profiles from Stationary Petroleum Industry Combustion SourcesIn 1997, the Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) promulgated new ambient air standards for particulate matter (PM) smaller than micrometers in diameter (PM ). Source emissions data are needed to assess the contribution of petroleum industry combustion sources to ambient PM concentrations. This report presents particulate measurement results from a 114 million British thermal unit (MMBtu) per hour gas-fired refinery process heater. The particulate stack measurements were made using both a dilution tunnel research test method and traditional EPA sampling methods. Pages: 118August 2001 | Product Number: I47040 | Price: $ 4712Gas-Fired Steam Generator Test Report Site C: Characterization of Fine Particulate Emission Factors and Speciation Profiles from Stationary Petroleum Industry Combustion SourcesIn 1997, the Environmental Protection Agency promulgated new ambient air standards for particulate matter (PM) smaller than micrometers in diameter (PM ). Source emissions data are needed to assess the contribution of petroleum industry combustion sources to ambient PM concentrations. This report presents that the gas fired steam generator has a maximum heat input of MMBtu/Hr with an average rate of approximately 50 MMBtu/hr. Pages: 100July 2001 | Product Number: I47120 | Price: $ 4720Comparison of API and EPA Toxic Air Pollutant Emission Factors for Combustion SourcesCompares and explains differences in published toxic air pollutant emission factors for combustion sources and recommends priorities for gathering additional emission factor information. Pages: 50September 2002 | Product Number: I47200 | Price: $ Publ 4772Measuring Particulate Emissions from Combustion SourcesSince the inception of the Clean Air Act, the petroleum refining industry has been faced with the need to determine criteria pollutant emissions from combustion sources. While some of these species, such as NOx, SO2, and CO remain in the vapor phase during and after combustion and are relatively simple to measure, particulate matter (PM) measurements are much more challenging. This is because while some PM such as fly ash or catalytic cracking catalyst fines is clearly solid material that is readily collected and measured on a sampling filter, other species that may exist in the vapor phase during combustion can later condense into aerosols downstream from the combustion zone. This can occur before or after any control devices, depending upon the temperature and composition of the combustion gases. Consequently, it has been customary to refer to PM as being composed of two PM components, filterable and condensable, the relative amounts of each depending on the stack gas composition and temperature, control devices in use at the unit, and the method for measuring PM. While measuring filterable PM is relatively straightforward ( PM collected on a filter), condensable PM is a more esoteric quantity and its contribution to total PM emissions is very much dependent upon the choice of the measurement method. The Environmental Protection Agency apparently recognized this issue, and until the interest in measuring and controlling PM emissions emerged in the 1990s, their PM sampling methods were centered on measuring only filterable PM. At the time that these methods were originally instituted, the best available pollution control devices were mainly limited to filterable PM and could not control the condensable portion of PM emissions. As interest in the health effects associated with PM emissions increased, efforts were centered on determining the contribution of the PM fraction that was believed to most responsible for these effects and principally composed of condensable matter. This report will review the Health and Environmental IssuesFax Orders: +1 303 397 2740Online Orders: This publication is a new entry in this catalog. This publication is related to an API licensing, certification, or accreditation leading to the formation of condensable particulate matter from stack gas components along with the methods used to measure PM emissions from refinery combustion sources. Pages: 27September 2008 | Product Number: I47720 | Price: $ 4775Simulating the Effect of Aerobic Biodegradation on Soil Vapor Intrusion into Buildings Evaluation of Low Strength Sources Associated with Dissolved Gasoline Plumes Aerobic biodegradation can contribute significantly to the attenuation of petroleum hydrocarbon vapors in the unsaturated zone; however, most regulatory guidance for assessing potential human health risks via vapor intrusion to indoor air either neglect biodegradation or only allow for one order of magnitude additional attenuation for aerobically degradable compounds, which may be overly conservative in many cases. This paper describes results from three-dimensional numerical model simulations of vapor intrusion for petroleum hydrocarbons to assess the influence of aerobic biodegradation on the attenuation factor for a variety of source concentrations and depths for buildings with basements and slab-on-grade construction. Provided that oxygen is present in the vadose zone, aerobic biodegradation of petroleum hydrocarbon vapors in the unsaturated zone will reduce the soil gas concentrations and the potential risks from vapor intrusion to indoor air compared to nondegrading compounds. At lower source concentrations and/or deeper source depths, aerobic biodegradation may result in a reduction in vapor intrusion attenuation factors by many orders of magnitude. The magnitude of the reduction depends on site-specific conditions, which should be considered in the development of a conceptual site model for each site. However, oxygen supply and degradation rates are likely to be sufficient at many sites to mitigate potential risks from vapor intrusion for low vapor concentration sources (less than about 2 mg/L-vapor total hydrocarbons). The simulations conducted in this study provide a framework for understanding the degree to which bio-attenuation will occur under a variety of scenarios and provide insight into site conditions that will result in significant biodegradation. This improved understanding may be used to select site-specific attenuation factors for degradable compounds and develop soil vapor screening levels appropriate for particular combinations of source concentrations, source depth, and building characteristics, which should be defined as part of a site conceptual model. Pages: 53April 2009 | Product Number: I47750 | Price: $ 4776A Guide to Understanding, Assessment and the Regulation of PAHs in the Aquatic EnvironmentDesigned to be an introductory guide to understanding and assessing polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbons (PAHs) in the aquatic environment (water and sediments). API prepared this guide primarily for refinery personnel and home office environmental staff who may have to address PAH issues. In addition, this guide may also be useful to staff in regulatory agencies that work with PAHs in wastewater discharge permits, waste load allocations (total maximum daily loadings), and sediment investigation and guide provides an overview on the chemistry, fate, and sources of PAHs in the environment and the regulatory implications. The guide also includes descriptions of the different sources of PAHs (petrogenic, pyrogenic, diagenic, biogenic) and techniques for differentiating these sources through their characteristic fingerprints, including straightforward ways to help identify or rule out potential sources. Pages: 60September 2011 | Product Number: I47760 | Price: $ : EXPLORATION AND PRODUCTIONPubl 4589Fugitive Hydrocarbon Emissions from Oil and Gas Production OperationsThe emission factors derived in this report indicate that fugitive emissions from production facilities are considerably lower than they were in the late 1970s. Investigators use portable detectors to screen more than 180,000 components at 20 offshore and onshore facilities. Mass emission rates from bagged emitters, valves, connectors, and other components, such as seals and vents, are used to develop emission factors for individual components and groups of components. A workbook included in the report provides site operators with three different options to calculate emissions from their facilities. See also Publ 4615. Pages: 263December 1993 | Product Number: I45890 | Price: $ 4615Emission Factors for Oil and Gas Production Operation Supplements the information found in Publ 4589 and contains revised emission factors developed from 1993 API data using correlation equations established by the Environmental Protection Agency in 1994. The report contains emissions factors for five types of production operations light crude production, heavy crude production, gas production, gas processing plants, and offshore production. It also contains profiles of speciated emissions including air toxics and assesses regional differences in fugitive emissions and control efficiency of inspection and maintenance programs. Component inventory data, screening data, and leak emission data are also included. See also Publ 4589. Pages: 56January 1995 | Product Number: I46150 | Price: $ 4638Calculation Workbook for Oil and Gas Production Equipment Fugitive Emissions This workbook, which is the result of five years of field testing of equipment components at production facilities across the United States, is a valuable tool for petroleum producers who are interested in estimating fugitive emissions from their oil and gas production sites. Four methods of calculating fugitive emissions are presented: EPA average emission factor method, EPA screening value range emission method, EPA correlation method, and leak quantification method. Pages: 62July 1996 | Product Number: I46380 | Price: $ 4644A Methodology for Estimating Incremental Benzene Exposures and Risks Associated with Glycol DehydratorsThe Environmental Protection Agency and API collaborated to develop a methodology to estimate benzene exposures and associated risks under representative emission conditions applicable to glycol dehydrators. The result (spreadsheet program and Monte Carlo routine) was a PC-based model called SIMRISK. A simplified version was developed that could be incorporated into control applicability criteria for glycol dehydrator vent emissions. Pages: 84February 1997 | Product Number: I46440 | Price: $ 4661Exploration and Production Emission Calculator II (EPEC II) User's GuideThe Exploration and Production Emission Calculator Version (EPEC II) is a software tool that can be used to estimate emissions for exploration and production facilities. EPEC II integrates user inputs, emission calculations, and data summaries for many equipment types common to exploration and production facilities. The calculation techniques and emission factors utilized by the EPEC II software were, in most cases, established by the Environmental Protection Agency, API, and the Gas Research Institute. Published references that provide background information for the calculation methods used in EPEC II are given for each equipment type in both the software and in each section of this user's guide. Pages: 962nd Edition | January 2007 | Product Number: I46610 | Price: $ and Environmental IssuesPhone Orders: +1 800 854 7179 (Toll-free: and Canada)Phone Orders: +1 303 397 7956 (Local and International)126 This publication is a new entry in this catalog. This publication is related to an API licensing, certification, or accreditation 4662Evaluation of a Petroleum Production Tank Emissions ModelE&P TANK was evaluated for petroleum production tanks in an emission measurement project sponsored by API and the Gas Research Institute. Emission testing was performed on storage tank vents located at seven sites in widely diverse oil and gas producing regions across the United States. Measured emissions were found to be in agreement with E&P TANK model predictions. Pages: 338October 1997 | Product Number: I46620 | Price: $ 4679Amine Unit Air Emissions Model and User s Guide, AMINECalc Version is a user-friendly Windows -based software program that estimates hydrocarbon emissions from amine-based sour gas and natural gas liquid sweetening units. The output generated by the software can be used for regulatory reporting by unit operators according to the requirements of the Clean Air Act Amendments of 1990. AMINECalc performs three types of calculation options: (1) mass balance calculation, (2) gas process (gas feed) simulation, and (3) NGL process (liquid feed) simulation. Mass emission rates of hazardous air pollutants, including benzene, toluene, ethylbenzene, and xylenes (BTEX), and volatile organic compounds can be estimated with the use of AMINECalc. System requirements for running AMINECalc Version are IBM PC 486 compatible or higher, 8 MB RAM or more, and Windows 95/98/NT. Approximately 2 MB of hard disk space are required to hold the program and its supporting run-time libraries. For better interface viewing, it is recommended that the user set the monitor to a high color 16 bit (or higher) resolution. See also Publ 4680. Pages: 76January 1999 | Product Number: I46790 | Price: $ 4680Amine Unit Air Emissions Model EvaluationThe implementation of the 1990 Clean Air Act Amendments in the United States has created the need for a reliable method to estimate and report hydrocarbon emissions from amine units. A simulation package, called Amine Unit Air Emission Model (AMINECalc) Version was developed. This report evaluates the AMINECalc model by comparing the simulation results with field data collected from operating gas plants. It also recommends improvements and modifications to refine the predictions. See also Publ 4679. Pages: 96December 1998 | Product Number: I46800 | Price: $ 4683Correlation Equations to Predict Reid Vapor Pressure and Properties of Gaseous Emissions for Exploration and Production FacilitiesEstablishes simple techniques for exploration and production (E&P) operators of petroleum storage tank facilities to use for the preparation of site-specific emission inventories to meet environmental regulations. Analyses were performed of oil and gas sampling results and emissions modeling results for more than 100 crude oil E&P storage tanks. Correlation equations or statistical averages were recommended to estimate Reid Vapor Pressure, vented flash gas molecular weight, vented working and standing gas molecular weight, hydrocarbon speciation (including hazardous air pollutants), and separator gas specific gravity. Pages: 82December 1998 | Product Number: I46830 | Price: $ 4697Production Tank Emissions Model (E&P TANK, Version )E&P TANKS (API Publ 4697) is a computer-based software designed to use site-specific information to predict emission from petroleum production storage tanks, now compatible with 32-bit and 64-bit Windows 7 as well as Windows 2000/XP/Vista. It estimates flashing, working, and standing losses and calculates losses using specific operations for each user's tank. Cited by the Environmental Protection Agency (EPA), it allows the user to enter specific tank condition information to generate air emission reports. Visit for pricing and information. EMISSIONS: MARKETINGPubl 4588Development of Fugitive Emission Factors and Emission Profiles for Petroleum Marketing Terminals, Volume 1To evaluate the accuracy of fugitive emission estimates for petroleum marketing terminals, a study was designed to determine average emission factors and fugitive emission correlation equations for components in light liquid and gas vapor services. Four marketing terminals were tested, and the results of the study are presented in this report. See also appendices to this document, Publ 45881. Pages: 146 May 1993 | Product Number: I45880 | Price: $ 45881Development of Fugitive Emission Factors and Emission Profiles for Petroleum Marketing Terminals, Volume 2This volume is the appendix to Publ 4588. Appendices include statistical analyses of data, field inventory sheet data, emitter data, nonaromatic speciation data, and aromatic speciation data. See also Publ 4588. Pages: 217 May 1993 | Product Number: I45881 | Price: $ : REFININGValidation of Heavy Gas Dispersion Models with Experimental Results of the Thorney Island Trials Volumes I & IIJune 1986Publ 310Analysis of Refinery Screening DataAnalyzes five and a half years of screening data from seven Los Angeles California refineries, comprising million values. Information was obtained to help determine (1) the design and operational characteristics that influence emissions and (2) whether a focused leak detection and repair program could be more cost-effective while reducing emissions than the current method of monitoring all system components. Pages: 64 November 1997 | Product Number: J31000 | Price: $ 337Development of Emission Factors for Leaks in Refinery Components in Heavy Liquid ServiceEstimating air pollutants from stationary sources is necessary for compiling emission inventories, determining emission fees, and meeting the conditions of various permits and compliances. This report provides revised emission factors applicable to refinery components in heavy liquid service, which were based on extensive field measurements. It also provides data analyses to determine whether the type of distillate or residual hydrocarbon in the stream would influence the emission factors. Pages: 68 August 1996 | Product Number: J33700 | Price: $ 4587Remote Sensing Feasibility Study of Refinery Fenceline EmissionsReviews the state of the art of optical remote sensing (ORS) technology and examines the potential use of ORS systems combined with ancillary measurements, such as meteorological and tracer gas release data to determine fugitive emission rates. The report also highlights some issues to consider in planning an ORS field study and clarifies the attendant tradeoffs for issues such as selection of appropriate ORS systems, consideration of detection limits and beam placement, choice of dispersion models, use of tracer gas releases, time scale and timing of field studies, and the requisite meteorological measurements. Pages: 105 April 1994 | Product Number: I45870 | Price: $ and Environmental IssuesFax Orders: +1 303 397 2740Online Orders: This publication is a new entry in this catalog. This publication is related to an API licensing, certification, or accreditation 46121993 Study of Refinery Fugitive Emissions from Equipment Leaks, Volumes I and II Describes a study to document how fugitive emissions from equipment leaks have changed since the 1980s. Fugitive emissions from valves, pumps, connectors, and open-ended lines of five refineries were measured to develop new emission correlation equations and emission factors. Volume I contains the summaries and results of data analysis. Volume II contains descriptions of the testing approach, special studies to enhance data analysis, and documentation of quality control results. See also companion document Publ 4613. Pages: 248 April 1994 | Product Number: I46120 | Price: $ 46131993 Study of Refinery Fugitive Emissions from Equipment Leaks, Volume IIIThis volume is the appendix to Publ 4612. It contains raw data, in-depth discussions of calculations and statistics, and more complete, independent audit results. See also companion document Publ 4612. Pages: 307April 1994 | Product Number: I46130 | Price: $ 4639Estimation of Fugitive Emissions from Petroleum Refinery Process DrainsPresents a protocol to facilitate the measurement and modeling of volatile organic compound (VOC) emissions from refinery process drains. It includes a comprehensive literature review on fugitive emissions from refinery process drains, the results of a survey of process drains at three refineries, a review of models that describe VOC emissions from drain structures, and the results from a series of tests carried out to evaluate the suitability of the equipment and procedures that make up the protocol. Pages: 200 March 1996 | Product Number: I46390 | Price: $ 4677Fugitive Emissions from Refinery Process Drains, Volume I, Fugitive Emission Factors for Refinery Process DrainsEmissions from refinery process drains are under increasing scrutiny, particularly with regard to volatile organic compounds (VOCs) and hazardous air pollutants because of the Clean Air Act Amendments of 1990. This publication is volume one of a three-part study initiated by API to update the AP-42 emission factor for refinery process drains, which may overestimate refinery process drain fugitive emissions. This volume contains simplified emission factors that can be used to quickly estimate total VOC emissions from refinery process drains. See also Publ 4639, Publ 4678, and Publ 4681. Pages: 132April 1999 | Product Number: I46770 | Price: $ 4678Fugitive Emissions from Refinery Process Drains, Volume II, Fundamentals of Fugitive Emissions from Refinery Process DrainsVolume two of a three-part study initiated by API to update the AP-42 emission factor for refinery process drains, which may overestimate refinery process drain fugitive emissions. This volume describes theoretical concepts and equations that may be used in a model (APIDRAIN) to estimate speciated volatile organic compound emissions. The model can provide insight on how to change process drain variables (flow rate, temperature, etc.) to reduce emissions. See also Publ 4639, Publ 4677, and Publ 4681. Pages: 104April 1999 | Product Number: I46780 | Price: $ 4681Fugitive Emissions from Refinery Process Drains, Volume III, Process Drain Emission Calculator: APIDRAIN Version three of a three-part study the computer model with user s guide to estimate emissions from refinery process drains. APIDRAIN is a user-friendly Windows -based software program operating under the Microsoft Excel for Windows environment. The model allows the user to sum up the emissions from a refinery process unit area or from the entire refinery. The model user can quickly and easily predict the contribution of process drain emissions to the total emission inventory of a refinery. Unit operators can use the output generated by the software for regulatory reporting according to the requirements of the Clean Air Act Amendments of 1990. The minimum system requirements for running APIDRAIN Version are PC 486 DX2 Windows platform, 8 MB RAM, and Windows 95 /Windows NT . The user must have Windows and Excel installed on a personal computer to begin using the software. The APIDRAIN model is enhanced with automatic functions that enable the user to easily summarize important reporting information and to generate tabular emissions totals for both specific refinery process units and for the entire refinery. It is not necessary for the user to possess a rigorous understanding of Excel to use APIDRAIN; only a few common principles of the Windows operating environment are needed (such as point-and-click and navigation of tab and arrow keys). See also Publ 4639, Publ 4677, and Publ 4678. Pages: 92April 1999 | Product Number: I46810 | Price: $ 4713Test Report: Fluidized Catalytic Cracking Unit at a Refinery (Site A), Characterization of Fine Particulate Emission Factors and Speciation Profiles from Stationary Petroleum Industry Combustion SourcesThere are few existing data on emissions and characteristics of fine aerosols from petroleum industry combustion sources, and the limited information that is available is incomplete and outdated. API developed a test protocol to address this data gap, specifically to: develop emission factors and speciation profiles for emissions of primary fine particulate matter ( particulate present in the stack flue gas including condensable aerosols), especially organic aerosols from gas-fired combustion devices, and identify and characterize secondary particulate ( particulate formed via reaction of stack emissions in the atmosphere) precursor report presents the results of a pilot project to evaluate the test protocol on a refinery fluid catalytic cracking unit. Pages 113March 2002 | Product Number: I47130 | Price: $ Publ 4723Refinery Stream SpeciationContains the results of a study to determine the range of compositions for a number of compounds in typical refinery process streams. Data representing 31 refineries, over 20 processes, and over 50 process streams was contributed by the project participants. The results of this project will be of use in estimating the emissions of specific compounds, in preparing permit applications and in other environmental control activities. Neither the Petroleum Environmental Research Forum or the project participants make any claims as to the suitability or acceptability of the stream composition data reported for specific reporting or regulatory purposes. Pages: 325November 2002 | Product Number: I47230 | Price: $ : VEHICLESPubl 4605Investigation of MOBILE5a Emission Factors: Evaluation of IM240-to-FTP Correlation and Base Emission Rate EquationsTA detailed investigation and critique of the methodology used by the Environmental Protection Agency to construct the exhaust emission rate equations in MOBILE5a developed from data collected from an operating inspection and maintenance (I/M) program. It includes an extensive critique of the adjustments used to correct I/M program data for variations in fuel Health and Environmental IssuesPhone Orders: +1 800 854 7179 (Toll-free: and Canada)Phone Orders: +1 303 397 7956 (Local and International)128 This publication is a new entry in this catalog. This publication is related to an API licensing, certification, or accreditation and temperature conditions and an assessment of the correlations developed to relate emissions data measured in an I/M program to that measured on the Federal Test Procedure. Pages: 45June 1994 | Product Number: I46050 | Price: $ 4637Analysis of Causes of Failure in High Emitting CarsDescribes an investigation to evaluate the primary causes of high exhaust emissions from light-duty vehicles on the road. It is an analysis of emissions data from tests previously conducted by the Environmental Protection Agency (EPA), the California Air Resources Board, and one joint EPA-industry program. The analysis involves a comparison of emissions test data collected both before and after the performance of repairs on 1981 and newer cars and trucks. Emission control defects, their prevalence and overall contribution to fleet emissions are described. Pages: 104 February 1996 | Product Number: I46370 | Price: $ 4642A Study to Quantify On-Road Emissions of Dioxins and Furans from Mobile Sources: Phase 2Presents the results of a study to assess on-road emissions of dioxins and furans from light- and heavy-duty vehicles in the United States. This study was conducted in response to the Environmental Protection Agency s (EPA) draft dioxin reassessment document, which was based on data developed from studies conducted outside of the United States. Emissions were measured in the Fort McHenry Tunnel in Baltimore, MD, based on techniques tested and proven in Phase 1 of this study. The emission factor determined for heavy-duty diesel vehicles in this work was less than the EPA estimate. Pages: 96 December 1996 | Product Number: I46420 | Price: $ 4646Evaluation of Fuel Tank Flammability of Low RVP GasolinesTwenty-two test fuels were varied with respect to Reid vapor pressure (RVP), pentane-to-butane ratio, and addition of ethanol and methyl tert-butyl ether (MTBE), to evaluate the conditions under which vapors from reformulated gasoline contained in automobile fuel tanks become flammable. The results show that temperature limits of flammability correlate with RVP; the addition of ethanol or MTBE or both affects the upper flammability limits; and the ratio of pentane to butane has no consistent effect at similar RVP levels. Pages: 144 December 1996 | Product Number: I46460 | Price: $ 4650Analysis of High-Mileage-Vehicle Emissions Data from Late-Model, Fuel-Injected VehiclesSeventy-five light-duty vehicles were procured and tested over the Federal Test Procedure to assess whether the Environmental Protection Agency s (EPA) MOBILE5a on-road emission factors model overpredicted the exhaust emissions of newer-model, fuel-injected vehicles with high mileage. A comparison of the results from vehicles tested in this program to estimates from the EPA MOBILE5a model suggested that the latter may be over-predicting exhaust emissions. This report presents an analysis of the data collected during this project. Pages: 62 February 1997 | Product Number: I46500 | Price: $ : ASSESSMENT AND MONITORINGPubl 4617A Monte Carlo Approach to Generating Equivalent Ventilation Rates in Population Exposure AssessmentsDescribes a study to improve breathing rate simulations in computer-based models used to estimate the exposures of urban populations to ozone and carbon monoxide. Algorithms producing equivalent ventilation rate values according to age, gender, activity, activity duration, and breathing rate category were developed from measured rates in primary-school children, high-school children, outdoor adult workers, and construction workers. Seven additional time/activity databases not used in the current pNEM methodology are described as well as models simulating maximum sustainable ventilation rates as a function of exercise duration, age, and gender. Pages: 168 March 1995 | Product Number: I46170 | Price: $ 4619A Study to Characterize Air Concentrations of Methyl Tertiary Butyl Ether (MTBE) at Service Stations in the NortheastDescribes a study to measure air concentrations of MTBE; total hydrocarbons; carbon monoxide; formaldehyde; and benzene, toluene, ethylbenzene, and xylenes at 10 service stations in the New York area. Researchers assessed concentrations of MTBE in the areas around gas pumps, at the station perimeters, and in the breathing zones of motorists and attendants. Meteorological parameters, gasoline composition, sales, and deliveries were also monitored. Pages: 144 February 1995 | Product Number: I46190 | Price: $ 4622Petroleum Industry Data Characterizing Occupational Exposures to Methyl Tertiary Butyl Ether (MTBE): 1983 1993Describes the results of a survey of API member companies to acquire data relating to occupational exposure to MTBE for various activities associated with petroleum facilities. It provides a detailed description of the survey questionnaire as well as a statistical analysis of some 1,833 workplace concentration measurements associated with potential occupational exposures. Pages: 105 August 1995 | Product Number: I46220 | Price: $ 4625Service Station Personnel Exposures to Oxygenated Fuel ComponentsDescribes a study in four ozone nonattainment areas to measured exposures of refueling attendants and mechanics to fuel oxygenate species methyl ttertiary butyl ether, tertiary amyl methyl ether, tertiary butyl alcohol, ethanol, and butyl alcohol at service stations. The aromatics benzene, toluene, xylene, para-xylene, and ethylbenzene were also measured. Full shift (approximately 8-hour time-weighted average) and short-term (15 20 minutes) samples were collected at each station. Volatility and meteorological measurements were also taken. Pages: 144 August 1995 | Product Number: I46250 | Price: $ 4629Hexavalent Chromium Exposures During Hot WorkDetails the findings from an air sampling survey contracted by API to evaluate inhalation exposures to hexavalent chromium [chromium (VI)] during seven types of hot work: carbon arc cutting (CAC), flux cored arc welding (FCAW), gas metal arc welding (GMAW or MIG), grinding, gas tungsten arc welding (GTAW or TIG), oxyfuel gas cutting (OFC or torch cutting), and shielded metal arc welding (SMAW or stick). After the First Edition of this report was published, it was determined that 15 samples from one of the projects were listed as carbon steel base metal and should have been listed as stainless steel. While the original report was careful to point out the use of electrodes typical for stainless work, it was felt that a complete update was needed. Eighty-three samples were collected in October and November 2005 at two petroleum sites during maintenance turnarounds by API member companies. An additional 188 samples were collected April June 2006 at three different petroleum company sites by ICU Environmental Health and Safety. Of the 271 total samples, 63 samples were at or above the Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) action level of g/m3 and 51 were at or above the OSHA permissible exposure limit of 5 g/m3. Pages: 12June 2007 | Product Number: I46290 | Price: $ and Environmental IssuesFax Orders: +1 303 397 2740Online Orders: This publication is a new entry in this catalog. This publication is related to an API licensing, certification, or accreditation 4546Hazard Response Modeling Uncertainty (a Quantitative Method): Evaluation of Commonly-Used Hazardous Gas Dispersion Models Volume 2Contains an evaluation of a group of 14 hazardous gas dispersion models. All available measurement programs were considered for the evaluation, covering both the releases of dense gases and nondense tracer gases; eight data sets are used in the evaluation. The models are reviewed for their scientific validity. Statistical procedures and residual plots are used to characterize performance. A number of the models give predictions that reasonably match field data. Pages: 351 October 1992 | Product Number: I45460 | Price: $ 4628A Guidance Manual for Modeling Hypothetical Accidental Releases to the AtmospherePresents methods for modeling hypothetical accidental releases of fluids and gases into the atmosphere from process operations. Given a particular type of release and the chemicals or petroleum fractions involved, methods for modeling the release and subsequent dispersion phenomena are treated in a step-wise, comprehensive manner. Detailed simulation of eight hypothetical release scenarios are presented to demonstrate how the modeling procedures can be implemented. Pages: 212 November 1996 | Product Number: I46280 | Price: $ 4669Review of Air Quality Models for Particulate MatterAPI has published a review of existing source and receptor models available for analyzing particulate matter (PM) concentrations. This report critically reviews existing air modeling tools for PM, recommends models for State Implementation Plan applications, and identifies areas where the models need improvement. If you would like API to provide you with a hard copy of this publication for a cost of $ , please contact the Intellectual Property Department at API, 1220 L Street, NW, Washington, DC 20005; e-mail: phone: 202-682-8156. Pages: 311March 1998OZONEPubl 305Protecting Agricultural Crops from Ozone Exposures Key Issues and Future Research DirectionsIdentifies and reviews some of the key issues related to assessing the effects of ozone exposure on vegetation. This report analyzes information on components of ozone exposure that elicit adverse effects on vegetation; ways to describe these components in the form of ozone exposure indices that may be useful in the standard-setting process for protecting vegetation; the change in nonattainment status that may occur should the existing ozone national ambient air quality standards be modified; and the need for future research efforts to explore the development of a suitable multiparameter index to protect vegetation from ozone exposure. Pages: 156 August 1991 | Product Number: J30500 | Price: $ 309Current Status and Research Needs Related to Biogenic HydrocarbonsDescribes the literature on the state of science on biogenic hydrocarbons. Among the areas covered are biogenic emission measurements, ambient concentration measurements, emission inventories, chemical kinetics, and modeling studies from 1960 to 1992. The results of the review are used to identify areas of understanding as well as uncertainty in present-day knowledge. A list of references with 163 abstracts is included. Pages: 240 June 1992 | Product Number: J30900 | Price: $ 4616The Importance of Using Alternative Base Cases in Photochemical ModelingA series of Urban Airshed Model sensitivity studies were conducted using two summer O3 episodes. Plausible alternative conditions were established to define acceptable base cases, some of which provided model performance comparable to the best achieved for the episodes. The alternative base cases used in this study produced significant differences in estimates of the air quality benefits of hypothetical emissions reductions. The study strongly recommends that current photochemical modeling practices include this type of analysis to reduce the risk of focusing on the wrong ozone precursor, underestimating control requirements, or incurring costs to implement unnecessary controls. Pages: 364 September 1994 | Product Number: I46160 | Price: $ and Safety DataThe following summaries report on cases that are recorded under the Bureau of Labor Statistics recordkeeping guidelines. The surveys are based on data submitted to API by oil and gas companies. The reports include information regarding injuries, illness, fatalities, lost workday cases, and incidence rates by function. 1989 Summary of Occupational Injuries, Illnesses, and Fatalities in the Petroleum Industry January 1989 | Product Number: K19996 | Price: $ 1990 Summary of Occupational Injuries, Illnesses, and Fatalities in the Petroleum Industry July 1991 | Product Number: K19988 | Price: $ 1991 Summary of Occupational Injuries, Illnesses, and Fatalities in the Petroleum Industry September 1992 | Product Number: K19987 | Price: $ 1992 Summary of Occupational Injuries, Illnesses, and Fatalities in the Petroleum Industry August 1993 | Product Number: K19986 | Price: $ 1993 Summary of Occupational Injuries, Illnesses, and Fatalities in the Petroleum Industry June 1994 | Product Number: K19985 | Price: $ 1994 Summary of Occupational Injuries, Illnesses, and Fatalities in the Petroleum Industry June 1995 | Product Number: K19984 | Price: $ Summary of Occupational Injuries, Illnesses, and Fatalities in the Petroleum Industry May 1996 | Product Number: K19983 | Price: $ Publ 2375 1996 Summary of Occupational Injuries, Illnesses, and Fatalities in the Petroleum Industry June 1997 | Product Number: K23751 | Price: $ Publ 2376 1997 Summary of Occupational Injuries, Illnesses, and Fatalities in the Petroleum Industry June 1998 | Product Number: K23761 | Price: $ Publ 23771998 Summary of Occupational Injuries, Illnesses, and Fatalities in the Petroleum Industry March 1999 | Product Number: K23771 | Price: $ Health and Environmental IssuesPhone Orders: +1 800 854 7179 (Toll-free: and Canada)Phone Orders: +1 303 397 7956 (Local and International)130 This publication is a new entry in this catalog. This publication is related to an API licensing, certification, or accreditation 2378 1999 Survey on Petroleum Industry Occupational Injuries, Illnesses, and Fatalities Summary Report: Aggregate Data Only June 2000 | Product Number: K23781 | Price: $ Publ 2379 2000 Survey on Petroleum Industry Occupational Injuries, Illnesses, and Fatalities Summary Report: Aggregate Data Only March 2001 | Product Number: K23790 | Price: $ 2380 2001 Survey on Petroleum Industry Occupational Injuries, Illnesses, and Fatalities Summary Report: Aggregate Data Only March 2002 | Product Number: K23801 | Price: $ Publ 2381 2002 Survey on Petroleum Industry Occupational Injuries, Illnesses, and Fatalities Summary Report: Aggregate Data Only June 2003 | Product Number: K23811 | Price: $ Publ 2382 2003 Survey on Petroleum Industry Occupational Injuries, Illnesses, and Fatalities Summary Report: Aggregate Data Only May 2005 | Product Number: K23821 | Price: $ Publ 23832004 Survey on Petroleum Industry Occupational Injuries, Illnesses, and Fatalities Summary Report: Aggregate Data Only March 2005 | Product Number: K23831 | Price: $ Publ 2384 2005 Survey on Petroleum Industry Occupational Injuries, Illnesses, and Fatalities Summary Report: Aggregate Data Only May 2006 | Product Number: K23841 | Price: $ Publ 2385 2006 Survey on Petroleum Industry Occupational Injuries, Illnesses, and Fatalities Summary Report: Aggregate Data Only June 2007 | Product Number: K23851 | Price: $ Publ 2386 2007 Survey on Petroleum Industry Occupational Injuries, Illnesses, and Fatalities Summary Report: Aggregate Data Only May 2008 | Product Number: K23861 | Price: $ Publ 2387 2008 Survey on Petroleum Industry Occupational Injuries, Illnesses, and Fatalities Summary Report: Aggregate Data Only March 2009 | Product Number: K23871 | Price: $ Publ 23882009 Survey on Petroleum Industry Occupational Injuries, Illnesses, and Fatalities Summary Report: Aggregate Data Only April 2010 | Product Number: K23881 | Price: $ Publ 4714A Guide to Polycyclic Aromatic Hydrocarbons for the Non-SpecialistProvides an introduction to polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbons (PAHs) for persons working in the petroleum industry. It describes in general terms what PAHs are and how they are formed; PAH environmental transport, fate, and health effects; regulatory requirements related to PAHs; and analytical methods for measuring PAH concentrations in the environment. This information is of particular relevance to the petroleum industry due to the natural presence of PAHs in crude oil, the formation of PAHs during some refining processes, and the potential for production of PAHs during the combustion of petroleum products. The intended audience for this report includes environmental professionals who must address PAH regulatory issues and field personnel who are responsible for the sampling and analyses of PAHs. Pages: 36February 2002 | Product Number: I47141 | Price: $ Human Health Related ResearchHuman Factors in New Facility Design Tool Describes a human factors tool that may be used by operating plants as an aid to incorporate human factors principles in the design of equipment that will be operated and maintained by human factors principles described in this document are intended for new equipment designs; however, many ideas provided in this tool may be used to improve the operating of existing plants where feasible. This document focuses only on equipment design. Items such as human error, behavior-based safety, and operating procedure issues are not in the scope. The tool covers equipment that is common to both upstream producing and downstream manufacturing operations. Equipment associated with specific activities such as drilling rigs is not specifically addressed. Pages: 71 2nd Edition | October 2005 | Product Number: I0HF02 | Price: $ Factors Tool for Existing Operations Objectives of this tool include the following: provide a tool for operating crews to identify opportunities for latent conditions and human error, and improve how process hazards analysis/hazard evaluation/revalidation process address human scope of this tool includes existing operations and equipment and human tasks. This tool is intended for use without specific training on human factors. This is a simple process for gathering a few operators and mechanics who are familiar with the equipment/process and who are qualified to identify where traps (latent conditions) in the equipment and tasks (error likely scenarios) exist that make it easy for people to do something wrong. Pages: 141st Edition | February 2006 | Product Number: I0HF03 | Price: $ 400Toluene: A Preliminary Study of the Effect of Toluene on Pregnancy of the RatDescribes a preliminary experiment performed on the pregnant rat to determine appropriate exposure levels of toluene, for future investigation of embryofetal toxicity in the rat when administered via the inhalation route from days 5 to 15 of pregnancy inclusive. The inhalation route of administration was chosen as the most likely route of exposure in humans. The exposure levels were chosen following a review of currently available information. See related document TR 401. Pages: 113 June 1993 | Product Number: I00400 | Price: $ 401Toluene: The Effect on Pregnancy of the RatDescribes a study to assess the toxicity of toluene on the pregnant rat as well as on the developing fetus. Pregnant rats were exposed to 250, 750, 1500, and 3000 ppm toluene via inhalation for 6 hours a day from days 6 to 15 of pregnancy. Control rats were exposed to filtered air for the same length of time. Throughout the exposure period, animals were observed for clinical signs of toxicity. On day 20, the females were sacrificed and examined for abnormalities. The number and distribution of live young as well as the number of fetal deaths and abnormalities were also recorded. See related document TR 400. Pages: 215 June 1993 | Product Number: I00401 | Price: $ and Environmental IssuesFax Orders: +1 303 397 2740Online Orders: This publication is a new entry in this catalog. This publication is related to an API licensing, certification, or accreditation 403Closed-Patch Repeated Insult Dermal Sensitization Study of TAME in Guinea PigsDescribes a study to evaluate the allergic contact sensitization potential of tert-amyl methyl ether (TAME) in guinea pigs. Observations for mortality were made daily. Body weights were obtained and general health monitored weekly. Dermal evaluations were made approximately 24 and 48 hours after exposure. Pages: 32 February 1995 | Product Number: I00403 | Price: $ 404An Inhalation Oncogenicity Study of Commercial Hexane in Rats and Mice, Part I RatsThis abridged report, the first part of a two-part set, evaluates the oncogenic potential of commercial hexane administered to four groups of 50 Fischer 344 rats at concentrations of 0, 900, 3000 and 9000 ppm in air. Summary text as well as pertinent data on changes in body weight, pathology, and individual and overall tumor incidence including differences in survivorship between control and exposed groups are provided. The amendment and table of contents to the unabridged final report are included. Pages: 152January 1995 | Product Number: I00404 | Price: $ 405An Inhalation Oncogenicity Study of Commercial Hexane in Rats and Mice, Part II Mice This abridged report, the second part of a two-part set, evaluates the oncogenic potential of commercial hexane administered to four groups of 50 B6C3F1 mice at concentrations of 0, 900, 3000 and 9000 ppm in air. Summary text and pertinent data on differences in survivorship between control and exposed groups, changes in body weight, and pathology are provided. The table of contents to the unabridged final report is included. Pages: 106January 1995 | Product Number: I00405 | Price: $ 409Primary Skin Irritation Study in Rabbits of API 91-01 and PS-6 Unleaded Test GasolinesDescribes a study conducted to assess primary dermal irritation data for two motor fuels according to Toxic Substances Control Act and Federal Hazardous Substances Act guidelines. Test rabbits were exposed dermally to unleaded gasoline according to a specified protocol and observed daily for signs of skin irritation. Such information is valuable for accurate hazard assessment and first aid treatment. Pages: 58 March 1995 | Product Number: I00409 | Price: $ 410Chromosome Aberrations in Chinese Hamster Ovary (CHO) Cells Exposed to Tertiary Amyl Methyl Ether (TAME)Evaluates the clastogenic potential of TAME using CHO cells compared to the solvent control group. Based on the findings of this study, TAME was concluded to be positive for the induction of structural chromosome abberations in CHO cells. Pages: 56 December 1996 | Product Number: I00410 | Price: $ 411Chinese Hamster Ovary (CHO) HGPRT Mutation Assay of Tertiary Amyl Methyl Ether (TAME)Describes a study conducted to evaluate the mutagenic potential of the test article, TAME based on quantitation of forward mutations at the hypoxanthine-guanine phosphoribosyl transferase (HGPRT) locus of CHO cells. Under the conditions of this study, TAME was concluded to be negative in the CHO/HGPRT mutation assay. Pages: 46 December 1996 | Product Number: I00411 | Price: $ 412 and TR 414A Range-Finding Developmental Inhalation Toxicity Study of Unleaded Gasoline Vapor Condensate in Rats and Mice via Whole-Body Exposure and an Inhalation Developmental Toxicity Study of Unleaded Gasoline Vapor Condensate in the Rat via Whole-Body ExposureThis two-part inhalation study sought to specifically evaluate the potential of unleaded gasoline for developmental toxicity in rodents. The composition of the unleaded gasoline vapor condensate and the treatment pattern used are representative of real-world exposure conditions encountered at service stations and in other occupational settings. The results show that developmentally there were no differences between treated and control groups in malformations, total variations, resorptions, fetal body weight, or viability. Under the conditions of the study, unleaded gasoline vapors did not produce evidence of developmental toxicity. (This volume includes publications TR 412 and TR 414.) Pages: 300 April 1998 | Product Number: I00412 | Price: $ 4592Odor Threshold Studies Performed with Gasoline and Gasoline Combined with MTBE, ETBE and TAMEExamines the effects on odor detection and recognition of adding oxygenates such as methyl tertiary butyl ether (MTBE), ethyl tertiary butyl ether (ETBE), and tertiary amyl methyl ether (TAME), to gasoline. Commercial grade MTBE is also evaluated for its taste threshold in water. The odor detection threshold is the minimum concentration at which 50 % of a given population can differentiate between a sample containing the odorant and a sample of odor-free air. The recognition threshold is the minimum concentration at which 50 % of a given population can recognize the odorant. The addition of 11 % to 15 % by volume MTBE or 15 % by volume of TAME or ETBE reduce the odor detection and recognition thresholds of gasoline. Pages: 76 January 1994 | Product Number: I45920 | Price: $ 4623Anecdotal Health-Related Complaint Data Pertaining to Possible Exposures to Methyl Tertiary Butyl Ether (MTBE): 1993 and 1994 Follow-Up SurveysDescribes the development and administration of an informal survey of API member companies and state agencies to acquire anecdotal complaint data relating to MTBE exposure. Data associated with 71 occupational and 13 nonoccupational health-related complaints including reported symptoms are presented. Pages: 33 September 1995 | Product Number: I46230 | Price: $ 4634Index and Abstracts of API Health-Related ResearchThis compendium of health-related research provides author, organization, and subject indices for research investigations and scientific reviews conducted for API between 1959 and 1994. It covers industrial hygiene and exposure assessment, toxicology, environmental biology, product safety, and community and occupational health research areas. Informative abstracts provide useful background on each study and give information on publication availability. Pages: 160 September 1995 | Product Number: I46340 | Price: $ 4647Brain Glial Fibrillary Acidic Protein (GFAP) as a Marker of Neurotoxicity During Inhalation Exposure to TolueneEvaluates the concentration of GFAP in the rat s brain as a practical biomarker of toluene-induced neurotoxicity. Adult male rats received inhalation exposure to toluene scfromheduled to approximate occupational exposure for up to 42 days. During and after exposure, the concentration of GFAP was determined in four brain regions and compared with standard criteria of neurotoxicity: behavioral or neuropathological changes. Pages: 44 June 1997 | Product Number: I46470 | Price: $ and Environmental IssuesPhone Orders: +1 800 854 7179 (Toll-free: and Canada)Phone Orders: +1 303 397 7956 (Local and International)132 This publication is a new entry in this catalog. This publication is related to an API licensing, certification, or accreditation 4648Human Neurobehavioral Study Methods: Effects of Subject Variables on ResultsBehavioral tests from two consensus neurotoxicity batteries were administered to 715 subjects aged 26 45. These people had 0 18 years of education and represented the following cultural groups: European-descent majority, Native American Indian, African American, and Latin American. Differences in educational level and locale (rural vs. urban) and gender were examined. All factors affected the outcome of the behavioral tests studied. Results suggested that education and cultural group should be controlled in the design of the study rather than in the statistical analysis, and failure to do so could lead to false conclusions about the presence or absence of neurotoxic effects. Pages: 110 December 1996 | Product Number: I46480 | Price: $ 4689Chemical Human Health Hazards Associated with Oil Spill ResponseContains an overview of human health hazards that could be encountered by personnel involved with spills or leaks of petroleum products. The discussion includes potential risks of basic components and products of concern. Environmental factors that may affect exposure and a brief summary of other exposure considerations are also included. Pages: 51August 2001 | Product Number: I46890 | Price: $ 4743Hazard Narrative for Tertiary-Butyl Alcohol (TBA), CAS Number 75-65-0The purpose of this investigation was to conduct a quantitative risk assessment according to Environmental Protection Agency guidelines in which data on the mode of action by which TBA induced renal tumors in rats and thyroid tumors in mice was considered. When data from animal studies, such as the TBA bioassays, are extrapolated to humans to provide estimates of lifetime cancer risks, then potential differences in pharmacokinetics (metabolism) and pharmacodynamics (sensitivity and mode of action) between the animal species and humans is considered in the estimation of human equivalent doses and in extrapolation from high doses typically used in the animal bioassays to low doses to which humans may be potentially exposed. Pharmacokinetic, toxicity, and mode of action data for TBA were reviewed and data selected for quantitative dose-response modeling. Pages: 76November 2005 | Product Number: I47430 | Price: $ Publ 45592Results of Toxicological Studies Conducted for the American Petroleum Institute Health and Environmental Sciences DepartmentLists and provides the results through December 1994 of all toxicological studies performed on petroleum-based materials, including gasoline and gasoline streams, middle distillates, lubes, heavy fuels, solvents, shale oils, and miscellaneous products. It also provides details of the tests performed and the species tested. A three-ring binder is provided to house this edition and future updates. Pages: 190 January 1995 | Product Number: I45592 | Price: $ Resource Damage AssessmentPubl 304Evaluation of Restoration Alternatives for Natural Resources Injured by Oil SpillsBuilds upon previous work in the field of oil spill impact assessment and habitat restoration to assess the technical feasibility and practicality of proactive restoration following oil spills and presents an approach for evaluating tradeoffs between natural recovery and active restoration. The scenarios developed to represent a broad spectrum of possible oil spills were based on selected case studies. The report concludes that in general, available restoration techniques are not very effective for enhancing natural recovery and may, in certain cases, cause more severe impacts than the oil spill alone. Pages: 171 1st Edition | October 1991 | Product Number: J30400 | Price: $ 316Identifying and Measuring Nonuse Values for Natural and Environmental Resources: A Critical ReviewTakes an in-depth look at the theoretical arguments for using the contingent value method (CVM) as a scientifically valid and reliable tool for valuing nonuse public goods, specifically, environmental resources. The theory of option value is used to frame the concept of nonuse; prominent studies that feature nonuse measurement are highlighted. The potential biases of the CVM method are mentioned with suggestions on improving values. Pages: 134 August 1995 | Product Number: J31600 | Price: $ 342Toxicity Bioassays on Dispersed Oil in the North Sea: June 1996 Field TrialsThe purpose of the study described in this report was to gain more information on water column impacts by taking advantage of the ongoing efficacy and monitoring studies done by the Norwegian Clean Seas Association for Operating Companies (NOFO) in order to conduct field toxicity goal of this study was to obtain field effects data using shipboard, real-time toxicity tests with field water. These data can then be used in the future to link field effects to laboratory toxicity data. Pages: 108June 2002 | Product Number: I34200 | Price: $ Publ 4594A Critical Review of Toxicity Values and an Evaluation of the Persistence of Petroleum Products for Use in Natural Resource Damage AssessmentsThis document and accompanying diskette provide a review of the literature (post-1970) on the toxicity of crudes and oil products in aquatic environments. Some 748 toxicity values for fish, invertebrates, and algae are assembled into a database OILTOX. LC50 values can be identified as well as information on taxonomic groups and toxicity endpoints of interest. Key methodological aspects of toxicity tests can be made as well as determinations of which test procedures have a significant impact on results. Users need 640 KB RAM, DOS or higher, and at least a 2 MB hard disk. Text may be downloaded onto a diskette and stored as a file or printed. Pages: 196 January 1995 | Product Number: I45940 | Price: $ PreventionPubl 300The Generation and Management of Waste and Secondary Materials in the Petroleum Refining IndustryIn 1989, API initiated a census survey of domestic refineries to document the management of waste and secondary materials in 1987 and 1988. Outstanding responses by the refineries (115 out of the total population of 176 refineries participated) aided in making confident estimates of the amount of waste managed by the refining industry. Pages: 184 February 1991 | Product Number: J30000 | Price: $ 302Waste Minimization in the Petroleum Industry: A Compendium of PracticesIn early 1988, API undertook a project to develop a compendium of the waste minimization practices for several different segments of the petroleum industry. The compendium discusses a large variety of practices that can and Health and Environmental IssuesFax Orders: +1 303 397 2740Online Orders: This publication is a new entry in this catalog. This publication is related to an API licensing, certification, or accreditation being utilized by the industry to reduce both the volume and toxicity of wastes. From good housekeeping practices for marketing facilities to the recycling of solvents, stormwater, and other traditional waste streams at refineries, the compendium illustrates the various practices available to minimize wastes in the industry. Pages: 152 November 1991 | Product Number: J30200 | Price: $ 303Generation and Management of Wastes and Secondary Materials: 1989 Petroleum Refining PerformanceThis report is a follow-up to Publ 300 and documents the results of the 1989 Refining Solid Waste Survey. The quantitative results of the generation of the 28 waste and residual streams and their management according to the environmental management hierarchy ( source reduction, recycling, treatment, and disposal) is presented. In addition, the document contains a discussion of the state of source reduction activities underway within the industry, including a quantitation of source reduction achievements on the 28 streams, and the methods used to calculate source reduction. Pages: 93June 1992 | Product Number: J30300 | Price: $ 311Environmental Design Considerations for Petroleum Refining Processing UnitsDemonstrates the application of pollution prevention concepts in the design of a refinery crude processing unit. Included are realistic waste and emission reduction changes that would be economically and technically attractive to refiners. The document is intended to serve as a reference for refinery designers during the preliminary design phase of building a new crude unit or revamping an existing crude unit. Pages: 214 February 1993 | Product Number: J31100| Price: $ 31101Executive Summary: Environmental Design Considerations for Petroleum Refining Crude Processing UnitsExecutive summary to Publ 311. Pages: 13 February 1993 | Product Number: J31101 | Price: $ 312Responding to Environmental Challenge: The Petroleum Industry and Pollution PreventionInformal proceedings of a pollution prevention plenary session held at API s 1990 Health and Environment Annual Meeting. Speakers representing federal and state government, public interest groups, and various petroleum industry segments presented their views on pollution prevention. This document also describes API s initiatives for pollution prevention research. Pages: 16 1990 | Product Number: J31200 | Price: Free*Publ 317Industry Experience with Pollution Prevention ProgramsThe API Pollution Prevention Task Force has been actively involved in promoting pollution prevention within the industry since 1990. Members of the Task Force have accumulated a comprehensive body of knowledge on the subject of pollution prevention and have compiled a resource brochure on the key elements that make pollution prevention programs successful. Pages: 4 June 1993 | Product Number: J31700 | Price: Free*Publ 324Generation and Management of Residual Materials: Petroleum Refining Performance 1990 SurveyThis document is third in a series that presents the results of API s annual survey of the types and amounts of wastes and residuals generated and managed by the petroleum refining industry. For 1990, source reduction activities doubled over the previous year. The quantity of residuals generated increased to million wet tons as compared to million wet tons in 1989. Much of the increased quantity reflects generation peaks associated with construction and remediation activities. Two long-term trends are worth noting: (1) the amount of total residuals being recycled continues to rise, and (2) the amount of hazardous wastes going to land treatment and disposal continues to fall. Pages: 123 August 1993 | Product Number: J32400 | Price: $ 329Generation and Management of Residual Materials: Petroleum Refining Performance 1991 SurveyThis document is the fourth in a series that describes the 1991 data from API s annual survey of the types and amounts of residual materials generated and managed by the refining industry. In 1991, the industry generated million wet tons of residual materials the smallest quantity generated since API began this collection effort in 1987. The industry also reported that pollution prevention activities accounted for a reduction in 715,000 wet tons of materials. A trend analysis was performed on the last five years. Oil companies can use the data in this report to compare their residual generation and management practices with the rest of the industry. Pages: 172 June 1994 | Product Number: J32900 | Price: $ 331Environmental Performance Indicators: Methods for Measuring Pollution PreventionPresents methods that can be used to measure progress toward pollution prevention. It investigates a series of measurement parameters presented in five categories: program-based, activity-based, mass-based, normalized efficiency, and concentration-based. Within each category of measures, the benefits and limitations are discussed and illustrated with industry examples. Pages: 30 September 1994 | Product Number: J33100 | Price: $ 333Generation and Management of Residual MaterialsThis report is the fifth in a series of reports detailing waste and residual and management practices in the refining sector. It presents the results of the 1992 1993 survey and includes information on how the industry has achieved compliance with the land disposal restrictions on Resource Conservation and Recovery Act (RCRA) listed hazardous K-wastes (K0448-K052). It also documents the influence of the primary sludge rule and new toxicity characteristic under RCRA. Pages: 170 February 1995 | Product Number: J33300 | Price: $ 336Management of Residual Materials: 1994, Petroleum Refining Performance This report is the sixth in a series of reports presenting the results of the API Annual Refining Residual Survey. It provides a detailed assessment of the size of refinery throughput, the types of crude oil utilized, the regions in which the refineries are located, the types of wastewater treatment processes used, the amounts of different residual streams produced and how they are managed, and the average cost of residual stream management. Pages: 98 August 1996 | Product Number: J33600 | Price: $ 339Management of Residual Materials: 1995, Petroleum Refining PerformanceThis report is the seventh in a series of reports presenting the results of the API Annual Refining Residual Survey. Included in the report are detailed assessments of generated quantities and management practices for 14 individual and 2 combined residual streams, trends in management practices, average costs for selected residual stream management, types of wastewater treatment systems employed at refineries, pollution prevention Health and Environmental IssuesPhone Orders: +1 800 854 7179 (Toll-free: and Canada)Phone Orders: +1 303 397 7956 (Local and International)134 This publication is a new entry in this catalog. This publication is related to an API licensing, certification, or accreditation , refinery capacities, and regions in which refineries are located. The data in this report indicate a decrease of greater than 25 % in the quantity of residuals generated by the refining industry from 1994 to 1995. Further, the industry trend towards increased recycling of residuals has continued. In 1995, over half of the refinery residuals generated were recycled rather than being treated or disposed. Pages: 106 July 1997 | Product Number: J33900 | Price: $ 345Management of Residual Materials: 1996 Petroleum Refining PerformanceThis report is the eighth in a series of reports presenting the results of the API Annual Refining Residual Survey. Included in the report are detailed assessments of generated quantities and management practices for 14 residual streams representing approximately 80 % of all residuals managed at refineries. Industry trend towards increased recycling of residuals has continued. In 1996, well over half of the refinery residuals generated were recycled rather than being treated or disposed. Pages: 106 June 1998 | Product Number: J34500 | Price: $ and Groundwater 4722Groundwater Sensitivity Toolkit Users Guide, Version and the California MTBE Research Partnership have produced a new software utility to help site managers, water purveyors, and regulators evaluate the sensitivity of a groundwater resource to a potential release of compounds of concern [ a methyl tertiary-butyl ether (MTBE)-oxygenated fuel]. The toolkit examines three aspects of sensitivity: resource value, receptor vulnerability, and natural sensitivity. The user supplies site-specific information, and the toolkit returns a scorecard addressing the three aspects of sensitivity. Although this utility was designed with petroleum hydrocarbon releases in mind, it can be used when dissolved chlorinated and inorganic compounds are the chemicals of concern. The toolkit runs on Microsoft Excel and comes with a user s guide. Pages: 51August 2002 | Product Number: I47220 | Price: $ Soil and Groundwater Research BulletinsAPI Soil and Groundwater Research bulletins summarize research results from project overseen by API s Soil and Groundwater Technical Task Force. The Task Force disseminates information and research results through publications, presentations, and interaction with industry clients and regulatory bulletins listed below can be downloaded at No. 1Summary of Processes, Human Exposures and Remediation Technologies Applicable to Low Permeability SoilsSeptember 1996Bulletin No. 3Ten Frequently Asked Questions About MTBE in WaterMarch 1998Bulletin No. 5Evaluation of Sampling and Analytical Methods for Measuring Indicators of Intrinsic BioremediationMarch 1998Bulletin No. 8Characteristics of Dissolved Petroleum Hydrocarbon Plumes: Results from Four StudiesDecember 1998Bulletin No. 9Non-Aqueous Phase Liquid (NAPL) Mobility Limits in SoilJune 2000Bulletin No. 10Simulation of Transport of Methyl Tert-Butyl Ether (MTBE) to Ground-Water from Small-Volume Releases of Gasoline in the Valdose ZoneJune 2000Bulletin No. 11Strategies for Characterizing Subsurface Releases of Gasoline Containing MTBEAugust 2000Bulletin No. 12No-Purge Sampling: An Approach for Long-Term MonitoringOctober 2000Bulletin No. 13Dissolution of MTBE from a Residually Trapped Gasoline SourceSeptember 2001Bulletin No. 14Predicting the Effect of Hydrocarbon and Hydrocarbon-Impacted Soil on Groundwater September 2001Bulletin No. 15Vadose Zone Natural Attenuation of Hydrocarbon Vapors: An Emperical Assessment of Soil Gas Vertical Profile DataDecember 2001Bulletin No. 16Migration of Soil Gas Vapors to Indoor Air: Determining Vapor Attenuation Factors Using a Screening-Level Model and Field Data from the CDOT-MTLApril 2002Bulletin No. 17Identification of Critical Parameters for the Johnson and Ettinger (1991) Vapor Intrusion ModelMay 2002Bulletin No. 18Answers to Frequently Asked Questions About Managing Risk at LNAPL SitesMay 2003Bulletin No. 19Evaluation of Small-Volume Releases of Ethanol-Blended Gasoline at UST SitesOctober 2003Health and Environmental IssuesFax Orders: +1 303 397 2740Online Orders: This publication is a new entry in this catalog. This publication is related to an API licensing, certification, or accreditation No. 20Answers to Frequently Asked Questions About Ethanol Impacts to GroundwaterDecember 2003Bulletin No. 21Evaluation of Potential Vapor Transport to Indoor Air Associated with Small-Volume Releases of Oxygenated Gasoline in the Vadose ZoneJanuary 2005Bulletin No. 22Maximum Potential Impacts of Tertiary Butyl Alcohol (TBA) on Groundwater from Small-Volume Releases of Ethanol-Blended Gasoline in the Vadose Zone January 2005Bulletin No. 23The Impact of Gasohol and Fuel-Grade Ethanol on BTX and Other Hydrocarbons in Ground Water: Effect on Concentrations Near a SourceDecember 2005Bulletin No. 24Downward Solute Plume Migration: Assessment Significance and Implications for Characterization and Monitoring of Diving Plumes April 2006Bulletin No. 25Remediation Progress at California LUFT Sites: Insights from the GeoTracker DatabaseFebruary 2012Bulletin No. 26Tertiary Butyl Alcohol (TBA) Biodegradation: Some Frequently Asked Questions March 2012CONTAMINANT FATE AND TRANSPORTPubl 4531Chemical Fate and Impact of Oxygenates in Groundwater: Solubility of BTEX from Gasoline-Oxygenate MixturesOxygenated hydrocarbon compounds may be added to gasoline mixtures to improve emission quality and octane ratings or to conserve petroleum resources, which may alter the behavior of dissolved organic compounds in groundwater following a fuel spill. This study evaluates the effects of oxygenate additives such as methanol or methyl tertiary-butyl ether on the aqueous solubility of dissolved aromatic hydrocarbons (benzene, toluene, ethylbenzene, and the isomers of xylene, collectively referred to as BTEX) from gasoline. It also explores the nature of the dissolved contaminant plumes that could develop from a spill of gasoline containing methanol. Pages: 110 August 1991 | Product Number: I45310 | Price: $ 4593Transport and Fate of Non-BTEX Petroleum Chemicals in Soils and GroundwaterThis literature survey documents available information on the chemical composition of petroleum products and the subsurface fate and transport of selected non-BTEX (benzene, toluene, ethylbenzene, and xylenes) constituents of these products. The evaluation focuses on a representative group of 12 hydrocarbons and hetero-organic compounds based on their abundance in petroleum products and anticipated future interest from regulatory agencies. Pages: 200September 1994 | Product Number: I45930 | Price: $ 4601Transport and Fate of Dissolved Methanol, MTBE and Monoaromatic Hydrocarbons in a Shallow Sand AquiferDescribes a field investigation into the effect of oxygenates methanol and methyl tertiary-butyl ether (MTBE) on the fate and transport of benzene, toluene, ethylbenzene, and xylenes (BTEX) in groundwater. Natural gradient tracer experiments were conducted to simulate the transport of dissolved plumes resulting from subsurface releases of oxygenated fuels. In these experiments, methanol, MTBE, and BTEX concentrations were monitored by sampling from a dense network of multilevel piezometers, and plume contours were mapped through application of moment analysis. A laboratory study on the effects of methanol and MTBE on the biodegradation of BTEX in groundwater was also conducted. The relative mobility and persistence of BTEX and the oxygenates were characterized based on field and laboratory study data. Pages: 338 April 1994 | Product Number: I46010 | Price: $ 4627In-Situ and On-Site Biodegradation of Refined and Fuel Oils: A Review of Technical Literature 1988 1991Reviews more than 200 technical articles published between 1988 and 1991 in the area of on-site and in-situ bioremediation of petroleum hydrocarbons. It focuses specifically on current field and laboratory research related to petroleum hydrocarbon biodegradation including biodegradation of crude oil and solvents. Recent work in fate and transport modeling that can be applied to petroleum hydrocarbon contamination in groundwater is also covered. The review is designed to complement an earlier (pre-1988) review published by the Navy. Pages: 146 June 1995 | Product Number: I46270 | Price: $ 4633Barium in Produced Water: Fate and Effects in the Marine EnvironmentProvides a summary of what is currently known about the physical and chemical behavior of barium in produced water and in the ocean. It discusses the factors that influence the rate of precipitation of barium as barite. The toxicity of barium to marine and freshwater organisms and humans is discussed in relation to the concentrations and forms in which it occurs in aquatic environments. Pages: 68September 1995 | Product Number: I46330 | Price: $ 4643Estimation of Infiltration and Recharge for Environmental Site AssessmentA risk-based corrective action analysis of a site suspected of chemical contamination requires site-specific knowledge of the rate water infiltrates through the soil to the water table. A comprehensive discussion of the current physical/chemical methods and mathematical models available to quantify those rates along with suggestions for selecting an appropriate technique, depending on site conditions, are provided in this report. Pages: 204 July 1996 | Product Number: I46430 | Price: $ 4654Field Studies of BTEX and MTBE Intrinsic Bioremediation A gasoline release field site in the Coastal Plain of North Carolina was monitored for more than three years to allow calculation of in-situ biodegradation rates. Laboratory microcosm experiments were performed to further characterize the biodegradation of benzene, toluene, ethylbenzene, and xylenes (BTEX) and methyl tertiary-butyl ether (MTBE) under ambient, in-situ conditions. Finally, groundwater modeling studies were conducted to facilitate the interpretation of field data and to evaluate various approaches for predicting the fate and effects of these gasoline constituents in the subsurface. Pages: 244 October 1997 | Product Number: I46540 | Price: $ and Environmental IssuesPhone Orders: +1 800 854 7179 (Toll-free: and Canada)Phone Orders: +1 303 397 7956 (Local and International)136 This publication is a new entry in this catalog. This publication is related to an API licensing, certification, or accreditation 4674Assessing the Significance of Subsurface Contaminant Vapor Migration to Enclosed Spaces Site-Specific Alternative to Generic EstimatesVapors in enclosed spaces pose two levels of concern. First, enclosed-space vapors may be found at concentrations near those that pose immediate flammability and/or health risks. These sites warrant immediate attention and response as required by most state and federal regulatory guidance. In the second class of sites, concentrations are lower and the concern is for longer term health risks. This report focuses exclusively on this second class of sites, where advection and diffusion occur through a soil layer and into an enclosed space, and time is available to adequately address the problem on a site-specific basis. The options considered in this document include the following: direct measurement through sampling of enclosed-space vapors, use of near-foundation or near-surface soil gas sampling results, use of site-specific homogeneous and layered soil diffusion coefficients in generic algorithms, and assessment of bioattenuation potential. Pages: 56December 1998 | Product Number: I46740 | Price: $ 4734Modeling Study of Produced Water Release ScenariosProvides a scientific basis for operators, regulators, and landowners to determine if assessment or remediation of produced water releases will provide a meaningful environmental two principal research objectives of this study are (1) the identification of produced water release scenarios that have a potential to cause groundwater quality impairment in homogeneous subsurface geologic profiles and (2) the prediction of chloride movement through the vadose zone for different release scenarios. Secondary objectives of the study included evaluation of the effect of heterogeneity on the migration of chloride through the vadose zone, the impact of repeat releases, and the effect on groundwater quality of surface soil restoration by revegetation and soil sensitivity analysis performed in this study provides an overview of the likelihood of groundwater impairment for large release volumes (100 bbls and 10,000 bbls). Assuming homogeneous unsaturated zone soil profiles, the results of over 1000 modeled release scenarios reveal that 49 % of single-event releases do not cause impairment of groundwater above drinking water standards for chloride (250 mg/L) in a monitoring well that is adjacent to the edge of the release. In 70 % of these scenarios, chloride concentrations in groundwater do not exceed 1000 mg/L. Although these numbers give no information about the fate of chloride from a specific produced water release, they do indicate that a release does not necessarily cause groundwater impairment. Pages: 124 January 2005 | Product Number: I47340 | Price: $ Publ 4758 Strategies for Addressing Salt Impacts of Produced Water Releases to Plants, Soil, and GroundwaterThe exploration and production industry uses great care during the handling and disposal of the produced water that is generated as part of oil and gas production. However, unintentional releases can occur. Depending on the chemical composition of the produced water and the nature of the local environment, salts associated with such releases can impair soils, vegetation, and water a collection of simple rules of thumb, decision charts, models, and summary information from more detailed guidance manuals to help you address the following assessment and response issues: Will a produced water release cause an unacceptable impact on soils, plants, and/or groundwater? In the event of such an impact, what response actions are appropriate and effective? Pages: 291st Edition | September 2006 | Product Number: I47580 | Price: $ TECHNOLOGIESDR 225Remediation of a Fractured Clay Till Using Air Flushing: Field Experiments at Sarnia, OntarioThis study was conducted over a three-year period at a well-characterized test site located in Canada near Sarnia, Ontario. A synthetic gasoline blend of known mass, volume, and composition was released into a test cell. Samples were collected and analyzed for gasoline range organics to establish the three-dimensional distribution of the release. Conventional air flushing technologies, soil vapor extraction and in-situ air sparging, were able to remove ~40 % of the spilled mass during the initial two months of operation. Following active remediation, primarily low-volatility compounds remained in the soil and almost no benzene or toluene remained. Based on mass balance data, a significant portion of the benzene, toluene, ethylbenzene, and xylene compounds was biodegraded. Pages: 220October 1998 | Product Number: I00225 | Price: $ 4525A Compilation of Field-Collected Cost and Treatment Effectiveness Data for the Removal of Dissolved Gasoline Components from GroundwaterDocuments, summarizes, and evaluates cost and treatment effectiveness data for air stripping and carbon adsorption systems designed to remove dissolved petroleum hydrocarbons from groundwater. The compounds of primary interest were benzene, toluene, ethylbenzene, and xylene isomers (BTEX) as well as the oxygenates methyl tertiary-butyl ether and isopropyl ether. Operating data were gathered from 57 field sites throughout the United States, and treatment system profiles were generated for each site. The data will be used to assist companies in planning pump-and-treat remediation systems for removal of BTEX and oxygenates from groundwater. Pages: 240 November 1990 | Product Number: I45250 | Price: $ 4609In-Situ Air Sparging: Evaluation of Petroleum Industry Sites and Considerations for Applicability, Design and Operation Describes the important literature findings as well as the hands-on experiences of the petroleum industry at 59 air sparging sites. Design and operational data are analyzed for relationships that can be used to optimize the technology or provide a better understanding of its fundamental processes. Topics covered include: site characterization; pilot testing; system design and installation; and system operation, monitoring, and performance. Pages: 132 May 1995 | Product Number: I46090 | Price: $ 4631Petroleum Contaminated Low Permeability Soil: Hydrocarbon Distribution Processes, Exposure Pathways and In-Situ Remediation TechnologiesPresents a set of 10 papers on light nonaqueous phase liquids (LNAPLs) in low permeability soils. Collectively, the papers address four key areas: (1) processes affecting the migration and removal of LNAPLs; (2) exposure potential posed by clay soil and hydrocarbons via soil, groundwater, and air pathways; (3) models for predicting LNAPL removal; and (4) techniques of remediation. Pages: 298 September 1995 | Product Number: I46310 | Price: $ and Environmental IssuesFax Orders: +1 303 397 2740Online Orders: This publication is a new entry in this catalog. This publication is related to an API licensing, certification, or accreditation 4655Field Evaluation of Biological and Non-Biological Treatment Technologies to Remove MTBE/Oxygenates from Petroleum Product Terminal WastewatersA pilot/demonstration study was conducted on three treatment technologies the fluidized bed biological reactor process, the activated sludge process incorporated with iron flocculation, and the ultraviolet light/hydrogen peroxide process to evaluate their effectiveness in the treatment of petroleum marketing terminal wastewater contaminated with methyl tert-butyl ether (MTBE). Contaminated groundwater was the primary constituent of the wastewater, which also contained benzene, toluene, ethylbenzene, and xylenes (BTEX). All three technologies were able to remove at least 95 % of the MTBE and BTEX in the feed waters. Pages: 194 August 1997 | Product Number: I46550 | Price: $ 4671Technical Bulletin on Oxygen Releasing Materials for In-Situ Groundwater RemediationOxygen releasing materials (ORMs) are commercially available materials that are being used to enhance bioremediation treatment of petroleum hydrocarbon contaminated groundwater aquifers. This technical bulletin provides a systematic approach for evaluating the utility of ORM treatment and for designing ORM installations. It summarizes the current state of understanding of this technology to provide guidance for site managers evaluating options for enhanced groundwater remediation. Pages: 52 July 1998 | Product Number: I46710 | Price: $ 4715Evaluating Hydrocarbon Removal from Source Zones and its Effect on Dissolved Plume Longevity and ConcentrationProvides valuable information and utilities for regulators and practitioners interested in understanding the possible benefits of free-product removal. This report provides theory and concepts needed to evaluate light nonaqueous phase liquid (LNAPL) source distribution, chemistry, dissolution, and the effects various remediation strategies may have on risk reduction for the groundwater and vapor exposure pathways. The companion software, API-LNAST, links the multiphase and chemical processes controlling in-situ LNAPL distribution, mobility, and cleanup to quantify estimates of the time-dependent concentrations within the LNAPL source and the down gradient dissolved plume. API-LNAST users can screen whether incremental LNAPL removal provides any risk-reduction benefit over a time frame of interest, 30 2002 | Software and documentation can be downloaded at 4730Groundwater Remediation Strategies ToolProvides strategies for focusing remediation efforts on (1) the change in contaminant mass flux in different subsurface transport compartments ( the vadose zone, smear zone, or a zone within an aquifer of interest) and (2) the change in remediation timeframe. In this approach, groundwater flow and contaminant concentration data are combined to estimate the rate of contaminant mass transfer past user-selected transects across a contaminant plume. The method provides the user with a means to estimate the baseline mass flux and remediation timeframe for various transport compartments and then evaluate how different remedies reduce the mass flux and the remediation timeframe in each transport compartment. Pages: 71December 2003 | Product Number: I473000 | Price: $ Publ 4760LNAPL Distribution and Recovery Model (LDRM)Simulates the performance of proven hydraulic technologies for recovering free-product petroleum liquid releases to groundwater. The LDRM provides information about light nonaqueous phase liquid (LNAPL) distribution in porous media and allows the user to estimate LNAPL recovery rates, volumes, and times. Documentation for the LDRM is provided in two volumes. Volume 1 Distribution and Recovery of Petroleum Hydrocarbon Liquids in Porous Media documents the LDRM and provides background information necessary to characterize the behavior of LNAPL in porous media with regard to performance of LNAPL liquid recovery technologies. Volume 2 User and Parameter Selection Guide provides step-by-step instructions for the LDRM software. Four example problem applications are presented which highlight model use, parameter estimation using the API LNAPL Parameters Database, and limitations of scenario-based models. January 2007 | Software and documentation can be downloaded at 4762API LNAPL Transmissivity Workbook: A Tool for Baildown Test Analysis-User GuideLNAPL transmissivity is a measure of lateral mobility of free-product hydrocarbon liquid within the groundwater environment. The magnitude of LNAPL transmissivity has been suggested as a possible endpoint criterion for LNAPL mass removal using LNAPL hydraulic recovery systems. Such hydraulic recovery systems include skimmer wells, single-pump wells, dual-pump wells, and trenches. Coupled with the LNAPL CSM, the magnitude of LNAPL transmissivity will assist in the selection of recovery system. As such, methods and their consistent application for estimating LNAPL transmissivity are significant. Perhaps the simplest methods for estimating LNAPL transmissivity are borehole slug test methods, or baildown tests, in which a volume of LNAPL is rapidly removed from a well and the rate of fluid-level recovery (water and LNAPL) is measured and analyzed. Several analytical methods are available to analyze the data from baildown tests to estimate LNAPL transmissivity and described herein. Following a brief description of suggested well configuration, pre-test and test measurements and methods, application of the spreadsheet tool is discussed. Subsequent sections provide a more detailed discussion of significant parameters and basis for the various analysis procedures. A number of example applications are presented. Further details on the different methods are provided in the appendices. Pages: 40April 2016 | Product Number: I47620 | For a free copy of this document, please visit ~/media/4762%20LNAPL%20Tn%20wkbk%20Baild own%20userguide%20Apr2016%20(2).pdfSITE CHARACTERIZATIONPubl 4599Interlaboratory Study of Three Methods for Analyzing Petroleum Hydrocarbons in SoilsPresents the results of an interlaboratory study of three methods diesel-range organics, gasoline-range organics, and petroleum hydrocarbons used to analyze hydrocarbons in soils. Each method is validated, its performance judged from measurements of accuracy and precision, and practical qualification levels are estimated for each method. The full text of each method is included in the report. Pages: 166 July 1994 | Product Number: I47990 | Price: $ 4635Compilation of Field Analytical Methods for Assessing Petroleum Product ReleasesPresents a compilation of the most widely used field analytical methods available to perform on-site analyses of organic compounds in soil and groundwater. These methods include total organic vapor analyzers, field gas chromatography, immunoassay, infrared analyzers, and dissolved oxygen/oxidation-reduction potential electrodes. Practical applications and limitations of each method are discussed and an objective-oriented data quality classification scheme is presented to assist in selecting an appropriate method. Information is also presented on emerging technologies. Pages: 100 December 1996 | Product Number: I46350 | Price: $ and Environmental IssuesPhone Orders: +1 800 854 7179 (Toll-free: and Canada)Phone Orders: +1 303 397 7956 (Local and International)138 This publication is a new entry in this catalog. This publication is related to an API licensing, certification, or accreditation 4657Effects of Sampling and Analytical Procedures on the Measurement of Geochemical Indicators of Intrinsic Bioremediation: Laboratory and Field StudiesEvaluates the effects of various sampling and analytical methods of collecting groundwater geochemical data for intrinsic bioremediation studies. Sampling and analytical methods were tested in the laboratory and in the field. Several groundwater sampling and analytical methods may be appropriate for measuring geochemical indicators of intrinsic bioremediation. The methods vary in accuracy, level of effort, and cost. Pages: 86 November 1997 | Product Number: I46570 | Price: $ 4658Methods for Measuring Indicators of Intrinsic Bioremediation: Guidance ManualIntended to be a resource for practitioners of intrinsic bioremediation in allowing selection of sampling and analytical methods that meet project-specific and site-specific needs in scoping field investigations, providing procedures that will improve the representative quality of the collected data, and considering potential biases introduced into data through the sampling and analytical techniques employed in the site investigation. Pages: 96 November 1997 | Product Number: I46580 | Price: $ 4659Graphical Approach for Determining Site-Specific Dilution-Attenuation Factors (DAFs): Technical Background Document and User s GuideThe DAF plays a key role in assessing potential impact from the soil-to-groundwater pathway at sites where groundwater quality is, or may be, affected by a leak, spill, or other accidental release of hydrocarbons or other chemicals of concern. A simplistic, graphically-based approach for determining generic and site-specific DAFs was developed, allowing for varying levels of site specificity. Currently, to develop a DAF, one must make complicated calculations by hand or use computer-based modeling software. This publication consists of two documents. The first document describes the technical basis for the graphical approach for determining site-specific dilution attenuation factors. The second document, the user s guide, provides a concise set of instructions for use of the graphical approach. Pages: 233 February 1998 | Product Number: I46590 | Price: $ 4668Delineation and Characterization of the Borden MTBE Plume: An Evaluation of Eight Years of Natural Attenuation Processes In 1988, a natural gradient tracer test was performed in the shallow sand aquifer at Canada Forces Base Borden to investigate the fate of a methyl tertiary-butyl-ether (MTBE) plume introduced into the aquifer. Solutions of groundwater mixed with oxygenated gasoline were injected below the water table along with chloride (Cl ), a conservative tracer. The migration of benzene, toluene, ethylbenzene, and xylenes (BTEX); MTBE; and Cl was monitored in detail for about 16 months. The mass of BTEX in the plume diminished significantly with time due to intrinsic biodegradation. MTBE, however, was not measurably attenuated. In 1995 1996, a comprehensive groundwater sampling program was undertaken to define the mass of MTBE still present in the aquifer. Only about 3 % of the initial MTBE mass was found, and it is hypothesized that biodegradation played an important role in its attenuation. Additional evidence is necessary to confirm this possibility. Pages: 88 June 1998 | Product Number: I46680 | Price: $ 4670Selecting Field Analytical Methods A Decision-Tree Approach Presents a decision-tree approach for selecting and using field analytical methods for on-site analyses of organic compounds in soil, groundwater, and soil gas samples at petroleum release sites. This approach will assist project or site managers with guidance for on-site investigations from initial site assessment to site closure. The decision-tree charts are supported by quality control packages to increase the credibility of the data by documenting method performance. The publication also provides training suggestions for personnel who will perform the testing. Easy to use checklists for field quality control and formal documentation are included. Pages: 88 August 1998 | Product Number: I46700| Price: $ 4699Strategies for Characterizing Subsurface Releases of Gasoline Containing MTBEApplies the principles of risk-informed decision making to the evaluation of methyl tertiary-butyl ether (MTBE)-affected sites by adding exposure and risk considerations to the traditional components of the corrective action process. The risk factors at a given site are evaluated through a conceptual site model, which is an inventory of all known or potential oxygenate sources, pathways, and receptors. Based on these risk factors, three levels of assessment are defined: standard, limited, and detailed. The appropriate level of assessment is initially determined based on receptor data, which can typically be obtained from a survey of nearby wells and land uses. A subsurface investigation may then be conducted to obtain information on sources and pathways. The level of assessment can be upgraded or downgraded as warranted by the resulting source and pathway information. Includes a review of the chemical properties and subsurface behavior of MTBE and other oxygenated fuel additives. It also provides an overview of characterization monitoring issues at oxygenate release sites, as well as a detailed review of the tools and techniques used for subsurface assessment. The expedited site assessment process and the use of modern direct-push tools are particularly emphasized, since these approaches are especially well suited for use at MTBE-affected sites. Pages: 120February 2000 | 4709Risk-Based Methodologies for Evaluating Petroleum Hydrocarbon Impacts at Oil and Natural Gas E&P SitesThe process of calculating human health risk-based screening levels for total petroleum hydrocarbons (TPH) is described in an easy-to-understand question and answer format. [Risk-based screening levels (RBSLs) are chemical-specific concentrations in environmental media that are considered protective of human health.] Risk assessment concepts developed by the Environmental Protection Agency and research groups such as the Petroleum Environmental Research Forum and the Total Petroleum Hydrocarbon Criteria Working Group are used to calculate RBSLs for TPH in crude oil and condensates obtained from around the world. These methodologies were also applied to polyaromatic hydrocarbons, metals, and benzene in TPH. Additional resources contained in this manual include a description of the physical and chemical characteristics of crude oil, condensate, and exploration and production (E&P) wastes (contrasted with refined products), a summary of the federal regulatory status of E&P wastes, and a listing of key equations used for calculating RBSLs. Pages: 100February 2001 | Product Number: I47090 | Price: $ 4711Methods for Determining Inputs to Environmental Petroleum Hydrocarbon Mobility and Recovery ModelsThis publication is an invaluable reference for operators, consultants and regulators responsible for cleanup of subsurface petroleum releases. Important fluid and soil property parameters are explained. Methods to measure each parameter are presented in order of relevance for use in environmental free-product mobility/recovery assessments. Fluid property parameters covered include density, viscosity, surface tension, and interfacial tension. Laboratory-scale soil property parameters include: capillary pressure vs. saturation, relative permeability vs. saturation, water and nonaqueous phase liquid saturation, and Brooks-Corey and van Genuchten model parameters. Field-scale bail-down and production tests are explained and cited. Sample collection and handling procedures are summarized. A listing and abstract of relevant ASTM methods are provided in the appendix. Pages: 72July 2001 | Product Number: I47110 | Price: $ and Environmental IssuesFax Orders: +1 303 397 2740Online Orders: This publication is a new entry in this catalog. This publication is related to an API licensing, certification, or accreditation 4731Light Non-Aqueous Phase Liquid (LNAPL) Parameters Database Version Users GuideA collection of information about samples that have had their capillary parameters determined, as well as other physical parameters measured. Capillary properties are critical in multiphase calculations, and those results have very high sensitivity to these properties. The primary purpose of this database is to provide information to users who are trying to characterize the movement and distribution of LNAPL within a site that has a limited set of direct observations of the capillary properties of the site. Other databases of related parameters have typically been derived from measurements in the agricultural or the petroleum extraction industries; neither being necessarily representative of near-surface environmental conditions. This database give the user the opportunity to understand the range of capillary characteristics observed at sites that are geologically similar, but where there are more direct and laboratory observations 2003 | Product Number: I47310 | Price: $ The database is available from API s website: 4739API Interactive LNAPL Guide Version comprehensive and easy-to-use electronic information system and screening utility. The guide is designed to provide an overall approach for evaluating light nonaqueous phase liquid (LNAPL) at a site, assessing its potential risk, quantitatively defining mobility and recoverability, developing remedial strategies, and examining methods to enhance site closure guide includes the following: 11 primers covering all aspects of LNAPL from LNAPL basics to remediation; 14 assessment tools, including API-LNAST Version , Charbeneau spreadsheets for LNAPL recovery (August 2003), the API LNAPL Parameter Database; LNAPL decision-making frameworks; videos and animated figures; and an extensive reference 2004 | Available for download at 4761Technical Protocol for Evaluating the Natural Attenuation of MtBEAddresses data collection, evaluation, and interpretation procedures that consider the physical, chemical, and biological properties of methyl tert-butyl ether (MtBE) and other oxygenates and degradation byproducts. A tiered approach is provided that can be used by stakeholders to interpret several lines of evidence to evaluate natural attenuation on a site-specific basis. Several resources are provided to support an MNA evaluation, including the following: a review of basic scientific principles relevant to the evaluation of MtBE natural attenuation, including biodegradation and physicochemical attenuation mechanisms; a discussion of data that can be used to assess MtBE (and other oxygenates or degradation byproducts) natural attenuation; technical references for relevant chemical properties, analytical methods, and field sampling techniques; guidance for data quality assurance and interpretation, including statistical analysis; and guidance on the presentation of natural attenuation data/information to facilitate regulatory and other stakeholder review and acceptance of MNA remedies. Pages: 186May 2007 | Available from API s website: Stewardship Program PublicationsRP 75 Recommended Practice for Development of a Safety and Environmental Management Program for Offshore Operations and Facilities Provides guidance for use in preparing safety and environmental management programs for oil, gas, and sulphur operations and facilities located on the outer continental shelf (OCS). These guidelines are applicable to well drilling, servicing, and production and pipeline facilities and operations that have the potential for creating a safety or environmental hazard at OCS platform sites. Eleven major program elements are included for application to these facilities and operations. Identification and management of safety and environmental hazards are addressed in design, construction, start-up, operation, inspection, and maintenance of new, existing, and modified facilities Pages: 41 3rd Edition | May 2004 | Reaffirmed: April 2013 Product Number: G07503 | Price: $ 75 *Recommended Practice for Development of a Safety and Environmental Management Program for Offshore Operations and Facilities ChineseChinese translation of RP Edition | May 2004 | Product Number: G07503C | Price: $ 9100Model Environmental, Health and Safety (EHS) Management System and Guidance DocumentComes with a binder complete with both Publ 9100A and Publ 9100B see descriptions listed below. Pages: 65October 1998 | Product Number: R9100S | Price: $ 9100AModel Environmental, Health and Safety (EHS) Management SystemIntended to be used as a voluntary tool to assist companies interested in developing an EHS management system or enhancing an existing system. The model, which applies a quality systems approach to managing EHS activities, focuses on people and procedures by pulling together company EHS policies, legal requirements, and business strategies into a set of company or facility expectations or requirements. Please refer to the companion document Publ 9100B for additional information. Publ 9100A and Publ 9100B are intended to be companion documents and can be purchased as a set or individually. Pages: 20October 1998 | Product Number: R9100A | Price: $ 9100BGuidance Document for Model EHS Management SystemProvides assistance to corporate and operating organization employees who are developing, implementing, and assessing environmental, health and safety management systems. It intends to serve as self-study source material that enhances efficiency of interchange among employees by use of common terminology, clarifies relationships between operating and other systems, describes how to evaluate effectiveness of an EHS management system and its elements, and facilitates system continuity over using this guidance document should be familiar with Publ 9100A. Publ 9100A, and Publ 9100B are intended to be companion documents and can be purchased as a set or individually. Pages: 43October 1998 | Product Number: R9100B | Price: $ and Environmental IssuesPhone Orders: +1 800 854 7179 (Toll-free: and Canada)Phone Orders: +1 303 397 7956 (Local and International)140 This publication is a new entry in this catalog. This publication is related to an API licensing, certification, or accreditation Tank ResearchPubl 301Aboveground Storage Tank Survey: 1989Presents a survey of petroleum aboveground storage tanks. Estimates are made of the number, capacity, and age of the tanks in each sector of the petroleum industry. Survey forms and statistical extrapolations methodology are included in the report. Pages: 44 April 1989 | Product Number: J30100 | Price: $ 306An Engineering Assessment of Volumetric Methods of Leak Detection in Aboveground Storage TanksProvides the results of a leak detection project in aboveground storage tanks that utilized volumetric methods to detect leaks. A series of field tests were conducted on a 114-ft diameter tank that contained a heavy naphtha petroleum product. The analytical and experimental results of this project suggest that volumetric leak detection methods can be used to detect small leaks in aboveground storage tanks. Pages: 43October 1991 | Product Number: J30600 | Price: $ 307An Engineering Assessment of Acoustic Methods of Leak Detection in Aboveground Storage TanksProvides the results of a leak detection project in aboveground storage tanks that utilized acoustic methods to detect leaks. A series of field tests were conducted on a 114-ft diameter tank that contained a heavy naphtha petroleum product. The analytical and experimental results of this project suggest that passive-acoustic leak detection methods can be used to detect small leaks in aboveground storage tanks. Pages: 76January 1992 | Product Number: J30700 | Price: $ 315Assessment of Tankfield Dike Lining Materials and Methods To assess tankfield materials and methods of containment, API commissioned a review of environmental regulations as well as a survey of candidate liner materials and installation methods to explore the technology base. The study was limited to diked areas surrounding storage tanks. Liner installations for secondary containment underneath tanks were excluded. Pages: 50 July 1993 | Product Number: J31500 | Price: $ 322An Engineering Evaluation of Acoustic Methods of Leak Detection in Aboveground Storage TanksDescribes a set of controlled experiments conducted on a 40-ft diameter refinery tank to determine the nature of acoustic leak signals and ambient noise under a range of test conditions. The features of a leak detection test needed for high performance are explored. The report concludes that accurate and reliable leak detection of aboveground storage tanks can be achieved through the use of acoustic methods. Pages: 80January 1994 | Product Number: J32200 | Price: $ 323An Engineering Evaluation of Volumetric Methods of Leak Detection in Aboveground Storage Tanks Two volumetric approaches to detecting leaks from aboveground storage tanks precision temperature sensors and mass measurement approaches are evaluated in this report. A set of controlled experiments on a 117-ft diameter refinery tank is used to examine the effects of differential pressure on conventional level and temperature measurement systems. The features of a leak detection test needed for high performance are also explored. Pages: 86January 1994 | Product Number: J32300 | Price: $ 325An Evaluation of a Methodology for the Detection of Leaks in Aboveground Storage TanksDescribes the results of the fourth phase of a program to define and advance the state of the art of leak detection for aboveground storage tanks (ASTs). Three leak detection technologies are examined passive-acoustic, soil-vapor monitoring, and volumetric over a wide range of tank types, petroleum fuels, and operational conditions. This study also assesses the applicability of a general leak detection methodology involving multiple tests and product levels as well as determines the integrity of 14 ASTs using two or more test methods. Pages: 94May 1994 | Product Number: J32500 | Price: $ 327Aboveground Storage Tank Standards: A Tutorial Presents procedures and examples to help designers, owners, and operators of aboveground storage tanks understand and comply with API s recommended practices, standards, and specifications concerning leak prevention. These API documents provide requirements designed to minimize environmental hazards associated with spills and leaks. The tutorial also shows how the API inspection and maintenance requirements influence the design of such tanks. It does not attempt to address additional rules and requirements imposed by individual jurisdictions or states. Pages: 70 September 1994 | Product Number: J32700 | Price: $ 328Laboratory Evaluation of Candidate Liners for Secondary Containment of Petroleum ProductsProvides comparative data on the physical properties of liner materials as a function of their controlled exposure to fuels and/or additives. Six membrane and two clay liners were tested. Project test results were used to rank the liners in terms of vapor permeation and relative changes in properties such as chemical resistance and liquid conductivity measured after immersion. Pages: 142 January 1995 | Product Number: J32800 | Price: $ 334 A Guide to Leak Detection for Aboveground Storage Tanks Written for terminal managers, tank owners, operators, and engineers, this report provides useful background on leak detection technologies volumetric, acoustic, soil-vapor monitoring, and inventory control for aboveground storage tanks. Characteristics affecting the performance of each technology are discussed. Pages: 38 September 1992 | Product Number: J33400 | Price: $ 340Liquid Release Prevention and Detection Measures for Aboveground Storage Facilities Written for managers, facility operators, regulators, and engineers involved in the design and selection of facility components and prevention of liquid petroleum releases, this report presents an overview of available equipment and procedures to prevent, detect, or provide environmental protection from such releases. Also presented are the advantages, disadvantages, and relative costs, as well as maintenance and operating parameters of various control measures. Pages: 116 October 1997 | Product Number: J34000 | Price: $ *These translated versions are provided for the convenience of our customers and are not officially endorsed by API. The translated versions shall neither replace nor supersede the English-language versions, which remain the official standards. API shall not be responsible for any discrepancies or interpretations of these translations. Translations may not include any Addenda or Errata to the document. Please check the English-language versions for any updates to the and Environmental IssuesFax Orders: +1 303 397 2740Online Orders: This publication is a new entry in this catalog. This publication is related to an API licensing, certification, or accreditation 341A Survey of Diked-Area Liner Use at Aboveground Storage Tank FacilitiesIn 1997, API conducted a survey designed to evaluate the effectiveness of diked-area liner systems and to document operational problems involved with their use. The survey data indicated that the effectiveness of liners in protecting the environment is limited because liner systems frequently fail. The data further showed that there are few releases from aboveground storage tanks that would be addressed by diked-area liners. Because there were few releases, the data do not directly demonstrate the effectiveness or ineffectiveness of liner systems in containing releases; however, it was concluded that measures that prevent aboveground storage tank releases are more effective in protecting the environment and are more cost-effective in the long run. Pages: 32 February 1998 | Product Number: J34100 | Price: $ 346Results of Range-Finding Testing of Leak Detection and Leak Location Technologies for Underground PipelinesThis study reviewed the current leak detection and leak location methods for pressurized underground piping commonly found at airports, refineries, and fuel terminals. Four methods for testing underground pipes of 6 in. to 18 in. in diameter and 250 ft to 2 miles in length were selected for field demonstration. These technologies were constant-pressure volumetric testing, pressure-decay testing, chemical tracer testing, and acoustic emission testing. No single leak detection system was found to work in all situations; site-specific conditions may affect any method, and combinations of methods may provide the most effective approach. Pages: 252November 1998 | Product Number: J34600 | Price: $ 353 Managing Systems Integrity of Terminal and Tank Facilities Although the risk management principles and concepts in this document are universally applicable, this publication is specifically targeted at integrity management of aboveground liquid petroleum storage facilities. The applicable petroleum terminal and tank facilities covered in this document are associated with distribution, transportation, and refining facilities as described in Std 2610 and Publ document covers the issues of overall risk management, risk assessment, risk ranking, risk mitigation, and performance measures applicable to an overall integrity management program. The appendices include two possible methodologies for conducting a risk assessment and a workbook that can be used to perform the risk assessment method outlined in Appendix A. Pages: 316 1st Edition | October 2006 | Product Number: J35300 | Price: $ 4716Buried Pressurized Piping Systems Leak Detection Guide Analyzes of the performance of different types of leak detection technologies that were applied to buried pressurized piping systems used in airport hydrant fueling and petroleum product terminals. The study was conducted by Argus Consulting and Ken Wilcox Associates on behalf of the Air Transport Association of America and API. This report is intended to provide an overview of the study methodology and results. Pages: 47April 2002 | Product Number: I47160 | Price: $ Surface Water ResearchDR 342Toxicity Bioassays on Dispersed Oil in the North Sea: June 1996 Field TrialsThe purpose of the study described in this report was to gain more information on water column impacts by taking advantage of the ongoing efficacy and monitoring studies done by the Norwegian Clean Seas Association for Operating Companies (NOFO) in order to conduct field toxicity goal of this study was to obtain field effects data using shipboard, real-time toxicity tests with field water. These data can then be used in the future to link field effects to laboratory toxicity data. Pages: 108June 2002 | Product Number: I34200 | Price: $ DR 343 Automated Validation System for the Offshore Operations Committee Mud and Produced Water Discharge ModelDescribes the development of an automated validation system for the Offshore Operators Committee Mud and Produced Water Discharge Model (the OOC Model ), a computer program that predicts the initial fate of drilling fluids, drill cuttings, and produced water discharged into the marine environment. The system automates the process of validating OOC Model predictive capabilities by comparing model predictions with the results of laboratory and field studies of plume behavior. The system was developed to automate the laborious process of confirming that model code enhancements do not degrade the predictive abilities of the OOC Model. The automated validation system approach described here also serves as a template for routine documentation of discharge model performance that could be applied to other models used by industry, consultants, or regulatory agencies. Two of relevant studies found in a literature search were incorporated into the suite of automated test cases for the OOC Model. Summaries of the data sets used for OOC Model validation were prepared in such a way that they could be used conveniently outside of the automated system to validate of any relevant discharge 2002 | CD-ROM OnlyPubl 4664Mixing Zone Modeling and Dilution Analysis for Water-Quality-Based NPDES Permit LimitsThis report is designed to provide an overview of the Environmental Protection Agency s (EPA) policies and technical guidance on the role of mixing zones in the National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System (NPDES) permitting process; present state mixing zone regulations, policies, and guidance; introduce important concepts related to the hydrodynamics of effluent dilution in receiving waters and the design of outfall diffusers; review available mixing zone models; identify EPA sources for the models; discuss strategic issues for dischargers to consider when applying models; and describe the use of dye tracer studies as alternatives or supplements to mixing zone models. Pages: 176 April 1998 | Product Number: I46640 | Price: $ 4672The Use of Treatment Wetlands for Petroleum Industry EffluentsTreatment wetlands are becoming widely used for cleansing some classes of wastewater effluents. Although the use of treatment wetlands is well established for wastewater categories such as municipal waste, stormwater, agricultural wastewater, and acid mine drainage water, their use in treating a variety of industrial wastewaters is less well developed. Constructed treatment wetlands hold considerable promise for managing some wastewaters generated by the petroleum industry. Several large-scale wetland projects currently exist at oil refineries, and numerous pilot studies of constructed treatment wetlands have been conducted at terminals, gas and oil extraction and pumping stations, and refineries. This report summarizes current information about the use of treatment wetlands for managing petroleum industry wastewaters and also presents background information on the general performance, design, and operation of treatment wetlands based on experience with a variety of wastewater types. Pages: 222October 1998 | Product Number: I46720 | Price: $ and Environmental IssuesPhone Orders: +1 800 854 7179 (Toll-free: and Canada)Phone Orders: +1 303 397 7956 (Local and International)142 This publication is a new entry in this catalog. This publication is related to an API licensing, certification, or accreditation 4676Arsenic: Chemistry, Fate, Toxicity, and Wastewater Treatment OptionsArsenic is a naturally occurring element in rocks, soils, water, sediments, and biological tissues. It is also present in fossil fuels. Arsenic in the environment has both anthropogenic and natural sources, and certain anthropogenic sources have caused localized adverse effects on ecological systems and human health. Based on extensive review of the literature, this monograph is intended to serve as a reference volume on the sources of arsenic in the environment, the chemistry and fate of arsenic compounds, biomedical effects, the toxicity of arsenic to aquatic and terrestrial species, wastewater treatment options, and regulatory standards for arsenic in the environment. Pages: 196October 1998 | Product Number: I46760 | Price: $ 4688Temporary Treatment Options for Petroleum Distribution Terminal WastewatersProvides guidance to terminal operators and engineers in evaluating mobile treatment systems for wastewater generated at petroleum distribution terminals. Some of the variables that must be considered include the characteristics of the wastewater, the permitting process, and contractor experience. This document provides sufficient information to guide an operator/engineer through evaluation of mobile treatment systems, including problem definition, treatment technology selection, contractor selection, and implementation. Pages: 73November 1999 | Product Number: I46880 | Price: $ 4694Laboratory Analysis of Petroleum Industry WastewatersAssists in arranging for and understanding laboratory analysis of petroleum industry wastewaters. Designed for environmental coordinators, managers, corporate staff, and others who must address environmental compliance reporting and regulatory issues. It is also useful for field personnel responsible for obtaining wastewater sample analyses to fulfill environmental regulatory requirements. Guidance and information are provided for setting data quality objectives; planning analyses; selecting a laboratory; and reviewing laboratory reports, detection and quantification limits, quality assurance/quality control practices, method references, method-defined analytes, and statistical calculations. Examples of case studies, laboratory reports, and data calculations are given throughout the manual. Checklists are provided to help users understand, plan, and review laboratory data. Pages: 175December 1999 | Product Number: I46940 | Price: $ 4695Understanding and Preparing Applications for Petroleum Facility NPDES Discharge PermitsAssists member companies and others in preparing applications and negotiating with permit authorities for National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System (NPDES) permits for wastewater discharges. The manual is intended to help permittees and permit applicants to understand the permit process from application to final permit and to provide tools and strategies for assuring that the permit is fair and properly implements the applicable regulations. Much of the information in this manual is based on practical experience with many NPDES permits and applications. Examples and case histories are provided to help the user understand the permit application process. Pages: 220December 1999 | Product Number: I46950 | Price: $ 4698A Review of Technologies to Measure the Oil and Grease Content of Produced Water from Offshore Oil and Gas Production OperationsIdentifies and evaluates practical alternative methods for routine monitoring of oil and grease in produced waters. Traditional monitoring methods relied on Freon-113r extraction of oil and grease; however, owing to the phase-out of Freon-113r these methods can no longer be used, and new methods must be sought. This study evaluates two infrared detection methods and one fluorescence detection method for identifying and measuring oil and grease in produced waters. Performance information and the correlation of analytical results with the Environmental Protection Agency s hexane extraction method, Method 1664, are provided. Pages: 138November 1999 | Product Number: I46980 | Price: $ 4717Predictors of Water-Soluble Organics (WSOs) in Produced Water A Literature ReviewReviews the scientific literature on the identity and physical/chemical characteristics of the WSOs in produced water in relation to characteristics of fossil fuels and their reservoirs. Pages: 24March 2002 | Product Number: I47170 | Price: $ Publ 4721Analytical Detection and Quantification Limits: Survey of State and Federal ApproachesThe purpose of this review was to determine the analytical detection and quantification limit policies of various state agencies. Of particular interest were policies for setting wastewater discharge permit limits at or below detection or quantification limits, for determining compliance with such limits, and for using alternative approaches to determining detection or quantification limits. Although the main focus of this review was on state policies involving water quality issues, included in the review were the policies of programs in other environmental areas as well as in federal regulations and statutes. Pages: 129June 2002 | Product Number: I47210 | Price: $ Publ 4736 Identification of Key Assumptions and Models for the Development of Total Maximum Daily LoadsProvides the reader with an understanding of the use of models in the development and implementation of total maximum daily loading (TMDL) report focuses on the types of models used for TMDLs, the key assumptions underlying the models, how models are selected for specific surface waters and impairments, the data required to apply the models to a specific surface water and impairment, and how the predictive capability of the models is assessed. Pages: 64November 2006 | Product Number: I47360 | Price: $ 4750Cyanide Discharges in the Petroleum Industry: Sources and AnalysisBecause both industrial and municipal dischargers have been issued National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System permits with low (5 20 g/L) effluent limits for cyanide, there has been considerable interest in the reliability of the available test methods at these low concentrations. This report provides guidance on the measurement, as well as the presence and environmental fate, of cyanide compounds and related chemical species in petroleum industry wastewater effluents. Pages: 42November 2008 | Product Number: I47500 | Price: $ 4751 Evaluation of Water Quality Translators for MercuryDiscusses the technical issues and constraints associated with translation of a mercury fish tissue concentration into a water quality criterion, in the use and implementation of the Environmental Protection Agency s fish-tissue-based criterion for methylmercury. The report focuses on available analytical methods for evaluating mercury in fish and water; proposed methods for translating a fish tissue concentration for mercury into a concentration in water; and implementation of the mercury criterion in the development of total maximum daily loads and water quality-based effluent limits. Pages: 371st Edition | December 2005 | Product Number: I47510 | Price: $ and Environmental IssuesFax Orders: +1 303 397 2740Online Orders: This publication is a new entry in this catalog. This publication is related to an API licensing, certification, or accreditation 4756Interim Permitting Manual Navigating NPDES Permit Issues on Impaired WatersAddresses many water quality standards issues that facilities may encounter, including existing uses, use attainability analyses to revise designated uses, fish consumption advisories, whole effluent toxicity criteria, and sediment criteria. The manual will provide guidance on a number of listing issues, including listings due to violations of narrative criteria and fish consumption advisories, delisting, listing waters that are impaired but do not need a total maximum daily loading (TMDL) because they are expected to meet standards through other means, and challenging an erroneous listing second part of this manual will discuss permitting discharges to impaired waters during the interim period before TMDLs are developed. The manual will describe the development of water quality-based effluent limitations on impaired waters and will also discuss a number of issues for affected facilities to consider during the permitting process, including timing (when the permit should be issued), watershed permitting, verifying the impairment determination before the permit is issued, other controls available to bring the water into attainment, reasonable potential calculations, voluntary reduction measures, nonnumeric effluent limitations, and calculating numeric effluent limitations. Pages: 41November 2006 | Product Number: I47560 | Price: $ 4782Petroleum Refining Industry Contribution to Nationwide Surface Water Nutrient LoadingsThis analysis was commissioned by API to provide member companies and the public with a better understanding of the water quality problems associated with nutrient discharges to the nation's surface waters, the current federal and state regulatory responses to nutrient-related water quality problems, the scientific and implementation challenges of nutrient controls, and the petroleum refining industry's relative contribution to nationwide nutrient discharges to surface waters. This study is based on using available published data on nutrient enrichment of surface waters; the Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) and state nutrient control guidance, policy, and water quality standards; prior analysis performed for API by a third-party consultant; petroleum refinery effluent quality data from the EPA Integrated Compliance Information System/National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System (ICIS-NPDES); and permit data collected from the files of the Texas Commission on Environmental Quality (TCEQ). Pages: 35August 2016 | Product Number: I47820 | Price: $ 4783Water Management and Stewardship in Midstream, Downstream, and Delivery Operations in the Oil and Gas IndustryThis report uses the oil and gas (petroleum) life cycle as an organizing framework for explanation and discussion. The scope of this study is focused on the midstream, downstream, and delivery components of the oil and gas life cycle. Upstream components of the life cycle will be addressed in a future report. This study is intended to inform stakeholders about how the oil and gas industry uses water in the midstream, downstream, and delivery phases of the petroleum life cycle and the various industry-led and regulatory practices employed to conserve and protect water resources. Pages: 46December 2016 | Product Number: D47830 | Price: $ 402Toxicity to Freshwater Alga, Selenastrum apricornutumDescribes a study conducted to assess the effect of tert-amyl methyl ether on the growth of the freshwater alga, Selenastrum capricornutum. At 24-hour intervals, cell counts and observations of the health of the cells were recorded. EC10, EC50, and EC90 values (the concentration of test material that reduced cell densities by 10 %, 50 %, and 90 %, respectively) were calculated based on cell density 72 and 96 hours after exposure. Pages: 76 February 1995 | Product Number: I00402 | Price: $ 406TAME Acute Toxicity to Daphnids Under Flow-Through ConditionsDescribes the measurement of acute toxicity of tertiary amyl methyl ether (TAME) to daphnids under flow-through conditions. Nominal concentrations of TAME 690, 410, 250, 150, and 89 mg were maintained in exposure vessels and mean exposure concentrations calculated. Biological observations and physical characteristics were recorded at test initiation and at 3, 6, 24, and 48 hours. Pages: 76 February 1995 | Product Number: I00406 | Price: $ 407TAME Acute Toxicity to Mysid Shrimp (Mysidopsis bahia) Under Static Renewal ConditionsDescribes the measurement of acute toxicity of tertiary amyl methyl ether (TAME) to mysid shrimp under static renewal conditions. Nominal concentrations of TAME , , , 15, 30, and 60 mg were maintained by renewing solutions at 24, 48, and 72 hours of exposure. Observations were recorded at test initiation and every 24 hours until the test was terminated. Pages: 84 February 1995 | Product Number: I00407 | Price: $ 408TAME Acute Toxicity to Rainbow Trout Under Flow-Through ConditionsDescribes the measurement of acute toxicity of tertiary amyl methyl ether (TAME) to rainbow trout under flow-through conditions. During the test, nominal concentrations of TAME 950, 570, 340, 210, and 120 mg were maintained and mean exposure concentrations calculated. Biological observations and physical characteristics were recorded at test initiation and every 24 hours thereafter until test termination. Pages: 80 February 1995 | Product Number: I00408 | Price: $ 4610Critical Review of Draft EPA Guidance on Assessment and Control of Bioconcentratable Contaminants in Surface WatersReviews the U. S. Environmental Protection Agency s proposed methods and underlying assumptions for assessing bioconcentratable contaminants in petroleum industry effluents. It focuses on the effluent option and its application to National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System (NPDES)-permitted discharges from oil refineries, petroleum product marketing terminals, and oil/gas production platforms. The review also includes a general evaluation of the suitability of the tissue residue option for evaluating oil industry effluents. Pages: 134 January 1995 | Product Number: I46100 | Price: $ and Environmental IssuesPhone Orders: +1 800 854 7179 (Toll-free: and Canada)Phone Orders: +1 303 397 7956 (Local and International)144 This publication is a new entry in this catalog. This publication is related to an API licensing, certification, or accreditation 4656Bioaccumulation: How Chemicals Move from the Water into Fish and Other Aquatic OrganismsProvides an intermediate-level primer on the accumulation of chemicals by aquatic organisms with emphasis on polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbons. Key factors governing bioaccumulation are described to enhance understanding of this complex phenomenon. Approaches for assessing the bioaccumulation potential of chemicals are examined and an evaluation of each method s advantages and shortcomings is offered. Pages: 54 May 1997 | Product Number: I46560 | Price: $ 4666The Toxicity of Common Ions to Freshwater and Marine OrganismsWhole effluent toxicity (WET) tests have become a common tool in the evaluation of effluent for discharge acceptability. Recent investigations have indicated that deficiencies or excesses of common ions (inorganic ions that are nearly always present in most aquatic systems at nontoxic concentrations) can cause significant acute or chronic toxicity in WET tests. This report presents the results of a review of toxicological and physiological data on inorganic ions that have been implicated in causing significant toxicity bicarbonate, borate, bromide, calcium, chloride, fluoride, magnesium, potassium, strontium, and sulfate. Pages: 114April 1999 | Product Number: I46660 | Price: $ 4701Bioaccumulation: An Evaluation of Federal and State Regulatory InitiativesAugust 2000 | Product Number: I47010 | Price: $ : EXPLORATION AND PRODUCTIONDR 351Proceedings: Workshop to Identify Promising Technologies for the Treatment of Produced Water ToxicityPresents the discussions, conclusions and recommendations of an API workshop held in October 1994 to identify technologies that could potentially be used for the treatment of produced water toxicity offshore. Background information on the candidate technologies; information on produced water toxicity limitations, characteristics, and composition; results of toxicity identification evaluations; and a discussion of the engineering restrictions imposed by offshore platforms are included. Pages: 122June 1996 | Product Number: I00351 | Price: $ 4611Interlaboratory Study of EPA Methods 1662, 1654A and 1663 for the Determination of Diesel, Mineral and Crude Oils in Drilling Muds from Offshore and Gas Industry DischargesDescribes an interlaboratory round-robin study to validate the tiered approach of the Environmental Protection Agency s three methods 1662, 1654A, and 1663 for monitoring diesel oil in drilling muds. Various extraction methods were evaluated and analytical measurement techniques were tested for measuring diesel oil. Pages: 106April 1995 | Product Number: I46110 | Price: $ 4633Barium in Produced Water: Fate and Effects in the Marine EnvironmentProvides a summary of what is currently known about the physical and chemical behavior of barium in produced water and in the ocean. It discusses the factors that influence the rate of precipitation of barium as barite. The toxicity of barium to marine and freshwater organisms and humans is discussed in relation to the concentra